En tered accordin g to Act of Con g ress , in the yea r 1888, by

C . R . L AN M A N ,

in the on ce of the Li brari an of C on gress. at Washington .

roo m y or T m; a r n? Try oo m rn r o r TH E

G EB R UDER U N GER,

V OCA B U L A RY A N D N ou ns B Y

Son dn n n no nn s rnu u
'
, 17A, J 8 C U SHI N G
. . CO .
,

Bu m , SW . BO STO N , M435 .
 TO M Y TE ACHE RS,

WILL IAM DWI GHT WHI TNEY

Or Ym Gonnae x ,
-

ALBRECHT WEBER
Or Tm: U m m m or Baum ,

RU DOLF ROTH

07 m Um nn srrr or Tnmau ,

AN D
 P R EF A C E .

m results
Tr of co mparative philology are now so generally incorporated
into our modern classi cal grammars lex i cons an d te x t books
, ,
-
, that even a

slight k now ledg e of Sanskr

i t, if it be accurate so far as it goe s, is of great
servi ce to the classi cal teacher in making his in struction interesting and
effective . As independen t disci pli nes moreover San skrit an d
, , comparati ve
p hilology, and the literatures an d reli gion s of I ndia , are con stan tlygain in
g
in importance , so that, for ex ample , Sanskr it is now taught at all but one o f
the tw enty u ni versities of the G erman Empire .

The desig n of thi s work , then , is twofold I n the rst place , it is to

.

serve as an in troduction to these subj ects forthe students of our colleges

an d u n iversiti es . The ex cellent Chrestomathy of BOEHTLIN GK has no

vocabular
y; and few persons can be ex pected to buy the costly dictiona r y
of WIL LI AM S or that of BO EHTL I N G K AND Born , at the outs et, w hen they

are un certain w hether Sanskr

i t w ill be of sufcient in terest or use to them
to w arrant their con tin uingthe beginner needs is an
its study . What
elementary w ork com prehen di ng both text a n d vocabulary in a si ng le

volume An d accordingly, this Reader is meant to furnish ample material

.

for abo ut fty weeks readin g , in a course of three hours a w e ek , and ,

with the text, the appropriate lex ical apparatus . The Rea der is made as

a co mpanion -
volu me to Wmmnrs Samkrit Grammar
'
, and these tw o books

su pply all that is needed for the rst years study .

This Reader is designed , in the seco nd place , to rendera knowledge of

San skrit accessible to the classical teachers of high schools, academics , and
-

colleges These teachers, if they pursue

. this study at all , usu ally do so
w ithout the aid of an in structor And it is . especi ally the requ irements of
u na i ded p rivate study that I have taken p con stant ain s to meet . I state this
fact thus ex plicitly, because , both here at Cambridge , an d during my con
nection with the Johns Hopkins U niversity ( where the plan for this w ork
was formed) , merous inquiries for such a book have been addressed to me
nu

by persons very remote fr om any of the higher in stituti on s of learni ng .

I f in cidentally this work should help to correct some of the false

, ,

notions w hi ch are p reva lent respecti ng the relation s of Sanskrit to other

languag es of the I ndo- European family, an d to save the literature from
 [ i V
]
undue depreciation and om
fr ex aggerated prai se it will have served a

w orthy j ob ect .

So cumbrous orso meagre have been hitherto the appliances foracqu iring
even a moderate knowledge of Sanskrit, that clas sical students , w hen seeking

such knowledge an aux iliar to their special w ork have foun d the labor
as
y ,

discouragingly great These . students unquestion ably hav e a legitimate and

sufcient re ason for un dertaki ng San skr

it, an d I venture to hope that the
difculties the beginnin g of ( seep ) . xv have been so materially lessened
that they will now n d even a modicum of Sanskrit well worth the trouble of

attain ment .

In maki ng my selections from the various San skrit w riti ngs I have had
1

two racti c l ims in view : rst to provide abundan t mate rial for thorou h
p a a g ,

drill in the lan guage of the clas sical period ; and , secondl
y , to furn is h a

brief introduction to the works of the V edi c period , M antra , Brahman a ,

and Stra . Accordingly I have to give an y thing n ew , but
n ot soug ht

rather that which is best suited for beginners The easy N ala is the .

Xen ophon
s Anabasis of San skrit students , an d quotations from it appear
ver
y often in the grammars And the rst ve chapte rs here gi ven form a
.

co mplete story . For an ele mentary reader, the Hitopadeca is ivalled,

un r

an d to leave it out w oul d have been an in ex cusable o mis sion , u n less , indeed ,
its place w ere taken by the Pan chatantra From this latterwork I . atte mpte d
to prepare so me selection s ; bu t the te x t is i n so un s atisfactory a con dition ,

that I relinqui shed the plan And so , although the Hitopadeca has been.

prin ted very o fte n , I have given a con siderable part o f it here , choo s ing the

fables on the groun d of their in trin sic ex cellence and their in terest as
origin als of well know n occidental stor
-
ies 3
For simi lar reason s the six
tales fro m the Katha- sarit sii gara
-
w ere selected . On account of their easy
style an d si mple narmatterforex ercise in rapid
rative , they furnish admirable
reading The selections from M an u are so made as to i llus trate some of
.

the most impor tant and interesti ng matters of Hindu custom and belief
.

Among the V edic hymn s ( or M an tra mate rial) are rst some of the -
, ,

easiest ; then some taken on account of their poetic or dr

I
amatic

merit or ,

These in clude 68 pages of classical San which w as appealed to as scriptural author

1

skri t an d 37 pages of V edi c San skrit ity forthe practi ce of w idow burnin g Com
.
- .

3 ff
3 Nin eteen fables: ther e are for ty three par e also the note s on 57 , and 65-
,
.

2
in all .
with those on an d 97 respec
3 See the in trodu cti ons to the fables in ti vely .

the Note s .
5
Such are selecti ons xxxi . Ri
( g veda i 1 ), .

4 Co mpare the table of con te n ts . The an d lix .

tex t selecti ons ar

-
e in tended to be mutually 5 Selection xx xi i . is the best .

i llustrati ve as far as may be . Thus the 7

Selecti on s xxx v .
, xxx vii an d lvi . are in
passa ge ff is given for its in terestin g dramati c form ( see Wa rm e r, page
. x v iii ) .

bearing on Rigveda x 1 8 7 the ver

. se an d ar
. e amon g the most di i cu lt .
 [ ] V

me thei rhis torical i m

1
the ir ethical in terest ; and nally so tak en because of

portan ce .

Forthe most par
t, the hymns given by Ds L s aU Ecx
a repe tition of

an d by Bos m mcx in their Chrestomathies has been avoided The .

B rahmana pieces are chosen in such a way as to show elation

the r of this
kin d of literature to the hymns or M antras .
a
The selections from the
- ii tr
G ri y s
h a as are the two most interesting chapters of I ndian private
a n tiquities , the wedding and the burial servi ce . These tex ts are , to a
ce rtain extent, rubrics , prescribe thaand
t n umerous s pecied stan zas o f
the Rigveda be repeated at these cer e monials Care has therefore be en .

taken that all the stanzas here cited by their r

st words should be give n
i n full a mong the selections nom the hymns
'
.

Concerning the text, little need be said . I t would have been either

folly or idle prete nse to make elaborate tex t studi es for the short ex tracts -

compo sed dingly contented myself

o f w hich the Re ader is I have accor .
,

i n the main , w ith reprinti ng the text of the best edi tion s . M isprints have
o f course been corrected , and I have endeavored to mak e the or
thography
m
confor able to the best standard and consis tent throug ho u t O f so me !

slight eme ndations , due men tion w ill be made in the N otes For the N ala , .

I follow ed the edition of Bvs m aa in his Thi rd Book of San skrit ; " fo r

the Hitopadeca , the text of Bos m max in the second editi on of his
Chrestomathy, and M U E LLER ; for the Katha sarit sagara , Bn ocx mw s ;
- -

LO I SEL EU R DESL ON Gcn m

an d for M ann , s . I regret that the results
of the studies of BU BB LER , BU RNELL , Horx ms , and Jou r on the tex t o f

M an u are not yet available .

1
Such ar
e the V an n a -hy mns ,
selecti ons from Rigveda x 9, 1 4, 1 6, 1 7, 1 8, 53, 1 54, .

an d 1 55 ( selecti ons an d i 97 ( selec .

2
Such are the hym ns for the dead an d ti on Thi s last hymn is mere trash,
the w eddi n g hymn ; -
lik ewise selecti on m m ,
and w ould n ot have been in clude d amon g

an d se lecti on xxxvi .
( which contains the the texts, had n ot Acw ali yan a ( at i v 6 1 8) . .

Si S l i l ii i h M i rii i r ri b d th t i t b used as a burial hymn ;

)
vi tri t t t p esc e a e -
e ec . on x s e a yan .

versi on of the Hir anya gar bha hymn , Rig - but I could not allow room for the Sun

veda x .and121 , part y i
is gi ven
l n ord e r th a t hy m n s ( si u ry n)
i i a n d t he B le ss in g s

those w ho possess copi es of the R ig v e d a s va st y y

-a a n i n i ),
w hi c h are al so m e n ti on ed

m y study the two versions comparati vely at iv 6 1 8 .

. . .

3 Th
us th e B rahm ana se lec ti on s lx vi ,
5 See A W a n n a , I nd isc he S t ud ies. , II 1 51 . . .

lx vii , lxviii , an d lxxii stan d in conn ecti on

. . .
0 Es eci all
p y in t h e u se o f c um i n : an d of

wi th the M an tra selecti ons lvi .

, xlvi i .
, lx ii . the nasal mutes , of b an d of
g . I have
and xlvi . respecti vely . written cch w her
e WHI TN E Y ( see 5 227)
4The sta nzas req uired for the w eddin g write s ch .

7 Bu t some of the i n te r h h
ceremoni al are gi ve n in selection s l v iii ,
lvi i ,
est i n g o
.
rt o r
g pa .

an d IV From thi s the stu de

. n t wi ll s e e w h y I ca l pec u li ari ti es of the M a i tri yan i San hi tl
there are some selecti ons consistin g of only I ha ve allow e d to sta n d .

one or tw o stanzas . The burial stanzas are -

3
See the Brief L ist, a
p ge xvii .
 [ ]
i X

ding
accor to the rules , in or
derto make mo re tangible the difference betw een
homonymo us determinati ves
1
and pos sess i ves .

What form should be given to the headings of articles is often a question .

F or de nomi native verbs , I have chosen the stem form ( e g ma ntraya rather -
. .

than ma n tray ) to this is prex ed the r oot sign ( V ) merely in order to -

catch the eye ; the s ign must not be understood as meaning that such stems
are in any w ise co- ord inate w ith r
oots . The stems of the perfect acti ve

pa rtici ple an d o f imary comparatives

the pr are given as e ndin g i n vans an d
y ang , but w i tho ut any implication that these are theor eti cally betterthan the

w e aker forms . Roots w ith medial or e given in the latter

nal ar orr ar
form, and so ar
e the ste ms in at o r r .

The synopses of con u ati on al

g j forms w hich follow e ach verbal root are

based on the ma nuscript mad e by Professor WHI TN EY

collection s , still in , .

These were placed at my disposal by him w ith the greatest kin dness They .

i n clude all the verb forms cited by the St Petersbur

-
g Le x i con and BO E HT .

L I N s x s Abridgme nt as occurring in the actual literature be sides very

, ,

ex tensi ve glean in s mad e i nde ende ntl

g p b
y y P rofesso r W H ITN EY from te x ts

o m other s published s in ce its completi on

represented in the Le x i con an d fr , ,

oreven n ot yet published

I n the description and classication of the forms
.
,

I have follow ed WHI TN EY I t often happens that there are several forms in
.

actual u se for the same tense ; in such cases the co mmon est on e has been ,

g i ve n , or else the on e pres cribed by the Hin du Ro ot book ( dhdtu p t )

a ha o r - -

so metimes more than on e for m Although in the case of many roots the
.

w rist is conned al most ex clusively to the V edic lan guage , I have neverthe
less given the aorist in such cases in or der to ll out the conj ugation al
scheme , sin ce this seemed desirable from a ped agogical point of vi ew For .

ped ag g
o ical reasons , also , the secondary con ugation s j have be en for the
most part omitted M any roots which are . regularly in only on e conj ugated

voice show for ms of the other voice in the Epos , especially where the metre
deman ds them I t is very difcult to say j ust how far such forms should
.

be in cluded, and my course in accepting orrej ecting them has been I fear, ,

not w holly con sistent .

The Notes , which form the third part of this work , w ill be issued as soon

as i s practicable I t is design ed that they shall be

. as brief as po s si ble , but
shall r en der ample ass is tance in the inte rpr t ti n of di cult p n d
e a o as s ages a

1
e bhi ma par
Compar i k rama an d t mL 4For exam le the
p , Q atapatha and Alta
reya Brahman .

See Wnrrx ar 55 107 and 1 08

, , and co m 5 Especially Gra nt

s edi ti on of Apastam
pare 5 370 .
ba

s C r u ta
a Sutra, an d voN Son non n na

s

See Proceedings of the Ameri ca n Orienta l M ai tri yani .

Society forMay, 1 882 p xiii ,

5 The
. Jai mi ni ya Brl hmana
. .
 [ ]
I

the explanation of allusions to the antiquities of I ndia . The plan includes

also concise literary introducti ons to the var
ious selections .

An open acknow ledg ment of my thanks is due to the printers of the

vocabular ,
y M essrs J S CU SHI NG 65 00
. . . . They have performed their part
w ith s uch intelligence, accuracy, an d sk ill as to merit most dial
cor

recognition .

In conclusion , I desir
e to make public ex press ion of my gratitude to my
honor
ed teacher, Pro f essor WI LL I AM DWI G HT WHITN EY , for his constant

inte rest in this for his g enerous aid

undertaking I can o nly hope an d .

that the book may do so mething to fur

therthe cause in whi ch he has labored
long and devotedly, and that it may help to enlar ge the am ps o f class ica l
te aching , to qu icken the i nte rest in the histo r
y of ourmothe rtong ue , -
and to
make Sanskrit study among us in creasingly frui tful .

C R L. . .

HO L L I s HAL L HARV ARD CO L L EG E,

,

Cu raa rno s , M a sss cn usarrs, '

Decembe r, 1 883 .

N OTE TO THE FOU RTH I SSU E

THE referen ces to Whitn ey s Sanskrit Grammarw hich are gi ven in Parts I I

. and

III . of this book are , I believe, absolutely correct throughout for the rst ed iti on
of the Grammar . The secon d editi on of the Grammardi d n ot appearu n til afterthe

plates for Pa rts I I an d of the Reade r w e

. re made III
The section nu mbe rs of
. .
-

the secon d edition of the Grammar( see Whi tn ey s Pr

e face there to ) are substan tia ll
y
un chan ged from those of me slight alte ration s notably
the rst ; b u t there are so ,

in the seque nce from 5 98 to 1 08, an d agai n i n the seq ue nce from 5 708 to 5 7 1 3

( w hereby the r efer e n ces to the secti on on the i mpor tan t verb cm are thro w n ou t
of ge ar O ccasi on ally, too a state me n t has bee n take n fr o m one secti on a n d
) .
, p u t
i n to another and more appropria te section : thus the euphon ic treatment of bhos
has bee n shifted from 5 1 7 6a to l 7 4b M oreover the subse ction s are much .
,

more thoroughly marked ( w i th a b c etc ) i n the secon d edition U sers of the , , , . .

seco nd or thi rd edi tion of the Grammar w ill often have to make a sli ght allo wance
for the se changes seekin g for ex ample, 84, 4 u nder 8443, 37 1 u nder 37 1 k an d

,
"
,

the like . med hardly w orth w hile to alter the plates to suit these changes ;
It see

a li ttle practi cal co mmo n sen se w ill u sually oset the apparen t in accuracy M en .

tion of these matter s has already been made by me be low i n the Postscr i pt p 405 ; , , .

but as it see ms usually to be overlooked there, I have thought i t well to re peat the

mention in this more conspi cuous place

C R L
.

. . .

JU N E , 1 903 .
 C O N TE N T S .

I ntroductory suggestion s
Brief list of books forstudents of Sanskrit

PAR T I .

A. From the M ahS bhi rata

- .

m
e -
s n os

I . The story of N ale an d Damayanti

B . From the Hi topadeca .

II .

The old ti geran d the traveller

The deeran d the crow , and the jackal
The blin d vu lture, the birdlings, an d the cat
The ass, the dog, an d the thief
The lion the mouse, an d the cat
,

The crows an d the serpent

I X The lion , the old hare, an the w ell
. d
The birds an d the apes
The ass i n the ti gerskin -

The elephant, the hare s, and the moon

The blue j ackal
The tw o geese an d the tortoise

XV I . The herons, the serpen t, an d the ichneumons

The hermi t, and the mouse that w as chan ged to a ti ger
XV III . The heron, the shes, and the crab
The Brahman and his j ar .

The Brahman w ith the goat, and the three rogues

The Brahman an d his faithful ichneu mon

C. From the Ka thi - sari t- si gara.

XX II Kin g Putraka an d the seven league boots

.
-

Sto ry of Mo usey, the thrifty merchant

King Q ibi, the falcon , and the dove
XXV . Story of Ab slya
 [ x ii
]

XXV I
The kin g w ho di dn t kn ow his Sanskrit grammar
.

XXV IL The pathetic history of the sto ries

D. From the M i nav a-dhar a i str

c a .
m
a.The creation
5 The four ages of the w ord
. l
c The Brahman 3 life, etc
.

.

d The transmigration of souls

.

XX XI . Riddle
XXX . Riddle

E . From the Rig veda '

.

Hymn e
to Agn i, the Fir god
I ndra slays the dragon
To Surya, the Sun god -

To Agni .

I n dra an d the M aruts

To Savitar
In dra contests the supre macy of V arun a

To U shas, the Daw n goddess -

To Agn i
I n dra an d Atri, an d the Sun eclipsed by the demon
M agic spe lls to produ ce sleep .

To the M aruts org ds of the storm w in ds

o
-

To V aruna
To V arun a
To V arun a
To I n dra I ndra an d
. amuchi N .

I ndra an d the Maruts, an d V ritra

To Agni .

To the Wate rs
Fun eral hymn -

Fu n e ral hymn
-

Fu neral hymn -

Fu n eral hymn-

The aged
p riest to the youn gprince

Wedding-stanza
The gods install Agn i as ablati on-bearer

Burial an d w eddin g-stanzas

The w eddi ng hymn -

Ex orcism for a sick person

To Yama Fun eral hymn
.
-

Burial s tanza
-

Fordetailed synopsis , see N otu .

 [ x iii
]

L XII . Hiranya garbha

- The god Ka orWho
Lege nd of Yams and Yami The creation of
. night

Lege nd of the wi nged moun tains

G . Other Brahmana pi eces -

.

Legen d of Agni the ablation bearer, an d of the sh

-

l e gend of I n dra an d the M aruts, an d V ritra

le gen d of In dra the god Ka or
an d ho W
The two kin ds of deities, the gods an d the Brahmans
Tru th, un truth, an d si len ce

How the gods got immortali ty and how Death got hi s share
Le gen d of In dra an d N amuchi

L JDHI I . N irukta on RV . i 32 l o,
. . selection xx x n .

H . b or
n the Grihya - stras.

burial

PAR T H .

Explan ati ons an d abbrevi ati ons

PART II I .
 4 B bhtli n gk Otto
. , . Sanskrit Worterbuch i n kii rzerer Fassnn g
-
. St Petersburg
. .

1
To be ordered Parts I to IV have appeared, and reach to th e
through V ess ( see above) . . .

en d of bh ; they cover 1 1 67 pages, i s ni gh tw o-thi rds of the w hole , and cost 34 Ma rk 80 . .

Pfenni ge The res t m y be expected in the course of 1 885

. The manuscript is ready as .

far as v arna The w ork is an abridgmen t of the follow in g

. .

5 B b htli n gk , Otto,
. an d Ru dolph R o th . San skrit We rterbuch-
. St Petersburg
. .

1 855 1 875 . Seven volu mes . Price 1 77 M ark 90 Pfen n ige .

To be ordered through V oss ( see above) . Thi s w ork , w hich is often ca lled the St Peters
.

bur Lexi con , is by farthe most i mpo rtant pr

oducti on of Sansk r i t scholar
ship To such as
g
.

to mak e any special study of the languag e and literature , it is absolutely i ndispensable .

8 . W illi ams M onier , A San sk ri t En glish Diction ary, etymologi cally an d phi lo
.
-

logically arran ged, w ith special re feren ce to Greek, Lati n , Gothic, German ,
An glo Sax on , an d other cognate I n do European lan gu ages
-
Lon don and -
.

N ew York, M acmillan an d Co 1 872 1 1 86 pages Price 94shilli ngs . . .

(i d i n En glan d,
. or 824 in the U n i te d State s .

This is the diction ar o f Sansk rit into English w hich approaches completeness
onl It is
y
.

in one com act an han dy vo ume and is very conven ien t for read in w orks of the classi cal
pe riod n f
. ortun ately , the co mm on m ea n i n gs of a w ord are n ot ti u g ui shed from th os e
w hich are se ldom or never foun d All Sansk rit w ords are gi ven in transliteration, and the .

roots and more impo rtan t words in n ag ari letter

'

s also .

7 . W illi ams M on ier , . S akun tala,

'

a San skrit drama in seven by ali das a

acts, K .

Secon d editi on . L on do n an d N e w York , M acmi llan a n d Co 1 878 8

. .

339 pages . Price 21 shi llin gs i n En glan d, or i n the U S . .

This g i ves li te ral English translati ons of all the metrical passages, ex plan atory n otes , and
the Sansk ritiza tion of the Prak rit passag es , and all on the same page w i th the text of this,
the most famous of the plays .

8 K i e lh o rn , Franz,
. an d Georg B ii hl e r . Pan chatantra . Edited w ith n ote s .

Bombay . 1 868 .

The w ork IV I ll , and I of the

con s ti tutes n u Bomb a Sansk rit Series mbers Number . . .

Trnbn er Co , Lo ndonr
IV ( com ehendi ng book I ) appeared i n a secon d ed i tion i n 1 87
p
b e had se arately for3 shi llin gs
.

The Pan chatantr

.
The book may b e had of

a i s eas y and en te r
.

The price of the en ti re w ork is 8 shillin gs ; b ut the rst book may

tai n i n g read i n g I t has
p . .

be e n ad mi rably tran slated i n to Ge rma n by Benfey : Pan tschatantra Leipzi g , F A Brock haus . . . .

2 vols 8 Price 24Mark

. The translati on is accompanied by a very valuable history .

of fable lite ratur

-
e .

9 D e lb rii c k
.
. Be rthold . V edische Chresto mathie . M i t An merku ngen un d Glos
sar . Halls Buchhan dlu n g des I V aise n hau ses
, . 1 874 . Pri ce 3 M ark .

Thi s con tai ns 47 hymns from the Rigveda

repea ted i n thi s Read er . Of these , only ve are .

Be th tex t and glossary are i n translite ration O n acco un t of the small price of the boo k , its .

menti on may pro ve useful to such as do not w ish to buy the tw o complete edi tions follow i ng
( n umbers 1 1 and

10 . W i n di s ch , Z w olf Hymn e n des Rigveda

Ernst . M it Sayan e s Commente r .

.

Te x t lV orterbu ch zu Syan a Appen dices Le ipzig, S Hi rzel 1 883

'

. . . . . .

Price 5 M ark .

This gives the tex t the great scholiast, both i n mi g a ri lette r

, and the co mment of s The .

text is pri nte d w i th the genui n e accen tuati on ( as i n this Re ade r) The book se rv es a useful .

urpo se as i n tr od uct i on to th e n at i ve H i nd u o r tr ad i ti on al ex eg es i s o f the V ed a T he v o cab u .

ary d o es no t co ve r th e hy m ns th e m selv es ; b ut se ve n of th e tw el v e h y m ns are tran s la ted i n

the li ttle book menti oned below , no 15 . .
 [ x ix
]
11 . A ufre ch t. Theodor Die Hymnen des Rigveda Herg n sgegeben .Zw eite . .

Auage Bonn , Adolph Marcus 1 877

. 2 volumes Price 20 Mark . . . .

The en tire sanhi ta in transliteration , and ex tracts from the p a da te xt at the

text is ven
foot of each page The e i ngly valuable a pendix contai ns li sts of the poe ts d ivini ti es,
.
,

a n d metr es , and a complete table of r st lin es 0 ever

.
y stanza, w i th referen ces to the concor d
a n t tex ts of otherV ed as .

12 M ull er, F M ax
. . . The Hymns the Rig veda, i n the Samhita an d Pada texts,
of

epr
r in ted from the edi tio pri n ce ps S econ d ed iti on L on.don , Trii bn er 8: .

Co . 1 877 . 2 volu mes . Price 32 shillin gs .

This gi
edi ti onves t he tw o tex ts co m ple te on pa rallel pag es and i n n ya ri lette rs . The
na mes of the poets, di vi ni ti es , and metr es ar e gi ven at the begi nn ing of each hymn .

13 Gras s man n ,
. Herman n . Worterbuch zu m Ri g veda -
. Le ipzi g, F A Brockhaus . . .

1 873 Price 30 M ark .

This is dicti on ary, but also a complete concordance to the Ri eda I t is a w ork
not only a .

of wonder ful industry method clearness , and accurac As ide from the t Petersb ur Lex i
y
. .
, ,

con, this dictionary stands n ext i n i mportance , forV ed 0 students , afterthe V edic text tself .

1 4 Grass mann , Hermann Rig veda U e berse tzt un d mi t kri tischen un d erlau
'

-
. . .

ternden Anmerkun gen versehen . Leipzig, F . A Brockhaus . . 1 87 6 . 1877 .

2 volu me s . Price 24Mark .

This translati on is for a few corrupt or dii cnlt hymns

enti rely in metre
The , ex ce pt .

studen t ca n almost i nvari abl see j us t w ha t w o rd Grassmann intended as the rende ring of any
gi ven w ord of the te xt 3 w or k is esp ec i a lly use f
.ul as g i vi ng a co nv en i e nt ge n eral vi e w
of the con tents of the Rig veda , and as en ab lin g the student to as p easily m
r
touchin g the metres, the arrangemen t, and the textual conditi on 0 the or i gin al g .

1 5 G e ldn e r,
. K arl , un d Adolf K Kgi . Siebenzig Lieder des Ri gveda U ebersetzt . .

M it Beitragen R Roth Tii bin gen H Laupp sche Buchhan dlung

'

ve n . . . . .

1 87 5 . Price 3 M ark .

the seventy h mns of w hi ch this book gi ves metrical tr

Thi rty s i x of anslations w ere
y
-

later inco rporated by Behtlingk mto his Chrestoma thy ( no 3, above) . .

1 6 A ufrecht Theodor
. . Das Aitareya Brahman a
. M it Auszu gen au s dem Com .

mentare ve n Sayan acarya un d an deren Beilagen herausgegeben

'

Bon n , .

Adolph Marcus . 1 879 . Price 1 1 M ark .

This Brahmana belon to the Rigveda The tex t is i n translite rati on The translation of . .

Hang ( Lon don , Trii bner Co 1 863) w ould b e of help ; b ut it is inaccurate and hard to
. t .

A good man passages are translated i n volumes I , II , and V of M uir ( below , n o Us

25
. . . .

these as an n trod uction , and the St Petersbu rg Lexicon forhelp i n hard places ,
. an ad van0
student can mak e good progress w i th thi s text .

17 . Ste n ale r, Adolf Friedrich . I a dische Hausregeln Sanskrit un d deutsch heraus .

g g
e ebe n . I . Acvalayana . Erste s Heft Tex t Le ipzig 1 864 .Price . . .

2 M ark .
Z w eites Heft . U eberse tzun g . 1 865 . Price 3 M ark .

Published by the German Oriental Soci ety, in volumes I I I and IV of the Abhandlungen . .

di e Kunde des M orgenlandes To be or

d ered thro u h the Society s agent, F A Brock haus,
g
. . .

in Leipzi g These are the Grihya -s ii tras belonging to t e

'

18 . R o th, R .
, un d W hi tn ey W D . . Atharva V eda San hita
. . Herausgegeben .

Erster Ban d Text . . Berlin , Ferd Dii mmler 1 856 Royal

. . . Price 28 M ark
50 Pfen n ige .

This is the most importa nt and in te restin g of the V edas , afterthe Rik . It is full of magic
i ncantatie ns and otherprod ucts of curious superstiti ons .
 NALA I. .

W m mm an new

m m sm s s m "as "

ux m m mn as
i
NALA I V
. .
 HI TOPADECA .
37

w as gm

s fai a mi n m
M l s m m z
w

W m m m fm
a .

u m zl m l

mm fz m m
m a i fa
i
m

f n

W
as : W W
m um m l s

mfut a i i v amr
l i t'

v s mn
W W M Q EI W
'

G ai n?

XIV . XV XV
. I .
HI TOPADECA .

XV II

.
KATHASARITSAGARA .

XXVII .
 MANAVA DHABM ACASTRA I . .

m mm m z llQ ll

m m w m w zl

m a
g az in e "
53 MANAVA DHARMAOASTRA I n . . .

i
M ara m ( sh
-
v i ne? "

m m : lm:
m
Q

sw i m z
q m

i n rm
 MANAVA DHARMAOASTRA I I . .

t u f):
r m : m : i ts: as a was"

IIQ Q II
 MAN AVA DHARMAQASTRA 11
.

m
.

mi

u stw lfu nat u

'
 MANAVA DHARMACASTRA.V I xi xu
. . .

m rm

ne w :
m : use

"assu m es a

a me n
lu

W r
as -
s e a m
i "W R II

 MANAVA DHARMAQASTRA x11
. .

neo n

g m tsv a m n

33
5
3: m m : mlt m u

s
 V EDA .

XXXI RI GVEDA
. I . 1 .

i sth m " us

m am m al .

a
a m fm
t
ul us u
must6 m
-
m
w e a n
a z zd s i t
XXX IV . RI GVEDA I 97
. .

ms
s war
 V EDA .

XXXV RI GVEDA I 1 65

ml? gmm m
. . .

: ai s m
-
r
: m : a
a mi: m
w m w |

l h aa w m m uw

aw l

a zl
W m m wu
 VEDA .

a m m a m v wm
Q a tarFi n i t t mg
g w t m x sa m m
u

mam m i rm at aw ai t
-
n

XXX V I RIGVEDA HI 62
. . .

i d f
i t l

r z u am M o ll

W W W? "
a i r
h

z a
 XL RI G V EDA V 40

m m m
. . .

m a m
M
un

m a s m s m m
a m mm m mw m m
 V EDA .

XLI RI GV EDA V II 55

m m m
. . .

w .

mm m mgmm u

f
l gd
i

nsn

61 3 th

w lu
m z m

i t az uq n
'

w m w a w v l t
'

hl

i t t m i z m nt n

XLI I RI GV EDA V II 56
. . .

ims c s im m wi 1 w
u w dn uw

all

t
SN T u8

N il

O m ah t gm i h r
z w

ai rsh o w

m
r 511 3 111
W W : neon

XL II I RI GVEDA V I I 86

m ea m
. . .

ns m
-
61 m
 VEDA.

XLV RIGVEDA V H 89

m
. . .

wh i f tt

nan

b : W W W I

m nan

a m m t a z

Il8 ll
 VEDA
.

m W W W"
a w m

u

M a
a new
 V EDA.

XLV H RI GVEDA VIII 85

m
. . .

f i s l

M ud ats 5
- 6m m
ft :

m nt wu
M w wu w q u

XLVIII RI GV EDA V I II
.
. 91 .

i l ir
h l

w i av ds wfd v nqn

i
wa m w m m
Q O II

M W M HQH W |

M W H I QQ "
 M en
an

3
3
5 11 3 3 fl t ! {1 1 a ti sh M 8"

LI I RIGV EDA
. X . 17 .

w za w m m .
 V EDA .

s h w a
w
t a atl m n

LII I RI GV EDA X 18

m
. . .

at a
g fg uw m

a i
mdzm i m n

sh a m ani s m
m : m ua
'

gm: uf im
r mn
{ i ml m u

( th i r
d : mi nim: "an
ai m : wi ml vi I

w ai tsmile"
 W ai n

a h mw i u m aa ah n

M 3311 ?! nq n

LV RIGVEDA X 40 m
. . . .

l th
a df m v t m
LV I RI GV EDA
. X . 52 .

W i mzmta m
n m m i w m tas nq
i g

ma m m
w w m
M a i
m i ms s m 23 m
m mm h
m q nsn

mi mh
mli m a z w
r m r

fe w m iw m mm

si i s a
 V EDA
.

LVII RIGVEDA X
. . 53
.

sun

m n d lm
m a EW M n

a t z
d

l r l

W i ll a? "

{s fu nsnh
m mi
uah f a
 V EDA
.

LI X RI GV EDA
. X . 1 37 .

lo w h sr
d i
m aw gdtl

gz nq n

w m m m e mm m
 V EDA .

l zt mi w
i r m tm
n m m m m m ma m
m
g m fan n an

sta rch" I

w uw W i z z

i i? 3 ( ar
mP3? i n - : I

i f m m 16 1 1: i mg w nnn

Qi n glm i mnn
wi h s
t
W e am i m an( F
-

M
a
i rt
-i t mz m h ns n

LXIII MAITRAYANI SANHI TA l 5 1 2

. . . .

a
lw i m m '

mm
zl

LXI V MAI TRAYAN I SANHI TA

. I 10 13
. . .

u lrfr
s t l QM W W W l ?! sn
 l iw m wmd 1 ~

W '
m m l l s

85mm

M m i rr
i ii t a

M u m
n W mn

m m ma
l i i ft ft sw l

LXVI TAI TTIRI YA SANHITA H

. . 6 6
. .

ma z m m mw iw w
n s t m
r
m u i m
l a w wm t svz ur
m n m z m n l m m m m

fg l m l l
w a
'

a
 B RAHMANA .

w asz m m as m v

LXV H AI TAREYA B RAHM ANA III 20

m6
. . .

m m zw n
r n r a
w a m nt

si n i r
tw wm g rwa rn m
a m n m m mw m l

M a
g : Ha m i l? s
3 s e e saw

no m m l sa a m t m

LXV HI AI TAREYA BRAHMANA II I 21

. . .

{ m s t m
rr m w
 BRAHMANA .

LXXII QATAPATHA
. BRAHMANA XII . 7 . 3
.

W e
m
l s a a m m sf ma
gai n m ma w sa a ah a m a
g
a W H W H
mw l fa n s
m m mi w
tsfa mg
a m m u u am l v m a

ne w mi zl l
LXXI V AQV ALAYANA S GRIHYASU TRA

. 5, 7, s
.
 LXXV ACV ALAYANA S GRI HYASU TRA
.

IV . 1 6
.

s w um r
fanfww s r
r
e
asn iku s a d]

h Lat m us, AS angel, hook 3, cf . ues, . .

to them, pr otector fr om the ter r

ors an d cf En g angle, not a bor rowed word ] . . .

spiri ts of darkness, an d keeper of house 0 a ii k h a y a ( akhi yati ( 1056,

an d hear th (perha ps , the qui ckly m o
.v boo k on , r l
g pp e
a [ from ai ka , hook,

.

in g or agile on e, V aj , 1 1 58 : cf Lat igni s, . . despite the aspirati on .
)
lm p a ri , clasp, embrace


re, ayilia, agile ; akin, poss , is d r

,
.
'
.

ashin g light

] V a fi g move, in deri ve . .

a g n i - k u nda , round hole in the groun d

'

a ng t assever r i le i d ai
n. , a ttve
pa t c .
y g j t
, us

forthe sacred re . when ; toaiiga, they only.

agn i , f
- nrc hour, time forkin dling ai g a , n limb, member; by synecdoclle,
v eli .
-
.

the sacred r e ; afternoon body, person , form [ V a i g z for m g , cf . . .

a g n i h o t ra, - n re sacrice ( a burnt .

-

oifer in g of fresh milk ) a ii g a n a , n court ( ori g , pe rha ps,

gang. . .

agn i h o t ra - h av a ni , j : re sacrifice-
way,

V ang ]
ladle .
ai g a n i , j : a ( fair) form, i s . . a woman .

a gn y i d h y-
a , n .
placing or settin g up { sts }
of the sacre d r e .
[ acct, ai g i ra , m . coal .

ag ra , n. 1 front ;
. agre, in front, before, ang i ra s , m g p roba bly, messen e
g ;r . 1 . ori .
,

in pr esence of, w
g en 2 be innin
g g; . . . es
p m esse
.n ger be tw een gods an d men ; b
y
ag re, in the begi nni ng, in the rst place, eminence, Agn i ; 2 as pl Angir ases, a . .

rst ; 3 tip, end [p erhaps , th

.at . name applied by the Hin dus to a certain race
whi ch goes before , leader, V aj z cf amon g their for

. efather s ( perhaps because
m m my


lead, a as, ar their intercourse with the gods was con

a g ra t aa , a dv.
[ 1 098c ] ceived as very in timate ), these for
in front 3 before efathers
;
oK ded as half di vine ; 3 a s s

s self ); w kr, place in fron t,
. cause bein g re gar . .

to lead .
[ g , 098b ]
a ra 1 . the ( mythical) an cestorof the An girases .

a r a
g y , a. e most, best
for . 6
. r
[ g ,
a 1 21 2c] . a ng ul i , j ? n ger .
[ V a iig , 1 1 91 : for mg,
a g h a,
a . di stressful, harmfu l ; as n . harm, cf saga ]
.

trouble, evil ; sin ; sorrow .

[ lik e anhli, g u sth a , m
a ii t h u m b [ form g , cf i g ]
a . . .

from 9 a c or aflc ( aca ti , acati ; aknA, acit

n arrow, an d anhas, distress,

Veaii gh oraah,

strai te n cf. xes, dis -
aoya ) . ben d .
[ cf ak a an d vb l aii c
. .
)

tre ss ; d yxo , Lat
'
. ango,

stran gle

; AS . i , ben d .

ange,

anxi ou s, g

Ger . en e,

narrow ,

Angst ,
a - o a ra movi ng ; as subst plant ( as
,
a . n ot .

di stress forconnectio n of mgs ,

cf . En g di sti nguished from ani mals) .

o a l a a i mmovab le ; a s m mo un tain
'

stra aten, to narrow an d to a -
,
. . .

V ag hi y a ( aghi yati ) . harm ; plan mis a - oi t, a . not kn owi n g ; un wise ; foolish .

chi ef .
[ g
a h a 1 059s ] a - ci tt i , j : un wi sdo m; folly .

a g h o ra c a k su s , a not evi l e yed

- .
-
. a - ci tv i
, g rd w i thou t ili
p ng [ 41 0i . .
]
a g h n y a , m bull ( the ani mal that i s
- . a- o i n t y a , a incompr e he nsible . .

hard to overco me ,

or more exactly,

n ot ac c h a , vbl prex . to ; un to ; hi ther; to.
to be 2 n ag, ya, v ah, v r
t ; q en acchi , M
ag h n y i , j : cow .
[ formed as a pen dan t V a j ( j
a ati , te ) d ri ve -
. .
[ orig .

put in
to ashn ya ] moti on
: cf . L at g
. a o, lead, drive ;

ho ,

ai k a, m . 1 . the bend at the groin made

lead cf . also a gra, aj it a, i j i ]

by taking a si tti ng posi tion , lap ; 2 the . u d , drive out .

ben d j ust above the hi p ( where babes, sit a j a, nu . he-goat .
[ prob . the agile one,
tin g astr by Hin du w omen
i de, are carried 9aj z cf . al e,
see i roha
); 3 b ook ; 4 ( like E ng . . . a- j ara , a . n ot agin g ; ageless .

pot hook ) mar k, sign [ 0aii c : f o r 1 c f a j m a r

a ra
a v a t a ds as if ag eless and
-

m
. .
, .
,

m or wall orshore immortal -am 0

ay , ben d in
ar ; for [ j
a ara ara , 1 1 7 .
,
 [ 1 13]
a -
j a s ra , a. not dying out ; perpetual an d a -
j a ,
a . egg -
born ; as m bird . .

f re ) V at ( at ti t w an der about [ cf
( o . a , e ; - . .

a i
j ,j
s : she-goa t. [ see a a. j ) V at ] .

a -
j i ta , a . unborn . a - t a n d ri t a , a . un we aried .

a j i n a ,
m .
goat-skin
; pelt .
[ j a az cf alyls,
'
. at , a dv . 1 .
( as a bl
q . ron root a .

Aegis w mous am i t) from i t ;

9
g o at skin , ,
. at , e and synony w . so 22 ,

a j i ra, a . agile, swift .

[ j,
V a l 188e : cf . so .
pa iik i t; ato

n ya, other than i t, 68 13
2 from this place , 83 3 from thi s
L a t, ag ilis, .
( ) .

V aj i r i y a ( j y
a iri ate ) be sw ift ; .
pre ss ( time ), f
c i . rdhv a m; then, 4 .

sw i ftly onw ar d [ j
a i ra, lO59b) . . from this ( cause ) , therefore , 27
3
, etc .
;
3
a j h a , a . n ot kn owi ng, ignorant ; fooli sh ; w l yatas,
. cor ; hence ; an d so,
re . 36
as m fool
. . 4 2 ; so then, 73
31
[prou root a ,
.

i -
j i ta , a . unkn own .
[ Vj i z cf . dq m os, at i , a dv across, beyon d, past, over, as vbl
.

L a t i gnotus, En g un-couth,
.
-
.
prex , i n c
p ds, to ex cess, excessi ve, see

a j n i t a k u l a qi l a , a whose family
- . and 1 289b ; as r
p p
e . beyon d, over .
[ cf . ( ,

characterare un k n own . further, besides ; L a t et, be si des,

.

a -
j at v i , grd w i thou t k n ow
. in g . a t i k ra m a , m not of over steppin g orover .

a -
j ii i
n a , n. i gnoran ce ; - it a nd -
atas, co min g .
[ V kram ati . )
at i t h i , m guest

ou t of ignoran ce . . . w an derer, V at ) .

V s i c , see V ac . a t i d u rv r tt a , a
- . ex cessi vely wi ck ed .

s i c, as vbl at en d of cp ds [ see 4
07 a ti -
d ra , a . very far or dista n t ; a s n.

turni n g, e cted ;
dir li d-s i c, di rected r di

e.
g .
g e a t s tan ce .

u pw ard. [ for mg , cf . En g .
-
w a rd ( i n a t i b h ara , m
- . excessi ve b urden .

to-ward, whi ch is akin w .

e t, a ti -
li n i ya, n . ex cessi ve greedin ess .

a t i -v r ,
sti j : excessi ve rai n .

V j d( or a an i
j a t i th t kti , t tai di r tl
k t ; i n anj a, i
m
a s a n a n o s a n n g ; es ess na - .

m
.
,

it ; a ; ak tv i ; in . J ive ) [ V athi ) .

1 smear; an oi n t ; 2 adorn [ cf alrtu : a t i s a

. c a y a , m ex cessi ve accumulati on . . . m . .

cf . L at . ungo, ati -
sa m i dhi n n a , n ex cessive n earn ess. .

i , an oin t . a ti n d ri y a , a . transcen din g the sense s ; as

+v i,1 . an oin t ; - 2 . adorn ; an d so, brin g n . sou l, spiri t. [ ati in driya, 1 31 0a .

]
to n otice ; vyak ta :
'
adorned, fair; mani a t i v a , a dv . exceedin g ly ; ve ry .
[ ati iv a .
)
fest ; ca us . mak e clear or mani fest . a t y aj y a ,
- a . n ot to be ab an doned .

sa m , 1 . an oin t; 2 . adorn; 3 . un i ts a t y u g ra , - a. ex traordi nary . 8 1 008

by an oin ting, 4 eneralized, un i te

g
m
89 ; . si vely
0
wi th, tak e to one s self ( e g food ), 88 1 . . . a ty u g ra - u
p ny p p a ,
a i a . extraordi n ar
a i j a ll, m . the tw o hollowed an d open ily good and bad ; as n pl . . extraordin arily
han ds placed si de by side ; the han ds so good and bad deeds .

place d an d raise d to the fore he ad,

i e a . . at ra ( atri , 248a ), a dv 1 . .
( as loc .
q ron .

gesture of rever
en t salutati on ; a double root a and synony mous w aa. mi n )
han dful ( as measure ) . substa nti vely in i t, 97 1 0
;
5
in thi s case, 31 ;
as j a s , q ui ckly, su d a d v.
denly [ pr
ob adv . . . in that case, 18 1 7
; on this poin t, 299

s ee or i nstr of an obsolete subst a

. iij as, . . a d ectivel
j y : w . antare: in thi s interim,
glidin g moti on, V aiij meantime 4
a sli pper

5 2 5092 4
y way ora
]
.
, , , 55 on thi s

V a t ( ata ,
-
te ; ati syati ; ati t ; ati tv i ) . occasion, at thi s j uncture , atra

wan der about .

[ cf . V at ) . sarasi, in thi s pool ; 2 in thi s or that .

: the n otche d en d of a bow 4

a t jan i ,
.
(place ) ; here ,
25 there ,
89 ; in
haps roaming place

a ta v i , j : forest ( per that w orld in this
(

.
,
-
, opp . to

V at ) . 87 1; 3 in . that m
( e ), then,
ti
a nd a, n . egg .
[prom root a,
at ri , m Atri, name . of a famous Ri shi . asi v aha m , I a m ao-and-so, 61 6031
;
t th a ( athi , 248a ), a dv . expresses a sequence, f ollo ws at a dista nce the word to
temp oral or res ulta nt : then ; so ; so then ; which i t re ers, f thus emphas izing it, 23 1 .

accordin g ly ; thereupon ; 1 . temporal :

[ see 501 an d

e
g a. t i.dra v a, tthi ti pe hi , r u n p a s t, an d t d i t i , a w i th o u t b on d or li m i t ; in n i te ; a s .

then go un to 83 18 in a p o d o sis af ter j : i n n i ty , th e e n dle s s h ea v e n , 7 9 1

in n
yad i , 84 5-5 7
,
2 r esu l ta nt : e
g m a i ty , p er son i ed as a
g odd ess, A di ti, 75
. . . .

[ pp e y a
a a r n t l e d i ti, ac ct, 1 304 s : di ti ,

mak e frien ds w ith the M aru ts, an d then

bon d,

w ould be a re g . deriv . of 7 3 th ,

( if thou do st) tho u s ha lt co n q ue r,

m ; 82 2
bind,

b ut does n ot occur as su ch,
3 ver equen t as a s im le continua ti ve
yf r
.
p although there is a w ord diti , q . v .
,
of

n ow ; so ; then ; us ua lly a t begin ni ng o f sen

qui te di erent mg an d origi n .
)
tence ( e.g . 201
) or
clolca
( e
g
. . so metimes a - d i n a , a n ot de pressed . .

w ithin the eloka g ( e

. . ex ce
ptiona lly at a di n i t ma n ,
a . w ith cheerful spiri t, un

the end, 1 3 ; a t beginning of section or book,

9 daun ted .
[ i tma n ]
n ow , 98 1 0 here be gin ne th ( f iti ), 1 ;
c 1 . a d u rma g a l a ,
-
j i i,- a . brin g in g no bad
sometimes much a ttenua ted in meaning ; qen lu ck .
[ for declen si on , cf . su maiigala ,

almost equi va len t to a cap ita l letter to ma rk l i 3bbb

,
-
ga , an d .
)
the beginning o f a new cla use, e
g
. . con a d ats , a
-
r . un seen , unn oticed .
[ Wi r
e]
necting p a rts f
o senten ce, 4 pleonas . a drsta k i -
ma m , . love for on e n ot ye t
tica lly w . tatas. 13 9
; mere versezller ,
seen .

5 atho, i . . e . atha u, an d a lso, 6 . a d cv s

. m . non -
go d, w ho is no god .
[ 1 288a 4 .
)

serving as a poin t d appui f or a n enclitic, a d b hi s , see 393 .

which ma y thus precede its w ord : e

g dev o , . . ad b h u t a , a . w on derful ; as n . won der .

tha v i . yak as a, a g od o ra Yaksha, instea d [ des i

p te an ati dbhuta ,
p rob from a t()
i .

of dev o, yak ao vi , 8 1 8 so 2 1 2
i n this use, bhi ta , transce ndi ng w hat has existed,

z atha : 1 310s cf amb ar a )

vi vi z z que atq u e ; c
f c
f : . .

vi ; 7 atha v i , orra ther, 26 11

7
.
[prom t d b h u t a r p a .
-
,
a. having f ul
w on der
root a, 1 1 01 , 502 la ter form of 611115 be au ty .

( w hi ch i s more co mmon i n the V eda ) cf . a d y a, a dv. to-d ay ; gi , in this n ightad ya ni

L at . a t, then , further, (j ust past )

, 51 n ow ; ad ya yav at, un ti l

a d ( atti ; atsyati ; attum) eat ; con su me . . n ow ; adyav i rabhya, from n ow on [ p er .

haps from

[ cf . 88a , L at edo, AS eta n, Eng ea t : cf
. . . . s af dyavi , on this day, 1 1 22f,
anna .
) see dyu z cf . L at ho die, .
-
to

ad , vbl . e atin g, con su ming in cpds ,

. a - d ra v y a n . n on- thin g, un w orthy ob ect j .

ada, a . eatin g, in cpds [ V ad ) . . ad ri ,

m rock ;
p . stone ; es . Soma sto n e ( for -

a - d a nstri n , a . w i thout tusk s or large bru i sin g the Soma ) ; missile ston e .

tee th . a d ri v a n t , a having or armed wi th the .

a- d a tt a , a . no t gi ven . hurlin g stone -

.

ad h a ( sans, 248a ),
'

d a u ta j i t a , n ot havin g te ethed edie a dv expressin

a - a . . .
g a

no t havin g grown teeth, for a- j ta
a sequen ce then , so, so the n,
da n ta .
) adha yad, j ust then when, 76 ( then ,

a d ds pron .
yon , yon der, that, that i . s . besides, i . s.
) an d, [ 1 1 04 8

there, in o
pposition to the one here or j ust cf . atha .
)
mentioned : e
g
. . as i u , 22 7
, that on e ( the a - dha n ya , a . n ot rich ; poor .

traveller la st menti oned at 20 so 31 1

a d h a ma a . low est ; w orst .
[ cf. adhas

sei v a mutra , aya m aa mi n , that on e i n an d 474: cf . L at i n mus, .

that w orld, thi s on e i n thi s, 1 03 7

; that one Ad h a ra a low er [ cf adhas a nd . . .

( corral. ya ) , 37 u
; as designation f
o
p er 474: of L at inf erus lower ; Eng under)

. .

. .

sons not to be na med , ao-and- so, N . or M .

; a d h a rma , m un n ghteousness
- . .
a n ay udh a ]
an i y u d h i , a weaponless ; defenceless
-
. . a n u ro d h a , in . egar
r d [ V l rudh an u ) .

i
[ y udh sa 1 30 4a ] . a n u ro d h i n , a. having ( so m e ) regard for .

an i ru h y a , grd
-
. without goin g into [ rudh
V 1 an u. )
( danger) [ V ruh . i .
) an -
u l b a ni , a . not lumpy ; mooth or per
s

ani la , m . win d .
[ V an ,
fect ( of a weft) .

i - n i v i qa mi na, a . n ot going to rest . anuv rtt i j : , seq uence, a nd so, con tin u

[ acct, ance [ e t . anu .

)
a - n i v e ga n i , a. having no estin g place, i
r -
nu - v ra t a , a . acti ng according to the
un settled .
[ ni v qa ng will or co mmand ( of another , obedient ; )
an -
i sta , a. un desired ; eeable ;
disagr un de voted to, so. ace. 6 1 00 [ 131 011
oved, un lawful [ V 1 ia) cf apa vr
appr . . . ata . )
an i ata -
ci n ta n a , n. the thinking abou t a n u qa y a , m repen tance
. .
[ perhaps

that
so mething un lawful . which li es down after one or follows one

i stv i d ici ng [ V yaj )
wi thout sacr to hi s bed V gi ]
'

an -
, gr . . . : anu .

i ni ks , n .
- 1 face ; 2 g appe arance ;
. . . anu sth i na, n . devotion to , observance .

3 . of a hatchet ( face, shar p edge ; [ V sthi anu ) .

4 front,
. an d so, by s nec
y doche, tr
oop . a n u sth e y a , grdv . to be acco mplished .

[ so L at . a cies has mgs 3 and [ see V athi + anu. . an d 963a ] .

a -
n i t i j ii a , a . not know in g discreet con a n u s a ra na , n . a goi ng after, a searching.

duct .
[ r
V t m m]
i nu ,
re
p p . after, along, d;
tow ar w . ace . a n u s t a ra na , a . stre w ing over, covering
alon g or over; after Z anuati
, i . s . accordin g to . over; j rani ) ( se. go , a cow ,

anu g a t i , j : a going after . V

[ g am + anu .
) ed at
slau ghter the funeral ceremony , an d

a n u c a ri , a. goin g after; as m . atten dan t ; the pieces of w hich are used forcover
ing
co mpanion .
[ V car an u . ) over the corpse, limb by limb . V
[ att
anu j ivin , a. li vin g upon, dependen t ; as an u . )
m . a dependen t . V
[ j i v an u .
) a n i ci n i , see 807 a nd 784 .

i nn -
t t a , ppl . see V l di anu. an -
rt a , a. un true ; i ur
ta . n . un truth

i -
h u t ta , a. un- moved ,
i . s. i nvi ncible . wrong .
[r
ti , l 288a ]
an - e k a , a. not on e, i . s. more than on e ;
a n u tt a ma , a. most hi ghest ; best, most man y .

ex cellen t ; supreme .
[ lit most best,

a n ek a dhi , man y times
a dv . .

formal superl . to an uttara, which is i tself a n e k a qa a , a dv in large n umbers . .

logically a su perl .
) i -
n edy a , a n ot to be blamed ;
. blame
an - u t t a ra , a . not havin g a supe rior, i . s . less .
[ acct,

best .
[ for mg, cf . ni hgreyasa .
) an -
en i s, a. free from g uilt .
[M
tu - u d i ta , a . n o t ari sen . [ V i + ud .
) l 304s .
)
an - u dyoga, m . n on-e x erti on . nu - o mk rt a , a . not ha ving on u ttered, is . .

anun a y a ,
m . conci li ati on .
[ V ui an u .
) un acco mpanied by om .
[ see or
hk r
ta .
)
proximi ty ;
an u k i ri n , n ot doin g or un able to i n ta , m 1 vicini ty, 2
-
p a a. . . .

do a friendly service . border; limit ; end. [ see i nti : cf Eng . .

an u - ii rv followi ng the one reced end]

p a ,
a. p .

i ng, on e af teran other; - i m, adv . in regular a n ta h -

p u ra , n. inner stron ghold or

order .
[ 1 31 0a .
) ci tadel ; inner ment of the royal apart
ma ti j ? approbation ; favor ( of gods gynaeceum harem 2
ci ta del,
n
i nu , [antar , , .
,

to the pi ous ) ; person ied Grace [ V ma n ,

. l 289a .
)
an u ) . i n ta k a , en der ( death ) .
[ s
t h i
a n u mi n a n the for min g of a concepti on , . . 1222s .
)
[ V 1 m i anu , an ta k -
a ra , a . end-
making ; as de
a n u ri g a m aecti on [ V raj an u ) , . . . stroyer .
 [ ]
1 1 7 [ anvita

i n tan a, a . nearest, ver

y ear;
n as m in . an ti mi , a . last .
[ i nti , 474: for mg
ti mate, companion .
[ see i nta, mg 1, an d end most
t cf . i nta 2, an d an tya. ]
474: cf . L a t intumus, . an te - v i si n , m .
pupil .
[ li t .

abidi ng in

an t i r, ad v . in w ar
d, d ly,
inw ar w ithi n the vicini ty,

r
p p
e .
,
w . Ioc . be tw een a mong ,
w i thi n ; an ty a , a. being at the en d, last ; low est ;
1
alon g w i th, 78 cf . VV 1 , gu n, dhi .
[ cf . of low est caste .
[ i n taJ

L at inter, be tween
. . an ty a -
j i ti , a . having low est birth .

l i n t a ra ,
a. very n ear, only in V . and B . an ty aj i ti t i , j : condi ti on of ha vi ng low
[ see i nta, mg 1, an d est birth .

a n t y a - s t ri ! w oman

2 i n t a ra , a . inner; as n .
- 1 the in terior,
.
, j of lo west caste .

middle j ala v antare, in the middle of the a n dhi ,

a. blind ; blindi ng ( of darkness ) .

w ate r in the w ater, 50 ; v a na a ntara 7

v
i n dha s, n . darkness .
[ cf an
. dhi ) .

an neal i a, wan dering in the fore st, 49

- 1
i nns n. food ; esp rice , usua ll
y boiled, the
I
, .

2 i nterval see atra ; - 3 distance be

. chief food of the Hin dus ; grai n [ V ad
mp
. .
,

tw ee n two thin gs ; di er ence, 29 ;the 7

l l 77a : of . a , La t . esca , s ed-ca ,

food ;

4 di erence
.
,
a t end
of cp ds
[1 3020 5] a dor,

spelt

; AS iita , Eng . . oa t .
)
-
antara, tha t w hi ch has a di erence anna p ri q a-n a , n ri ce-
fee din g, th e rst .

of ie
. . another 38 1o
- 5 . feedi ng of an in fan t wi th rice .
,

occasion, j uncture, 19 11
.
[ anti rz cf . a n n a - ra s a , n food an d drin k [ l 2b3b) . . .

(n o e,
p

inw ards, i n n a v a n t, a .
provi ded wi th food .

an t a r Et ma n , - m . the in ( -dwelling ) soul ; [ i n n s -

J
heart . an yi pron . a . an other,
other, else ;
an t i ri k sa , n the atmosphere, see 92 N
- .
. anyac ca, and another thi ng, i . e . again,

lyin g or si tuate in the mi ddle between see ca 3; otherthan , different from, w abl ,
. .

heaven an d earth : antar k sa : for mg, otiose, yad ah

cf .
'
i , as used of the
rb neon r - aerial space ya t hi ma c na , w hate ver else, an ya

traverse d by I ris .
) or s ka anya, the one the other,

an t a ri k sa g a , a moving in the ai r; as - . 29 0
.
[ ci . ( n ot, so me Goth . a n- a r, b
m bird.
[ form g , of khag )
a. . . other,

Eng . other .
)
a n t a ri k sa l o k i , m atmospher e w orld - .
-
an y a t a ma , a. one of several, so me one .

[ 1 280b ]; the atmosphere, regarded as a [ an ya , 525

se parate world . anyi ta s , ad v . from an other ecti on
di r
an ta r g a t a , - a . on
g e wi thin , i s.
. bein g [l 098b ], otherwi se ; e lse w he re
[ 1 0980
a
] ,

w i thi n ; hidden . to anotherplace .

[ an ya .
]
an t a rd h i n a, n a . hiding ; di sappearance ; an y i th i , a dv . otherwise , w . bhi ,

w . i , di sappear .
[ V 1 dhi a n ta r, q v ] . . become otherwise, suffer change, 17

an t a r l aj j - i , j 2in w ard shame .

[ 1 289 ] otherwise than i t really i s, falsely, 35o
an t a r- v e d i , a. si tuate wi thin the sacri o therwise ( i s if . . not ) , [ an ya. ]
cial bed ; - di , a dv . w i thin the sacricia l an y a -
h ra d a , as anotherpoo l..

spot .
[ 1 31 0a .
) an y e -
d y li s , ad v . on the n ex t day .

ti , a dv opposi te , in fron t, before ; alter die
i n ear [

n . . o :

[ see i nta : cf hurl,

opposi te, ti n a,
.
-
face an y o n y a , p ron . a . on e the other, f or

face ; before ; a nti cus, L at anyb [ h
nyi 1 75 ] rst be ing

ar

to . a nte, a ,
t e p t a

former, ancien t ; AS a nd s wa r m m


u, Eng .
-
. crysta llized no . s . . w va lue
.
q/
a n-s wer .
] gen . , an on ya
y m prati hr
cchaya anyas

1 an ti k i , n . nei ghborhood or pr
e sence ; ya,
an ya prat i h , love mof on e to w ards .

like i r
'

used can i pa, q v [ n ti ] . . the other, 2 [ se e pa ra sp a a ) .

2 a n ti ka, f or anta a t end o

f c
p ds, 1 222, an v i ii c a. directe d after, followi n g
1 307 ; grahana antik a, having acquisi ti on v
after, being behi nd .
[ i n n

as i ts conclusi on . anvi ta , see Vi + anu .

 [ 1 1 s]
ip l a le ta ntum ater ri boundless i
f p ur w ate r; .w s . . a -
p i ,
a . .
[pi r z acct,

[ unre late d to L a t aqua , w ater ,
G oth . . i p i , in decl . unto, close upon or on l .

a hva , p rep . to, w . V gam ; 2 . a dv .

( there to , be
i p a , prep aw ay, forth, o . opp f
o pti a .
, sides, ie .
) furth
.er, also ; connectin
g cla sses

from ;

see VV i, kr [ cf ha d, L a t . . . ab ,

or words connecti n
g sentences,

a pi 0a, an d besides, 29 see ca 3; api

a pa k i ra , n.
a inj ury .
[ V l kr p
-
t a a -
.
) api, both and, ca _
a pi,

a pa k i ri n , a . inj urin g .
[ do .
] an d, 0a, ci p i , bo th and

a p a c i ra , m .
goi ng off ; absen ce . a lso, 12 1
ci i v a, ci pi , ci pi,
a pt ] ca. ci pi. ca. cs .

i -
p a ti g h n i , a.
j : not husband-slayi ng . na m pi neither n or

[ 402 z acct 1 288a

) ,
.
, na

i p a ty a , n . offspring ; child ; youn g ( of ca, nei ther nor n or also

ani mals ) 1 24

[ i pa, off, 5b ) vi vi a pi , ei ther or or e ven

,
. . s

a -
p i d a. footless .
[ ci . h os- sr,
3 . also, to o, i mmediately f ollowi n
g
halt

: 1 304s .
) the e mphasized word,
a p a b h ra e a t ,
a. fallen o ; devi ating ( from mi m api me , too, 4 . even, i mme
good grammar) p
; rovi nci al .
[ V bhranq diately f ollowing the mphasized w ord a nd
e ,

apa .
) often m a rki n
g a circumsta nce un der w hi ch a

i p a ra pron hinder, opp of prva ;

a thing is true where this is not to be ex ected
. . .
p
followi ng a former on e ( pi rva ), e
g 2 2
.8 .
, 33 7, "3 u
; tathi ,
a pi, so ev en , is
. .

later; w esterly, opp to prva .

f p
c! ri c n evertheless, 21 concessivel
y althou g h,

m0
,

1 v"
a following on e , i e an other; . . apara a, 51 ; w na, . n ot even , w .

an d an other thi n g, an d further, 3; inden ites , kadi ci d api na , no ever at

see ca
t
i 355b ], l h f r all, 31 5 b ut i mmediatel
- a par j p
! t e u tu e .
, .
yf ollow

( day s ), the future .

[ li t
re m ote
. r,

fr i p ,
a . ing a new sub ect,
j a
er c a n e h f
g o s ub ect,
j
41 "d o.
6 . at leas t,
a -
p a ri i mu k h a , a not having an aver
. te d 28 s

; -
7 . con verts a n interr into . an indefi
face, i . s . no t turning the back, so ha . e tc .
; ka tham,
i -
p a ri j i ta , a. unconquered ; w . di g, the [ cf . h t, on, upon

; perhaps L at . op ob ,

northeas t quarte r, 99 N . V
[ j i .
)

unto ,

ri d h a , m sin . d

a pa . a -
p i a y a n t , a . n on-oppr
e ssing .
[ p d]
V i .

ri j i t a , mpletely grown ( of r
i i havi ng r d

a- p a a. not co a -
p rv ,
a. p e ece ssor ; uno
n

an embry ) i pr ematur e ly born still r d d in comparable [pi -

o e , . .
, p ece e n te ; n v s. .

born [see pa r
.i j i ta a n d re f ) -
. acct, 1 30 4s ) .

a- p a ri ni y a , grd . wi thout any leadin g a pe k si , j : re gard ; expectation . V

[ ail
aroun d .
[ V ni .
) ]apa .

i -
p a ri mi t a , a . un measured , unli mited . a p ra j a a havin g n o osprin g childless, .
, .

[ V 1 mi ) .
[p j
ra i 36 7b ) ,
.

i pa - v ra ta , a. di sobedient stu bborn . a p ra j n i t a

- a un disti n guishe d or not , .

from mman d
aw ay co , 1 31 0s : cf. i nu clear ly to be k nown V
[ j i ) . .

a -
p ra t a rk y ,
a a . maginable
un- i .

a p i s , see ap . a -
p ra ti m a ,
a. wi thout ma tch or eq ual ;
i pa s n . w ork .
[ perhaps from V s ap, reach,
un equalled .
[pra ti mi 367b .
)

i

take hold of see Vi p : cf . L at . o us

p
-
p ra t i t a ,
a . n ot gone a g ai n st ; not w ith
s tood ; i n vinci ble .
prati [ V i .
)
a i
p y a ,
m . a g oin g aw ay; w hat takes on e a -
p ra t t a ,
a . n ot gi ven ( in marriage) .

from the mark ( cf upi ya ) dan ger .

[ V 1 di ra
p ,
di sadvan tage di mi nu ti on [ V i a pa .
, i -
p ra y u c c h a n t, a . n ot heedless ; w atch
1 1 48 I s : formg cf En g untowa rd )
.
,
. . . ful . V
[ y2 a r
p ,q
a . v.
)
a mi v a] [ ]
1 20

i mi v a ,
n .
,
but genera lly i , j : plague , dis - a - ra p i a, a. wi thout inrmi ty ; w hole .

tress ; as m tormenti ng spirit [ V am )

. . .
[ p , 304s
ri as 1 .
)
an iva - c i ta n a , j : -
i, a . drivin g aw ay i ra m, ad v. so as to t or sui t, ready, at

di sease hand, enough , make r

kr eady, ser
.
; 1 0. ve,

an i v a hi -
n a . slayin g the torment w .
ga m , attend u pon .
[ adv . ace . of

ing spiri ts . ara, Vr

, 11 1 1d : cf . ala m) .

a n d , pron r oot, . see ada a. i ri t i , j ! non- favor; ma ligni ty ; person i

a mti t a s ,
a dv. from there, opp .
f
o its-r pl
ed , m ali
, gn hag s [ acct, 1 288a ]
. . .

there .
[ mta] a rf 34
[ 3 d ],
a 1 ea e r es
g , p in on e

s re . . .

an i t ra , a dv . e ; in the other wor

ther ld, lati ons to the gods, a nd so, pious ; -
2 .

o f i
opph a or asmi n lok e
.
( ) [ an d ] .
g ree d y ; 3 h ostile ; . as m . en e my . V
[ r,

a mu y i , a dv so [ m t 1 1 1 2 d ] f r f i rya )

a a, 0 en . . .
go o c . .

a - mf t a '
, a . immortal ; as subst an immor . i - t i eta , a . unhar med . V
[ si i :
-
acct,

tal as n immortali ty ; the drink of im a ri eti t i t i , j : un har edn ess, m health

( m
m
. .

mortali ty , W ok . not dead,

mrtk .

l284a : cf . i p - oros, a ru ni , a ruddy ; as m Arun a, . . name of a

a mrt a t v i ,
n . immortali ty .
[ st
ana )
-
. te acher, [ aru ai )
cf . .

i mb a ra n gar e m nt ; sky [pr b r ru n d h a t i ,f Ar dh m f h

,
. . o

cove . a- u n a ti , na e o t e .

fain t starAlk orin U rsa M aj or, concei ved

in g, envelope, VIn + an u, for an u ( )
as consor t of the Seven Ris hi s [ V rudh, .

a mb u n w ater [ see abhri )

, . . . 691 : acct, 1283s .
)
a mb u j a
:
a w ate rbor n ; as n lotu s
-
,
.
-
. . a ru ei , 1 2Gra d, a. ruddy .
[ see 362b cf .

i mb h a s n w ater [see abhri ) , . . . aruni .

)
i y a a subst goin g a goin g [ V i 1 1 4
,
. 8 .
,
.
,
. lab .
) a re , word of a ddress. Ah l voc . of ari,
i ya n a , ; place of going, way ;
n. a going 1 1 350 : cf. re .
)
cour se ; esp course ( of the sun from on e . a- ro g a , a . not ha vin g di sease, diseaseless .

solstice to the other), i s half year [ V i . .

-
. a rk m the sun
i ,
. .
[V r
c ,

1 1 50 l a . .
) a rg h i m w orth ,
.
, price .
[ V a rh ] .

i yas, n . metal ; iron .

[ cf . Old L at . a is, a rg h y a , a . of pri ce or tha t may be priced .

gen . a is is , -
La t . a es ,

metal , bronze AS . ar h
[ g , a

ti r,
bronze, Eng . ore perhaps AS isern . V a re , see Vr
c .

iren, En g iron, .

ferru m, a rc i s , n . ame . V
[ ,r
c

aya s mi y a a iron [ see maya ) ,

. . . V ar j , see V 2r
j .

a- y j u a n ot
, pa i re d ; in u. n e ven n u mb e rs j
ar ana , n . acqui si tion .
[ r
V 2 i,
[ cf i .
C
v g -
,
i rj u n a ,
a. si lven w hi te .
[ r
V 3 i q , . v .
)
a -
y u j i a n ot p a i red, u ne v e n [
. cf L fv yos ,
. .
'
,
i rth a , m .
1 m . ai , ob ect, j u
p pr ose ,
ar

ed ; also ( M h f y the game artham

un pair i ran d, sak e an d arthe
-a
o , ;
e ven or for the sak e of, on accoun t of, for, esp .

i d at end
'
-
y u d d h a , ght [ 1 288a n . no . .
] i
j q qf p ; s 2 ( obj ect, i s ) c . . .

a -
y o d d h f ,
m n on ghter,
0o w ard '
.
-
. thing , matter, aair, cause, b usin ess ; 3 .

a ri , m . spoke .
[ r
V , cau s .

t ( obj ect, i e ) advan tage, prot ( w
. . .

i ra na , a distant, stran ge . . wealth, prope r ty ; 4 aim, in ten t, mean .

a ri ni , j : piece of wood for kindli ng re ing, that whi ch one goes for, V t,
by attri ti on .

i ra ny a , n wilderness, forest . . strange a rt h a -

t a tt v a , n true . state of the mat

land, fr i rana . .
] teror case .

a ra ny a ri -
j y a , n . forest s overei gn ty-
. V a rt h a y a ( arthi yate, -
ti ) . seek for an
a ra ny a -
v i si n , a. dwelli n g in the forest .
j
ob ect. [ ar ha ,
t-
a ra ny i n i , f . wilderness .
[ aranya, cf . a bhi , ask, en treat.

1 223h ) .
p ra , desire, sue for .
 [ ]
1 21 a v as i n a

a rt h i rj ana, n . acqui si ti on of an ob ect. j a lpa

qi a , ado. to a s mall degree .
[ alpa ] .

[ v im ] V av ( i va ti ti ; i ii ; ; i va ; i vi t ; avi syi

at th ia, a. having an ob ect, j desi ring, i vya ) - 1 se t a-goin g ; 2 fur

. ther, . .

se e king ; ( beggin g, i .s .
) nee dy .
[ art-
ha. ) favor, wi sh well ; 3 refresh ; -4 ha ve . .

[ artha. l r i [ cf Lat
'

rt h y a , wealthy ) a vr ha ve

a a. .
p easu e n . . e,

a rd h i ,
a. half ; as m . the half .
pleasure i n ,

a ve,

a rd h a rc i ,m half stanza [ ardha i m ]

.
- .
- -
p ra , forth favor; then, be atten
show

a amoun tin g to half [ ardha ] ti ve or heedful as, conversely, in Eng at

i rd h i k a, . . .
( .

i t p a na n. the sendin g, consi gn ment, en tenti on has co me to mea n act of kindn ess
trusting .
[ caus . of V r) . or

i rb uda , n . a hundred milli ons . i va, vbl pre x . down ; off .

a rb d a gi k h a ra ,
a - m . M illi on peaks -
i v ak i, j gr ass y sw a m pp
- l an :
t,
B lyxa
n ame of a moun tain . octandr a Ri char d .

a ry i ,
a . faithf ul ; attached, ki ndly, 79
av ak i
q i , m 1 ope n p lac e ; 2 (p lace,
. . .

goin g eage rly to ,

V r: cf . i rya ) . a nd so ) oppor tuni ty [ V k i ;
t a v a ) . .

a ry a mi 4 a ] m bosom fr m
n [ 26 i end , .
-
, esp . a av a j il i , j : pt con te . V
[ j i av a : for
b ridegroom s fr Arya mg av ami n m]

i en d, waparupsos , cf .

man , name of an Aditya ( in voked at the a v a ti ra , m . descen t, esp . of supern a tural

w ed ding, wi th play upon the and often bei ngs to the earth an epipha ny ; ih
a ppellati ve mg of the w or d) [ an t ] . carnati on , Anglo I ndian - a vati r .
[ r
V t
a rv i k - k i l i k a , a belonging to hi ther . ava . )
or n earer ti me, posterior; -
ti , f l pos teri i v a tta , see 1 0870 .

ori ty .
[ arvi ilc 124911 ) ki ln, av a di na, n . cuttin g off .
[ di
V 2 + av a .
)
a rv i il c a. e cted hi ther
di r wards a v a dy i
s
, a . un-prai sew orthy as n . i mper
w kr
, bring hi ther; w nud, thrust hi ther,
. . fecti on .

i s
. . down wards . V a v a dhi ra y a ( avadhi rayati ) . despi se ;
V a rh ( i s hati ,
- te ; arhi yati ) . deserve ; rej ect .

have aright to ; w ia , be . able ; w i nf.

, a -v a dhyi , a . not to be harmed, in vi ola
as a weak i mperati ve, ca us . gi ve a
[
ble dh
.
y a, vi

right to, presn t with . a v a d h y a - b h i v a , m in vi olabili ty, .

a rh a , a deserving ; w or
thy ; t . .
[ V arh .
) a v a n a t a - k i y a , a wi th ben t down body, .

a - l a k ea ni ,
a . wi thou t any character
i stic [ V n am ) .

mark ; mark i s plain wi thout speci al , . . i v an i na , m . con tempt ; self con tempt -
,

unorn amen ted [ h ksa n ]

L .
[ V ma n av a : for mg cf av aj i ) ,
. .

i l a k si t a a unnoticed
-
[ V lak saya J ,
. . a v a la mb i t a v y a , grdo to be held . on to .

a l a b h a mi n a not catchin g V mb
- a , . .
[ la av a ) .

i l a m a dv en ough ; someti mes equiv to an

,
. . a - v a qi ,
a . not willi n g or sub mi ssi ve ; un
adj adeq uate tti ng r eady ; w i nstr
.
, , , . .
controlled .
[ vi
c ea acct, 1288s
en ou gh wi th, have done w ith w kr av a
q y a m a dv. n ece ssarily, sure ly [ fr
mkrt
.
, ,
. .

make ready , adorn ; sv - ala a, well an un used ad q ,

ya j . ap v a

a dorned ; ram alar

hkr ta, well ( can intens , i v a s , V
-
. n. furtherance ; grace .
[ a v .
)
1 077b ) adorned [ terform of i ram )
la a v i a, . . a dv. down w ards ; w . a bl . down
a - l a v a na , a . not salt . from .
[ cf ). i va .

a- la si , a . not lively ; wi thout energy ; av a s i n . refreshment , nourish ment [ V av .

,

slothful ; tired . mg
a - l o hb a , m . eed ;
n on-gr absence of cu s v asat a , m . occasion .
[ V sr+ ava : for
mg , cf . Lat . i s us,
cr

occasi on ,

w . ca dere,

i lpa , a . s mall .

fall,

an d Ger Fa ll, . case, in stance,
w .

a lpa dhi , a. small mi nde -

d, of s mall in f allen,

i
telligence . av a s na, n . l
p ace of rest .
[ V si ava . )
a v a s th i )
a v a s th i
j , : state, condi tion .
[ V athi a -
qa k n u v an t, a . not bei ng able .
[ V
es t ]
av a : for mg , cf . La t . sta tus w . stare .
) a -
ea k y a ,
a . impossible .

a - v a h a n t, no t flow ing, stan din g i ka, wi thout hesi tati on

a a g a a
[ gaki
. .
- .
.

V
[ ah,
v mg cf . a vi ai
q ka ) .

a -v i cy a , a . n ot to be spoken to . a
q an i [ V 2 ag )
, n. food .
.

i v i c [409 ]
a , a . di rected downw ards ; ace a - u ci , a
q imp ure . .

s. n. av i down w ards, in depth k, ad v . . i - qu b h a , a disagree able . .

i v i , m sheep ; as j : ewe [ f 5 in g,
13, s t i - ge v a , a n ot dear; hostile
. c . . .
.
[c a
v
L at ovis, sheep . Eng ewe ) . . acct, 1288a .
)
a - v i c ch i n d a n t, i ng .
a . n ot se ver
[ V ohid ] . a - ge sa , a . wi thou t remainder, e n ti re ; - tas,
a -v i cc h i n n a , a . not se vered, con tin u ous a dv entirely,. wi thou t ex ceptio n .

d
[ ]
o . i q m a n , m 1 sto ne ; 2 thunderbolt ; . . .

vi d 3 vault of heaven 79
a j n i y a g r w i thou t di scern in g [ j
V i . .
] .
, [ f rs t ,
c .

v i j ii e y a , a un know able [ o]
d
a -
. . . an vil, thun derbolt ; kin shi p w . En g .

a-v i di sin , a. not dryin g up, per

enni al

[ V da s ) .

i - v i d v i ns , a . unwi se ; as m fool . .
[ acct i qru , n. te ar .

1288a ) agv a , or horse ; i gvi , j : mar f

. .
e , ste ed
[ c . .

a - v i dh a v i , j ? n ot widow .
[ vi dhi v a Y
rs as, -
di alectic Intros, Lat equus, Old Saxon .

acct, 1288a Ehu, AS . eh, eoh,

a-v i dhi n a ta a, a dv . not accordin g to a gv a - k o v i d a , a w ell skilled in horses . .

regulation . a gv a - me d h i , m horse sacrice .

-
.

a- v i plu ta , a. n ot dishonored ; un sulli ed . s

ev in, dua l m the Acvins,
a . horsed ; as .

[ V plu vi , q . v .
) gods o f the morn i n li t 15
g g , 85 N [ agv a ]
h . .

a - v i v ek a , a . wi thou t di scrimi nati on . i qv y a , a consistin g of horses ; of a horse

. .

av i v e k a ti , j : lack of j udg men t .

[m 3 cf . T
u tor, of a

a - v i ga i k a, a. wi thout hesitation , a n hesi a sti nu m . ei ght. [ cf . 6x7 6 , L at .

tating .
[ vi ak i
g 1 304s .
) octo, AS . eahta , Eng . eight .
)
a -v i sa y a , m . a n on- provi n ce ; so methi ng a st m i
a , a . ei ghth [ a.
ti ,

ou t of one s line or that on e has no busi a st a -v i d ha , a. of ei ght sor ts ; ei ght-fold.

n ess to do ; unlawful thing .

[ vidhi , 1 3020
a -v rk i ,
a. n ot harmf ul ; 4m ,
a dv . harm a sti ii g a , n . ei ght members .

lessly, lovin gly .

[ vfka
'
z acct, 1 288a
av ek t g p i t a , m a fall on eight mem
r

ei , f . a looki n g around . V
[ ail as i i a - .

av a , bers, i s on hands, knees, fee t, breast,

. .

a -v
y a k ta , a. not manifest ; as m The. an d most profoun d obeisance
face, i s . . a .

All -s oul, 67 17
.
[ dj )
V a . i sti j : atta inmen t
, [ V 1 a
g) . .

a -v y aimperishi b le ; not subj ect to

y a , a . V 1 a s ( i sti in ) 1 be ex ist ; be .
-
.
,

chan ge ; unbrok en h d l
[ 1 288a ] . .
p rese n t or on a n ; tak e p ac e happ e n ;
m
,

V 1 s q, orig a , ( agn oti , agnut ; i ni nga ,

. asti , Edi t, there i s, there was , very f requent
w e 1788 s ; as ; a s ; team ) . at be
g f o stor i es ; 2 be, w
.
predica te
p os . .

reach ; attain ; obtai n get [ cf rob ny m ,

. . - sessive gen , i e be lon g to ; as ti mama , . . .

i n, reachi ng to the fee t ; w e yk a , 0ar
-

- I have ; observe tha t Sht has . no ve rb f or

ried : see also the closely related V 2 na g ) . have 3 . mostf requent as s i mple cOp ula ;
u p a , attain to .
f urther, pp ls:w .
g p
e ri.
pto Bi.
,
art thou

v 2 3 ? ( asn ; 393 ; as ; w as . .,i .

co me ,
di ds t thou come, 9 ; ha ntavyo smi,
1

ti ; i gitum ; acitv i ; i eys ) partak e of ; -

. occiden dus su m , qp
e i n o

a mi I ,
have
tas te ; eat .
[ a spe ci aliz ati on of V 1 ac sw orn, 97 ; isdunda ntly [3o3h en d] : e g 7
. .

cf for mg, tathi q mu

dit OAOS, to sati, i t bein g thus per
'

. -

bi t : cf . bhaka] .
,

formed, m
p ra , partake of ; ca us . feed . o 37 ,
3 9 b ; prahr
stah
 [ ]
1 24

ah a n , that , aims [430a], a. day ( as opp . i k a rsi k i k h y a , a . havi n g the na me

to ni ght), e
g
. . day .

aha m pron . I .
[ cf .
M ,
L at . ego, i k i ra , make ; shape ; appearance.

AS ic, Eng I. . : see 491 and ma etc .

] [ V l kr+ i : cf . i t sti ] -

alt a r, see ahan . i k i ra v a n t, a like the

. Eng . shapely .

a h a r- n i ga , a. day and ni ght, w mp l

'
s ov ;

- am , a dv. constantly. [ ni gi z 1 253b .

] i k i ca, in V eda , at ; la ter, a free or open .

s h a l y a, f Aha lya
.
, Gau tama s

wife . space ; sky [p p
ro o utlook , clearness,

. .

ah a s , -
see than . V ki g a ]
a - h a s t a, a . handless .
[ hasta , 1 304a ] . i k ula , a 1 . . bestrewn , covered, lled ;
a h a h a , excl o 3 2
.
fj y o or sorrow .
[ l 1 5a .
] .
g . conf used ; agi tated .

a- h ary a , a . not li able to be sto len .

q ] . v .

ahi ry a t v a , n . non- li abili ty to be stolen . V i k u la ya ( i k ulayati ) . confuse ; i lr

u

[ 1 239 ] li ta, at one s wi t s en d .
[ i kula ]
ti , on serpent ; esp
. . the dragon of the sky, i k ut a , n in tention . .
[ V k + 11 ]
o en identied n.
a the demon V ritra .
[ see i k rt i j : make ;, shape ; appearance .

un der agha : cf . lxu , Lat . a n uis,

g ser [ V l k r+ S 1 1 57 1d : . cf . ala rm]
pent lyxeh us, Lat . a nguilla , i k h u, m mold warp .
-
mouse .

a h i ns i
-
, j : non- in urin g j ( any creatur
e ) . t i E, 1 17811 end ] .

t hi -
o
g p i havin g the dragon
a . as i khyi , j : na me ; a t ca d f
q p dsc , havin g
their keeper .
[ 1 302 me [V t hyi
as na . i ]
a h i v a t , a dv . as a dragon . ak h y sa a a tale , . .
[t yi a,
a h i b at y a , n the slayin g of the dr ag a n t a v y a , grdo see V am H t
'

- ago n ; .
g .
-
.

the ( vi ctorious) ght wi th the dr agon . i g a n t u , m arrival ; and so, as i n Eng . .

,

[ acct, l 272a,
1 21 3c ] .
person ar rivin g V
[ g am i ,
.

a hrni
-
na, a . not bein g an gry .
[ V 2 hp] i g a ma n a , a . a co mi ng hi ther; w puna r .
.

5 11 0 , ex cl .
o f , pl
astonish
ea sant men t or an a r eturnin g .
[ gam
V
pleasa nt .
[ 1 1 35a z euphony, 1 38i ) . i gas, a. si n . [ orig perhaps, .a ,

slip,

w

ah o- ri t ra, a. day and n i ght, p spov V anj : cf .
h as,

g uilt : dierent is h as ,

m)
.

[ thas + r5tri , 1 258b : see ra . see V yai -J

i g h rni , a .
glowin g, beami ng .
[ g r
V 2 b ,

glow , + 5,

5, a dv. 1 . hi ther, un to, as prex w verbs i g i ra s a, a descended from Au giras . . .

o
f motion 2 con uncti vely, thereto, be
j .
[ s iraa 1 208a-
J
si des ; ca 6, both and, 85 ; 3 a s
5 i c a ma n a , n the r insin g of the mouth . . .

ie [ V cam a ]
en tir
'

severa ttvel ( up to , ) qui te , ely,

y, . .

4 . as r
p p
e .
,
w . ab l . : hi ther from Se a ma n i y a m di sh for use , , . in rinsi ng
all the om ;
w ay fr an d then all the the mou th [ i cama n a .
,

w ay to, un til, 49 13
,
1 03 105 5
, 1 06 ac i ra m w alk and con versati on ;
. con duct ;

from, w hi ch

faras, 1 05 [ cf obser [ V r + 1 ]

as . L at a, . us age ; vance . ca

is n ot aki n w . a b, i ci ry a, m teacher, . esp . of the V eda .

i k a ra, m 1 accumu lation, ps, the man

. . abundan ce ; [pe rha of observan ces, fr .

2 mine V 3 kr i ci ra, 1 212d

[ . i , q v ] . . .

V i k a rna y a ( i k a rn y
a a ti ; i k a rni ta ; a j a ra s a m a d v to old age [ fro m the

m
. .
,

i k arnya ) li sten g i v e .e a r to h e ar phrase aj a s a m ] .

-

[ de n om f r th e po sse s
.s i v e a dj . oi lrar n a ,
i j a ra s i y a , a dv to old age . . .
[ da t .
( 1 1 1 3)
havin g the ear to, ie . . formed fr the precedin g, . as if that were
i k a raa k a , a attractive j : iki
m5
.
; -

[1 222d ], Pleasan ton , as n a me of a town . i j i , m rac . contest ; battle .

, 1 1 55 .

i cf try ( w,
[ ns
V a)
- -
. .
 [ ]
1 25 [ i
V

(j i i , f . or
der; co mmand .
[ m u - a] i d a ra , m respect .
, n oti ce, car
e. [V 2 dr+
ij y ,
a a. ied
clar bu tter ( for anoin ting , a,
f g r
h t [ V nj 1 i d ah a n a , burni ng place, place of or

a a + see n e
c
-
. . .

for mg, cf Eng . . noun s mea r , oin t ment ,

ma tion .
[ V dah i ) .

and verbs mea r) . i di na, n. r

e ceivi n g .
[ di
V l + i ,

tak e,

aj y a - ge aa , m . n . rest of the claried

b utte r . i di , in l
in ception , begi n nin g, 60 .
-

i j y i h u t i , f . oblati on of claried bu tte r . i di m i datts, he makes a begin nin g ; i di v

[ ahuti. ) ova, j u st before, j us t now ; 2 esp a t en d . .

of ad
j . cpds
[
see 1 302c 1 ] : - i di , havin g
as the beginnin g, i s . . an d so forth
a a
d y ,
h a . wealthy ; rich .
[ perhaps fr . or,
the qual i ed noun being o mitted ,
an d
the ad
j . cpd being used as subst .
, an d

it ,
a dv . thereupon ; 5d i d , then indeed . so forth .
[ un doub te dly fr V l di . i ,

from that, s, l l l 4

abl of ) take, taki n g hold of,
i s beginn in g,

[ li t . . a . a . .

for mg,

i t i t h y a, n . hospitali ty .
[ ati thi
guest, 1 155 2e . : cf La t ia -cipere, Ger
. . .

f
ou- a n en,
g tak e hold of,

i tn a , f or i tman in cpds , i d i k a , equi v to i di in use 2 [ 1 222 ,

. .

i t ma k a , or i tman in m 4a t end f cpds i d i t a m l f A di i m

f g q y , so n o t , n a e ap . .

[1 222,
e
g t a
. k a , m
.urder p li ed to th e go ds of th e he a v en l li
y g , h t
V aruna, Mi tra, Aryaman , etc - 2 Adi t .

3 15111 411 , 1 . breath ; 2 . spiri t ; soul y ,

a na me of the sun-god, son of Aditi ;
( cf .
pri nc i ple of life a nd f
asee l ing ; th e su n [ M i tt .

3 self
; v
.ery o ften so use d as a s i m ple i d i n , a ea tin g,
d ev o ur in g [ V ad , . .

m f d m l [ V d
'

re ex ive pron e
g , yse l , . i e v a n a , n g a b in g place
.
,
. .
-
l i v ,

himself,

thyse lf, 26 15
; in gen iti ve play. + 1 ]

her, 4

his, 6 5
; one s own , 21 1 3
, i d y a , a rst ; . equiv to . Edi in use 2 .
[ ,
i di
4 . n ature, character, peculiari ty ; esp .

at end o
f cpds, see i tmaka ; 5 the . i d h i p a ty a , n. sovereignty .
[ W rath
soul o
ic the soul of the uni 1 21 1 end. )
'
x cf x v,
eath ; i n d s, i d h r

ver [ cf br sy a , grdo to be ven tur ed against ;

se , . .

vapor

; As . Dim, 0 8m,
eath : for
br approachable [ t r s i , 963d ) . .

mg , cf . " 66 m and L a t a nima,

breath, i d h e y a , n a placing, esp of the sacred
. . .

spirit ] re .
[ V l dhi i,
u
p ,t 1 21 3c .
)
i tn a -
p a k sa , on one s own
.

party . i d h v a ry a v a , n . service of sacricin g
i t ma - p ra b h a , a havi ng his . or their pri est .
[ adhv ary i 1208c .
)
ow n splendor [prabhi . i na du h a a of a bull taurine [anad u ,
.
,
.

i t ma - b h a v a , m . the co mi ng into exi st weak form of an adv ah 404; 1 208s ) , .

ence of one s self

. i n an a n mouth face
, [p p
r0 the . . .

i t ma - mi ns a , hu m,

n. one s ow n esh . breather, V an : cf .
poa face, in t

i t ma v at , ad v. as one s se lf

.
[ atma ,
i e . .
nrs and 61 417 4
13, wi th face tur
n e d to

atman for mg ,

: wards,
wi th face averte d : cf .

at ma qa k t i , j : one s own power

- . n aya n a .
]
i tma - qo ni t a , a one s own blood V ap ( i pnti ; 5pa ; i pat ; i psyati ; spa ;

. .

i tn a - sa md e h a , in . dan gerof one s self,

i ptnm; i ptv ; 4i s vr
i i t-
o i
s i i-
Mai m
person a l risk . i pyati ) reach ; wi n ; get ; .

at ma - h i t a ,

n . one s own v cifar
e . br
ing upon one s self

; i pta: 1 havi n g
.

i t mi upa my a , n . lik eness to a on e s se lf,

r
eached ; extending over; a nd so, ade

i .e . a pu tti ng one s self in tothers place .
quate , sui table, 2 havi n g reached t ; . ,

i . e. bein g n ear or intimate , a nd so, as m , .

apa n a ) [ 1 26]
a friend ; - i pai ta, w hom or w hat one i y a s a, a me tallic, of iron ; as . a . metal ,

desires to obtai n , sought for, desired . iron [ yas,

a .

[prob for i -a
p, 1 0 8
.
g , see ap as : cf .
a w s, i y i ma , on like Eng extent, i . . s
. . len gth .

approachable , fr i endly L at p i scar, V

[ y am i , . a -

fasten ; rm ( V i e i y u, a acti ve, lively

e ach,
r ap e r se ize, [ V i, l l 78a : prob

e, - . .
.

e Ms, d u-s, his,

'

for at akin ar acti ve, doughty,

) ,

a b hi , reach to a thing, attain ; des i d . mi ghty ,

d l , generalize d ,
, strongly,

c

for mg of Syd, cf the phras e

stri ve to w in ; ca us. cause e ach the
to r

well : .

mark , iv . . carry ou t fu lly,

full of
av a , co me u pon , fall in wi th ; obtain , isy u d h a n , . w eapon .

acquire ; take upon one

s self ; incur . ay u sma n t , a . havin g life or vi tali t
y
p ra , reach ; arri ve ; co m e upon ; catc h ; long li ved ; -
old . i
[ y a 1235a )
u .

wi n , ob tai n, get i ncur; ri

p p ta : reac he d, i yus ,
n .
( acti vi ty, li veliness, a nd so
) life ;
foun d, caught, obtain ed ; reached, ar rived, vitality ; p erson i ed as a
gen i us , Ay us , 85 3

havi ng come ; ca us cause to arr i ve at, .

peri od or duration of life ; lon g life ; ( like

r i b br h Eng life, i s ) living cr eatur V 54,

'

bring to, i
p p a n ya, to e o ug t . es [ i , 1 1 . . .

cf i y ii : cf a i aw , L at cc vu m, AS 5 10,

to, 63 15 .
- .
-
.
- -
.

E, life~ti me , ti me ; AS di va a Eng a e,

reach through, pervade,
vi

, y . .

i p a ua , on market AS Ef

. .

e ver ; . re, En g . ev-sr .
)
ap a d , j mi sfo rtun e [:lit a g ett i n g i n to . .

i ra ny a k a , pertaining to the wilder
a .

( troub le V
) p ad s : fo r spe ci a
,
li za t i on o f n ess as n. forest tr
e atise ( to be read in -

mg cf i rti and Eng ac e i dent lit a hap

,
.
,
.
-
, .

the soli tu de of the wilder
n ess Whitney ,

pe ni n g ( of p .
[ h anya l222e .
)
i p a s, see ap . ari d h a n a , n . the gratifyi n g, r
p p ati on ,
o i ti
i p i m friend [ who has reached servi ce [ V ri dh 5 )

,
. . one or .
, ca ns .

stands near an other cf i pta ), V i p : cf i ro g y a , n lit dise aseless-ness, i s health
( . . . . . . .

rms, s. v . 5p ) .

i p t a d a k si na , a havi ng oraccompanied i ro h a, m the swe llin g hips or buttock s of

- . .

by sui table pr e se n ts [ da k si ni l a w om a n [ p re p th e sea t

on w hich a
. . .

i b d i k a , a an n ua l ; d i k a ,
-
s un i s i ,
chi ld i s car ri ed astrid e by i ts mo ther,
abda V ruh
r [ ) a, get upon , take one s seat

lasting yea s . .

i b h a ra na , n . orna ment ( j ewels etc ) ,

. u pon

: see aka an d cf the words of an .

w hat is worn,

t r 5 : for mg cf . ogre ss, MB h .
, i ruha mama r
c ni
o mn es

mvihi y
, ,

(pi p e s, gar en t,
w m
. i
pp e , and Ger Tracht, .
yi mi tv i asi ,

get upon my hip,
dress, w tragen ,

. I will carry thee through the
i m a, a raw [ cf . . . h d
c a s,

raw ; L at

. c m art a by tr
, a. vi si ted, esp
ouble ; a icted ; . m
drus, stricken essed
distr [ r
V i , q v for . . .

ama y a , n.
a inj ur
y ; di se ase .
[ cau s of . V am ) . mg, of American slang phras e gone f or)
. .

i ma y i t n u a sickenin g of V am ,
art i f a visi tation ( of evil ) i e trouble
. .
[ cau s .
, , .
, . .
,

1 1 96b ) . misfortu ne see 93 N [ V t + 5 : for mg

, . .

i mi sa n esh [ c
,f n d a n d .i m i s ) c f i rt a a nd
. i pa d ) . . . .

i mi si gi n a esh e atin g [ g ]
i im , i r d r
. a a w e t -
.
, . .

i mi s n raw flesh ; esh [ cf i ma )

, . ard ra v as a s a havi n g w et gar men ts . . .
-
, .

amod a a gladdening ,
a s m fr agr. an ce i ry a a belonging to the fai thfu l i s as . .
, .
, . .
,

[ V m u d i ) . m m a n of one s own tr i be an A r y an as .
,

, ,

ay at a n a n foot ho ld ; resti n g place ; esp

,
desi gn ati on of a man of the V edic Indi an
.
- -
.

p la ce o f th e sacred re re p l ac e V
[ y at t r ib es ; as a d j A ry an ; n oble ; r e ve re
,n d -
. .

a] ( u se d i n r esp e c tful ad dres s ) [ y

ai -
; l 2o8 f : .

i y a ta l o ca n a -
, a . havin g long ey es . cf . Aves 1 o iry ,
a Aryan New Persian,
[ V yam

; E dt vii 02,
'

a] i rda ,
Pe a . . ol M580; lua
to or tow ards ; co me ; en te r; 2 . move de ad ; 2 . co me ou t, stick ou t, be prom
on , pass ; 3 go to, i s . . . atta in ( a in cu t .

thi ng orcondi tion ) - iyano goe st p ra t i , g o agai n st, w ithstan d ; go back

i mahe 0 to ; recogn i ze ,
[
'

hi ther and thi ther, 1 21 pra ti ta, recogni zed,

( like Ger . an-gehen ) we appro ach wi th approved.

r
p ya ers, be seech [ w i . .
-
mi s , cf . f p ev, L a t
- . i , go asun der;
v separate ; di sperse,
i-mus, w e go

Goth . i d dj a , AS
-
. eode, e ad on e s se lf
spr over,
i a pervade, 72
. .

went radi cally akin, perhaps, is AS . vi ta, a t beg o

f cpds, . havi ng departed

gi n ( ste m ya for o a i,
g ga -
bein g the in i . s . fr
ee from
separable prex ),
Eng go, Ger gehen . . see l a m come , together; asse mble .

also ayd, i yus ) . i cch i f

, 2w ish ; desire ; inclin ation .
[ V l i a,
a ti , go beyon d or past or over; over

see k

: cf . AS . l ace, an

whe lm tran scen d ; leave be hi nd, ge t rid ij , vbl . sacricin g, in r

tv -
ii .
[ V yaj ,

of, escape . i j y a, j : sacrice . V

[ y j,
a

a dhi , co me u pon, n oti ce ; take n otice, i t a ra pron . a . other the other;

87 3
; middle adhite [6 1 2 n o te ], go over another; other than , i . s . different from,
l L at iterum,

for one s self, repeat, learn , re ad ; ppl . w . ab .
[ pron roo t i,
. cf . .

adhi t- a ct m , lear
'

a : to n c d 10 a ss an other
g p
-
. . . .
,

mg , learn t, 21 ca us . adhyi pt ya ti Hi s , a dv .
1 . used like the abl qf a pron
. .

4 24m from
[1 0 2e
], cause to learn , te ach . 2 . this ( place ),
u p av a d h i
, dh i
y y a f ro m h
ine re ; h
upiere ; f ro m thi s ( w orld), .

+ a n u , go alon g or after; accompany its-s tatas, here and there ; 3 from thi s .

ppl an
. vi ta; acco mp an i ed by, en dow ed or ( tim e ),
n o w , [p ro n ro o t i ,
.

lled or conn ecte d w ith i t i , a dv see 1 1 02s 1 in thi s w ay, thu s ;

. . . .

sa m -
anu ,
the sa me . so ; iti dev i akurvan , thus the gods di d,
96 2 used w all kin ds
an t a r, go wi thi n ; re tire, w ithdraw .
f quota tions
o . .

a p a , go 03 ; slink aw ay . ma de verbis i psi ssi mi s : tathi ity uktv i , v

abhi , ; become go un to e mbodi ed in . upon sayin g

Yes,

prt i n ki
sa
a av n

a v a , approach .
yu m i ti h
va
e as k ed , ,
Who are ye,

5 , come n ear or un to or hi ther; ev am a stu i ti tau dhi viti u, wi th the

the a dv
punar, back w ords, 80 be i t, the tw o ran o,

.
go .

abb y i -
, approach, go n ear . so RV .
,
so M S 92 .
,
15
; i ty i ka rnya,
co me un to . on hearin g ( so , i . s .
) the prece di ng clokas,

+ sam i come near to 2a designa ting mething

1
-
, together; 17 f
c . 18 . so

se mble . as tha t which was, or under the ci rcu mstances

ud, go up, rise ( of the sun ) . might ha ve been sa id or thought or inten ded

+ upa, o un to fall to the lot of or known sometimes r edin it b t

g ; ; , p ec
g ,
u

ppl u.
pet a, g one un to, attende d by, pro usua ll
yf ollow ing it : martavy am iti , at the

vide d wi th . thought,
I must die,

g ard abho

sa m -
u p a , co me hi ther .

ya m iti j ni tv i , recognizin g ( e fact),
th
i , go in to or in ;
This is 2b
n f
o n yaya . an ass , . interr in .

p a ri , go aw ay or forth ; depart .
pla ce f the ex a ct uota tion
o q ki n i ti , a lleg
anu- p a ri , go forth alon g ( a path ) . ing or inte ndi n g w hat, un der w hat pre te xt,
v i p a ri , go aw ay se parate ly
- . wi th w hat in ten tion , 41 5 2c . used

p a ri , circu mam b ulate w alk roun d in gi ving a n a uthorit y : i ti dhi rani , so ( )

is

( the re ) . the r u le , ity ek e, so so me folk s

+ p ra , 1 .
go forw ard or onward, ( say ) ,
2d . used in citi n
g a V edic
esp .
go forth out of thi s w orld, a nd so
( like verse by its rst word or words

Eng depart), di e ; pretya, afte rdyin g , i s 2e li t the en d

. . . .
f
o a secti on or book
in the other w orld ( opp of iha ) ; preta .
, (f i atha ) ,
h en deth, - 2f . 10 verbs.
 [ ]
1 29 w as

qf
'
na ming , consi dering, etc , . the predica te, i di ni m [pron roo
, t 1, 1 1 0
a dv
3b ) . n ow . . .

marked by iti , is no m .
,
so meti mes ace. V i d h or iadb ( in ddh i dh [783b ] ;
both constructions at 61 , da mayantL i ti i in dhista ; in dhi syhti ; i ddha ; - idhya ) .

vi gruta, k nown as or n a med D .

,
3
6 ; kin dle [ cf ai d u , bu
. rn L at a ede s , .
-
.

3 . used to include under one hea d or a s re place, hearth, dw ellin g ( cf
-
. stove an d

Ge r Stubs, oom
3
in a list several sepa rate obj ects, 21 , 100 , 7 . r aestus, sa id tu4, -

7
4 ovam super heat ; AS itd, funeral pile
'

1 05 ; uous ly a d
. ded,
6 1 . i st, Eng .

iti doubled, 5 iti -

. oa st,

kiln fordryi ng hops or
61 [p ro n root i , 1 1 02s . : cf . L at i ti . sa m , kindle, tra ns . a nd intra ns .

dem,
j ust i d h ma, m fuel . .
[ V i dh, 1 1 66 : for mg , cf .

i ti h i si , m . story, legend .
[ agglo mera En g kindlings
. .
)
tion of i ti ha i sa, thus, i n deed, i t w as i d h ma - c i t i , f . fuel pile -
.

1 314b .
) V i n ( in o ti , prop i - - .
-
n 6- ti drive ;
i tthm,

i t th a .
( V . only ) a nd a dv . in this force ; in enas. [ cf . V i nv ) .

w ay ; so ; ki mt a itthi , how doe s this i n d ra , m I n dra, . na me of a V edic god ; in

happen thee 73 3
.
[ adverbs made from the later la nguage, the best of its kind,
the ace . si ng . neut .
, i d,
-
of the pron root . chief,p r in ce [ n on e . of the n umerous
i, see 1 101 : cf . L at itd . an d item, ro
p p ose d de ri vati on s is satisfactory .
)
i t y Ed i
-
, dofp o ssess i ve a d
j p
c d
a t ens u se d i n d r a p u r o g a m a ,
a h av i n g I ndra .
- . as

substa nti vel , that w hich has

y as i ts lea de r, pre c e de d b y I n d ra [ 1 3 02c .

beginni n g, i s an d so for th [ s e e i n d
. r a l
. o k i ,
m I n d ra

s w o rl d , he aven .
-
. .

1 302c 1 ] end i n d ra
.
q a t ru ,
a hav in g I n dra as his -
.

i d , V pcl j ust ; exactly ; even ; emphas izing

. . con q u eror [ 1 30 2 ] .

d a nd to be rendered by i n d ra s e n , j : I n dra s missile weapon ;

the preceding wor -

laying e mphasis on tha t word .

[ acc . of pe rsoni ed as hi s bride, RV . x .

p ron root i, l.l l l a : cf L a t i d , . .

-
hence, n ame of a w oman , see 1 6 IL ; m .

1 i d am [501 2 f orm s m a de from -

f our -
a , na man f ormed as a mere pen
me of a ,

ste ms , a a nd an t, i and in t , those om a da nt to the fem [ i ndra 1 sni ) . .

being q en unaccented, see 74 N

.
pron . i n d ri g n i m I ndra and Agni [ i ndra,
. .

thi s, thi s here , rdbe , e
g 87 agni : acct l 255b ) , .

contrasted w asau , .

that one, a m in i n d ri b fh a s p at i m I ndra an d Brihas
-
,
.

lok e, i n thi s w orld, 66 12 w ithout lok e a nd p ati [ acct

. 1 25 5s ) ,
.

contra sted w a . mutra , 1 03 t

i dal h vi vam; g i n d ri y u d h a , n I n dra .

s w eapon, the
bhuv anam, this whole world, 85 ida m rai nbow [ y
i udh m] .

m an , this entire ( w orld ) 63 so i n d ri y , a. be lon gin g to I ndra ; as n.

so i dam, 7 b way , xya m pr vi ,

thi 1the quali ty perta i nin g especially to
.

this earth, 1 0 iyam a lone , this earth, I ndra, i v great mig ht, pow er, 73 ,
.
w .

refers very o f
-ten , like ibe, to some 2 i n enera l, one
g. of a man
s pow ers, i . e.

thing f ollowi ng ( j ust a s stad a nd ra iira to a sen se or organ of sen se .

[ lndra, l 2l 4b .
)
something pr ecedin 7
g), e g . . 26 , V i n dh , see i dh .

51 occa si on ally refers to so mething i onme V i n v ( inv ati ) drive ; send [ sec o n dary . .

dia tely preceding, e g ,

. . 24 74
9
root from i, 74 9b, 71 6 : cf in ) . .

j oined w pr onouns k o

y am i yi ti ,
.w ho i ma, pron stem, see i dam . .

comes here ? y o

y a d rgy at e, m i y a c c i ra m, a dv so lon g i
[y a n t ( 1 249a ) . .

whi ch is seen here, mi n imam me , d ram ) .

here, 70 ; 16
no m . to be ren dered here is or lya u t a. so gre at ; so much .
[ fr .

are, imau v atas, blow hi ther, pro n root i , .

[ cf L at i -d
,
.Goth i ta, Ge r es, i ra s , n ill will ;
. .
-
. .
-
an ger; assu med as ba sis o
f
2 i d am, om

a dv. now , here, the f ollow in d [ r
V f r i h
g en , go o n os .

[ l l l l a z cf . ti le sen se : cf L at i ra. .
,

9
V i ra s y a ) [ 1 30]
V i rn ay a ( irasyi ti ) . be evil dispose d . i sta l i b b a , - m . acq ui si ti on of a desirable
[ i ras ,
ob ect j .
[ 1 i sth .
)
h

i ra s y st , f ill w i.ll ; -
wrath .
[ V irasya ,
i sti -
p urt , n . w hat is offered ( to the
cf irayi )
. .
gods ) an d bestowed ( upon the m) , i . s . w hat

i ri na , n. a runlet ; gulch ; gu lli ed

run or a man offers to the gods for his benet

a nd so desert land [ r
V . 1 1 7 7b : for mg , . afterdeath, a nd so, by metonymy, su ch fruit
cf Pro vi ncial Eng run,
.
of the se offer i ngs as can come to hi m,
.

"
i v a , encl pel 1 as ; like ; 2 used to
. 83 x [.2 M 247, 1 253h) . . . .

mod ify a strong expression, in a mann er; i sti , f sacrice ( simple offering of but .

fr i V
so to speak , 56 as i t w er
e, perhaps ; te r, u t, [ yj
a , 252,

al most ,
3 . so metimes ( like ova ) ,
1 1 57 l a . .
)
just, q u i te naciri d iv ; right soon . i t s, ad v . here, pp qfo . atra 8
( 7
l
) a nd

[ p r
o n ro ot i .
, 1 1 02b .
) a mutra hi ther, here on earth,
ici bas, 27
l i s ( i cchhti i ysg isti s [783b ]; opp . o
f pret V i
y ( ),
a 58 17
;
i i si t ; esisyi ti ; int ; stnm ; 41 m in this book , w lac [c iha
'

) . .

seek ; desir
3
e ; esp w in : [981 ] pass be . .
} . sa maye , in this case, [ pron .

desired ; be approved or recognized, and root i, 1 1 00s .

)
; n,
9
so pass for, 59 i des i re d,
i e desir . .

able, [ radica l mg g
,

o, g o fo r,

V 2 i s
bei ng merely a causati ve of V I is : cf .

ip spos
V i k s ( ihas te ; i ksi r
'

ipp epos,
desire ; w i ochi , desire, h cakrs ; i iksista
m
, s

mitt ;
.

AS
ascia n, i te ; iksitnm ; ik sitv i
'

cf . . s iisce,
pe ti ti on ,
w hence

i cchati for s in ik aya ; i k syato )

'

Ger ( h)eischen , En g
. . a sk : -
. look ; look at ; see ;

sk ati , cf V v i ch ) . . behold .
[ desid . of V s ac, see, co ntain ed in

A )

seek after ak - san , 1 08g see aks n.

anu ,
. eye, e tc .
,
:

a bhi , seek for; ppl . abhi s a , t desired, a pa , look off to l

( ike Ger . es absehen
3
de ar, 21 . auf ) re gard ; ex pect .

2 i s ( isayati [1 04211
2
] a lso i syati av a ,
look afte r; look afte ron e s self ,

i yea . i ri s [ 783b ] ; i si tt ; fra yi tnm ; i . s . look be hin d or aroun d .

J ay s ) . se n d ; se t i n sw i ft motion ; i m u pa ,
w . two mgs like Eng , . overlook
pe l, 74 [ V l i scaus
, q v ) . of . . 1 look
. over, i . s. inspect ; an d - 2 .
( more

r
p a, 1 r h
p s y
e ati : se
. nd f orth ; send, co mmonly) look beyon d, i e . . neglect .

e.
g .
2 prsyati
. : drive forth, ii n pe l n i s , look ou t or after; conte mplate .

start up g ( e . .
ga me ) p ri i sam [97os
] p a ri , look a bo ut on e in vestigate
i i cchan , a n d so
sou ght to start u p, 93 con sider .

3 r
p sy a.ti : call u pon or summ o n ( tech v i , look ; look on ; vi ksita, beheld .

n ica l term u sed f

o th

e chief priest s ca lling sa m , look u pon ; behold ; percei ve .

upon a n other to beg in , a tex t or action ), i k sa k a , m be holder;

. spectator . V
[ ik s,

i s, j : re fre shmen t ; stre ngth ; vigor; w urj , i k sa na , . n look ; glan ce

. a [ V ika ] .

drin k an d food, like Ger Kraft u nd Saft V i k h . .

( ik hati , te ; inkhhyati, - - te
i sa, 1 m . . is 2 . as a . vi gorous , move u nsteadi ly .

frui tfu l r rock or pitch onw ard

.
p a .

i su , m M ( l l s Rt [ 3
i i i

.
f . arrow .
[ V 2 i a,

send : cf . ids, V e e e 62 . . f
per i l s
i ds,
s d ith) su pplicate call . upon praise .

1 i ota, see V l i s, desire

.

[ Whi tn ey ,

2 i sth, 1 offered ; 2 . . as n . offerin g, i dy a , grdo . to be prai sed .

[ V i d, 963
an d

ice, holy work V d : pron ou n ced ili a, Whi tn ey,

sacr .
[ y j,
a

i ata k a , j : brick u sed in the sacred re i d i ga , a of ( this sort ; such

. .
[ 502 end,

il
p c .
[ lath )
2 . an d
V uiich ] [ 1 32]
dchi tnm) d tt a re na , a dv n ortherly ; n orth oi , m

V n oh ( di cha ti , ni obati . . .

sweep toge ther , glean [ fo r s un -k , s v an sk, ace [ u

. tta r g 1 1 12c ] . .

ri
o g

w i p
.e,
or whisk ,
i e sw e ep

: c f A S u t t a ro t t a ra ,
1 a h i g her a
.n d higher
. . . . .

nu , as a dv mor e and mor

wasca n, wash, En g wash and whisk ]

. e, - .

r w h aw ay ; w ipe out, 23 2 n. answ er to an answer

p a as as

m
.
,

d i gi ta , sa me as ncohi r
wo dy talk, 24 [ uttara ti t-
ta m]
n th , con j . an d also even connecti ng u tt h i ,
see 23311 .

words, cla uses, a nd sentences ; repea ted 11 tp a l a n . a Nymphaea, i s w ater-lily . . or

nta uta ( uta ) both and ( an d ); lotus V

[ p t. ud ]

a

.
, .

beg qf verse, utn tp i d a n a , procreation

at . v i : or e ven , u n . .
[caus . of

, 84

or (c atha, s py uta, also . V pad + n d ] .

n tk a rsa , m . e levati on . n t p h u ll a , a . wide open . V

[ pha 1 + n d,

n t t a mb , a. 1 . u -most
p ; highest ; best,
a t end ds ; excellen t ; chi ef 2 ts a v , 1
esp .
qf cp ; . u nu. . an un dertaking, beg in
( out- most ,
is . .
) li t- most ; extre me ; las t ( see nin g ; 2 . feas t day, festi val, 25 -

D ,

i d up, out, V
[ su
2 + ud,

se t a-go ing ; but the de vel
n t ta ma g a n d h i dh y a a rich in ex ,
. op ment of 2 from 1 is n o t clean
]
cellent odor s [ a tta n a gan dha ,
- li d , prex . ne ver used a lone ; up, up forth,
ou t. [ ci . AS fit, Eng . . out : see uttara,

n t ta mi d h a ma madhyama ,
highest u ttam
] a.

and low est an d midmost ; best an d w ors t V a d or an d ( un atti ; un na, u tta - u

; dya ) .

an d middlin g [ a ttan a adh a m a 1 s r

p i ng;.b o i l or b u bb le u p; ow ; 2 . .

madhyama, w et, bathe [ cf L at an d a ,

w

ave ; w . . .
-
.

higher; 1 bein g

d tt a ra upper; u d- an , water, cf lib opp, En g wot-er, w

a . . . -
. .

above, pp ( o . adhara ) 70 ; having the
3
n d- ra, otte r, cf lib pa,.

w ater-sn ak
e,
-

upper han d, v ictorious, -

2 . north Eng . otter .
]
em ( on accoun t of the Himalayas ej l ,
sa m , ow together; w et .

n dac) ; i u ttarasmi t as far as the v , u da, a. w ater [ V ud ] . .

th ( side ) 3 the left beca use da k a V

nor ( , . u n . w ater .
[ d]
u .

in prayer the face i s turned eastward : n d a - k u mb h a, m . w aterj ar; -

j ar wi th

cf: dak gi na ),
4 ( like a wspar) the .
-
w ate r .

latte r ( pp o .
p ii rv a ) later fo llo w i n g, a dag - a ya n a, n . n orth-course ( of the
am as 4 5 lf year from the win ter to
a dv na lly, last, 1 0
" h h
-
,
. . sun ), t e a or -

as neuter subst . the nal ele men t of a the summe r solsti ce [ u da a ] .

ph ras e of salutati on, 60 3

6 . an swer, d d a g d a ga , a . having the sea ms upw ard .

retort . 473 : cf . Ba repos,

latter ;

[ u dai ic

dagi , frin ge , b order,
Eng . co mp . ut-ter, uda mu k h a a having the face to the
ii -
, .

u tt a ra t as , a d v. n orthward ; to the n orth n orth [ u da ii c 124911

.
, ,

of w gen
. .
[ u ttara J d d a nc [409b ] a di rected upward ; di rected ,
.

u tt a ra - di ya k a , a. i
g in g
v answ er; con n orthw ar d ( on accoun t of the Himalayas ) ,

tradi cti n g .
f
c . uttara ), northerly in cpds, uda k ,
u tt a ra p a gc i m a , a north westerly
-
.
-
. 1 249s .
[ ud s ite,

u t t a ra p u ra s t at , a dv north east
- .
-
of ; u d a y a, m . a goin g up ; rising ( of the sun ).

w gen
. .
, 1 1 30 .
[ V i ( 1 1 48 . 1a) ud .
]
ut t a ra l o ma n , - a. havi n g the hairabo ve , u d ara , n . belly .
[ orig perhaps, risin g,
.
,

formg , cf the relati on

wi th the hairy side u p . V r ad :
swellin g, .

u t t a ri , a dv . the rly
no r .
[ uttara , l l l 2e , of bellg to A S belga n, .

u d ii rd , a ( li ke E ng . . ex alted, i . s
.
) n oble,

n t t a r p a t h a , n
-
. the nor
therly w ay ; excellen t . u d,

the nor th coun tr y . u di ra - c a ri ha , a . of noble behavior .

 [ 1 33] [ u pa sth a

n d i t a, see V v ad ; lid its , - see Vi . n p a d s ci n , a. giving ( good ) instruction .

d d i ci , see 407 4 09b .

[ V di s u ps ) .

n d a mb a l a, a. brown . u p a d s sta v y a , grdv . to be taught . d

[ o .
]
n d d i cy a , at, tow ards , see V di g . u p a n ay a n a , n . in vesti tu re .
[ te chni cal
d d h a ta , 1 63 a nd V han term, see V ni )
'

n see . u ps.

nd b ah u k a , a . havin g the ar s m out or u p a p f '

o, a . cli ngin g close to, w gen . . V
[ pr
c

e x tended .
[ ud bi hu, 1 805, 1307 u ps ]
a d y a , grdo to be spoken or pronoun ced
. . n pabh ft f , . w ooden cn p ( used in sacri

[ V v ad, 1 21 30 en d , of 963c ] . . ces ), see at ti c. to bringer, V bkt
-
( 383b )
n d y a ma , m . raising ( of the hands to u ps ]
w ork ) ; ex erti on . V
[ yam a d. j u p a bhog a , m . en oy j men t ; eatin g .
[ V 2
u dyi na ,
n .
1 . a walki ng ou t ; 2 .
(place bhnj u pa , q ] . v .

V
[ y ma a
'

forwalkin g ou t, i . s .
) garden , park . a npa d
[ p a , . highest .
,

+ u d, u p a ma ra v a s a having highest g lor

q y;
-
,
.

n d y og a , m . undertaki n g ; exerti on . V
[ y j
u as m U pam a cra v as a na me li
.ke M e yw ro ,
'

"
ad, 21 6 L ]
'
. xAips or N a
u- n ils .

u dy og i n ,
-
a . active ; energ c
e i
t .
[ udyoga . ] a p a n mparison image ; a nd
i f , . co , so like
n dv i g n a -
ma n a s , a. havin g a terried n ess re semblan ce ; a t end o
, f cpds , havin g
mind , distresse d . V
[ jv i .
] lik eness wi th lik e [ V 1 mi u pa,

a n n a tta - d a rga n a , a. havin g a fran tic

look .
[ V ms d a d. j u pa mi rt h a , m . u r
p p eos of an image ;
un mi rg a m by way evil w ay ,
.
-
, .
[ ud -
en a, gurati vely .
[ art-
ha .
)
margin ] u p a yoga m ap-pli ca ti on use ; uti li ty

m
.
, .

u n mi rg a g i mi n a going -
,
. in e vil [ 11 s pa ]
u p ari a dv. abo ve r w gen
, ; as p ep .
,
. .

dpa , 1 . ubl p
re x . to, un to, toward; op
p . above ; a t end f
o cpd
[ l 3l 4f ], upon ,
'
of apt ; 2 -
. r
p p
e .
,
w . a cc .
, unto , 81 5
; [ cf irrelp,
. sbw ept, L at . s- uper,

w . loc , i n ,
.
3 . in noun cp ds
[ 1 289b ], dpa l ii , j : u pper mill stone ; c/I dr
ead
-
.

denoting so mething nea r, a cc

es sor , or subor
y u p a v a nc a n a , n . a to tte rin g unto, a fal
dinate [ cf d L at s- ub, i ng approach
te r [ V n ]

. . nr ,
u . . v a e u pa .

u p a k a n i sth i k i ( se. ag nli ) , a.

j : n ex t u p a v a na , mall fore st
n . s ,
i . s .
g rove .

to the li ttle, i . s . the thi rd ( n ger) .

[ u pa ( mg 3) v ana ] .

m 3
( g ) kani sthaka , 1222d ] . d p a v i t a, ppl w ound about, esp w i th the . .

u p a k a rt r m one w ho does ki ndn ess ;

, . sacr e d cor d ; a s n [l l 76a ], the be in g sur .

be nefactor [ V 1 k ; u pa q v ] .
, . . o unded w i th the
r sacred cord ; the cord

u p a k i ra m friendly service ; kindness

, . i tself . V
[ yv ii . u pa , 9540]

[ v1 k ; up q ]
a v , . . n p a v e ga, m . a si ttin g down .
[ Wi s
upak i ra k doin g frien dly
a, a . servi ce upa .
]
[ hi
ups- m] d p a v e gi , m U paveci, . na me of a man .

npak i ri n , a. the sa me ; as m benefactor

. . ups c a ma m ,
. stoppin g ; cessa tion . V
[ g2 am
[ V 1 k r ] u pa, q . v . u pa ,

n p a c i ra m a comi ng to or w ai ting u
, .
p u p a s a mg r a h a na , n. the claspin g an d

on r
p ge n a ntly ( p oli te ) a tte n ti on ( cor , taki ng to on e s se lf ( the fee t of a n o ther),

rect) procedure i s duty [ V ca r a pt ] , . . . as sig n o f grea t respect . V

[ grah upa

u p a ty a a lyin g u nder [ u pa 1 245h : cf

, . .
, . sa m] .

51 -
7 104 ,

lyin g u nder, u pa s ev i , j : a servin g ; a being devote d
u p a ty a k i f l d l i the foot of a [ V ]
, a n.
y ng at
( to . ssv u pa .

moun tain ) .
[ u pa ty ]
a . n p a s ov in, a. servi n g ; re vering .
[ V scv

u p a d e qa , m . a poi n ti n g out to, a dirco + upa .

]
ti on ; instru cti on ; advice .
i [ V di g upa. ) u p as t h a , m . lap, groin .

V
u pakh y an a ] [ ]
1 34

n p i k h y an a , n . subordin ate tale ; epi sode , u rn - v y ac a s ,

a. having wi de e mbrace ,

1 [ upa ( mg 3) i khyi na . ) wide extendin g .

[ acct, 1 298b .
]
M

a p ad an a the self ; V u ru sy a nrusyati
, n . ug to one s ( ) . to di stan ce, is . .

appropriation .
[ V 1 di u pa , ,
i , esca pe ; put another in the di stance , i . e .

u p ad h y ay a , m . teacher .
[ V i upav adhi ] save .
[ uru, the distance,

1061
n pi n ah , j ! san dal ; shoe . u rn na s a, ( 1 having bro ad snouts
-
. .
[ 1111 1
V na h u pa ( 247 ) for mg , cf . crass , ( 247 ) ni l , 193, 1 31 5c : acct, 1298b .
]
u l ii k h a l a , n . a mortar .

n pi n t a,
proxi mi ty to th e en d ; e dg ;
ne . d lb a an d tilva, n . en velopin g membrane
immediate neighborhood [ p (
u a m g 3 ) . of an e mbryo .
[ for ou r v4,
Vl-
v r , en

close, 1 190 cf Lat vol- v0 ,
an ta. ] covering,
'
. .

u i
p y a , m appro ach ; th at by w hi ch . one

reaches an aim ; me ans ; expedi ent, u l b a n a, lumpy, knotty, thick,

a . massy .

stratage m; advan ta ge , [ V i u pa , [ ulba, for. urva, hence n,

l 148 1 a : for mg ,
. cf . Eng to wa rd, .
-
as an V a s ( beati ; uv osa ; i nnit ; usta) b ur
n . .

[ f ognates, see the colla ter form

a
gi ]
V i
or
V l vas,
c al

approac h [ light al so nets, u sra. etc

u pa y a n a ,
. upa, up, . :

1 1 50 1 a ] of d o, sin ge 6 ki ndle L at i ro ,

. . .
; (3 0, .
-

u p ara, m transgr
e ssion
. .

burn,

an d ustus usta-s
; AS gs le .
-
,

n p e k sa, j : overlook ing ; n eglect .

[ V i k s gl
owin g
u pa .
] u sas [4 1 5b ], f . morn ing red da wn ; per -

from

u p o si t a , pl ha vi.n g abstained ( i s
. . son ied D aw n ,
.
[ V l v as li ght u p dawn ,

, ,

food), havi n g fasted ; as n .

[ 1 1 76s
], fast 252 : cf . Aeoli c C 60 3 , L at . a urdra ,

V da wn ; radically cogna te also
'

ing .
[ 3 v as upa, q . v .
] ca usos-a ,

V u bh ( ubhni ti , u mbhati [758] ubdha i s Eng ea s-t, the point w her

. e day br

e aks :

- 1i bhya ) . uni te ; co uple [ nbM ]

cf . . see us an d nar a ] .

a pa ,
bi n d, fe tte r . d stra , m camel . .

a b hi , a . bo th .
[ cf . 6p m , L at a mbd AS 11 911 6 , a hot
.
[ V n s, 1 1,7 7a . . . .
]
nom fem neut h Goth nom neut ba
. . .
,
. . .
, tu rn, a. bright ; of or perta ini n g to the

nom masc ba i w den tal ex te nsi on baj obs dawn ; i

f, usr i dawn [ V 1 li h
. .
,
.
, ,
as , . v as, g t
all mean i ng both i

Eng bo th : orig per
, .
- .
, up, 252, 1 1 88, l 81 a : w . us- r , cf . Old

haps couple an d akin w V ubh ]
, ,
. . manic Ans M 6,
Ger -
a goddess of the ( year
a b h ay a [525 a of both so r ts ; b oth . . dawn, i . e .
) spr
i n g- light, and AS Eos t ra ,
.
- -

the name of whose festi v al, ca ster, Easte r

k ama , in April, w as transferred

a b h ay a - a . desiro us of bo th . day, occurrin g
n b h a y t a s , a dv . from both si des ; to the Christian festi val that replaced i t ;
bo th case s .
[ a bhaya , acct for t be tw ee n 3 and r, see un der sv as r
u b h a y a ta h - sasya , n . ha ving a crop see us and m a ]
at both ti mes, i . s . bearin g tw o crops a

ye ar .

u ra g a , m . serpen t .
[

breast going, -

nra ii t i ,
f furthe ran.ce , help, blessi n g ; re fre sh
foruras : formg, cf . khag a .
] men t, food [ V av , .

from d h a n , dha r, 4


ra s , n . br
e ast .
[ perhaps, a cover, ti dhas [ 3oh] ,
n. udder .

VI v r , cover, 1 1 51 l b, w . . a specia li zati on
[ cf . o bOap, L at . ber, AS . iider, Eng .

like that in En g chest, . udder .

]
u rn, f arvi, a ( prop . . . en co mpassin g ,
a nd fi n d , a . lacki n g .
[ cf . c hm , bereft ; AS

.

so, like Eng . capacious ) ex te n si v e , wi de , wa n , lacki n g , wa nian, decrease , En g .

gre a t ; as 11 .
( li ke Ger das . Wei te ) the dis wa ne .

tan ee .
[ V 1 vr , enco mpass ,

l 1 78s : cf . u rn, m . thi ghi [prob .

the thi ck

of the
s ppi d g, -
leg, from un i
r ta ] [ 1 36]
them;
1
r ,
t a t, right ; tru e ; as a [1 1 76a], vealed 2 ptaJ sayas
-
a. . . to -
. u

establi shed or der; esp e terna l or di vine . the many Rishis ; la ter, the se ven stars of

order; 2 order in sacred thin gs, sacr ed . the Gre at Be ar; -

3 . a Rishi, i s . . a person
custom, pious wor k, 69 74 , rtasya renowned forpiety and wisdom,
on i or sada na, cen tral l of r d see note to l
y p ace sac e

w ork or belief . in this world, the altar, rsti , j : spear . V

[ 11
2 ]
in the other world, the holy of holies, rav a, a lofty . .

te na r
75 ; - 3 truth,
7
r , ig htly
. .

[p p
ro

tte d, made rm ,

. V r for fo rm o , p ron root i n 6k}, . 0th, ena, OV , ev n .

an d mg , cf Lat ra tu-s , bk a . nuns .

- . 1 . one ; only ; al on e

rt a - s a
p [387a ], a. follow in g afte r right, ( y
b one s se lf ); alone ( ex clu ding every
one else ); sole ; single ; soli ta r
y ; a d vl
y
rt i van , f .
- v ari, a . true to establis hed in cpds, solely ; - 2 one ( of tw o or more ) ; .

order of regularly recurr

ing n a tural phe the one, f ollowed by an ya, dvi ti ya, para ;

no mena ,
eg . . dawn ), 7 true to sacred ek e ek e, some other s eke, some

law, pious ( M an es ), 91 holy, sacred folks, so me ; -

3 later,
. a certain, gui da nt

d
( g ),
o [r
ig 247 : for fem , . 435 , or a l most as a n i nde a rticle a or

an , 20 3
[p ro
.n root e ] . .

rt i -
v r dh, a . rej oicing in right, holy eka - t a t p a ra , a solely intent on , .

( M an es ) [M 241 ] . s k a tt a ,
a dv. in on e p lace [ ek a, .

rt u m ,1 a xed an d . . settled ti me ; esp . o k a d a, a dv . at one ti me, simultaneously ,

time for sacricin g ; - 2 ti me
. of year, at elsewhere, at a certain time, i . s
.

i . s . season ; -
3 the
. menses .
[ r
V , 1 1 6 1 s once upon a time .
[ sk a

e k a d e ga , m

cf dprh w , t together, pre pare ; L at certain place, and so,

.
- - . a a

artu-s , place o r spo t or part .

r p ep w i thout ;
t s, r . exce pt .
[ 1 1 28 e n d, 1 1 29 e k a n a k s a t ra, n lun ar man si o
-
n . con

en d ] . sistin g of a si n gle star or on e w hose name

r ij ti me ; l o4 [ naksatrm
tv oer s
- a . i n g at the appoin ted occurs but on ce, see s .

as m priest ; i n the ri tual pl , priests

.
,
.
, of

w hom the r
e are four, htr
, adhv ary u, k a p a tn i ,
-
j : w ife of only one man ,

brahman, and udg at i

'
.
[ r
t ij .
] faithful wife .
[ acct, l 267a .
]
r ddhi , j ! w elfare ; blessedncss .
[Vr
dh , sk a -
p a ds , f -
i, a . having (i . s . taki ng )
o ne step .

V rd h ( r
dhn ti ; i nardha , i nr
dh ok a -
b h a k sa , m . sole food ; at end of
ardhi syate ; r ddha ; r dhyats ) thrive ; . cpds havin g as sole foo d, eatin g

s u cce ed ; prospe r, both as in trans . a nd as alon e .

tra ns .
[ cf . VV edh, ri dh : cf . dAOop a t,
ge t ek a ma t i , a. ha vi n g one min d, un an imous .

e ka -
rna ,
va a. havi n g one color, not

m pa ss
sa , . be prospere d, i s fullled . . . brin dled .

V lr s ( s ti ;
r a an arsa ow ; glide . sk ak i n , a . soli tary .
[ eka ] .

[ cf dip pp
o os .
-
,

dow in g back , ra Alv - o m
p s, sk i ffj a li , on on e han dfu l . a il ali
[ j ]
dartin g k ad a ga , e le ven .
[ eka daca ,
V 2 1 1 (r aati ; r ata) push ; thrust . . 476
i
ts , m -
1 si nger o f sacred son gs, poet ;
. . ek ad a ca, a. eleventh .
[ 6k 5daca , 487
p ri estly si n ge r; r e
ga rded by la ter genera s ki n t-a ,
m . an end ; a ed
re tir or secret

tions as a pa tri archa l sain t or sag e o f the spo t .

[ an ta .
]
olde n time an d as occu
pyi n
g a
p osition ek ap i y a , m di min ution by one [ a pi ya ]
. .

g i ve n in ot er h la n ds to the heroes an d s k art h s , m on e purpose i s one an d

.
,
. .

p a tri a rc s h ; on e of tho se inspire d poe ts the me purpose [ artha ]

sa . .

b a m on e day

w ho the V edas , w hich w ere h
ki [ 2 ]

sa w re s , a a . . .
 [ 1 37] [ ai ka ma ty a

k i i k a , a. one by i tself ; one sin gly ; ov a, adv. - 1 . in this w ay ; so ; in this sig

each one sin gly ; ever
y si n gle one [ sk a . n ica tion V edic only i ts pla ce ,
bei ng supplied
ska ] in J edic by ov am yathi

ov h, as

e k i i k a ca s , a dv. one by one ; se verally . so, ov a i d, i n very tru

vth, 74

[ shi ik a , 2 .
j ust, ex actly, etc . e mpha siz ing the
ek ona, a . 477a ]
lacking one .
[ fi na ,
.
prece ding word ; in this sense V edic ( 69 5
,

e ti , see etd and

c 4 99 b w ith 497 . 87 91 s
) d post V edic ; requires the
an -

ta , a rushin g ; dartin g ; as m dee r [ V i

. . .
, most va rious transla tions someti mes m ere

str f
ess o precise ly voice
; n o more n orless

e ta t ma a equa l to this [ 1265 ]

-
sa ,
. . tha n ; nothing short of ; n o other than ;
e t a t s a mi p a -
n pr e se n ce o f thi s o n e , . . mere ly ; qui te ; without exception ; andha
[ 1 2 64 ] ov a, blind outright ; v asudhi v
ov a, the
s t ad [4 99b ] pron this here prop referring,
.
,
. w hole earth ; mr
tynr ova, sure death ;
to something near the spea ker ( e g 19 . . mii sika ova kyts a was changed back to a ,

this ; refers almost alwa ys to wha t simple mouse ; ci ntayann ov a j ust w hile ,

p re ce de s (e
g 5 1 3
has
.
j u st .
, he w as thin king ; uk tam ova maya j ust ,

or has j ust
ls
happened ( e g 25 ) . .
, what I told thee ; lok i i h ki r
hci d v ak

been mentioned ( e g 25 n
28 ) as being . .
, tavyam ov a , folk s w i ll be sure to say

nea rer the s ea ker;

p ver seldo
y m 28 so methi ng ; ok a ov a, en tirely a lone ;
pu
96 5
to wha t f ollows ; j oined with other mi nl a ov a, only males in connecti on so .

r : w d w tad, ronoun a nd a dverbs : ota d ov a , thi s ver

p ono uns .
y ,
a .
p s
y;
w . aha m to be plie
supd, 52 9
.
[ p on
r . root tathi v
ov a , all so, is . . also ; na v
ev a , by no

0, 499b : in usage, etad : id6.m means ; w . very a ttenua ted mg in cav ov a,

1 1 : 7 6s an d also, a nd ova ca , and also, the latter a t

e t a d - a rt h a m , a dv for thi s purpose ;
. en d
of a
glolca
[ pron roo t . 0, 1 1 02b
4 1 3020 someti mes 24
8a

therefore .
[ 99b ov a, .
]
m
,

e t arh i ,
a dv . n ow adays .
[ a et ov a - v id, a . kn owi ng so or such, i . e . w ell

e t a- d i g, a. such ; eti dr
k, a cc . s n . su ch instructe d, kn owi ng w hat s w hat
m i dh
. .
,

as I have, ov a v a, a . of such sort, such .

[ ev a m
e t a- d ca , r a . su ch ; st. y t,
a such ( 1 306 ) vi dhi , 1 3020
tha t . ey am , a dv
in thi s w ay ; so ; p ost V edic, a n d
. -

ot v a n t , a . thus much , eti v i n

supplyin
g th e
p la ce o
f ov a i n my 1 ; used
y ena so great that, [ ati , rst w V v i d : y a
. av i v i dds, w ho k n ow m
m
,

V ed h ( 6dhate ; edhi cakrs ; i i dhi sta ; thus, have this kn ow ledge, y a tha
edhi th dhitum) . thrive p ros per . ov a m , as so ; very f q
re uen t w nk tv i .

[ i den t w . Vr
dh, q . v . cf .
g eba w . or
grutv a, u pon sayi ng or hearin g this ;
ev a m ukta, thus addresse d ; w . i mpers .

on a encl. pron . used only substa ntive used l

pp , . ov a m astu , so be i t ;
ly : une mpha tic him, her, i t, them .
[pron . mi v
ova m , n ot so ! yady ov am,
if that s
root the case , ov am, in that case ,

6n a s , n. sin .
[ perhaps,

deed of vi olen ce,

ov a m , likewi se, 1 03 7
ref ers ba ck ( e .
g 28.

or
g f orwa rd , ( e . . 37 3
used

6n a s v a n t, a . si nful .
[ 6nas .
] p
su er uously w i ii ,
6 1 a s e q u iv to . . ev ad i

an t i, in thi s w ay ; here ; pat h and

a d v. . vidha , [ pr o n ro o t 0, 1 1 0 2 b ] . .

beyon d here ; beyon d, w i nstr , RV x . . . ov a m b h ut a a such [ see 1 2730]

-
,
. .

there yatra an d, whi ther o s o a Pr

, alcrit f orm f or osas 493
,

thi ther [ p.ro n roo t . a, see i dAm, and cf .

502
an d l 1 12a ] .

e ra n d m R ici nus communi s, i s

a, . . . castor ai k a ma t y a , n . un an i mity .
[ eka ma ti
oi l plan t or Palma Chr i sti .
i i ti has i ka ] [ ]
1 38

i i ti h i sik a , m tellerof old legends [iti

. . 507] ca, cans, cid, api ; 2 a . 10 . ms: m5
hi s s, l 222o
ai n d rab arh a s p a ty a, a . belonging to li verus not o verto any foe ; - 2 b ka . ca ,

I ndra an d Brihas pati .

[ i n dri bfhas at
p i so me , any, ad j . or subst .
; ki m0 a, any

thing ; w rela ti ve, yi q ( ca ) ki c ca , ( and )

.

what soe ver, 68 1 2 0 w ca us. an d . .

Ok a s , n. w onte d place ; home .

[ V n o j . cana : ka ca na , also or e ven n ot any ;
c m k rt
-
a, a . havin g an u ttered o m aecom
, esp. a f ter a nega tive na ta mc knu a v an ti

p n
u lod m [ the natural orderwo uld
by o . vyi hartum api , ki m ca na, can n o t e ven

taum : order i n verted to avoid

requi re k r spe ak to him, no t e ven anythin g, i . s . can

such an un declinable ste m ] . not e ven spe ak any thi ng to hi m, so

6j a s n stre ngth ; pow er [ V vaj oruj 252

,
. .
, ,
a nd so ( the f eeling f or the n e a tion
g in
cf r ig r
.am o j a s - cf L a t a ugus-tus -
, . .
, can s in such colloca tions becoming lost), ka
mighty i s ,
. . cans. mea ns any, an ythin g , f
c : can s ; w .

0j o d - a str e n gth givin g .

-
. rela ti ve, soe ve r; yat ki r
hcan a, whatsoever,
od a n a, m .
gnra i
. n bo iled w i th mi lk ; po r 2d . very o
en ka ci d : any body or
ridge .
[ V a d : f o r m g , cf E n g br oth a n d . . thing ; certai n, q en w . nega tive : e .
g .

brew ] 24 11
( tw i ce with, twice without) ; ki r
hcit
O p a ca, m . top k not ; plume
-
.
[ perhaps for hci d,
ki r each a li ttle, 27
w rela ti ve,
.
ya
s av a- V 2 pag ]
p ga,
a . ka cid, w hosoe ver o ver
, w hats e ,
any soever,

6 111 , a word qf solemn a sseverati on a nd rev ki ni ki ni cid, any soever,

ercu t acknowledg ment , so mewha t like buns - 2 e ka . a pi , so methin g , so mebody ,

17 n

a mystic sylla ble uttered a t the beg

sa cred ,
. so me , a or an , a certai n, na ka api

a nd en d of V ed a rea d i ng ; qf pranava
-
. . n othi ng, n o, no on e, 20 1

[ ori gi n un certai n ] 3 derivs

of k a, see
. 5 05 ; 4 e xcla m .

Osa d h i , la ter bsadhi, j : herb ; plan t ; a a tory,

a t be f
g o cp d s : f
o , e g , k i -
pn ru sa,
. . .

si mple .
ki m prabhu , ku drsti, k o- vi da,
- - a nd see

506, 1 121 0 ; 5 for ki m as a dv , . . see ki m .

au p a my a , n . si mili tude likeness .

[ upa [ for the stem forms -
ka, ki, k u, see 505
ma , cf . I oni c no Attic t o in lt d Ger, -

63 , etc .
,

i d p a v e ci , m pa tronymic of Aruna
. .
[ li pa

w hen ce, how ; rl Lat qui s, qu i d,

-
s, v l, .
- -

v egi ( or cf . AS hwii , hwazt, En g who, who t ; w ka

.
-
.
-
.

tars, which of tw ain , cf mi v epo s, L at

i n sa d h a, a consisti ng of herb s ; a s n . .

. - -
.

herbs collectively simples medi cine . uter,

AS hwa ber En g whe ther, w hi ch of
.
-

.
-

[ beadhi tw ai n ; w k a as i ndef , cf v t s, any . . .
-

2 ka, m Who as name of a god 94 . N , ,

1 50
.

k a ns a m metallic vessel a s collective

,
.
,

1 p ron .
1 . in terroga ti ve . who, metallic implements .

ad
9
j
7
w hat ; used as s ubst .
( 7 ) or as .
k a k si f - 1 region of the girth ; -
2 .

m
. .
,

ki m w instr : .
g ki .
yu ddh onea , . .
gi dl
r e,
cin cture;
3 ( like French cein tur e) .

w hat ( is there ) wi th ghtin g, w hat s the cir cularwall ; a nd so the enclosed cour t .

u se of ghtin g , so so ko [ cf kak an
.a : cf La t cinc tus ,

gi rde d ; . .
-

ki m w

rthas, instr a nd for 1 , cf hi p ; for 3, cf ca ne-sr
-
en e
.
g.
g . .
. coxa , .
,

ni ru a j h ki m ausadhi is, w hat has a w ell

man ( to do ) w i th medi cines 32 91

i k a na ,
k ar ring shaped or men t b race

,
so , n .
- na ,

kn . w .
p arti cles : ko ni ma ,
who in let .
[ cf . ka ksi .
]
deed ; k o n u , w ho pray ; k o vi , who pos k a nk i l a , m . n . skele ton .

sib ly, 18 l
k a ooi d , see kad .

2 . inde n ite, both a dj d subst , chie y k a c c h a , m border;

. an . . shor
e ; marsh lan d ; -

in ne a tive cla uses t icles [see

and w the pa r the di strict Cu tch
g . .
ka rav ri] [ 1 40]
k a ra - v ari , a. om the hand
w aterfr . k a l y i na k a ta k a , - in a . . Fai rdale, -
na me
k a ru na , a. mournful pitiable ; i , j ! pity ,
. of a place .

k a ru ni -
p a ra a comp assi onate [ 1 802b ],k a v i . . .
, wise, possessed of in si ght ( of gods,
a.

k a rk a ta , as. crab ; -
ak a, the sa me . esp. Agni ) ; as as wise man , seer, sage ; .

k i rna , in . ear .
poet p
;l w i se men o f . eld ( w hose spirits
[ V kr

k a rt s , nu .
( earth ) cut, di tch . t z see hoverabou t the sun ), [ pro p .

seer,

rt ] V ki foresk ii : cf onco ming , w rs

ca s . see, . te
a -
s,

k a rt t, m doer; . mplisher;
acco o mi c ati n g

inspecting the sacrice L at . ca v-re,

priest, V
[ kn]
1
look out, be cautious Ger scha uen , AS
. .

k a rt a v y a , grdv to be done . made

or ,
n
a . scedw ia n,

look, Eng

. show,

cause to loo k
the va rious m g f
s o V l hr [ V 1 .
ha]
k a rt a v y a t i , j t the to bed one -
ness ; 45 m k a v i k ra t u , -
havi ng the power or in as .

bri hi . tell me w hat I must do .

[ 1 231 ] sight ( k ratu ) of a wise on e i nte lligent
k a rp ra , m mphor . n . ca .

k a rp ura p a ta i n Camphorcloth name

-
, .
-
, V k a s ( ki sati ; kast ; ki sSyati ) move . .

of a certain w asher man . v i , move asun der; O pen ; bloom ; ca us .

k a rp ura v i l i s a m Camphorj oy ( lit

-
, .
-
.
p a ss. be made to bloom .

havi ng ple asure in camphor) name of a , k as mat , a d v. w hy ? e for

wher e ? k
[ ,a

w ashermen . 1 1 14a .
]
k a rma , f or kar an m in cpds, l 249a . k i na y a , a. brazen ; as n. brass .
[ k ni t-L ]
k a rma -
cos ts , f . deed performance ; -
ac k i k a , tn . crow ;
f . ki ki, crow-hen f
; c !

ti on v ayasa, cr

. ow .

k a rma j a , a . om V k i nk s
deed born, resultin g fr -
( ki nksati, te ; ki nk ; -

the acti on s of a life k i ksi ta). desire, long for [ desi d of . . .

kar ma d o sa m deed sin

-
,
.
-
, sinfu l deed . V ka m, but reduplicated mew hat like
so an

k arma n n deed w ork , .

, , acti on sacred intens . e - ka ( m) s ] - .

w ork ( as sacrice, abla ti on ) ; rite 59 , ki o a, as glas s

. .

[ V 1 kn] ki ca - ma ni , m rock-crystal, quartz . .

[ li t .

k b rh i , a dv . when ? k arhi ai d, at any ti me l

g ass
[k a ,
1 1 08c .
] k anc a n a , n .
gold .

V k a l ( ki lhyati ) drive [cf xlh e rau nrges k i na, a one eyed .

p e rf or a te d ( o f .th e .

.
-

on Boo mik e s, cattle driver Lat celer,

-
eye ) blin d .
, .

(lik e co lloq dr i vi n
g, i e hurr i
y gn .k a n a b h ii t i , 1a Ki n a b h t i n. am e. o f a -
.
,

a n u s a m, lead alon g after Yaksha see 53 a [

- li t B li n d .
,
. .

k a l a , a dumb ; in distin ct ; um, adv gen k i nda , m a section ; j oin t of a stalk

.
- . . .

tly, a nd so pleas an tly ( of humming ) from one kn ot to another; arrow . .

k a l a h a , m strife, conten ti on . k i n t i ra , m n great or prime val forest . . . .

k a l , f a small part, esp a six teenth

. k an t i , j ! loveline ss [ V k a m , 1 15 7 , cf . . .

k i l p a , m ordin an ce, precept . mann er , 965a ] .

w ay ; etana kalpena, in this way . ki -

p u rn ea , m mi serable man
.
, cow ard .

k a l ma sa , n . spot, stain ; g .
,
as in Eng .
[ see l kh 4, an
d
8 111 . ki ma m wish desire , .
, , longing ; love ; at

k a lm a sa - d h v a ns a k ari n , - a . sin-de en d q ossess ive cpds havi ng desire

structi on-causin g , pre ven tin g the co mmis for desirous of ; kama m, see s v.
.

sion of cri me .
[ V k am ) .

k a ly a , a . well, healthy .
[ cf . n
sa ds, fair
: k ama d uh - - dhuk , -
d uham, - dhug bhis.
prob . n ot akin are AS hdl, En g hale, . . etc .
[ D
1 55 v
- 1 . a. yi eldin g w ishes, g
ran t

in g ever
y wi sh ; - 2 as f , se dhenu, the
. . .

k a l y ii na , f . i ni [355b ], a. fair, lovely . fabu lous Wondercow - .

[ for 2, cf . the

[ k a lya .
] horn of Amaltha ]
 [ 1 41 ] [ V ki rta ya

ki ma m adv at will ; if you please ; . k i qa , as . visibility, in saki

ga .
[ V kite]
k i mamtu
,

n a tu if she please b ut k agth i , n sti ck of w ood ; log

m
. .
, ,

by no means [k 1 1 1 1 b ] . k asth a -
e ch e d a , m . dearth of wood .

k ami n a saint a ecti onats

, ( pouse )
s . .

k asth a b h ari k a , m wood carrier - .

-
.

k i mi n i s a k h a , a in the company of k i sth a, j ! race-course ; course ; track

- . of

hi s wi ves [ see sa kh a ) . th e w in ds an d clou ds in the sky. .

k ay a , as body [ V 1 ci ,

. b ui ld,

Whi tn ey k i st h.i k a , m w o odm a n k
[ i stha ] . .

43 : for mg body, form, ha s 4 and 504 u

cf

and ki, c
f : 1 .

used k i m a n h yd m a bad fr
.
, , ,

l ka4

up , b uild, and En g n oun build, as .
- iend , . .
[ see ,

of a man s
an d

k i yi k a , a . corporeal ; perf or ed m by the k i t a v a, m gambler; f vi , as a , addicted . .

-
.

to g amin g [ p ss kim + tava, what of

o

. .

k i ra , a .
;making
m m ak er; dee d thee ? as .

w hat is thy
acti on ; sound [ V 1 1m] . k i m 1 , . as to kl , see In
k i ra na n that w hi ch mak es oroccasion s ; 2 as interr a dv.
-
[1 1 1 1 s ] how ?
73 3
. . .
,

cause ,57 ; occasion ; re ason ; 7

sake , why ? 3 . as interr pcl . . : nu m; kim
o un d fora j u dgmen t,
gr [ V l kg] . aha m aj iias , a mI a fool ? an,

k i ri n , a . causin g .
[ do .
] 4 in . connection w . other
pols : ki mea ,

k i ru, m praiser poet, moreover see ca 3 ; ki ds tu however 20 singer .

[ V 2 kr
ki m ca na somewhat
.
, , , , ,

menti on wi th ki m punar , , ,

k artti k e y a m metronymic of Skanda how much mor

, . e ( or less ) ?
[ see ,

g od o f w ar ( so called becau se he w as un de r 1 a ] .

n o urished by the Pleiads kr ttiki s ) : c f: k i m a r t h a a having what as obj ect ; ,

-
, .

kumi ra a nd svi mik umi ra [ r

k t ti k k i d t
-
h a dv w hy ?
[ 3020

iu n a a n as 1 .
, .

k i m p ra b h u as a bad master -
,
. .

ki -
a
y , g
t rd v to be d on e, faci end us, w the . 1 k a4 , an d .

va rious sha des of gm be lo n in

g g to V l kr ; k i m b h ry ,
t a -
m . a bad servan t .
[ ]
do .

req uirin g to be insti tute d, 4 eq ui r

r ing k i y a d d ii ra , a sma ll di stance ; re , as -
. -

to be shown ; a s n what is to be done ; a dv a li ttle w ay

[ kiyant ]
. . . .

b usiness ; w ork ; matter, 4 aair; duty ; k i y a n t p ron a - 1 how gr eat ? . . .

emer gen cy [ V 1 kr,

h
. ow m uc h ? w h a t so rt o f a ? 2 .

k i ry a k i l a , at time for action

- . .
( how great, i n a deroga tory sense, i . s .
) n ot

k i ry a h a n t r , at
- busin ess destroyer, .
-
grea t ; small, [ kh
l or id , 505,
marplot -
.

k ary ak sa ma , a unequal to or unt for k i y i mb u . n . waterli ly , perhaps -

.
[ cf a . mbu ] .

w ork [ ak sama.
J k i l a , k i a dv. indeed, mphasizing
e

k i l a, m .
- 1 . the right or ro
p p e r or ap
poi n ted ti me; -
2 ti me
. in general ; 3 . h i s , interr pcl so . . at
an , sou
Time, as the destr
oyer, i s . . Death . see 1 1 1 7 : cf ni ki s . .
]
k al a p aca , vs snare of Death
- . . k i ta , m worm; . caterpillar .

k i v y a , n poetry ; poem [kavi . . .

] k i d rg - v y i p i ra , m . what b usiness .

k av y a gas t ra - vi n oda, m . en tertai n ment H

[ dr
g
w i th poetry an d sci ence .
[ ki vya -castra , k i d rg v y i p i ra v a n t , a. havin g w hat
bus i ness .

V k i e ( kingate ;
-
es ki e
c ; k i ci ta ; -
ki qyi ) . k i d tg, a . of what sort? [ see
be visible ; shin e . k i ri , m .
prai ser .
[ V 2 kr] .

av a, be vis ible, lie Open . V k i rt a y a ( M y ti ( 1056

a , p ss.
a

kirtyate ) mak e mention

'

i , look on .
-
1 . . of ; tell ;
p ra , shine out ; become clear .
2 re pea t ;
. call
[ ki rti .
,
 [ 1 42]

p ri
a , tell aroun d, ann oun ce . k ul a , n. 1 . d
her or large nu mber or

m ann ounce
sa ,
. swar m ( of q ua dru d
p s,
e birds, insects ) ;
k i rt i f mention ; esp
, . .
good re port, fame .
2 race ; family ;
. a nd so, as in Eng ,

[ h )
V 2 . go od fami ly, noble stock . [ V 8 kr, q . v . :

kn, see l kh 4,
a n d 504 .

k u k k u ra , m . dog .
[ youn ge r form of k u l a - gi l a , a. family and character .

the onomatopoeti c k urkurh ) .

[ 1253b .
]
k u t mbua ,
n. house hold ; family ; -a ka , k ul i l a , nu potter . .

the sa me . k u l i ea , nu axe
-
. .
[ perhaps

cutti n g

l kh4

bawd w ell, , and
k u tta n i , f
'

. . see

k u nd a , n. ro un d vessel ; roun d hole in k u l i n a , a . of good fami ly .

( hula, l 223d .
)
the ground ( for w ater or sacre d re) . k u l i ra , nu. crab.

k u nda l a , n. rin g, esp . ear-

ring .
[ cf k u ca, m grass ; esp the sacred grass , Poa
. .

k unda an d cynosuroides, wi th long stalks and n umer

k ut a s , from w hat place ? w hence ?

a dv . ous poin ted leaves .

w her e for e ? w hy ? how ? [ l kh or k u g a -

p i j d l a , n tu f t or b u n ch of K u c a . .

k u, k d q a l a ,
- 1 a in g oo d co n di ti on ; e q u al . .

k u t h a l a , n - 1 i nterest felt in some to or t for a task ; able ; clever,

. .

thin g e x tr ao ar
rdi n y ; e ag erne ss ; i t, as -
2 as a w e lf a re,
w e ll bei n g ; k u gal a i
uu . .
-

a dv.
[1 1 1 4b ], eagerly ; 2 i n terest. caused ts, hail to thee .

by so methi ng remark able , k u ga l i n , a. w ell ; pro spero us . k

[ eo a la

k ut ra , a dv. where ? whither? [ l ka or k u qa h a s t a ,- a. havi ng Kuca in the

ku, hand .

k u d reti ,
-
j ! a bad or false vi ew ; hete V ki ( k uv ato ) .
f ound onl
y w . i , a nd per
rodox philosophy .
[ see 1 kh 4,
an d haps mea ning see, look .
[pro b for . ku,
.a

see u nderka v i . )
k u n ti , K one of the tw o wi ves of look forward to, i in ten d
'

j : un ti , i ,
. s. .

i klita )

Pan da . .

V k u p ( kupyati ; ; k api ta ) 1 k iut a ,

- 1 n hor n ; 2 m
cuk bpa
a pe ak [ for . . . . . . . .

be come moved or agita ted ; boil ; a nd so mg 2, cf the Swiss peak names, Schreck .
-

2
g as in E ng , be angry ; bo il wi th horn W etter horn e tc ] -

m
. .
.
, ,

k i up a , m

rag e . . cave, hole ; well .
[ cf. ,

p ra ,
the sa me . cave, hu t,

Lat . ci pa , vat,

ni che for
k u m ara, m

.
-
1 . ne w- born child ; boy ; the dead, ow ed
borr Eng . coop, vat,

yo uth,
-
2 The Youth,
. e pi the t o f w hence cooper .
)
Skanda, the youthfu l god o f k rmd , nu tortoise
etern ally

m
. .

w ar see ki rttik eya ; j 2 - ri, girl [ cf V l h r( V edic, en, kr

nut . . la ter,
suk u mi ra .
) karbti, k urut caki ra, ce b ; V .

k u mara d a tt a , m na me of a man Akar, dkr ta 834 a] ; later, Lki rait ;

m
- . .

g i ve n by the g od h w ti ; kr tt ; ki t tum; kr
-
tvi ; di e;

k u mb h a, m j ar; pot ; . urn .

[ cf . a , kri yate ; ciki rsati ; k i rayati, do,
make ,
in the va rious mea nings a n d uses f
o
k u mb h a k ara m pot maker potter -
,
.
-
, . these words , thus,

k u mb h i k i j : pi tcher [k umbha ) ,
. .
- 1 .
pe rfor m , 5 9l
acco mpli sh ; cause ;

k d ru , m . as p l th
.e Kurus, people of
a eect prepare , ; un derta ke,
I n dia ; a s sing . Kuru, the ancestor of that commi t, show : e.g. honor, fami
li arity, mpassion love , 42
people . co ,

k u ru qrav a na , m name of a prin ce

- . . favor, con te mpt ,
atten d to

l f h K r

li k an aair ll
in trade, 4 "
6 ; a
[ li r O

t g. o y o t e u us, e n v O xh s -
, ; en gage :

acc t, q uarrel, 4
2 1 -
2 do . so mething ( good or
krta k rty a ] [ 1 44]
from

hrta - k rty a , a . havi n g one s duty done + 5, draw on , attract ; draw (a
or en d attained. sour
ce ) .

krta k rty a ti , f . con di tion of havin g ud, pull up, elev ate .

pe f
r or e d one s m
du ty .
p ra , draw forw ard , place in fron t .

krta b u d d h i , - a. havin g a made up krsti , ! l

j p p p eo le , folk 01k ,
. . mg 2
mi nd , of resolute character . orig .

tillages, tilled lands, then se ttle

krta - mi una , 0 . havin g it k ept silen ce, ment ,

silen t . krsn a, black , dark ; w pak sa , the dark

a . .

hrta - sa mk e ta , a . havin g an agree ment half of the lun armon th, from f u ll to new
made, agreed upon as a rendezvous . moon ; as m .
, se . k
p sa,
a the dark lunar
krt a j a li ,
a . having a made ge sture of fortnight .

re veren ce, wi th re veren t gesture .

[
a ali ] k tsna , m the black . an te lope .

krti nn a, 3 prepare d or cook e d food .

krona p a k sa , m the dark lunar fort
- .

[ m ] as ni ght .

k rt av a j il a ,
a. havin g con te mpt ( done , krona - s a rp a , m . a very poison ous b lack
i . e
.
) shown to one, disdain e d .
( a v aj i j Cobra, ColuberN ags .

r
k ti , j : - 1 . the doin g , production ;
the k rsni j i n a, a . sk in of the black an te lope .

- 2 a producti on literary w ork [ V 1 kr] [ aj ina ]

ms
. . . .
,

k tt u , a doin g, a time ; onl

y i n a ce
p l . . 4k rsni y a ( r y )
k sni ate blacken . .
,

- kr
tv as, a nd tha t at the end
of cp ds .

4
( h1 1 1 06 .

V k 1p ( k pate ; ci klp [186 1 ke lp-
7 ; m
krt o a s prep ,
. on accoun t of, for the sak e klpth ; ka lphyati , te ) be m orde r; be -
.

of, for, w gen [1 1 30] or in compositi on

. . . sui table or serviceable to ; he lp ; klpta,

[ loc of k r
ta ,.li t

i n the ma tte r of

( cf . . in order, xed, settled ; ca us
pu t i n .

mg or dain
der; or ; arran ge ; dispose ; x ( i n

k tt t i , f .
pelt, hide .
[ r
Uk t z for mg, cf . the ma nifold applica tions o
f this word as

84 m, m

hi de, an d Gripe, used )colloquially
[ r b ki ar

p o n ot a n e . .

k ttt i k i , j p
! l the Ple i ads
.
[ cf k r
tti . . Goth hilpan, En g help )
. . .

perhaps the conste llati on w as conceived u p a , ca us prepar e ; furnish ; prov ide . .

havin g the shape of a pelt ]

as . s a m, ca us ar range together; deter .

krt y a , grdo to be don e ; a s n that w hi ch

. . min e ; will ; purpose .

ou ght to be done or i s to be done, an d so, k lp t a k scanakha gmac

- ru , a . havi ng hair
duty, purpose, end ; -
j 2i , acti on, deed . an d n ai ls and beard in der,
or i . s. trimmed .

- na kha m
[ Jl kr, 963b en d ] . k
[ ce s q a grn , 1 252 ]
k ft v a s ,
'
a dv. times ; see kr
tu . k lp t i n ta , having its en d pr ibed ;
e scr

k rt s n a, a. whole ; en ti r
e . limi ted .
[ anta .
]
V kr k
p ( ip a te m ou rn ,
lamen t . k t a , m inte ntion ; desire ; will
. .
[ 4ci t ,

kr p i , f pi ty , compas si
. on [ V k e .

look , be i nten t
r
k mi , m w orm . . k e td , m brightness ; pl be ams
. . .
[ i ci t,
v

4k n; ( ktgyati [76l a] ; oaki rga ; kr ita

c ) .

look , appe ar, shine

cf . Goth ha ida s, .
-

gr o w l e an .
[ cf . kv x- dvos,
lon g lan k appearan ce, manner ,

i . e .
)

w ay ,

AS .

p e rson ,

M oo ds, so ox-
j os, colossu s hi d,
w ay , manner , con dition ,

En g . hood,
-

Old La t . cra ce ntes , Lat gr . ac- iles,

lean , hea d
-
( as in ma i denhead , g odhea d
) , Ger .

heit
- cf . u nder maya ) .

kr a
g , lean , haggard a. [ Jk rc, 958 ] . k ev a l a , a. exclusive ; excludin g all e lse ;
V kr s ( k hrsat i ; k r
sati ; c a kArsa ; akrk alon e ; - a m a dv on ly

m
. .
,

sat ; w
as ; k rak syati , te ; s; -
k qa , on . hair ( of the head ) ; man e .

h astum ; kr st v ii ; kisy )
a - 1 ki rs -
. . kosara .
]
ati : tu g, draw , pu ll ; 2 baati : dra w . k e ga -
pak sa , m do . . the tw o sides of

furrow s ; plough . the hair of the head ; the te mples .

dkri d] [ 1 46]
v k ri d i
( d i,
k r a t - te ; ci kr a . id nit r
i de; second or princely caste or a member of
it .
[ fro m ksa = V 1 ksi 2 z cf k sa tra -
p ,
a .

n orof a domi nion, satr

p lay ,
spo rt .
g er
ov ap, an d the

k ri di , j 1 play, sport. [ V krid] borrowed c arpi - ms ) .

k ri t o t p a n n a , a . bought or on han d ( of k sa t ra b a n d h u , - on. one who belongs to

food ) [ . utpanna , V pad ) . the ksatra orsecond caste .

V k ru d h ( krddhyati '
,
- te cuk rodha ; k sa t ri y a , m .
- 1 . ruler, 75 - 2 . one

w ho belongs to the k n tra or pr incely

iya, 67 n [ ksatra , 1214
caste, a Ks ha tr u
a ]

m mm
. .

k ru d h , j : anger. V k ee n (M 615. u ;
k rti d h mi or k rddhmin , a. w rathful . ksa th) . harm hurt ; break .
[ closely

i kr dh f 1 67 d 1 2 31 : par oxy tone ] akin w V 2 ksi, q v ]

[ u : c 1 a n . . . . .

V k ru g ( krogs ti ; cukroga ; skruk sat ; k sa n t a v y a , grdo to be put up w ith or .

k rnsta; krostum ; krngya ) cr y o ut , p a rdo n ed [V ksam, -

. .

call ; howl [ cf s pa n-
M ,

cr
.
y ,

fore x
pa vx n : k.
g a p i , f ni ght [ cf
'
ox sww, cover,

- . .

for1 in place of x, cf . Hr
ya rov,

cruci ble,

can , darkness

for( 9, cf V k sar)
: . .

w .
h
T aw, k sa p i h a , n . a ni ght and day, w x p spov .

k r ra, a . bloody ; raw ; g . harsh .

[ see [ 2 aha , 1 253]
b .

u n derkravya. ] V k sa m ( ksamats -
ti ; caksam ; ksam
m
,

k ro dh , m .
1 . breast, bosom ; 2 . in i tte N i tri te ;
. kr i ll hin
terior .
[ form g 2, cf g arb h a . tum ; ksamyate ) .
1 be
pat
.ient ; e n

k r6 d h a , V k r dh dure ; put up w ith ; ksi n ta, patien t ; 2

an an ger .
[ n ] . .

k r6 9a , m call ; calling distan ce ; Anglo

. don
forgive ; par .

I n dian a Kos [ V krng] k g a.m h , a p a ti en t ; b earin g or en dur i n g .

k ro ca mi t ri v asthita , a sta ti on ed at a nd so, equal to a thin g, ab le

[ h am )
V . . .

the di stance of a Kos [k roga m i tra k e s mi , f pat i en ce ; lo n gs u e ri n g [ ]

d o .
- . . .

1 k ahy a , m dwe lli ng .

V k l i c ( kli gyate, ti ; ciklc a ; klista 2 k ao y a , or destructi on ; decay

-
[ kai ]
V 2 . . .

klstum ; kli gya ) be di str e ssed

- V k sa r ( ksrati, te ; caksara ; Aksar
. .
-

h
k l e ga , on pain ; trouble .
[ il kli
g] [ ]
890 k sari t ) 1 ow ; 2 liq uefy; . . . .

k v a , V k ti a. a dv
.
1 w h e r e ? w hi ther? melt away ; a nd so, perish [ for
. sk ar . .

k da babhvns, w hat has become of l wp ( m clpo ) Mel destroy,

2 cf sl o

. .
,

h a ci d : anyw here ; i n any case, e ver, l aodp n,
- -

perished : for cf . kaapi ,

w na , never
. .
[ 1 k , . ksiti : for cf . 2 k ai ] .

k ga , l f orm of ti 1 kai in ksa tra , k sa ra , a perishable

a s col a tera l -
[ V k sar ]
m
. . .

a nd a s vbl of th e sa me ,
w the m y

abidi n g , V k sa ( ksi ya
.
ti [761 d . s) burn . .

si tuate, in an tar i k sa k si ra , a pun gen t ;-
. . salin e [ V ksi z cf. .

k sa na , m i n stan t ; momen t ; ena , i t,

.
-
{w
f d s, dry
-
: fo r mg,

c f E n g ca

us tic, lit . . .

as a dvs [l l l 2b, 1 1 1 4

b ], instantly [ prob . .

b ur nlng, g un
p g e n t ] .

the ti me form V l k ai , with two mea nings,

of a l a shortened dwell, a nd

g ance,

of ika ana ,-
glan ce

: for mg , cf . Eng . ru le,
a tta chin
g themselves to the ste ms k ai


in the tw inkling of an eye, an d Ge r . a nd h i ya respectively ; thus,
Augen blick, -

glan ce of an eye, i . s. mo 1 . kae- ti, 3d pl ksi y anti : abide or .
- o

w hi le or dwell, es
p i n q ui et an d safe ty, .

k sa n i k a , j : i a momentary [ k sa na ] -
,
. . 7 i nhabi t [ k
.
ai ti ,cf
1 k saya , k
.
stra ,

kpma l , dwelling place ; i ncl m l ovs s,

k sa t a, ppl ok san . .
- - -

k sa t ra, n 1 rule, domi nion , pow er

. .
, dw elling aroun d,

x ri- c
-
n - s,

- 2 la ter, the temporal pow er, im

. u pa , be depen den t on
rest on, .

peri u m ( as di stin guished from the spir

it - 2 ksya- ti : poo-seas , besi tze n ; be
.

ahman , m) master of ; k sma 2, pos

ual powe r, br doti u
sacer the rule, [ cf

.
k h a lu ] [ 1 48]
mparationis for 1 an d 2 is i t i , j : the bein g well kn own ; fame ;
perhaps k h y r

co

khyi tir h gam, become fa mous [ V khyi ] .

k h al u , pol 1 now conti nua tive th

( ).
; a a .

khalu, now ; 2 indeed ( emphas izing the .

p recedi n
g w ord ), 3 . to be sur
e ( con
g a , vbl .
going, inma ny cpds ; si tuate e g ,
. .

cessive
) ,
98 3
. in ma dhyaga as m nomen a ction is the .
,

V k h i , see khan .
goi ng, in durga, suga .
[ gam,
V cf . 333 ]
11 k h i d ( khi dati ; cakhiida ; khi di syato ; g a g a a n , n . sky.

ar j : the Gan ges [ f V m == i ,

'

g i g i ,
. r g
.a g
ytto ; k hi dhy ati ) che w ; bi te ; eat, es p . . w in te ns reduplicati on ,
. . 1 002b ] .

of ani mals ; feed on, devour, 21 m

11
g ja a, . elephant.

khi dita, eate n, 28 etc .

[ if fors sk an d
g j
a a y ii t h a -m herd o f ele phan ts , . .

or I h d, cf . xv lfw, V k mb, bite, sti ng ,

g j
a e n d r a m a g rea t elep han t ,
. .
[ see

n ib", nettle, b ut n ot Eng . nettle .
) in dra ] .

k h i d i t a v y a , grdo edendus t d or 1 Maru ts ) m

[ i J . . r h
g p ,
a . . tro op, ( of 9o
V k h i d ( khi dati ; khinna; khi dya ) de - . crow d, ( of fr
i ends ) 3
host ( of stars )
b l 2 l r of birds )
press ut on y g ock , ( p t oop d ei ties -
. . .
, ,

u d , pu ll ou t . inferiordeities w hi ch reg ularly appea rn ot

k h i lh, - 1 . m piece of
. was te land between singly, b u t in tr00ps, 6 7 esp . those tha t
cu ltiv ate d elds ; a bar
e spot ; 2 . a co mpose the reti nue of C ivs ; th en, as si n
g .
,

g p
a a sin g le one of i a s attendan ts , a Gan s,
k hu , a P ralcritf ormf orkha ln .
3 a n umber . .

k ho -
c a ra , a . moving in the sky. [kha , a
g n a n i f a n u m b e r i n g ca l
, c u la ti o n . ta k , ,

1 250c .
) i ng in to account V
[ g a na y )
a . .

k h e c a ra t v a , 11 . pow er of yin g ( y
b V g a nn y s ( gana ya ti ) number cal culate .
,
.

magic) .
(s n
a s 1 055 .

k h od a , m depression
.
,
sorro w .
[ V khid ] .
g n
a i t a pp l c alcu la t e d ;,
a s n
[ 1 1 76 a ]. .
,

k he d a g
-
vah a vi n g depressi o n
a as , a. calculati on ar i thmeti c V
[ g ny ]
a a a ,
. .

1
n
'

o ne s contro llin g in uence, u n der the do a t a l o n e d e p a r te d ; w

g pp ,g . 1 .
,
.

mi nion of sorrow . snatur

h g ata , g on e to bathe, so 41
V k h y a ( khyi ti ; cakhyau; akhyat 2 . o
f ten at beg . o
f cp ds, see these ; -
3 .

khyi syhti khyath ; khyatnm; khyi ya ; -

gone to pr a ti a nd
: w . acc . w .

acc , .
- 4 ( havin g arrived at, i s ) . . .

si mple in pass a nd ca us
verb only . .
p ass . si tuate d i n : w acc , w loc , in . . . .

be well kno wn be talked of - ca us . c d

p , e
g . . svahasta- gata , si tuated on my
make k now n .
[ orig . mg , perhaps,

shin e, own 6 gone to a condi ti on, see
han d ; -
.

appearor look see V gam4; attai ned to, ( fame ) c on - ~

a bhi , look at ; behold, di tion ed, in durgata, sngata [ V gam, .

+ 5, -
1 . show , tell ; narrate , 2 . 964d] .

designate, na me ; ca us . a ct. te ll mi d .
g a t a -
p ri n a , a. w hose breath is gone,

have told to one s se lf , 105 7 . dead .

p ra t y a, -
( lit . show back, i s . .
) turn g a t a - sa hk a l pa ,
r a . w hose purpose or

aw ay, repu lse, rej ect, re fuse .

[ the will for the momen t is gon e , purpose les s .

Get . zurilclc-weisen has j ust the sa me [ 1 299 ]

men ] g a t a n u g a ti j :, t h e g oin g a fte r him w ho

v y i -
, show to discri minately, i . s . ex has gone ( befo r e ),
the fo llo w i ng in the

l
p ain . old ruts .
[ s angati ]
sa m , tell to gether, i . s . reckon up. g a t i n u g a ti k a , a . addicted to following
+ p a ri - sa m , reckon up co mplete ly in the old ra ts .
[ g ati n u ga t h 1 222a ] .

g a tr
u n ,
a . whose life is gone .
[ asu ] .
 [ ]
1 49 [ g a rb h a

t i : 1 i of i ability + ad hi 1 attai n 2
g a , j -
go
. n g,
w ay a go n g, , .
go to ; ; .
ge t a t,
to go ; - 2 progr
. ess, eventus, issue, learn, stu dy, read c
f V i adhi .

3 '5
20 w ay of escape, r
. efuge, 62 ; anu go after, follow
, .

4 . the way or course esp of the sou l . a n t a r, go w i thin , e nter .

thr
ough dieren t bodies, metempsychosis ; a pi , go un to, j oi n, 91
6 .

an d so, a con di tion of the sou l du rin g thOSt a bhi go un to, l , go .

tran smi grati ons, a man s

lot or fate, a ra m, see s r . .

V
[ gam, 1 1 67 : cf . av a , co me down .

g in g,
o powerto s, 1 .
go to, co me to ; co me
V gad (gada ti ; j ag sda i ; gadi syate ; g ad hi ther, -
2 re turn
. usu

all
y w pun a r,
. etc .
; gata : 1 . ar

+ u i, say . rived, co me 7 ,
9
; w .
}
in : grotan i gata,
g ada , m di sease
. . co me to hear, 28 so 27
1
arrived ( as
g an t a v y a , grdv . eun du m , used i mpers .
guest )
, 28 ; 7 2 . returned, 3 .

havi ng gone to a condi ti on , e

g
. . death,
g a n d h a, m . s mell ; l
p , .
gu bha, per 46
i gan tavyam, grdo , . as impers .

fumes .
pass w an en a, this on e w ill come hi ther;
. .

g an d h a rv a, m .
l . orig .
, perho
-
g ,
s the desid desire to re turn , 1 01
.

deity of the moon , the Gan dharva ; 2 . a bby s co me un to , visi t ; abhyagata,

in Epos, pl Gandharvas, heavenly sin gers . as subst .

guest .

belongin g to I n dra s court ; as si ng one of . a p g
a a, o ach
appr .

these, a Gandharva . sa m -
u p av a, go to together .

g a b h i ra ,
la ter) gambhi ra,
( V . a. deep . sa m - a, assemb le ; mee t,

V gam (g acch a ti, t e 74

[ ,7 -
j a gi n a , u d, go ou t, p rocee d from .

j m
agb ; V agan la ter. agamat ; u p a , go un to, appr oach .

m m t i. i s proceed from

r ni r
11
g a i sy ati, t e ; g ata ; g a n t n ; ga - v n 51 gata,

8 m
9 ? s m y i t
e ; isi am i sa ti , .
departed .

g amaya ti , te ) 1 go ,
m ov e
; g -o to , . .

p ra t i , co me back , return .

go tow ards ; go 28 aw ay,

17
,
co me ; V i , go as un der; vi ga ta, gone,
v an ished .

w .
prati pam , go wron g ; 2 .
go by, pass sa m mi d ,
. co me toge ther, meet ; uni te
of ti me, of come to enj oy ;

days, one s self wi th ; a nd so,

- 3 . co me un to, i s
. . arrive at, w . a cc .
,
3 7
,
ca us . asse mble ,
as tra ns .

84 ; reach, w loc ,
7
. . co me in to, w loc , . .
ga ma a goin g at en d qf cp ds
,
.
[ V g am ] ,
.

4 m h d bh ira
g e t at, .
go to a state or
g a b i rh ,
a ee p c
; f g a . . .

condition : w .
pa ca tv a m , go to di ssolu g a ru t ,
n . wi n g .

tion, i s. die, 32 etc ; so to destruction, g a rut ma n t , a w in ged ; as m bird [ for

m
. . . . .

despon dency, w niji rh gati m , mg of.

pu a ]

m
.
.

( wen t) to his own proper con di ti on, i . s .

V s a ri ( ei r
i s ti ; a
j s i a ; s a
al i ; su i
b ecame a Yaksha once more ,
6 . i tv i roar .

manasa gam ( go wi th the mind , , i . e. ) per g a rj ana , n . roar .

cei ve,
g art a ,
m .
( earth- cut, ) di tch .
[ y oun ger
form of k ar

[ Bd rm ( s Basgw, s 7 Fcpj so), go ; L at
Cf
'

th, q v ]
. . .

ven io, s gvemio, come ; AS cu ma n , En g m i

d j 2
' '

g a r a b h a ,
ass ; , she-a s
s .
-
. .
-
.

come for the kw whi ch is to be ex pected g arb h a , m 1 u terus concipiens, the . .

in Germani c as an sw erin g to the old gv, con cei vin g womb ; abdo gar bhi -d sk i
cf Ger be quem, Old Eng cwem
. .
-
e, con ve dace, in the eleven th year from ( the .
-

w omb, i M il

ni en t, t, pleasant : cf a h and Bdo x s, con ception 2 ( in
.
g oc a . s .
) ; . as

Earth s inmost w omb ) the in terior,

go thou ; gata-s
, on
g e, and Burl s, - ton s

( over i ) passable ati an d inside, 34 43

f k r d d d
f p ,

gone , . s .
g - s o o a ; a t en o c s

i e rs, goin g see also V ga ] havin g n the in teri or, contai ni ng f

- a : . r c .
g a rbh a v a n t ] [ 1 50]

pad magarbha 3 . conceptu m , frui t of g i rh a p a t y a ,

1 . a. pertai ning to the
the w omb ; garbharir da dhi ni a, conceiv householder; as m .
, se . ag ni, the house

embr 2

e, 10
holders r
ing fru it, yo, sci on ; 2 r
t . . as n . the bein g
a n d so 4 . a n ew-
born child . V
[ gra bh, head of the house, the house kee pin g,

conci pere with garbha in mg 1 , cf . 89 17
.
[gr p ti
hh a

w omb, L ad 4

563,
beach: and 811114
y
s and g i r f in voca t i on, p ra ise , 7
.
- 1 .

bh- ya- s of 2 s in a nd l s eech w or d 8

h- beAcps - ui so
sa- gar )
, the g
.
p p , s .
, 7 .

me womb, i brother ; in mg 3, cf H 4

3 voice
[ gr
1
sa . s . . .
,
-
, 2 2
Bplcpos,

embry ,
o

an d En g ca l
f i n moon .
g i rl , m moun tain
.
,

ca l :
f in mg 4 cf Goth lcalbo ,
. .
, En g . 4 gu j g
b u v (
o in[
t 1
ens007 cau se to .

m oclai m

rb h t, in r only, pre g n an t soun d, pr [ f 6
7 3, Bah, cry ;

v a n c
g a a a ., . . 0

. .

[ garbha 3z see Lat bovare, .

g a rb h a -
s th a , a. bein g in the w omb, un g u a
n , m 1 . . a single thread of a cord;
born a str
i ng ; esp bow string ; 2 q uali ty;
.
-
. .

V g a rh ( garhate j agarhb ; garbi ta adsci ti ti ous q uali ty,

as om
distin guished fr

g arhi tum; -
garhy )
a . blame, reproach
hilo o hi3 l t h i l t rm
p s p ca ec n ca . e ,
as

V g al(g ala ti ; g a li th ) 1 dr i p ; 2 fall ; .

-
. . one of the three per vadi n g quali es of all
.

g ali ta , f al le n o u t, g o n e ( c la w s, te e th , natur
e, to wit, sattva, goo dness, raj as,
tamaa,

eyes ) [ h
. e n ce j a la ,

w s ter : c f V Ba A i n .

passi on and

darkn ess, 66 ;

m
.
,

in tran s g. mg , e . . t orap bs s s i 5001 4 . a s s ecia

p liza ti on o f mg 2 a good q ual
,

river ow in g in to the sea ; Ger quellen , . i ty, vi rtue, 1 etc .
; excellence .
[ for

ow , sprin g, Q uelle, la
p y on mg s l and 4 , see nirg nna an d

g av a , equ iv . o f o
g ,

bull, co w , bee ve, in 18
cp ds . [ see l 209a .
] g u ns -
dev a , m Gunsdeva
.
, a pupil of

g av y ii t i, f .
pas ture-
lan d ; generalized, ter Gu nadhya .
[ li t . havin g vi rtue as his

ri tory, abi ding- place .
[ lit
havin g.food god, l 3o2 ] .

for

o 4z the y v a n t, vir

ca ttle , g + r
rti , see g o is g n na a. tu ous, excellent,

e u phoni c, cf .
[ 1 233 ]
V gi (j g
i i ti ; a at
g ) go ; come [ colla t . .
g n gi
u a li n , a. p sessing virtues, excel
os

eral for m of gam, q v : w j igati, cf L ap . . . . len t .

[ see
ci li a ]
coni c plai n ,

str

ides ; w agat, cf . .
g u na m Gunadhya
d ya ,
h .
, see 63
s . li
[ t .

rich in virtue i dhya ] ,

+ a bhi , go un to ; w .
cramam, become g u n a n v i t a , a en d ow ed w i th exce llen ce ; .

( of an as ter i sm ) l u ck y [ anvi ta, V i ] . .

g at d, m .
1 . motion movemen t , , course ; g u n i n , a . virtuous, ex cellen t [ gm ]
.

- s r sup :
2 progress ; equiv
. . to the Eng .
o
faro i n V s u p (inspa ; o
s py eti ; a i .

w e l far or m , c fare,
(f g f ve rb

e ge t on,
-
.

sugatuya ; 3 ti )keep ; guard ; decid seek to keep

g o see l
( p ace of re
.
- . .

om, i s

course, i . s .
) refuge, abi di ng place, -
one s self fr shun , dete st ; ppl . . .

[ 485 .

e m
1 1 61 j ng u pai ta, detected, in spiri ng a versi on ,

g i t ra n 1 ,( m ea n s .o f m ovin g i s ) a .
,
. . 69 [ prob . a secondar
y root, ori gina ting
limb of the body ; 2 by synecdoche the .
,
in the den om . verb-s te m gopaya : see this
body V
[ g.i m ov e

1 1 86 a ] ,

,
. and so-
pa ]
g ami n , a. goin g , goin g upon, going to .
g u rd ,
a .
1 . heavy ; a nd so - 2 g . .
( like

[ V gam, Eng wei ghty ), importan t

. 3 worthy of .

g ar b h a , a. relati n g to the e mbryo or to honor, 28 1

4 as m the one to be . .

r
p g
e n a n cy of sacrices ) [
.
garbha , 1 208f ] . ed tr
honor a r lgoxi w, the teacheror Guru,

g i rb h i k a , re latin g to the w omb, pre

a. 6o n ; loc guran : in the house of the

. .

natal .
[g arbha ,
1 222 s Guru, in case of a Guru, [ cf.
g p
o a ti ] [ 1 52]
6 t i m l rd f k i 2 l d hold ) gr
h t ( l
kecesu, sei zed
'

g p a
-
, 1 o o n s ; o
.r . . on i a ea ,

in genera l ( see go 4) [ ac ct, l 26 7a ] . . by the hair; used of a rabbit takin g, i e . .

V g opa y a .
( gopayati ,
-
te ) . be kee per, leadin g with hi m a lion , 2 take .

keep .
[ o
g p ,
a po ssessi on of , tak e , e
g ,t 3 .

g o -
p i m . 1 . cow-k eepe r 2 . receive, accept, 20 4 . of uids,
k eeper in general ( see go 4, ) prote o take in the l adle , 94 ; 1 -
6 . of n a mes , take
tor, [ p ]
2 i u pon the li ps, men ti on ,
6 .

V s e pi y e ( sepi y ti.
i -
te) be keeper; g .
, as in Eng , grasp, i s percei ve, know ; . . .

7 l
keep, 91 [ o
g p L . et
g , earn ; - oa us cause to lear n . .

ay a , 1 2
g o u . a. bovin e ; as n . . cow [ see un der gar bha : conn ecti on w Eng . .

dun g, 3
dun g i n general ( see g ipe,
r Ger grezfen, exceedi ngly doubtful
. . .
]
i i naduha, dung of a stee r, p a ri 1 hold bo th sides a nd so
go ) w .
, . on ;
[ see ma ya ] . 2 become masterof ;
. master overcome , ,

o u k ta , ok d wi th cattle ; w cakra, surpass.

g -
y a. y e .

w agon drawn by cattle. V

[ yj
u .
] p ra t i , take hold of, accept .

g o- ra k pa k a a . cattle-kee per,
cow -
herd . vi, 1 hold asun der; . separa te ; make
g o sa k
- h i [343a
] a h avin g cattle as co m a division ; 2a nd so
q u arre l ; ght
m
. . .
,

panion s, r ich in cattle ( . s, sa m , hold together, clas p .

g o- sth a, m . cow-stall, byre sth

[ a, . u pa - s a m , clasp wi th the hands .

gi ni k a , f
n i, a -
'

standi ng in relation to 4at d ; t en -

(ari t ; em ma d su
a-

m
. .

the three guna s,

see
guna 3 .
[ u
g na, w e ; was ; erasi tv i ; am o ;

l222e 2 j .
gri s ayati ) 1 sw allow ; de vo u r, 1 01
. .

g i u t a ma,
m patronymic f rom Gota ma ; .
2 . of the demon Ri hu, w ho sw allow s,

Gauta ma name of various men [ gotama,

.
,
ie
. . eclipses su n an d moon , 23 1
.
[ perhaps

1 208f .
] akin w 112 gr
,
.

V g ra t h or gran th ( grathni ti ; gran thi g ra b , se e g rabh .

sy ati ; g ratb i tA ; g r6thya ) 1 strin g g ra h a m seizure ( wi th a claw , bite

m
- .
, . . .

together , c onn e c t ; 2 put toge ther, i e [V 1 . . .

co m pose ( a li terary
-
w ork ) .
[ formgs, cf .
g rah a na , n . the grasping, i . s . acqu s i i tion .

L at mponere mpose [l g h
'

. co -
, pu t toge t er, co

w sermo g ri b h a

also serer e conn ect entwine ,
a sain t g r as
,pin g, gr asp er ,
.
, , . . .

[ l
w gra b h ) .

g ra n t h a , nu l ( a st ri n g of w o rds i e
) g
. ra m s m 1
. i nhabi ted p lac e h am le t , . .
,
. .
, ,

ver se orcouplet, etc ; 2 a com posi vi llage see 98

m; 2 the in habitan ts - .
-
,
-
.
,

ti on book w ork
, 4
[ g ran,th : for m g s c om m un i t
,y ,
.

see un der gr ath, an d for 1 cf Lat ser er e g ri m a k i m a ,

a having desir e fo r th e
,
. .
- .

ies, row , v illage, fond of abi di n g in the vi llage

w . ser .

g ra n th i n , a . subst. havin g books, booki sh, g ri v an , m . stone ; esp . stone for pressing
book reader -
.
[ grant-hat ] the Soma .

V g ra b h , in Rigveda , la ter, grab .

g rah a, a . subst. gras in asper, in cpds
p g, gr .

[ V su b ]
g ri h y a, grdo to be g rasped ; perce i vable . .

[ ]
d o

m
.

mgrab : o
g s ; j asri hmi sr ; g
a h ri v i , j : n ape of the n eck ; n eck .
[ for
.
ga' rvi cf . Aeolic ma, J epFa, Epic
gr
hi ta th m gr
h t i h w thr
'

i t
'

gr i tu v -
g y a . Se ), oat,

g ri gn a,
at. su mmer .

1 seize wi th the han d ; hold ;

.
grasp ;
tak e ; w hi stan . i i
p n , or
n t ak e the han d g h a ,f ormofgha n ,
i s ha n, in c
p ds . . .
[ 1 143c,

( of the bride a t the w e ddin g ), ta k e 333 ]

 ( 1 53] [ cak su s

g h ata, as. a j ar . connected, ca occurs: with the last only ( eg . .

h a slaug h ter l slayer; 2 thr rt 17

g a n ,
at. ; . . ee
pa s,

3 a compacted mass, lump ; 4 cloud

. . . 1 06 ;
f our pa rts, 17 7
, ve
4
[ g ha n. i s ha n : cf ,
so-
s . . .
pa rts, with the last two ( 7 3 7
,

g h a r m a ,
n
a w arm th , hea t [ g r
V 2 h : cf. . . 37 46 7
; 77 so metimes af ter ea ch,
Ge m , for
sr -
m ind s L a t f oru ms very rarely af ter the rst o
f a ser ies

m
.
, ,

if h
s (shew i
-.
-
te ; i nsh ; shunt ; 21 z
) va rious irregula r combina tions
on
p g
a e 67 passi m; see also

11 018 9 2 va riously co mbined w ov a ( e.

g
m
. . . .

4l ab ! Gishnrti ; ch ; shi rmti l be

IWinkle ; be dmp ; drip ( front ) ; shr
tt -
a nd w api ( see exa mples un der

m
. .

api ) a both 1ik e~

- -
ea.
u
, ca . .

+ p ra t y - abhi
, ca us. sprinkle over re wi se
and sa ca , often at beg qf . cla use

y i , v
s pr in k le h
- ere a n d there .
( e
g
. . so - 3 . an yue ca ,

i 2gb r , gl ow , be w arm , in is ghrni, -

glow api ea, ki m ca, tathi ca , j oinin
g two r
p v
o

ing, and gharma, q v

. . erbs of like drif ,
t moreover further li ke , ,

1 clari ed an d then
g r ,
h t a n. . butter, wi se ;
hardened, Anglo I ndia n ghee, much used -
4 . otiose, 6
6 . connectin
g things

for culin ary ( cf an d reli gions ( o

f . . contra sted : bu t, 17 an d

ur
p p oses : c i
f j ya .
,

butter in a y ,
e t -
6 .
( e ven , concess ively, i . e
.
)
melted state - 2 bu tterorfat in genera l,
. though, 26 n
; 7 .
( ike Eng and
l . or an,

also as sy mbol of frui tfu lness and abun a nd I cela ndic en da, moreover, if

ii
dance . 4
[ g
1 br d ri p

1l 76a : formg
, of
, , . see ; cod 8 w . . interrogati ves, rendering
Eng . dripping,
fat whi ch falls in drops the m i nde, see kg ki m .

from meat in

[ L
cf re, d G h h an d

; a t.
que, an ; ot . .
-

g r
h t a - a u
p e , m . sacricial beast made an d Ger ch in ni h an d no-e h, the exact
.
- -

of ghee eq ui valents of L at que, and not, n or

. . ne-

g r
h t a -
ec d t ,
a. ipping with ( ghee, i e
dr . .
) for03 8, of . a re and a i n row s and Doric
time ; Lat quis-que,

fatn ess . a o- n a,
'
at any .

any,

h o ra awful ; e adful ; hor

dr rid
g ,
a. .

g h o ra -
ca k su s , a . havi ng an evil eye . ca k r , n. - 1 w heel;
. chariot-w heel, wagon

g h o ri k rti , a. having an awful form . w heel ; 2 by synecdoche, w ag on, in pi tha.

cah a [ prob re dupli.ca ted form, ca - kra,

.

g h b a
s , m . noise . V h
[ g a]
u fr V ukror s ki,
.

roll,

cf . m ain , roll : w
.

g h u a , a . killing ; destroyin g ; removing . ca- kr, cf. nip- mu s, os - o s, AS hweohl, .

V
[ gh i s hau : see 21 6 hweol, Eng wheel ]
'

an

m
. . . .
,

g h n y a , grdo to be . slain, i n aghnya [ ]

d o 4c a k e ( c ste eacak
s ;
. 06 i n ; .

tl h ri (j ighrati j g
a hri u; g hri t ; - cak sya ) 1 r 2 l k u o n
g appe a ; oo p , . . .

behold ; 3 ( ca use to appe ar, i s ) an . . .

s mell ; snu at . nounce , te ll [ r

e d u plicated form of ilk i c,
.

see 676 an d 1 0

8g end ] .

i , 1 look on ; 2 show, te ll, 63

.
1
. .

ca ,
enc l . con j . and, also, re, que ;

1 a. is v i , appearfar an d wi de, shi ne .

f oun d, esp . in the older literature, w ith both sa m , look upon , consi der .

connected 97 l ha s ad beholding,
p a rts to be ( g e . .
; so k
c h sa ,
s l .
per p j . see

38 7
or only 2 l k
17 wi th look ; [ a]
8
, 1296 end ; . n. eye . ea

the la tter, as is qenest the ca se in the la ter ca k su h -

p i di , j 2 eye-ache .

la nguage ( e g.. c hk su sma n t ,

a. possessing eyes. [ 1 236 ]
-
lb . in ca se o f three or more pa rts to be o ak su s , n . eye. N u ke ,
ca ca la ] [ ]
1 54

ca nc a l a , a. moving to and fro ; trembli ng . orat all, see esp . 1 k 2c, also katham,
[ 11 cal, . eduplication ,
w inte ns r . cf . kadi , a nd kim .
[ cf . L at g . u ms an d -cun

1002b cf . niy- xaA- os, w ag L at . in quisqua m, quicunquc,

any one

; Goth .

quer-
quer-
as , shakin g wi th fever Ji nn in ni hvas hun, not -
any

c a il c u , f . be ak, bill . ca n d rh , a mmering ; as m the . shi ni n g, shi .

c a na k a , m chick pea
.
-
. moon ; the moon god [ forccandrh q v ] -
.
, . .

c an d a, a impetuous ; wrathful c a n d rama s m the moon ; the moon od

g
. . -
.
, .

c a ndi l a m a Chandala or man of the

, .
[ orig a descriptive cpd ste m ca ndra mi a
.
,
-

most despised class of society ( born of ( 383d 6 ) nom candr a mi s and so wi th, . -
,

C dra fatheran d Brahman m othe r) [ cf . . long 5 throughout, but transferr

ed to the

i a- declension ( cf .

1] ca t ( ottant ; cat ; ca us . oathyati ) .

ge t ca n d ra - v a rna , a. of shini ng hue .

06 hide ; ca us . drive away. V ca m , sip, only with 5 .

c a ta s rf m, e . to ca ttir ( i ci mati [746d ] ; i caci ma ; ci nta

. + 5
c a t ur [4 82d] num four [ w catv i ras cf , [ 9 66 a
.
] ; i ci m y a ; i.ci m a y a ti ) s.i p( w ate r) , . .
,

n w a es L at qua ttuor Goth dvor AS i s r i se the mou th

p ,
. n ,
.
,
. . .

o w er E n g f oa
,
m ] . c a n a s a m be a k e r ; c u p m a d e of w ood , .
, .

c a t u r a k sa a foure yed
-
[ see 1 3 00
, b ] . s q u ar e an d w- i t h ha n d le .
[ V ca n o f .
, .
,

c a t u rt h a j 2 i, a four th ; 4 m ad v the
,
- .
,
.

fourth time [ ca tilr 48 7 . c a m p a k a m M

, i c h elia Champaka a tr ee , .
,

ca t u r y u g a - n the four ages [ 1 3 1

, 2 ] w
. i th st r o n g s m e lli n g y ell o w blossom .
-
.

c a t u r v a rg a , m gr
- oup of four c a mp a k a v a n t
. a abo un di n g in Cham .
, .

c at u r v i d h a a of fourkinds ; fourfold
-
, paka trees ; a s f Champakavati name of
.
-
. .
,

i dh 30 2 a for [ 1 233 ]
[ v i 1 c ,
est .

c at a sta y a , a of four; as n a collecti on . c a r ( ctr ati te ; caci t a cords oar . s ,

-
, ,

4 a
'

of fou r a quater ni on
, [ oa th 1 78 : 1 2 6 a ] L c i k c a r i.
st a ; ca r is y a ti ; ea r l s ; ct r .

c a t u s p a th a- m n place where four itum; earitvis ; oarya ; caryate ; cara

, . .
-

w ays meet quadr ivium [ catur 1 78 1 87 :

, y a ti t e ) 1 m o v
. e go ; wander; , , ,
- .
-
.
,

1 31 2] wanderabou t ; used of men beasts water s , , ,

c at u s p a d dr d ll h l b di 2 lik E
- a q u a up e as n s c o e c e a v e n y o es ; ( e ng pr ocee d

tively the fourfooted beasts [ sam

. . . . .
,

L
,
1 78 :
- cf a t pr 6 cdere go on act ; as ppl
.
,
. .
-
, . .

[ 1 0 7 6b ] g
, o o n i e k eep on ( doin g a thing) , . .
,
11
c a t n a p a d a f 2J , a having ( taken ) four
-
,
96 - 3
( li
.k e E n g g o a bo u t i e ) un der . .
, . .

steps. take, set about ; bhi i ksa mc ar. go beg

ca t v a ra , m . n .
q uadri vi u m .
[ eaten ] in
g g , be g ; un derg ( r
o t oubles ), per
ca tv i r, strong f m f
or
o catur q v , . . form ( a vow , duty ) ; observe ( silence ) ;
V ca n be glad in ; gladden [ col co mmit ( offense or inj usti ce ),
m
.

lateral form of ilkan : cf V kan , ki m , . sal ya car, feed on co m , 34 cari ta,

see s v. .
[ cf t sps rsA Aop m r i ma u'r
. v, - -
as

i mmediately followi ng the em

ca n a, ,
a dv .
years go round, an d reps l am
h i d d 1 not even ; w hpnaq r ound, wi th
wen t r

before

p a s ze w or . . n i v, as yea s 7

caus, not even sleep, 79 ; 2 w pr

.
l
e . . a palatal and 1 before a non-palatal ; also

ceding nega tion, even ; uh ( 10t hti i dh - os, Milton s

turnin g sp here

see

vra td m , cat i tmi cant , j i vati , not b eyon d also car ud, and the y oun gercollateral
the decree of the gods, ( not ) even if hun form cal, and un deroa cala : akin is also

e d li ved, does
dr -
one li ve, hence, the V kal ) .

f ee ling f or the nega tion in ca ns in such col anu , move along after, follow .

loca tions becoming f a int, - 3 . even , at all, a pa , go off, be absent .

w i nterroga ti res,
. e mphasizing their i ndenite abhi , go again st, trespass ag ai nst ; esp
sense ; na ki mcana , not any thi n g even be unfai tt ( of a wife ) .
 [ 1 55]
w ise ca us. make to kn ow , in struct . ci n ti -
p a ra, a . having sad thought as

[ ex tensi on of V 3 ci : the V cit shows an one s chief thin g, sun k in sad thoug ht .

in trans . aspect,

be n oti ceable or bright, [ 1 3o2b .
]
in k otu : cf . V ci nt .
] ci n ti i sa g h n a ,
v - a . destroying the poi
ra k now son of sor row
p . .

ci t, cb l k nowin g
. .
[ V ci t, 383m] ci n t i t o p a s th i t a , a . w hi ch approache d
ti l [ V 1 1 ] as soon as thou ght of [ li thoug ht of
ei , f . i
p e . 0 . t .

ci t t a, n . noti ce ; thou ght ; min d .

[ li t . and ( immedi a te ly) at hand,

ci nti ta

n oti ced, V ci t, see l 1 76a .
]
ci tta -
p ra m at h i n ,
a. distu rbin g the ci n t y a , grdo to be thought . of, co mpre
mi nd . hensible [ V cin t ] . .

c i tti , f . un derstan ding ; wi sdom .

[ V ci t ] . ci ra, a. long, of ti me ; -
um ,
.
- i t, as a dverbs
1 2 c, 1 1 1 4 n g, for a lon g time
ci t ra, a . . noti ceable, excellen t ; .
[1 1 1 1 c], lo .

clea r; br ight ; bright colored ; of soun ds, -

ci ra -
mi t t a ,
n . an o ld friend .

clear ,
i e lou d ; 3 v ar
.i e g at
.ed ,
1 08
. ci t k i ra ,
-
m . the sound ci t, i . s. the bray
va ried ; 4 as n a bright colored thin g, . .
-
in g of an as s .
[ ci t, ono mato poeti c ] .

api c ture [ V ci t, . c i ra , n s tri p o f bar k or cloth ; rag . .

c i t ri g ra v a s , a w hose pr
- ai se is lou d or V c u d ( co d a ti , to hoodi t
. codhyati , -

w hose fame i s ex cellen t to ) drive on ; speed ; ex ci te ; ca us the .

-
. .

ci t ra -
s th a , a . being in a picture ;

pa i n ted .
p ra , ca us . drive on ; further; inspire .

ci t ri ii g a , m Dapple-coat, n ame of a dee r V c u r ( corhyati )

. steal . . .

ha vin g a varie gated or mottled body : c u ra, j 2 theft

[ V enn ] .

hi g a ] ou di , j : tuft of hair left on the crown

ci d encl
pcl . . 1 . e mphasises , so metimes of a child s

head after the ce re mony of
very g entl
y, the p recedi n
g w ord even , ton sure .

j ust, a
y g ci d, w hat c ii di - k a rma n , n. cere mony of ton sure,

very on e s, at least, 2 gen -

. 69
era lizes a pron rna , m n meal, pow der [ V earv : for
.
y ci d ti ng ci d, w hat c ii . . .

soever u n to 91 so
f ar m g s Cf pi sto ] all those , . n

V edic ; 3 in cla ssica l Slct , very common V c rna y a ( ci rnayati )

.
pow der,
crush . .

w a n inter
. n, r endering it indef : ha g cid, n e ; crush ; sma sh [ irna,
c i .

a certain ; na ki ci d, n ot an y ; see ka, V c rt ( c r ; ca cdrta ;

tati ttA;
r
c

kad, kadi , karhi , k va .

[ acc . s. n . of fasten together .

p ro n r oot k a
.
, k i w palata li zation
.
p ra , loose n , un ti e .

1 1 1 1a ] . c t a n a ,
a . n oticing ; cotan i , f . consci ous

ei n t ( ci ntaya ti ,
- to ; ci ntay im i sa ne ss ; mind .
[ V ci t ] .

c ta s ,
n . con sciousness min d heart .

) 1 think , re ect, have a certain [ V cit ]

ya . . .

thought ; 2 . set

one s thou ghts upon , e b d , a dv beg of sentence, cla use,
. never at .

think upon or of, consider, turn one s at or ha lf verse if ; apodosis, if it f ollow s,
-
.

ten ti on to ; -
3 . call atten tion make to ; ma rked by tad tatas or not

an observation, [youn ger form of ma rked ( 32 31

, or ma rked by -na.
, if
V ci t : of . 266 an d nega tive n a cod, if n ot, n o cod,

+vi , re ect .
f m or s a shortened but complete cla use, an d if
sa m , thi nk to on e s self

. not, 27 7
.
[ ca + id, 1 1 33
]
z see ca 7 .

ci n ta n a , n . a thi nki ng upon .

[ V ci nt. ] V cos t ( t ecs ati ,
- to ; ci esta ; costita

ci n f
ti , .
I . thou ght ; 2 . esp .
( like csti tum ; costitv it ) . move the limbs ;


p pcp ya
) , anx i ous or and thou ght ; sorro w be stir on e s self ; be active ; act .

3 plans, .
[ V ci n t ] . cos }
t ,f
s . acti vi ty ; performan ce .
[ n t]
V e
 [ 1 57]
o o sti t a , ppl performed ; . as n . s.
[1 1 76 ]
a , Eng w ate rshed, .
-

tho di vide between tw o
deeds [ V cost ]
.

e b d a n a , n an i mpelli n g ; . order; prece pt . + ud, 1 . cut ou t ; 2 destroy ; a ss

p .

[ V en d .
] he cu t 06 , fall, be lacking .

06 11 1 a , n1 . cere mony of tonsure .

[ m
i di ] v i, cu t asunder; sever .

st a rs 111 . thi ef [ curt ] ch i d ra, n hole defect weak spot.

m;
. .
,

V cy u ( cyi vati , -
to cu cyuv ;
'

M o [ V chi d .
]
cyosyato ; cyuta; cyhvi tu m; cyi v ayati ) . ch u c c h n n d a ri , m musk rat
.
-
.

1 . , move
be stir one s self ; 2 go 0 6 ,

. ch od a , m . cut ; cu ttin g off ; failure, dearth
disappear; 3 come to n ought, 68 ; 12
.
[ V chi d .
]
4 fall ( from,
.
6 se t a e in ,
g g .

undertake, mbli ri 74 [ aki n perha ps , , ,

i mpelled om ;

are l -
trc sva and Bopu o o dos
, j h ,
-
'

, , vbl . bor
n; born fr occasioned or

lance r d d b l i cpds [ V j an 333

p o u ce y; on y n .
,

p ra ,
ca us . move or le ad on ward. of j ii, the older for
. m,
j hg a t [460d ] , movable ; as n all that
a . .

moves men and boas ts V

[ ga m z cf 383b
. .

m
,

l eha d ( chann h ; chi dayati ; chi dayi en d .

]
j a g h h n a ,
m . n . the hinder par
ts , the bu t
cover; coverover . tocks .

3, cover over; conceal, 26 j a g h a n h

y , hin dermost ; last ; low est
a.

p a ri , en velope , coverover . or w orst .

[j g
a ha na , 1 2 1 2d

p ra ,
cover clothe on e s
'
self wi th j a ng a n a, a . movable ; as subst . all that
moves , equ iv. to the a ncient
j gat . V
[ g ,
ai n

V 2e h a d or cha nd ( chi n tti ; cacchi n da ; cf . l oo2b .

]
chi n [ m g s 1 j h ii g cha dhyati
h i f l ow e r h a lf o f th e le g fr o m , , .
,

chandhyati [m g c h a n d a y i m i sa ; k n e e t o a n k le ; s h i n [ p r o b fr V l h i ,
. . .

chan di t h ) 1 ap pe a r s e e m.
; 2 s e e m . m ov e

1 1 4 8 4, cf 1 0 0 2 b ] -
.

,
.
,
. .

g o o d to p lease 3 , ( p le as e a p er so n j a t a , j : m a.t te d h a ir ; ta n g l e d lo c k s , .

acc wi th a thi ng instr i s ) oer a per j a th h ra

.
, , n belly ; w omb
.
,
. .
[ a ki n a r e ,
. .

womb AS eild Eng

son acc ,
a thi ng instr .
, [ prob ident w Goth , kilbei . . . .
,

, .
,
.

child ]

eha n d a m pleasure ; will [ V 2 chad ] j a n (j yi a t o j j

a in a j j [
a ii 7 9
m m
. . .

m
, ,

eh a l a m n (perhaps cover i e ) guise

,
. . i t-h i ; i ti 4 0 ;
, j i t ; j.a n i y.a t i . , .

disguise ; pre ten ce deceit

.
[ p e r h a p s fr t e ; , h jj i a n a t ) see
. 7 6 1 b e n d a n d 7 72 .
- .
,
.

V l c h ad ] .
1 t r a nsi ti ve
j a n h y a t i a nd a cti ve or
f m s .
,

ch i g a m goat , [ fo r s sk i
.
g a : c f G e r . b e g e t ; b r i n g fo rt h ; g e n e r a te o r p r o d u ce ; .

manic slcpo for saq a Ger Schaj ; AS 2 intra ns itive i a ta a nd mi ddle orms
j y f
'

. . .
, ,

be born ; be produced ; come i nto being ;

e h sy t f shade ; shadow ; image f
, .
[ c b e b o r n again be j j
a o na t u.s .
, , ,

an d , est or tus est ; j aj i ii ni s, childr en ; f or ,

m

ch i d v i t i y a a havin g one s shadow
-
j i, ta , see s v
.

[ c f y ye o v s b o

L 7 6 . . . - -
,

,
7

as secon d accompani ed by one s shadow became ; Lat gen ui

begat ; AS

, er o, . .
,
.

[ 1 30 2b ] . c e n na n beget brin g forth ; AS cynn

,

,
.
,

V ch i d ( chinatti ; ci cchhda ; hcchi its i t ; race family ; AS cyn ing

Eng kin .
, ,
.
-
,

the man of ( noble ) ki n for

Eng .

-d
chi ya ; chi d y ato) 1 cu t 0 6 ; hew mg cf kn lina w kula 2 : cf also j am
. .
,
. . .

down ; se ver; cut in tw o ; nibble ; 2 an d ani

j ] .
-
.

a xlfss V
'
di vide [ cf . a xtb s p li t ;
. L a t + a b h ,i p s be born un to be destined
a s ,

.
, .
,

cut ; AS scead a n om bir

scindo scidi di vi de un to fr

th

.
, , , , .
 [ ]
1 58

i , ca us . cause to be born forsome one V i tim

; j ai i 'a ; j u n )
id be ex .

w dat . . hansted or tired to death ; ca us exhaust ; .

+ u pa , mid be born, arise q uen c h . . .

p r a mid be born ; ca us pr
,oc rea te j a s ra , a d in
y g . ou t . .
[ Vj aa ] . .

s a m, mid be produced ; sar ii ta ha v j ib vbl b or

.n at , end
qf p
c ds
[ Vj an or
.
, .

ing arisen .
j i : cf j h later form. o f i
j ] ,

j n a , m . cre ature ; man ; pe rson ; in pl . V j i g r sa me as V 3 grsee 1 020

, , .

( e.
g . a nd collecti vely in sing .
( e
g
. .
j i t d ppl born ; grown ; co me into being
, .
,

folks ; a people or race or tribe ; p re sen t ; a t beg of cp ds : arise n ex istin g .

, ,

di ivya j ana , hea venly race , the gods . manifest ; produced aroused ; as n a li v ,
.

[ j
V an cf y i vo s, L a t gen us ,
En g ki n . . . in g bein g ; birth . V
[ j an , 966b .
]
Ja t a -
k a rma n , n . birth cere mony -
.

j ana -
p u d d , m ( tribe place i s ) district ; j i t a
.
-
,
. .
-
rnp a , a. havi ng n ati ve beauty ;
mmun i ty
co . splen di d ; -
h
p , n .
gold .

j an i [343C
] f ,
. w oman ; wife . V
[ j a n : cf .
j a ta - v i cv i sa ,
a . ha vi ng arisen con

w oman mg

yw Eng , .
quee n ,

: for , of deu ce, in spired w i th con den ce.

Ja t A- v
od a s , m . Ji tavedas , epi thet of

j an l t ra , n . origin .
[ j
V a n , 1 1 86d .
] Agni .
[ perha s
p , havi ng kn o wledge of

j a n i t v h ,
n . wifehood .
[j an i .
] a ll be in gs, i e . . of g ods and men ,

or, be tter,

j A n i m a n , n .
production, creati on . V
[ j ,
an

havin g all bein gs or thi n gs as hi s pos

1 1 68 2a . .
]
j an if ,
. sa me a s j a ni .
Jat a -
sa mk a lpa , a. havi n g a ur
p p o se or

j a n us , n . origi n ; in geni um, n atur

e; crea desire arisen , feelin g a passion forano ther .

ti on .
Ja t i n a ran , a. havin g an ger aroused,

j a n -t ti ; m ] . cr
e atu re ; man . V
[ j an . vex ed [ an al.

j an m a n n b i rth ; prod u cti on ; reature

c
,
.
, J a ti v a mi n a , a . hav ing ar mpt
i sen conte ,

[ j
V an ] . lled w i th self-con te mpt .
[ ami na ]
a v

V i a p 64 pm ; j aj i r a ; ti api t ; i apisyi ti ; Ja ti , j : bi rth ; posi ti on or rank [ j

V an .
,

j p
a ith j p
a ta ; a
j p i tu m ; j p
,a it v i j p it )
a tv ,
1 1 67
say inmutter un de r-
ton e ; .
Ja t i m at ra ,
-
n . mere rank .
[ see mi tri 2,
j a m a d a g n i m Ja m ad ag
- n i ,
.
,
a Rishi, an d 1 302c

friend of V i cvami tra an d fee , of V asi sh j i t u , a dv . a t all, e ver; na j u,

i t not at all .

tha [j am a n t
. u ncle ar: see , [ j
V an , 1 1 1 1 d : de ve lopmen t of mg un clean ]

j am b u k a m j a c k a l ,
. .
Ja t o rsy a , a havin g j ealousy aro used .
,

j a r a a g r o
, w i n g o ld . a g i n g [e ] j e a lo u s i r
[ y ] s i ,
. . . u

j a r d d a s t i a - lo n g li v e d [j a r nu t see
, j i n n . n k n ee [ cf -
7 6 W L a t g.e nu E n g , , . . .
,
.
,
.

1 299h en d ] . kn ee w hence kneel ] , .

j a r a d g a v a m - O l d b u l l n am e o f a v ul J i m
, a d a g y
. n a a o f -
J a m a d a g,n i ; a s subst , . .

tur e [j a r a n
. t ] d e s cen dan t of J
.
U am da g n i .
,

j a r a d d i s a 171
-
o l d s l a ve o r se rv an t J,a y i f w if
. e V
[ j a n z f o r m g o f j ani ] .
, . .
,
. .

[j a u n t ] j a r a m p a r a m o u r ,
. .

j a r n u t pp l a i
g g n ; o l d [e z c f
y p o r r a j i l a n n e t

m
. - .
. . .
, , ,

o ld V I i i Udyati te ; j isi ys m -

m
. .

j a r a s j : th e g r,o w i n g o l d ; old a g e [e 4 1a e st a ; j y y
a i s t i t e j r
u isti
- 4 0 ; .
. .
-
.

cf pa s . old ,

j i td ; j e ta n ; J i tv i ; j y )
i t a ov e rp o w e r ; -
.

j a r i t f m i n v o
'
k e
,
r ; si n g e r . c o n q u e r ; w i n ( b a tt les ) ; w i n b y . c o n q u e s t .

j l h n w ate r [ V L ] [ f l f r d f r L
a , s .ee g a . c B a o c e B i e t o o c e ; a t r i r .
, , , .
,

j a l a d h a r -
a m r a in c lo u d [ li t w ate r ,
. vis
g .f o rc e

: c f i -
i ] . .

,

. .

u d, con q u er; be vi ctorious .

j a li c y
a a , m . w ater-abode ; lak e .
[ i ga y] a .
p a ri , pa ss. be conqu ered .
j ati ] [ 1 60]
iti es) oa u . make any one kn ow or un j h a l la , m . a cu dgel-ghtin g athlete
( do .

ders tan d ; make a represen ta tion to, with scen ded from outcas t Kshatriyas ) .

a reque st or questi on or proposal ; memo

rialize ; in terrogate
th m
.

a P rakn tf m f o" athi to.

j i i ti , m kin sman ; relative
. .
[ aw of .

xaa l- y n ros, brother

r
j hi na, n . kn ow ledge ; wisdom ; esp . kn ow l
q dh i uk ( mu m; dudhi uk ; M
edge oi the higher truths of r
eli gi on and
i ; ppro h ;
a ac ca us . brin g
p hil oso h
p y [ Vj .

near .

j i n i n , a wise ; possessing j i i na ; under bring to ; pr

u pa , ovi de
.

stan din g ( w ha t one rea ds), [j i na J

ii s y a , grdv to be known ed as
or con sider
j .

th p ron he, she , it, the

y ; that, those ; .

i i i u both w hat a nd a dj , 1 cor rel

(j i t j jy ji
'

VI j y i or n ;31 i or . .
. .

aj yi si t ; j yi sy -i ; j ita) Ed a over . , f
o ya, which usua lly precedes

i
2 2 5
32 W
r [ f jy w r d V l i
j, but as.

p o w e c . 1 , po e , a n .
, ,

ya, oti ose,

i su periorpower; Bla ; force [ i 2 in conaecti oa ao a h l d

1 jy f , . . i . .
pr oa qf t e st.ar2
cf .
Btu, pers e g.. th in i vi imahe , thee, w ho
2 jy fi b ow,
s trin g .
[ cf B i ds -
. .
,
art such a one ( as afore said ), w e beseech,
i
jy y i s a str o nger or super
, i or; older
. . ie . . therefore w e beseech thee , c
f :

( com p o f jyi b
.e in g s tron g or superi or

,

,
tbhyo n as bri hi , to us, who ar
e

the vbl of i i 470

,
these ( un su ccessful ones j ust described )
V (j yot ti light [ fr tell thou, i do thou te ll us then,
j y t
u a ; . . . s.

ldyu t ]
w .
si milarly , w . a verb in the l et or 2d para ,

l th best ; prin cipal ; whose sub ect j is d 69 7

73
j y g th a , a terj yes a, a . not ex
p resse , ,

76 " 83 1 3
rst ; oldest [ sup e rl of jy i , the v bl o f
. .
, . at . other

i i , se e j y yi fm]
i pron ouns : tasya sta sya , of thi s,

j e
y s th a p ra th a ma , -
a. havin g the old yat tad tad, w hat ( w as ) tha t that,
est as the rst . 57 ; ya 7
ta, whoever, anybody, ya
j ti s k tt , light making [j yoti s ta ta, whoever that, q] :
'

y o -
a. -
.
ya
4 a ttenuated i n
. my ( like the Greek 6) to a

j y ot i s ma n t , a. full of li ght ; li ght . si mple article : to dev i s, the g ods ,

[j yoti s z 1 84b .
] eu bhi mas, Bhi ma, 1 [ w . a , li , tad,
j y ot i s , a . light ( of sun , dawn , as
pl . cf 6, .7 6, Goth so , . so, bata , AS . se, se6,

the heaven ly bodies ; star

s .
[ j Vl y t
u h
] Sa t,

he, she, i t,

En g tha t ; . cf . also Lat .

j y ot s n i ,
moon light [j yoti s zcf . . is tud, -

j ri y a s n st re t
c h ; ex p nse
a [e i ] VI t a k s ( tk sati ; tattksa, ta taks ; aka
m
. .
,

V j ri (j rayati ) perhaps go .
, , stride used i t ; ta ; hew ; w ork ( wood ) ;
onl
y w u p ,
a. stretch out to . mak e of wood orothermaterial) fashion .

V j v al (j valati, -
to j j al
a v
a aj vi li t [ cf k s an and
. f lier o r ca r
p enter

; - -
,

j v a li sya ti ; j v a li ta ; j v a1ya ; j i ltyati

v -
,
( pro du ced
ex- cv, L at tigm m, .

log

j v alayati te ) burn bright ; ame ; ca us

,
-
. cf ti tvaka an d tok a
. .
]
ki ndle make to ame t aj j [ u d ]
'

, .
-
ivana, n . hi s subsis te nce . .

daylim

p ra ,
ca us . kin dle . l t a d ( ti dayati ;
w ti i sa ; ti diti
4343s ) beat '
. .

+ p a ri , stri ke ; pelt .

j h a t i ti-
,
a dv w i th . a h
j t,
a as qui ck as one ba t h , m father
. .
[ cf . f ern s, L at . tata ,
could sa y

b oo .

h
U t,
a ono matopoe tic
papa

: En g . da d, though milar of si

see 1 1 02a
mid ] . make, has of course no di rect conn ection ) .
tadv at] [ 1 62]
ta d - va t, a dv . in this way, so ; lik ewise . t h n tu , in . ead,
thr metaphorically , of

[ ta d the threa d, is . . course, of a sacrice .

ta d -
v id, a . knowin g that ; as m . connois [ v1 ta n ] .

se ur or udge j . t an t ra , n . thread ; warp of a web ; i

j g .

ta d - v rk sa , m . that tree . fundamenta l doctrine ; di vision of a work .

ta d - v rd d h i , f . the in terest of the m .

[ 41 tan ) .

l ta n tanut ; ta ti na, tone

( tan bti , relax, grow wear y 4t a n d ( tandats ) . .

[794 e ] ; ati ni t ; ta ns ya ts ; ta td ; tantum ; , ( l a n d,

1 1 880] t a n d ra j : fati gue .

tatv i ; tatya ; ta a t 1 t d r i t d l t d
y a - a n a , a w e ari e , on
y w a [ a n . . .

stre tch, tra ns a nd intr a ns ex tend, reach ;

. ri , 1 1 76b ] . .

spread o ver; 2 . continu e, en dur

e, t a n n i mi t t a m , -
ena, see ni mi tta .
[ tad ]
3 . s tre tch ( a w eft or a lin e ) ; contin ue t a n y a t a, m . thun der .
[ V 2 ta n ] .

( the li ne of a fami ly ) ; 4 metaphorica lly

. , 4t a p ( pati . tatap , pg
a

of sacrice an d supplica tion ( w hi ch are

compare d w i th a weft), perfo rm, make . tv i ; t pya ; tapyate, tapya te

-

ci rdvv m stretch

; Lat len re, hold,

1 be warm ; burn , intra ns ; 2 heat
[ . u, . .
; . .

ten ders,

stretch

; AS le
v n ia n, Ge r d
.ehnen ,
. make g low i ng ; b urn ,
tra ns .
3 .
g ( like.

V gu c), distress, pai n ; 4 pa ss

see also tan u ]
'

stretch : . . . en h et ;

a, e ad
spr o ver; o versprea d ( esp . w ith suffer volunta r i ly, cas tigate on e s self, do
light), beshine stretch ( a bow ) .
pe n an ce .
[ cf . La t tepre AS bea n, .
, .

be
+ p a ri , stre tch aroun d ; surround ; en

velope . u p a ,
heat ; become sick ; sick e n, used

v i, stretch ou t ; ead
spr ou t, cover; i mpers , w . . a ce .
f
o the
person , 1 01

vi tata , stre tched, hung , dependen t, sa m hea t ; pa in

, .

sa m hold together, intra ns bin d to . ta pa h p ra b h a v a m . em cacy of de vo

ge ther; make con tinuous htata,

; sar (j ust

like La t . con- tinens ) uni nterrupted . t ap a s , n .

1 . heat, re ; 2 . volun ta ry
2 ta n ( tAnyati ) . resound .
[ cf . rdvos, s uering ( see tap 3, self-ca stigation ,

tone ; L at tona re, . thu nder ;

AS . nou n se lf-torture mortication , asceti

w hence denom ver ci sm de voti on

bunor, thun der, b .
,
.
[ i
t ta n]
ba nria n En g thun d er; A S
, bun res da
g t a p a s.v a n t , a .
,
. full of devoti on ; pious .

En g Thurs day.

day sacred to the Old -
[ 1 233 a ] ,
.

German ic g od of the thunde r-

storm, bon ar t a p a s v i n , a. the so me .
[ 1 232 ]
or Thor

se e ta nyata, ta p o -
j a, a . asce ticis m born -
, w hose ele

tanu , tan ii , tan vi , thin, men t i s asceticism [ p a]

t
'

t a n d , f: o
a. . a a

ten u is, slen de r; tanu or ban d [decl . V t a m ( ti myati ts ,

-
tati n a ; am
be come darkened,

as subst .
j : body, pers on ; one s at ; ti nts. of

ow n person , self,
used like i tma n [51 4] a s the eye ; be come pow erless, deaden ed,
re ex ive pron .
, 73 78 ou tw ard form stupeed, n umb, or in acti ve [ orig mg, . .

manifestati on dark, see tamas : cf tami sri ,

[ r stretched r b be

or

, p op .
p o .
,
.

out thin

, tan : , cf . n ew ,

exten ded,

darkn ess,

L at tenebra e, . ste msra e , dark
Old Hi gh Ger dinsta r, dark ; Old

long , in epds L at ten nis, Eng thin, Ger

. . . ness, .

Hi gh Ger dEma r, dusk , Ger ddmmern,

diinn,

. .

become twili ght, b ut n ot En g di m ]

ta n u - t ri na , n body co ver, .
- .

ta n u -
ma d h y a , a ha ving a slen der mi d . t h ma s , n 1 darkness ; 2 spiritual . . .

dle, i . s . slen der-

w aisted . darkness, infatuation 3 darkn ess a s .

t a n t y aj a- . ab andoning the body, risk on e o f the three pe rvading q uali ti es of all

in g life , brave . e x is te nce , see gu nn 3 .
[ 4tan ]
ta n ti , j : cord ; esp . a long line to w hich t a mo - n i sth a , a . resting or founded on

calves are tethered by means of short dark n ess .

ropes ; ta nti , the sa me .

[ V l tam]
ti ryaii c] [ 1 64]
t i ry ii o [409d ] ,
1 . a . directed across ; tolita; - t61ya ) .
- I . raise up ; -
2 . esp.

horizon ta l ; 2 . as s ubst. m n beast ( going

. . rai se up a thin g so as to nd its w eight ;
hor
i zonta lly, as opposed to man , w ho walks w eig h -
3 . counterpoise -
4 . eq ual .

uprig ht rd hv a ) ; 3 .
[ orig . mg ,

bear, i . e . hold up

: in the cog

as a dv across. .
[ ti ra s orti t , w aii c,
. 409d n ate s, the mg
bear, i . s . en dure appears

tir, lik e tiras, is aki n ltr

w u a]
. cf . La t . tul i, -

endu e d i Go th .
i nd -a n ,

t i l a, m .
1 . the sesa me plan t, Se samum En g . thole,
en dure

; Ger Ge d ul d, .
- -

en

in dicum ;

- 2 its
. see d, whi ch is eaten , duran ce ; also L e an v, bo re, AurAd s, -

- -

furnishes good oi l
an d . mu ch endurin g ; L at ldtus, atl tus ,

.
-

ti e r, fe
m to tri, see 4820 . .

t i ra , n . shor
pelac e of t u l i , f balan ce ; w eight ; equa lity [ v
or bank i ta l .
[ p
pro .

. .

cr ossi ng or goin g in to the w ater, i th ]
w cf Anglo In di an tola , abo ut 1 80 gr ain s .
-

ti t u ( tavi ti tti v a have

troy : cf rdAa vrov, balance , w ei ght ]
-
.

r be s tr [ orig swell, r w t u l ya , keepin g the balan ce wi th ;

pow e ; ong g o : a eq ua l

m1 21 2d 4
. . .

lump,

cf 6 sw elli n g, Corcyraean to ; lik e
. 7 .
[ tu e nd .
]
rii-p o -
s, mou nd
; AS pom .
, the bi g tu ly i k rti , a. havin g lik e appearance ;
En g . thumb further, tum t a, -
alik e .
[ ah ti ] -

fat, strong

; L at . tum-ulus, mo und ,

tu v i , a . in cpds . mighty ; much ; many .

tum-ar, Bt 5
u, 1 1 5 ]
t a, pcl . never a t beg qf. sen tence .
- 1 . w . t u v i b ad h a,
-
a . distressing many ( ene ~

i mpera ti ve, pray ; soo th, - 3 mies ) orbesettin g ( them) 2 in . . sore.

but, 8 26 , 34 }etc ; on the otherhand, t d v i sm a n t , a mi ghty

3 10
. . .
[ tu vi a ]
tu to, on the one hand on the t u v i s , n in dori us might [ V tn
.
,
1 1 53 ] . .

other,
so tu,
tu , na tv V t u t ( td m
ti . 40 : tutti ; tut ti ; tbs
ov a tu, but by no means , ki tum ; tusya ; tosAyati ) become qui et ;
-
.

be sa tised or pleased ; ca us satisfy ; .

n everthele ss, 4 . us ed loosely : as gra tify .

equiv . to ca, 58 ; q en as 1
a mere caplet sa m , ca us . sa tis fy .

e
g
. . t u sti , j : sa tis faction .
[ Utua]
t u , pron root of 2nd pers see tvad . . t ush i n , a dv . si le ntly, in si lence . [p rob .

t d c , j : progeny [ cf tok a ] . . . fr . an obso lete a tsna, si len t, Vi tus,

tl tu d ( tu dhti ; tu tbd a ; tu nnA ) s trik e ; . 1 1 1 1d .

]
push [ cf r es et s
.
,

The H am m e r, M ar t
.e l

; t r ( tarati , ts ; ti rati , te ; tati ra , torus - -

L at tundo, tu tud i,
.
- -

strike, struck

; Goth .
[794 e ; ati r
] i t ; tari syati , te ; ti a ; tar -
m
sta uta n, Ge r . stossen , tum ; ti rtvi ; -tirya ; tarayati ) 1 cross . .

over ( a w ater h k 2 r
, i pick astr
t ike at, .
, t e s y) ; ge t ac o ss or .

VI t u r ( turati . te ) pr ess onw ar d sw iftly -

. to the e nd ; get thr
ou g h, e scape ; survi ve.

m 4 lermmus ,

r(
'
d l [ cf boundary
[ idi f r f V t 2 2 ) li d L at
sub s ary o o an a e . repp avv, .

w V tv ar ]
. . see titre. and tires : fortreatment of ro ot
l t u rd , a .
1 . sw ift, esp . of horses ; um, - v ow el, see 242 ]
as a d v . sw if tly , in turaxhga ; 2 qui ck,. av a, descen d, esp . from heaven to

ready, wi lli ng, 78 [ l tun ] earth ; come down esp of divi ne bein gs ,
.

2 t u rd , a strong, . mighty , [ i
w tu ,
w ho beco me i ncarn ate as men ; alight ; be

tak e one s se lf to ; ca us . tak e down or o .

t u ra mg a, m . horse . swi ftly goin g,

u d, co me up ou t of the water .

turam ga , see 1 tura for mg , cf . ab b y- u d co me out of the waterun to,

kha ga .
] cross the w ate r un to, 89
t u ri y a , a . fourth .
[ for .k tur i a : -
catur, p ra , ta k e to the w ater; start on .

487 vi , cr
o ss through ; traverse .

1 t u l ( toMyati tola yi m aaa tola yisyati ; t t, m . star,

see st t .
 [ ]
1 65 [ tri k i la

t rc i m n strophe of three stanzas

,
. . .
[ tri t y a k t a j i v i t a - yodhi n , a. bravely ght
r,
o 243 1 31 5c ] ,
. in g .
[ 1279 ]
t i na m grass . . V ty aj ( y j ati ,
t a -
ts ; tatyi j a, tatyaj ;
herbs ; Eng thorn ; Ger Dom,

. .

trti y a , a. third .
[ fr tri, throu g tri ta ,
.h
243, 487 cf . rpl ros, - L at . ter-tius, Eng . ayati ) wi thdraw from; lea ve in the
.
I .

thir-d , Ger dri tte, .

- lurch ; abandon ( dove, goat, tree ) ; 2 re .

V noun ce ( passions, use of a lan guage

)
1111 111 5 ; -
ttd ya ) . spli t ; bore ; open . relinquish ( exerti on ); lay asi de (a certain
anu bore after( waters ), release, make form, an earthly body ) ; se t aside, i s risk
mu
. .

ow . if
( e)
l .
[ cf. a o nt,

shrink back from in
V l tr t
p ( tpyati , tat rpa ; i ti p -
aw e,

at ; trapsyati ; iapta; ttpya ; tar pay ati ) ri leave to fate ( j ackal
+ p );
'
- a , on e s a

become

be sa ti sed ; con ten t ; - ca us . sat ab an don ; leave ( on e s party ) ; r
e li nquis h

i sfy, please ; n ourish .

[ cf . ri ps u , -
satisfy, or gi ve up l
( p y,
a food, aairs ) p i
a r

p lease, rptpa , tyakta, ( abandoned by, i s.
.
) separate d

i , become con te n t or g lad . from, 66

V 2 t rp , steal, g i d
not a ctually
n vbl t
y j v bl aba ndon in g ,
w tan ii occurrin . . V
[ tyaj ] .

f m or s, but ren dered proba ble by the deriv t y i j y a , grdv to be abandoned . . .

[ V tyaj ,

tru
p , thi ef, the cpds asu a nd pagu tr p 96 3c ] - .

by the Avesta n V tr
13
a nd f, steal t ra y a, a triple, threefold, 57 ; a s n tria d,
m
. . .

V t n ( ttsyati ; b u ; i ti sat ; tr
-
a .
tri ple t,
rptds
[ tri,
489
J m '
. .

tarsayati ) be thirsty [ cf ripe cum, V t ra s ( traes ti ; tatri sa, ta trasds, treads

. . .
-

become dry ; L at torret, s tars a , grow s 4

trasisyati trasta)
'

.
-

[79 e atri si t .

tremb le ; fear emble,

dry, scorches ; En g n oun thi ra-t
Ger . . .
[ cf . rpew, rpi a - q e, tr
dorret, grow s dry
-
also L at terra , sters a ,
.
-
trembled L at terreo, . affri ght a- trastas

the dry an d rpeo ros,

'
-

tr [ r t ra s ad a s y u , m h
'
as h ] : thirst . V t a] .
-
asadasyu, a ge nerou s
t tsni , j 2 thirst [ r
V t s,
1 1 77 a] . .
pri n ce ,
the favori te o f th e gods,
a n d de

t j a s, n 1 shar n ess, ed e ; - 2 ti of
.
p g.
p . scended fr om P ur uk uts a .
[ perhaps for
ame or ray ; g leamin g splen dor ,
re ; traaad-dasya , arig htin g the evi l being s,

3 splen dor, i
( . . e .
) beauty of person 8 ff ,
1
.
, see 1 309 "
V tram]
4 ( like E ng re
. .
,
i s ) en ergy vigor, pow er; V t ri
. .
, ( tri ti tri te , tri yate [76 1 c];
5 moral ormagic pow er 1 1
.
, in uen ce , tatr ; atri s ta ; tri syats ; tri ta ; tra
di gni ty maj esty , , V
[ jti : oh tum ; tri tv i ) p rot ec t ; rescu e ; re sc u e .

ser ve that bs p h has mgs 1 and from, w a bl [ colla te ra l fo r

.m of V tr .

t en a a dv i n that w ay 47 ; so ;
,
1 1 .
, therefore, (

ge t through or a cross w . a caus . mg ,

18 7
, etc .
; ya tas or
y a d or y ena tsn a,
bring through oracr
o ss

forthe reason that therefore, t ri t i '

, m .
pr o tecto r, savi our .
[ V tri ] .

[p ron ro ot t a , l 1 1 2s. : of lik e deriva t ri sa , m . te rror [ V tras ] . .

ti on an d mg is rei ]
n t ri sa da sy a v a m descen dan t of Trasa
,
.

ti i ld , n . sesa me oil .
[ i] ;
t 1 208f end
l .
] dasyu, 87 [ trasM asym
t o k a, n . creation, r
p geny
o .
[ cf . V tak s an d t ri [482C] , nu m three . .
[ cf. rpei s, f
pla, L at .

V tv aks, the ] tres, tria , En g three, Ger drei,

'

an d . .

t o ra na , n . arched portal ; arch .
passa e
g , t ri nqat f . thi rty .
[ cf. tri .
]
V tur, subsidi ary form of V tr
,

cross, t ri k a d ru k a , 111 .
pl .
perh p
a s designa tion
t y a [499a ], pron that ; that well kn own ( like .
-
f
o certa in Soma - vessels, three i n n umber .

La t ills )
. .
[ cf . tri an d kadr ] .

ty a k ta -
j i v i ta , a . havi ng life set asi de t ri k al a ,
-
n . the three ti mes, presen t, past,

riski ng one s

life, brave . and fu ture .
( ki ln, mm :
 '

tri k laj ii a]

t ri k al a -
j ii a , a . kn owi ng presen t; past, tv a d so-ealled ste m [494] of 2d pen
an d fu ture ; o mni scien t .
pron tho u ; . see tvat .
[ w the re al
. root tn,

t ri d a ga [declined like k
-
, m 111 .
p l . cf . Doric 7 6, Lat ti .
, AS 517, Eng . . thou,

ee times te n , the thi r me Ger da , thom ]

the thr ty, 11. na in .

roun d nu mbe rs for the 33 deiti es 1 2 Adi t V t v a r (t rate ; tatv arb tiit ua [c 957b ],
as 8V asus, 1 1 Rudras, 2 Acvin s ), i e the tvarita ; tvarayati ) hasten tv arita ,
y , . . .

gods .
[tri daga , 4770 : cf . trinqat ] havin g hastened, in haste .
[ see VV tur, ti n
]
t ri d a g o qv a ra , m pl lords of the gods, t v a ri , f haste [ V tv ar ] . . . . .

i e the four chi ef go s, I n

. . d d ra,
Agn i ,
V a t v as tr ,
m - 1 w rig ht, w ork man ,
. .

run a, an d Yama
'

[q
i v aran
] 2 h vashtar, th e ar ti.cer of the gods .

t ri d i v d , n the triple or thi rd i s highest

- . former of fruit of the w omb , gi ver . .

di 3 5 1 31 2 of growth and long life father of

he av en .
[ v , 1 1 0 :

t ri d h i t a ,
- havi ng three parts , tri par a .
-
Sarany [ V tv a ks,

tite , three fold [ acc t,

1 3000] t v . i v a n t, a . lik e thee . t
[ a,
v

t ri p a d a , havin g ( k ) hr tv i stra, m descen da n t of Tw ashtar

'

j : -
i, a ta en t e e

m
- . . .

steps .
[ tu -
J
t ri ri t ra,
- n . space of three nights, tri
n octiu m .
[ ri trh 1 31 5b, 1 31 2 cf . the d a, gi vi vbl
n g, i n cpds. .
[ V 1 d i , 333,
Eng . usage in sen n ight, -
f ort- ni
h
g ]t . V d a ng or dag ( dagati dudanga ;
i dy i sci ence s, i e V edas
t ri - v
,_
the three . . .

[ 1 31 2 bite .
[ cf . 84am ,

bi te Goth . tah
j an,

i dha , of thre e sorts, three fold en d,

r

tri -
v a . .

[ v i dhi ,
1 3020 5 : acct, 1 300c .
] d a nga , m gad y [ V debug ] .
-
.

t ri -
v i
'
t, a . threefold, tri partite -
. turn d anstra , 111 large tooth ; tusk ; . fang .

i n g thrice, wi th three [ V da q, 1 1 85b .

]
t ri -
v ed a , in cpds a nd derivs . the three d a nstri n , a . having tusks or large tee th .

V e das .

t ri sa v a na , a pertain in g to the three V d a k s ( dAksati, - te ; dada ks ; dakaia

- .

Some pressin gs ; - am, a dv at mornin g,

-

ya te ) a ct su i t ; m i d be s hle or d e xt e rous
. . . . .

n oon , an d e ven in g [ sav ana ] or str ong [ cf d ak a a a n d da k si na.

] t . .

t ri s , a dv thrice . .
[ se e tri : cf . rpls,
'
L at ter, d ak aa , a able, dex te r
. o us, str ong ; as m . .

s te rs ,
thrice

: En g thrice is . a gen form ,
a.bili ty , facu lty, s tren gt h , pow e r; esp p
s ir .

cogn ate i n root only .

] itun l power, w ill ; dak aa a nd kratu, w ill
stu dy of a nd of
t ri i v i d y a , n . the three V edas . un de rstan di n g ( as faculties the

[ tri vi dyi ] manas , V

[ daks: cf . beads,
clever,

t rai v s d i k a , a. relati n g to the three right, and dakai na J
V edas .
[ tri v eda ,
1 222e 2 ] . d t k si na , a 1 clever, able ; a nd so . .

t ry - a d h i sth an a , a. ha vin g three mani 2

( as app to aw k w ar
. d, g auc he , r
) g ,
i ht .

u
festa ti on s . of the hand, ha sta, e g 1 02 ; so pi ni, . .

t v a, p ron stem of 2d pers , see tv ad . . . foot, pi da, si de, pi r v

q ,a

V t v a k s, work, principally in deri vs .

, a nd 3 sou thern ( becau se in prayerthe face
.

i dent w ta ks . . . i s turn ed eastward: f

o . u ttara 3),
tv j
ac , : skin . sc . a gn i , sou thern re , 1 02
N .
; -
4 . as
f ,

t v aj j i -
paramour [tv ad,
ra , m thy . . dak si ni sc . o
g , the able , i . e. frui tful cow ,

t v at , a bl of tv a, a n d used in pla ce of tva

. milch cow ; mi lch cow as the cus to mary
in cp ds by H indus w ri tten tvad , q v . . rew ard for con du ctin g a sacrice ; then ,
-
5 in genera l, any re w ard
. or presen t for
tv a t k -
rt e ,
for the sak e of thee .
[ l 3l 4f , the sacri cing priest, see so 951

1 1 30: tv at repre sen ts the ste m tv a, an d see also ad v . daksini .

[ V duk e : cf .

in gen relation ] . . beads, L at derter, .

clever,
right ; Go th .
da ya] [ 1 68]
d a yi j ,
m : sympathy ;
p assi on [ V th yJ co . -
.

d a y i ld a compassion ate [ dayi 1 227

,
. .
,
wi th re ; burn ; 2 pass : be burned ; . .

d a y av a n t a compassiona te
'

d d
[ y ]
a i ,
. . be pa in e or tortured ; 3 dagdha , see .

V day s dha h : cf Goth da s, A S de

d a y i ta , see . s v..
[ f or g g g, . . .

d a ra , m . cleft, hole .
[ dr]
V 1 . Eng day, Old Hi gh Ger ta lc,
. .

d a ri d ra a . w anderin g abo ut ; mendicant 5 , in i dahan a .

poor; as as .
poor man .
[ fr i n ten s . . of vi , inj ure by burni n g,
V l dra,

run abou t,

1 14
7b : for mg, cf . sa m consume ,
.

En g . tramp, in i ts Amer
i can sense of l di ( dadi ti dadati [668] , dadi ti, dad
v agran t adi t, adi ta di syati , te ; da tta -

d a rp a , m . w i ldn ess w antonn ess ; impu -

tts [ 1 087e ] ; datu m d a ttv a;
den ce ; pride [ V dr
p] . .
-
d itya di yats [77oh ] di tsati [1 030]
d a rb h a, m grass tuft ; gr
ass .
-
used at sacri di payati ) g e ; bestow ; gran t ; i mpart ;
i v .

cial mon ies esp Knee g rass Poa

cere ,
.
-
,
w ace o f t
.hi n
g a n d do t or g en
.
,
later als o . .

cyn osur oi des [ r ]

V d bh . . loc , o
fp er son , . 23 v a ra d i m
d a rea m sig ht ; the moon w hen j ust be
.
gran t a wish ; gapa di , ( give, i s ) pro m . .

mdi
,

comi n g vi sible ; the n e w moon ; the day n oun ce a curse ; sfmbhi gya i
( g e,
v

or festi val of n ew moo n [ tir

V w ish conj ugal felici ty ; di i
e] . i . s .
) , (g ve , i e ) . .

d a rga k a a 1 seein g 2 , (f r ca us ) .
- . . . sell, w .i nstr o fp r ice,
. nttara mdi
sho w i n g maki n g cle ar [ r
d
, g] . . make an sw er;
gri d dh a mdi pe rfor m a

d a rca t a a to be seen ; visible

, M
( r s . .
. gri ddha ,
1 04 pun ar di gi ve b ac k ;
des1 d desire ready to
1 1 76e . . or be gi ve [ ci . .

d arga n a , a . seei ng ; as n . the be holdi n g, 818 m , L a t def re, .

-

the becomi n g vi sible,

sig ht ; ap anu ge ben , yield, a nd
, ( like Ger . nach v

p e a ran ce , [ r
V d g] . so
) gra n t,
a dmi t ; ppl an a tta
[1 087e ], ad .

d a rga p rna - -
mi s a, dual m . n ew an d mitted .

full moon ; the days an d the festivals of i , tak e ( f g ),

i ve
opp . o2 8 grasp,
n e w an d full moon . i di ya , havin g tak en , equi v to wi th . .

d ag; nu m . ten .
[ cf . Gi na, L at decem, . u pa v
i , receive, appropriate .

Go th ta ihun, En g ten, Ge r
. . . zehn , te n ;

p a ri , de li ve ro v er; co mmi t ; en trus t.
En g teen i n sir teen, etc ]
.
- -
.
p+ra , g i ve ; gr an t ; i m part ( scie nc es );
d a ga m a f ,
.
-
i ,
a . te n th ; dagami , se . ti thi , l
pp j p
: rat t i [1 08
.7 e ], g i ven i n m arr i a g ,
e

te n th day of a lun ar half -

mon th . d
[ g ,
a a married .

487 2 di ( dyati [76l d 3] ; dad ; adi t, adi ta

d a ca q a t a , n ten hun dred ; a thous an d
- . . dina -
tts [1 087s ]; -
di ya ;
d aga gi k h a , a havin g ten bran ches, i e . . . di yats ) . cu t .
[ cf . V day, di ya .
]
n gers . da
[ g a
gi k hi : acct, 1 300a .
] a v a , cu t o, esp . a part of the sacri
d a gi , f . the thre ads proj ecti n g at the end cial ; ppl a v atta cak e .
[1 087e ], a s subst.

of a w eft, frin ge ; lamp wi ck ; -

g w ick of .
that w hich is cut off .

life , course of life ; time of life .

+ sa m -
av a, cu t i n pieces an d collect

d a gi h a, m . space of ten days .

[ daga them ; ppl samhv atta, . as subst. gathered
2 ha , 1 31 2 pie ces .

V d a s ( dasyati ; dadi sa ; adasat ; dasta 3d i di ti [954c

] ; d i ya ;
dn ayati ) sufferlack [ cf V di s, duayn
'

. . . di yate ) . bind .
[ cf . Bi o , my
di

also bt u , , vbl
giving, i n cpds [ V 1 d i.
] .

v i , become ex hauste d . d at a v y a , grdv dandua [ V l di . .

]
d as y u , m demon , foe . of gods and men . d at r, m giver; . as a .
genero us, 21
[ cf V d
. a s , d i st ] [ u se ]
V d a h ( dahati te ; da di ba, deh6 ; dhi k ,
-
di n a,
gi vi n g ,
impartin g ; g if t
n. .
[ V 1 di i.

i
s ;t dh a k sy ti : dag dha ; dagdhum ; 1 1 50: cf Lat donum, . .
 [ 1 69]
di na - d h a rma , m the . virtuous practice ety mology as aura om
fr asura.

of al ms givin g - .

di nav a, as. child o f Di nu, a B i nava, one d i d i h an ,

'
a . desiro us to see .
[ i r desid . .

of a class of demons, foes of the gods 1 of V drg 1 1 78f : acct I]

Ti tan [ 1 di n u , . d i d y d , a mi ssi le [ see V l di v ordyii ; an d

. .

1 d i n u , f Di nu , . na me of a demon , 1 14
7b J .

2 di n u , n . dripping ui d, drop, dew . d i d h i sd , a desirous to wi n ; as m sui tor; . .

di n ta , a . tamed, mild ; subdu ed

( to husban d ; esp secon d husban d [ i r desid as . . . .

on e s passi on s ) ; as subst Di nta name of

of V l dhi , 1 1 78f 1 0 28d ] .
, , .

a so n of Bhi ma [pp l o f V d a m 966 m] d i n a 1 p erha

ps a.dj clear in all di m ; .
, , . .
,
-

1 d amn it a gi vin g gift [ di

V,
1 . 2 as n day [p e rhaps ppl of V di or ,
.
,
-
. . . .

2 d i ma n a bond

[ V 3 di 1 1,
68 ] . di shi n e w shif ted acct
] .
,

,
. .

d i mb h i k a , a sain t deceitful decei ver d i n a t ra y a n day triad tri duum space

. .
,
.
-
,
.
-
, ,

of three days .

1 di ya, a. giving .
[ V l di ] V di v : there is no verba l root di v in Sa nskrit
2 d i y a, m portion inheritance
.
,
.
[ V 2 di z f:
c noun div a nd VV l a nd 2 di v or ( i ii .

cf . Ba ts,
portion, di v [361d], m .
- 1 . sky, heaven, g e . . 7
2

di yak a , a gi ving
. .
[ 1 di ya ] Heaven, personied a s e
g Fa ther, . .

d i ra m pl . . w ife . RV vi . 1 h duhi ti di vas of the

. .
,

d i ri d ry a , n. poverty .
[ da ri dra .
] Dawn, dau ghter of the sky or of Heaven ,

d i ru , a . w ood ; log orbillet of w ood ; sti ck .

2 da , e
y g 7 09
,
3 observe
. . . .

[ see the equi v . dt d an d tam : cf . 86 m , tha t di v is someti mes fem in V eda , so 92 "
,
.
v

w ood, beam,


shaft

tree, oak ; RV . x .

Goth tri o, w ood, tree ; Eng tree, wood
.

.

[w .
gen . di v 65 , -
cf . the geni ti ves A 163,

( so Wyc lif ), a large w oody plan t ( usu al s Ai F dr, L at-

AS Tiw es in . JOv is,
'
-
an d .
-

mg ) ,

a woo den bar

( i n whi e Times de g, Eng Tues day : Ti w corre .
-

d i ru p a , a hard ; dreadfu l . . spon ds to the old Ge rmani c Tiu, n o lon ger

V d i g ( di cati ; dadi ca, di gvi ns a god of the sky orbr
i ght day, but rather
gran t, o ffer; esp se rv e or hon or . a god a god of battle orghti n g, the chi ef ocen

wi th oerings ; di qvi ns, as subst. a pi ous pa ti ou of our early fore fathers w . no m .

servant of a od
g , 69 n
.
[ w . dndga, cf . dyi da, cf 2 4563, s Aj m is : w voc dyi ng .

mm
. .

de lta, gran ted gave im H

, ; u is an pi ta
- r, cf Z ?
en
i d re , L at J i
p p i ter
.
, eave n -

perfect i n di ca ti ve wi thou t themati c vow el, Father w . ddhi tar di v as, cf . ah a -rep
correspondin g M to i cam -
but both Ai ds, M p or

AMva, Oedi pus Rex 1 59 : cf .

Greek forms became conn ecte d in the also 8703, heavenly L at . no m D iovi s
.
-
,

p p
o ular min d wi th sna p ,

god heaven , J Jv em, Jove ; sub dio,
of

-

V d i s ( only w ith abhi, abhi di sati ) be ar un der the sky ; En g Tewes Icy,

.

Ti w s

.
-

ill will to ; tr
-
y to harm [ cf V das , das a
y 8 . . lea, p la

ce ian Surr ey) .

di am] d i v a, a heaven ; day, i n di ve di ve, day by

.
-

di 1 foe ; esp . supernatural foe , day di 09

s a, 1s . .
[ v.
,
1 2 a
] .

evi l demon ; 2 ( in opp to i t ya ) foe of d i v a, a dv by day . . . .

[ i r the ins
.tr di v -i
, w . .

the gods, in del ; used like C s r

e a nd shi f te d acct,
1 1 1 2e .
]
Gi aour; 3 .
( subdu e d foe , i s
. .
) servan t, di v i ukas, m . caelicola, god . havin g
sla ve, di s i j l female slave
, .
[ V di s z heaven as a dw ellin g

: di v a okas .
)
cf . V das, dasyu ) . d i v y , a. heavenly ; di vin e .
[ di v .
]
di st -
p a tn i , a
f havin g the demon for 4d i s ( di i -i i di dss i i ksat. M ists
m
. .

theirmas te r [ acct 1 251 b .

, , daksyti ; di ; d vt n m : 41197 ;
8

d i t i j : Diti na me of a deity without ded

, , di gyate degayati ) poin t ; direct ; show . .

acte r a mer

ni te char e pen dan t to adi ti as , [ cf Gelx rvj u ,
.

sh ow ; L at d i co ,
show ,
.

aura to asur a an d for med by popular , tell ;

AS ti lt, Ger zieh po in te d
. .
,

out
( as
dig] [ 1 70]
in time ;

g ui l ty ) ,
accused Ger ; . n iyeu ,
show ; d i rg h a, a. long, i n space a nd

also AS i dh te, .
-
wh-te, Eng . ta ught, show e d, -a m as adv ,
co mp dri ghi yi nl , . superl.

in structe d ; AS ti on, En g . . token .
] dri ghistha [ V dri gh : cf Boni xds, . .

apa , show ; make a false show of . d i rg h a k a rna , m L ong e ar, name

- .
-
of a

v y
-
apa , make a false show of . cat .

+ 5, po i n t out to, i
g ev a directi on to, d i rg h a ri - va , m Long yell
.
-
or-Far-
howl,
di rect .
na me of a j ack al .
( The ir ho w lin g is both
sa m - i , poin t ou t to, direct ; co m long continued -
an d farreachin g -
.
)
mand . d i rg h a v a rna , 1a - . a long vowel .

ud , po in t out ; m towards ; uddigya

ai , d i rg h a v a rnan t a , a. havin g a lon g
w . acc .
,
w ith an aiming tow ards equ iv to ,
. vow el as nal .
[ an ta .
]
the prep at, . V l di v ( di vya ti ; di dv a adevi t
u p a , show to, teach, in struct ; i
g ev ad

vi ce to, advise . di ce ; play m

[p p d i d , see 765 . .
1
an d

p ra , poi n t out, de si gnate ; dire ct . or ig , perhaps, throw , of di dyu ]
. . .

d i g , f j ust like Eng point, i e cardinal

. . . . a in i devan a .

poin t, q uarter of the heaven ( N .

, E .
,
s, . V 2di v ( dv a ti [240 3
] dyi n a [95h ]
as ti n di c
as, eight region s ( N .
, E, . dvi tum; devayati, to) - lament [ prop . .

S, . W .
,
an d NE .
, SE , SW ,. . 57 di d, see 765 an d
1

V d
[ i g,

to moan bemoan ; ca us the so me p a ri , , . .

d i h ( degdhi ; didibe; di gdhi ; di hya ) d u hk h a a miserable ; as n misery pain -

.
,
. .
, ,

1 strok e to uch lightly ;

.
2 smear; sorrow , [ cf s u kh a ] -
. . . .

- 3 besmear pollute [ for .dhi gh : cf d u hk h i t a , a pain ed

.
, [ du h k ha 1 1 76b ] . . . .
, .

( Oi yaw tou ched ; Lat ngo form fash d u cc h d n i m m

-
,

j : ca la i ty ; h a r [ du s .
,

, ,
.

i on esp w i th the han d ia soft material m

,
.
gun s is for tu n e ill luck 1 68 ,
-
,
-
,

Goth cla i gs mou lde d mass of clay or V d u cc h u n i y a ( ducchuni yate ) seek to

'

.
.
,

b re ad paste Old Eng ddg Eng dough ]

- harm [ d u c ch u n i 1 0 58] .
,
. .

s a m pa ss ( be plaster ed together he
,
.
,

i n distinct a nd so ) be uncertain doub tful d u r a t i k ra ma a hard to overcome

, ,
. -
,
. .

V d i ( dideti di di ya di di havi ng a hard conquest cf 1304b ]

.

,
. .

v i ne) shine glance gleam

. d u r i t ma n a evil minded ; bad
, ,
. -
, .
-
.

di k s ( dik as ts ; di dik sa , di di ks6 ; M i ka d u r g a, a whose going i s hard, hard to

- .

g o through or to impassa ble ; as n di ,

. m
dik ay a )

consecrate one s self, esp for cult l d

- . .
p a ce ; an ge r .

performi n g the Soma-sacri ce .

[ pe rhaps d u r g a t a , a ill-condi tioned ; . unfor
tun ate .

desid of V da k s,
make one s
self sui table dur -
j ana, m evi l pe rso n ; scoundrel
m lty
. . .

or ready

: 1 08g .
] dur d i - n ta , a . o verco me w i th di cu

d i ti , f glan ce , ame , a ctua lly occurring

. only as m Hard to tame ( Aua vimr
. ros ) - -
, na me of

i n sn di ti [ V R
C 1-1 57 . . a lion .

didi v i , a . shinin g . V
[ ,di dur -
n i v ara , a w hose . wardin g-O E is hard ;
'

d i n a, a . scan ty ; cast down, sad ; wretched . hard to ge t rid of .

d i n at i , f . sca n tiness s mallness .

[ di na .
] d u r b a l a , a of ( poor, i e
-
. . .
) li ttle strength ;
di ni ra , m denarius .
, na me of a certain feeble .

at dna i d u rh u d d h i , m
'

go ld coin .
[ borrow ed fr L r us, . . a a. of ( bad,
i s . .
) all s wi t ;
silv er coin w orth ten asses ] foolish .

V d i p ( dipyate didi p di ptd ; -

di pya d u r b h ag a ,
-
a . ill porti oned, ill favored ;
- -

ddi pti ; di payati , -

te ) . b laze ame 3 , j : u gly w o man .
[ acct, 1 804b .
]
ca us . kin dle ; intens blaze brightly .
g be . d u r b h i k an ,
- a .
( ti m e ) havi ng i ts al ma
radi an t .
[ cf . V di .
] getti ng hard, i e in which . . ms gettingal -
is
ud, blaze up ; ca us. cau se to blaze up . hard as n . famin e .
[ bhi k si ] t
d i al [ ]
1 72

by l aq,
q w da d h ga , cf tev
.a , . .
m so used of a li on oreven of a
j ackal

saw

: cf Goth ga -tar
. h-j a n, mak e a show .
( 36 a
) f
; q u een [perhap
.s fr the n oun . .

div ( l 2o9i ) z cf Lat deus, god : the al

. .

p ra t i , pa ss appear over against . one leged root di v , shine, has no existence .
]
or befor

e one s eyes . d s v t - k ama , having lo ve forthe gods
a. .

vi , pass . be seen farand wi de .

[ acct, 1 295 ]
sa m , behold ; tmi nam, d e v at i ,
ca us. show ; w i .
f godhea
. d or di vini ty, both as

show one s

self, appear, pre te n d to be ( g
e a bstrac t . . and as concrete dev ata, instr, .

de ad ) wi th divini ty ( collecti ve ) ie a mong deities

=
. . ,
.
,

di g drk, iii gm , an th em], -

1 . vbl. 7a o
[ 1 231 ]
seeing, looki ng 2 as j : the . seein g d e v a tv a, n . di vini ty, a bstract only .
[ 1 239 ]
[9 0 ] f r di 3 in d e v a - d i ta, m messenger of the d

dyes, as 1 a 7 a , o behol ng ; -
. . o
g s .

cpds look, appearance .

[ V dr
g] dev a - d i i v a tya , a . ha ving the gods as
d rca , m . the seeing ; in cpds look , divinity, ( of hymns ) addr essed to the
appearance .
[ do .
] gods .

d rqi , j 3 the seei ng ; dr

c ,
ye as inf .
[970i ], d e v a - p a t i , m lord of the gods, i s Indra . . . .

forbeholding .
[ do .
] d e v a - p n a , a serving the gods for .

d f gy a , grdv to be seen ; . w orthy to be drinki ng [ li t go

.d drenchin g, i s gott .
- . .

seen , splen di d [ V d 963d ] t ri n k en d . acc t, 1 2 7 1 ,

1 2 5 1 m
c ] . .

d re ad , j
! sto n e ; esp ne th e rm ill ston e d e v a -
y i n a ,
n p ath o f t h .e g od s , on w hich - . .

se be tw ee n gods and men

d rea d u p a l is , dual f the n etheran d the
- the inter cour .

u pper mill stone [ 1 2 53 a,

-
t ak es pl ac e [.acc t,
1 2 7 1 , 12 5 1 c ] . .

drsta, ppl qf V dr c , q v d e v
. a ra , m hu sb a n d s b ro ther . . .

.

drata p rv a a seen previously [equi v 1 209a ] . . . .

to pti rva da ta, see

'

m
d e v a raj i , m kin g of the gods, i s I ndra - . . . .

d f sti f I seein g ; - 2 sense of sight ;

, .
[ri j a 1 315a ] . .
m .

3 glan ce look ; 4 vi ew
.
[ V drg cf d e v a l i ,g a , n go d c harac t eri sti c, mark . . . -
.
-

Mp5 ,
sen se of by w hi ch a god may be di stinguished from
V drh ( dfnhati , te [m g 1 c
f :'
df h y a ti -
, ,

te [mg 2 see adr nhit ; dr dha[224a ] ; d e v a qa rma n m De vacarman or God s

- -
, , .

dr hAyati ) 1 a ct make rmorsteady j

. oy na m e o f a ce. rtain Br ah m a n [ o.f lik e , .

or en dur ing establish mid be rm mg is B ed xaptsJ . -

dr h
d [a 1 1 76a
] rm ; 2 be r m 3 d e v a a a,m n i d h i m pre se n ce o f th e g o ds - .
-
.
-
,
. .

ca us mak e stable [ cf Old L a t f ore tie d e v t h ti j : invocation of the gods

. . . .
-
,
-
,
.

L at fortis. . [ a c ct l 274 ] , .

dr lh d sa me a s dr dh
, V dr h W hi tn ey 5 4 d e v i see d ev i , , .
, .

d ey a grdo to be given or gran ted

, [ V.di d e v i kr t a a made by Du rga . -
, . .

003a ] . d e v i k o tta , m Goddess fort name of a - .

-
,

d e v a f devi ,
1 a heaven ly 74
.
m 13
town, . .
, , .

92 ; as subst 2 god, goddess ; 2a pl d e v i v i n i rmi t a , a lai d out by Dur

7
.
gi . . .
- . .

the gods ( in latertimes reckoned as 33, o f : [ mi ]

V 1
tridaga ) ; 2b vi eve devi s, all the gods ; d e v f [369 m husband s brother
.

. .

a lso all gods ( a term comprehendin g in to

-

sni p, L at li vir, husban d s .

( point, i s ) place, 41
m
A
3
a class all the separate gods , efZ ll sai n ts,
-
( 1 0 95 , . 1 . . .

1"
a nd see v i vd ev a
c ); 20 devi, . The God -
2 country, 24 see 98
.
5 3 place ,
- .
,

dess, i

wi fe , D urgi ; 2d deva, l i E i r r l
. s .
i a s .
- r
p g
e na nt y, as n n
g ,
e p p
o e p ace , . .

a t en d
of B ra hm a n na mes ,
h avi n g as od
g , -
22 ; 4 as in E ng , place or region of
5
. .

so, e g , guna dev a ;

. . 3 m man n aya d ev a, . .
- the body, see mu sk , aka ndha [ V di g,
go d am on g m en , i e a B rah m an ,
see . .

si mila rly ,
4 m kin g
. . , d e g a b h i sa ,
-
f . di alect of the coun tr
y .
 [ 1 73] [ d ru gd h a

d s str , m pointer, guide, instructor; f d au t y a , n message [ di ta,

. . . .

destri, I nstructress, as a dei ty, V

[ gdi , d y dv i p r t h i v i , d ua l j : hea ven -
and

1 1 82 : cf cham p in betmpsos, pertai n

. ear th [ di v pr thi vi, 1255 an d .

ing to one who dy d, sa me as di v , 361 d .

d eha , m . n . body ; mentioned 10. manna a nd V d y n t ( dybtats di dyut adyu ta t

vi e, [ V dih stroke lightly dyotisyati ; dyu tt ; dyii tya ) g leam

, so as to -
.

mould or form an d so prob the gure ,

, .

, lighte n ; shine .
[ akin w . noun div , q . v

form shape like the L at gi ra shape

, , .
, , cf also V
.
jy ]
u t .

form from the cognate Vg ngo see

, , vi , lighten .

d y u ti , j : sheen, 197
; lustre ; digni ty .

dehi n , a. connected w ith the body, V d

[ y ] n t .

as m a li vi n g bein g, man [ deha d y u man t a. heavenly, bright, splendi d.

m
. .
, ,

d ai ty a , m descendant . of Di ti, q v . .
; a [ a
Daitya or demon d
[ ti,
i . d y ii t a, n .
g a mbling .
[ V 1 di v , 1 1 76a
] .

d ai t y a di nava mardana, m Daitya-and - . d y o, sa me as div , s61 d .

Danava cru sher, epithet of In dra

-
. d rav i na , n . movable proper ty ( as o
pp t o .

di i v a , a. of the gods, co mi ng from house an d eld), wealth V

[ dru, 1 1 77b ] . .

the gods ; di vi ne ; as n. di vi ne appoin t d ra v y a , n 1 property ; - 2 in general,

. . .

ment ,
ie . . fate, 1 8 etc .
[ e (1 l 2o8f .
] thi ng, obj ect ; - 3 esp worthy obj ect . . .

d i i v a ta ,
a .
pe r
ta ini ng to a di vini ty ; as n .

- 1 . a ly, the div ini d ra sta v y h , grdo to be seen

di vini ty or, [ V dr
l
co lecti ve
c] . . .

ties, esp that or those celeb rated i n any V l d ra ( dri ti ; dadri ti

. adri si t ; intens .

V edi c hymn ; 2 i dol, 62 [ dev a ti [ 1 002c,

1 024 daridr i ti ) .r u n ; i ntens . .

1 208e .
] run abou t, run hi ther an d thi ther .
[ cf .

d ai v a t y a , at end o
f c
pds, having as 81 bpd
- -
o xw,

run see V dru ] .

di vinity, addressed to 63 5
[ dev ata . a p ,
a run o. [ cf . bro aparai , -
run

di i v i k a, a. of the gods ; di vine .

[ dev a, V 2 d r ( drti ; dri yats ; dadraii ; ad ras i t
1222e .
] dri syati ; dri nd) sleep [ c i tapa s , . . .

di i v ya , a . of the gods ; di vine .

[ de va,
slept

; L at d orm i.re,

ui , g o to slee p ; sl eep .

d ola , m j .
, a do o ly V d r
sw in ging
i g h , on ly i n d;er i vs d ra g : deli
,
d r aw ; draw a .

A
( gn lo I ndi a n term )-
, a li ttle b am b o o c ha i r o u t ; ex te n d ; le n gth en [ po ss f or .dhra h
g . .

slun g on four men s shoulder

s [ V d ul ] ( cf t r aj) , a n d ski n w E n g dr a
g : b ut
. . . .

V d o l i y a (doli yate ) . sw in g like a dooly see di rgha ] .

waver [ doli ] . d rg h i y i ns a . longer, a s comp to di rgha . .

d o l i y a mi n a mati , a havi ng a wavering [ V dri h

g ,-
.

mind [ V doli ya ]

. V d ru ( dri vati , .
-
te dudriiv a, dudruv
i d o sa , m 1 faul t, defect ; bad con . adudruv at . drosyati ; druta; dro .

diti on, 2 . sin , tran sgression, faul t, tum ; drutvi ; -drti tya ) hasten ; run ; .

65 11
dosam avi p, incur a run away, ee, 94 7
[ iden t w V dram , . . .

tran sgression , 68 3 . harm ; evi l con

run ,

an d w . V l dri , q v . . : cf. ( Spa m and

sequence; dosena, dosat, by or as a ba d

consequen ce of, by, fau te de, a ti run past orby ; escape .

V
[ dua] a, run unto, make an attack , charge,
2 d o gs ,
m . evening, dark ; f . dost, eveni ng,
dark . u pa ,
run unto .

d o si - v a st r, m illumin er of
. the dark sa m -
u pa , run un to, rush at,

ness ; or, as a d j [f. c . lightin g up in d rii ,

m . n . w ood .
[ see di m .
)
the dark . d ru g d h , see V druh .
 [ 1 74]
d ru t a , ppl havin g . , j i t i ,
a a nd as at sa m
hastenede as - a m dv i - . .

a s a dv hastily, r apidly ; qui ckly ; imme

. man ; man of one of the three upper
d castes, 59
di ately [ V ru ] .

d ru ma , m tree [drti : cf 8p6p63, a

.
d v i j o t t a ma , m the highest of the tw ice
. . .

V d r u m i y (
a drum i yate ) pa ss fora tree b o rn , i s a Bra hm an [ dv ij a u ttama ] . . . . . .

[ druma, 1 058,
l ob9b .
] d v i t a,

a. second . d
[ i
v .
]
V d ru h ( drtihyati ; M ruhat ; d v i t is , a dv j ust so ; so also ; equally
dudrbha ; . .

d v i t i y a , a secon d [ dvitL 4 87 1 215d ] . . .

y )
a h urt. b
( y decei t,
w ile,
magi c ) ; s trive d v i d h i , ad v i n tw o pa rts i n t w ai n [ l .
, .

to harm ; ppl drugdhb as m one w ho d v i p ad . a havin g tw o feet ; as m .

-
. .

has striven to harm hurtful foe ; as n the tw o foote d one man ,

a s n sin
g .
-
, , . .

mi sdeed [ if for .dhrugh cf Old Hi gh

. that w hich is tw o footed collecti vely, men ,
.
-
, ,

Ge r triuloa n, Ger be trilgen, decei ve so as

.
92 3
[ c
. f b if oba
- L a t bip e de m , bi . .
, .

to
abhi , oe nd agai nst. d v i pada ,
-
j : - i, a. having ( ta ken ) tw o

dv i [482b ] ,
nu m . two .
[ ci . 860, Lat duo, . steps .

En g tw0 ] . . d v i p ra v raj i n , j : mi , 0 in
-
.
j : goin g
dv a m dv a, n. pa ir; q uarel
r .
[ dv axh d vam - aftertwo ( men ), u n chaste , 98

i s the repea ted no ms . . n . of dv a : cf . V d v i s ( dvesti, dviste; di dvaa ; adviksat,

1 252 -ata ; dvi sth ; dvstum) hate show .

dvayi ,
a. twofold ; of tw o sorts ; as a. hatred ; be hosti le .
[ cf . 8 860 - 0 7 0,

be
couple , pair .
[ dva : cf . 80163, ca me wroth, w pr
o the ti c

.

d v i d a qa [483 ca rdina l . twe lve .

[ dva d v i s, ubl. hatin g, in cp ds ; as : hate ; } as m .

dAQa, cf . 80168s L at duddecim,

. concrete, ha ter, foe [ V dvi s] . .

d v i n, a dv. tw ice .
[ see dvi, dv a : cf . 8is,
d v a d a ct , f .
- i, ordina l. tw elfth dvi L at bis, sdvis,
.

tw ice the radi cally cog

da gi ( sc ti tki ), twelfth day of

. a lunar nate Eng tw ice is . a gen form ]
. .

half month, [ dv i d ,
487 .
m dv i pt , m . islan d .

d v i d a qa ratra , - n . space of twelve dv i pi - ca r ma n , n . ti ger-

s k in .
[ i pim]
dv

ni ghts [ dv itda c
a + ra
.tri , 1 31 5b ,
1 312 M
] . dv i p i n , a . ha ving islan ds or island like -

d v ad a ca a a h a s ra , ca rdinal, n twelve
- . spots ; as m le0pard ;
. ti ger .

thousan d . V d v r cover, close , in deri vs .

d v ad a ca s i h a s ra ( 1 con sistin g of twelve d v e d h it , a dv in tw o, i n two kin ds
, .
[ for . .

thousan d [ d v i d a ga - saha sr a
.
, 1 20 4 c ] odv a adhi , fr dv a a , 1 10
y y 4 . .

d v i r [388c], j : door [perhaps the clos~ d v sa , m hatred [ V d i n]

v. . .

r

e , fr V dvr f dh f d hatred

ur ,

c lose ,. or s v : c v s a s , n concr ete, hater, foe . . .

door ; Lat foris, nom s , door ; Eng

.
[ V dv is . . . .

door ] .

d v i ra , n . door .
[ dvi r, q . v . . dha , vbl . be stowi ng, granting, in vasu-dha .

d v ara - p a k sa , m side of the door [ V l dh i, . .

d v i , form o
f d va i n composition a nd deri va~ V d h a n ( da dhh ) . set in motion .
[ of

tion .

dv i -
j i ,
a . twi ce-born ; as is . member of d h an a , n .
1 . the i
r
p ez of the contes t
one of the three u pper castes, re born by n ot on l the re ward put u p for the vi ctor
y
-
.

virtue of in vestiture ( see V ni u pa ) , but a ls o the booty ta ken fr om the foe

62 ; in 7
a na rrower sense , a Brah V edic ; so to. Vj i, win booty by conquest,
man 21 ,
14
,
then , 2 in enera l wealth, r
g . i ches, ,

d v i j an m a n property , money

havin g double birth ; [t put : cf at ,
i

-
, a . as . .

a
s . so me as dvij a ; man of one of the three
thin g put up as a ize , an d for the mg
pr

uppe rca ste s, 59 1 .

[ a cc t , a lso Ger E ine atz,
.
V l dh i ] [ ]
1 76

forms do , don, dup

in the forward [ ci dhana, pra


u
p ,t contract p ra , se t . .
pn

Ger wag than , do aw ay or pu t aw ay
.
- .

For the secon dary mg , cf . actual v i va 3a vi , 1 .

part, mete o u t,dis tribute ;
a dtla, make one a kin g ; AS diin

. hine 2 . e ad abr
spr oad, RV . x . 1 25 3 ; - 3 ( like
. .

t cyninge mak e hi m a kin g ; L at o determin e ; pre

,

.
, La t di s-pancre )
. arran ge,

am made En g do deed ; Ge r thun 59 ; vihita, 4 la

7
scribe, ordai ned,
.
,
.
, y .

ou t, make, bui ld ; pr


do ; Sla vic d lo, dced : observe that -

epare, 5 . ac

eri
-
,

become,

is to c-ere, m
ak e, as -
complish, make, do ( i n a
great

in V
( j )
a ,

o
g ,

is to j a -c-e re,
make to variety p li ca ti ons qf
) ; vadha vi dhi ,
ap m
go, do slaughter, slay, 32 piij i vi dhi , do m
+ a n ta r, - 1 .
pu t i or
into the in ter of or show hon or 28
pr a vr tti v i dhi , , m
a thing ; a nd so 2 . hide , con cea l. make an ad vance in to w loc . .
, ex pose one s

a pi , pu t close upon ; co ver a ( j ar wi th self to, 20 upi ya m vi dhi , e mploy an

i ts li d ); apihi ta , closed up .
[ cf . in f low , e xpedi en t, ki mvidh eya m , w hat s to

pu t be done, tathi v i dhi yati m so , let
abhi , pu t on ; put a n a me upon, desig it be done, ya thi tan mayi vi

nate ; address ; speak to, say, dheyam, I mus t tak e such a co urse , that
abhihi ta m ( i t was )
, said,
f
o .

+ a v a , pu t dow n i n ; esp . duck ( t -

i a ns .
) gra d , see
grad .

in to the w ater; av ahita, fallen in to the sa m , pu t to ge the r, uni te ; e mbroil i n,

water; ca us ca use to be lai d i n . . w loc
. .
,
73
i , 1 put orlay or se t in oron , w loc
. . .
, V zd h s w as ; rst
2 .
pu t on

( w ood on the re ), -
3 mid. . set for tvi ) . suck ; drink , [ cf . da dhi , dhen u

one s self on ( the hearth a sacred re ), a lso Oa aro, sucked M a- Ony ds, mill:
95 4 mi d . .
pu t on on e s self,

tak e on , suckin g br east ; La t -la re, Ou Ah, -

.

87
'

5 take , i take suck ; Goth da ddg a n, gi ve

aw ay,
-
. . s. .

+v y i , pa ss b
-
e . separated ; be un co m 1 d h , in cp ds as vbl bestowin g, gr an t . .

fortable orsi ck in g ; subst l [ dhi

V 1 place ,

. as .
p ace .
,

+ sa m
a, put upon ; an manaa, con ce n
-
.
smn t ]

trate the mind upon on e thin g ; sami hita , 2 d h , in cpds . as su bst . i nk

dr .
[ V 2 dhi ,

intent, ea ger, 1
u pa - sa m -
i , set to gether ( wood ) un to d h at u , m layer, as part of a composi te
.

( an al re ady burn in g r
e ), pu t ( fue l) on 7 w hole [ V 1 dhi ,.

pu t,

d h i t t, m establisher; cr e ator; Dhi tar

.
,
as

u p a , pu t on ( esp. a brick or stone na me of a dei ty, 90

N .
[ V 1 dhi .
]
on the ed
sacr re altar or enclosure ) , d h an a , a. holdin g, con tain in g .
[ V 1 dhi ,

96 if .

ui , lay down , set down ( sacred dhi n i f pl , . . cor

n s, i . s .
grain .

re ), w . kriyi m , put lab or upo n d h an y h , a . cere al as n . cereal

take pain s wi th, niki ta , pu t ( noun ) , grai n .

[ dhi ni ]
dow n , lyin g low , 70 d h ara na , a . holding ; as n. a holdin g,
+ sa m
u i , lay down together; put to
-
keepin g ; w earin g, 14 4, f . established

gethe r ; pass be near to gether; assimi . din ance

or [
; rule, 62V dk g] .

hi ta, n ear, impe n din g, 25 d h i ri , f : stre a m, j e t [ V 1 dhi . v,

run ,
+ p a ri pu t aro un d ; esp put ( par
, t of . a

sacricial fence ) aroun d ( an altar), d h i ri si ra , 111 .

pl . str
ea m pourin gs
-
,
vio

put aroun d one s self,

p t on,
u ( gar en ts m ) len t pour i ngs [ i nrm] .

( shoe s 4
) 5 clothe . d h i ri n , a holdin g ; possessing, . re
+ p u ra s , see s v . .
[t r] .
 [ 1 7 7]
d h i rmi k a , a . r
i ghteous ; virtuous .
[ dhar passi on , spiri t 06a , sacrice, po ss
18

m ] akin w . t i as a gen eraliza ti o n of mg 2

i

V l dh i v ( dh v a ti , te ; ( dhi - vi t ; dhi vis close ly akin w . t i is V l dhi v,

run ,

an d also t run ( cf Olav, V eer, r )

av , . un

m pour; run ( of ani mate see als o un derdhluna ]

'

of ui ds ), str
( ea ,
.

beings) .
[ see un der t i ] ava , shak e dow n ; mi d . sha ke off from

anu , run after . one s self .

u pa , run un to . d h ma, m smoke vapor [ ci L at

. . . .

m mus smoke smok e has no such

sw ift
l a - u pa , run on un to, f i ,

p ra , run forth, ow ; run . eddyin g moti on

as to make it easy to

V 2dh i ( dhi va ti
v, ts ; dadh i v ; ( dhi v - conn ect these names fori t w . t i , q . v .
;
i sta ; dhi uta; dhi utv i ; d hi vya ) rinse . . but on this conn ecti on the iridenti ca tion
d h i , vbl contain ing, gr. anti ng, in cpds . w . oas shou ld see m to de pe n d : more
[ V 1 dhi , 1 1 56 2e . .
] prob i s the ex pl
.an a ti on of dhii ma as the

d h i k , ex cl e ! to . . ace . envelopin g or blackeni n g fr V l dhv an, . .

V d h i ( di dhsti di dhi ya as v i ma fr V v an . .
]
m u ) think . .
[ see t yi ] ma k a as smoke a t end qf cpds [1 307]
d h ii , .
,

+ anu, thi nk over .

f or dhuma ; f ik i [ 1 222d ] the sa me .
- .

dhi j : - 1 . thought ; dhiyi dhiyi -

, d h ii rt a , a. subst. shre w d, sly, cun nin g

wi th each tho ught, e very ti me i t occurs to ro gue .

r
[ pplh a rm by de cei t . of t v ,

one ; - 2 .
( like Ger An dacht, lit .
- .

think ( cf . accordi ng to the gramma


in g upon, a nd then

devotion reli gious rians, dhllrta , w acct altered as in j dsta .

thought, devoti on , 69 74 82 17
; observe for a so mewhat an alogous developme n t
mati manas mani sii mantra an d of mg of Mi ddle En g schr

tha t ,
ewen curse, , , ,
. .
, ,

mai lman show this sa me specializa tion of

whence schrew cd curse d bad En g -
,

, ,
.

my prayer 74 ; 1 5
3 in telligence in shrew d
,
bad .
, ,

,

sig ht min d 89 ; un derstan di ng skill d h rt a t ra y a n rogue triad trio of

1
, , ,
. -
,
.
-
,

sw in dlers .

7
l d h i ti , f p erhaps draught, see 82 K d h s a ra ,
a. dusted over, dus ty, dust

[ V 2 dhi ,

drink, 1 1 57 l a . .
] colored, r
a
g y .
[ V dhv ans , dhv as,
1 1 88d
2 d h i ti , : 1 thought ; 2 de votion ; cf 1 81 a
j . . . .
]
-
3 . skill .
[t i : for2, cf . dhi 2 ] . d h r ( di dhi ra da dhr ; adhr ta ;
d h i ma n t , a. gifted wi th un ders tan din g, dhari syati , te ; dhrta; dhartum dhr
- -

tv a ; dhi tya dharhyati ; Adi dha rat)

-
'
.

1 d h i ra , a. wise, [t i 1 1 88a ] . mgs of ca us forms iden t [1 041 w those of . . .

2 d h i ra , rm ; r
esolute, [t r si m le
f orm h ld i i ts va rious m
'

a. p s; o n gs , ,

cf . L at .
rmus, - tra ns . an d intra ns ; .

d h i v a ra , m 1 a ver cle ver or ski lfu l tra ns 1 hold, bear, su pport,

. .
y . .

man i ; make rm,

7
; 2 . a sher .
[ dh , 75 , 92 1

d h un i , a . shaki n g, stor mi ly moved ,

bois carry, 62 1
w ear; 2 hold fast, . 22 W

terous, wild .
[ i r q uasi roo t dh
.un -
of 33 1
; hold in check, be ar, w i thstand,
dha u 6ti , V dhii 3 kee 4 se t
.
) p ( a ca t ), . . or

V dh i ( dhi n oti, -
nut6 ; la ter, dhun ti , lay place i n or
or on , w loc ,
33 41 . .

71 1 ] dudhi v a, dudhuv 5 hold ormake su re or o rdain forsome

-
n ut [ see

m am[887
.

]; dha v i syati
a ; dhu ta, la ter one mid be . ord ained forsome one

dhuta; dhtv i ; dhiiya ) 1 move - . . belong of right to , 75 ; 3

qui ckly hi the ran d thi ther; shak e ; 2 fan . intraas .

6 mi d hold, i
. . . s . remain, con

( a re ) ; 3 . shak e o . tin n e w this . my ,

even in the a cti ve,

move spam
'

[ or
ig .

vi olen tly, agi tate cf . m,
015 [ cf .
,

su pport, seat,

Opa vos, -

067 m,

rush on i nds,
; Gr

agi tati on , anger, bench, Op a aa Oat, -

si t ; L at .
f rE-tus
,

12
l dh t sl [ 1 7 8]

held or supported by ( hence w . V d h v a ns or dhvas ( dhv ansati , d o ; da
relying on ,

f rmum,

holder, dhv ansa, da dhvas ; adhvasat ; dhvastt ;
+ ava , ca us. 1 . se t down , x ; 2 .
( like - 1 fall to dust, perish ; .

E ng ho ld) . assu me as certain , dhv asta, exhausted, hurt, i mpaired ; - 2 .

db ( dht m ti ; dadhi - m ; dhr ;

sat v ani sh, be 03 y i n
pp;l dh v al-
ta 3 onl

m m
. .
,

ats dk s d han ; dharayati t bestrewn, ed over

co ver ,
esp w i th dus t . .

be bold or courage ous ; dare ; ven ture, [ ci

E n g d u
. s ob also AS dw s an d
t ; pr .
-
. .

74 ; ca us
2 . ven ture on so me on e or dysig, foo lish, En g dizzy, Old Hi gh Ger

. .

somethin g ; offend ; o verpower; dharsi ta ,

tasi c,

come d h v a n m the perishing ; destruction

over [ f tis b ld L f

c Opa o o ; a t
. as .
-
,
.
, . .

tus, p ri de ; G

o th ga da rs, A S d
ea rr , [ V dt ] .
-
. .

En g he da re ( all 3d persons sin g of a V l d h v a n ( A

. dhv ani t ; dhv i n ta; dhv an .

r A S d E a ti 1

dh t
pre teri to p e se nt ) -
ors-te
,
n g y a ) cove r on e s se lf ; v i n a ,
. . . .

dun -L ] dark ; 2 become extin guishe d ; ca us . .

a, ven ture agai nst .

- 1 . en ve10pe, cover over; 2 black en . .

p ra t i , hold ou t again st, wi thsta n d, [ pe rhaps akin w . V dhvans : see dhiima

8 2 5
. of . AS dunn Eng dun,
.
,
.

dark , browni sh
d h rsnu, a. darin g ; courageous, doughty,
, 84 r
17 dh 6
7 8 7
; b old [ V a 1 1 2 ] V
m
.
,

dh on d , j : mi lch cow ; cow .

( ans , so un d, resound .
[ cf . Old Eng .

suck, dune, En g d in ] . .

dhs ya , n . the gi vin g .

[ V 1 dhi , mg 4, d h v a n i , m sound [V 2dhv an ] . . .

V d h v r( dhv hrati ) bend or make

besto w , give : 121 3c ] . . crooked ;
d h i i ry a , n rmness ; e arnest orresolute . cause to ha rm by deceit
fall ; [ see .

bearin g .
[ 2 dhi ra, dhrta an d dhruti : cf AS dwella n, . .

V d h mi , see t m .

lead astray, cause to delay, En g

. dwell,
i a

V dhy a dh
( y t ti , dhy yati [761 d 1 ] ; da i ntran s .
,
delay, linger, abide En g dwa ul, .

dhyi ti ; adhyi si t [91 1 ] dhyi syati ;
w an de r, rave , dwa le, stu pefyi n g poti on
dhyi ta ; dhyi tv i ; d hyi ya ) think u pon ;

. Du tch dwa al licht, i gni s -

fatuus ; Goth .

medi tate .
[ see t i an d 1 08g .
] dva ls,
foolish Eng dull, dol t ; .
-
Ger .

+ abhi , se t the min d on so mething ; toll,

sin k on e s self
1
in thought, 67 .

d h y an a , n . medi ta tion .
[ V dhyi ,

d h y an a p a ra , -
a . havin g meditation as na enc l pron
. . root f
o 1 st p ers on, see

highest ob ect, j absorbed i n con templa abh m .

[ w . n as,

us,

cf yet, .

w e two,

tion ] [ 1 302b L at
'

. . . nos,

V d h ra j ( dhraj ati ; adhraj it) draw ou . 11 4 ,

a dv .
1 . n ot
[1 1 22b ], 1a . in
w ar d advan ce in tra ns
, [ s e e V d ri gh of , .
,
connected senten ces or cla uses repea ted
w hich thi s i s pose a collateral form ] . . si mply 97 8
,
actiss 62 15
quinquies
,

V d h ra colla tera lf orm of V dhvr

, . 71 4 ter
, , 4 13
17 18
, 74 , 30 , bis ;
1 17

d h rti t i f a dece i,vi n g ; i n fa
. tuati on . w ith ca : na na

ea , u s. ca
:
62
[ t ru ] 63 ; w ith api : see
1
. new n a ca. na

d h ru v a, 1 holding or con ti n u in g , api 2; w ith u, 21 1 b n ot re ea te d,

a p
.
-
. .

is . . remainin g x ed in l
p ace as m . but repla ced by api ca or v a api ( see these ), v

l o combina tions : n a ca, 8

pole sta r, 1 00 ;
the - 9 2 of . ab ode s .

certain , safe, 79 13
[ V dhrin . mg 6: see na ca , 13 7
, naiv a, 22 23 96 1

na vi i, na v i , na tn ,
d h ru v i , f . sacricial ladle, na tv ev a tu , see tu ; na ha, 95 17
; na j v a,
dc mg 93 ; 1 d tanta mount to a

sr .
[ li t .

holder, V dhrin 1 : see n ot ex actly,
5
.

ia nega tive cp ds as na cira, ui

na ma s] [ 1 80]
tum, ni ntu m; na tv i ; n amya ; nami
- na ri d h i p a , m . lord of men , i . s. ki ng
ben d one s self ; aim

ya ti ) . bow p ri nce [ adhi pa ] .

at a person m
(g ) e wi th 73 5
; nata , n a re gv a ra , m lor d . of men , i . s. king ,

1
bow ed down , ben di ng over, 68 ri [g
i v r J
N .
; ca us .
p n ce a a .

cause to bow , subdue ; na myate , is su b n a ro t ta ma , a subst best . . of men .

dued, 31 tama .
]
a v a, b ow down , 34" nar ma d a
gran tin g or causin g fun ; , a.

i , bow down to . makin g gladness ; f ii , Narmada ( called .

also Reva), the moder

u d, rai se one s se lf u p, arise. n Nerbudda river .

+ sa m -
u d , rise .
[ n arman da ] .

n a rma n

ni s, b en d ou t ; con tort one s self. n fun ,
. .

p ra mak e obeisan ce before ( acc ) na l a , m reed ; Nala, na me of a pr ince of

ms V
. .
,

na ma s ,
n. bow , obeisance ; adorati on b
( y Nishadha .
[ cf .
, edi c n a la ]

estu re or w ord ) ; reverence ; use d also na lopi k hyi n a, n Nah e pi sode, 1

g .
-

like the La t gloria in the Gloria patri [u pi khyana ]

. .

[ V na m ] . 1 n av a , a ne w ; of an earthen di sh, fr
( esh,
.

n a ma s k i ra, m a maki ng of na ma s ; i s ) unburned

[ r b fr 116, n ow, q v :

-
p o . . . . . . . .

ador ati on cf vi e s, L at novus, Ger neu, Eng new

.
] . . . . .

na ma s k r ( see V l kr
-
) do hom age 9 .
,
2 ni va [ nu m . n in e . ci . l vvea, L at

.

[ 1 71 l 09 2a ] . nove m Ge r
, . neun En g n ine
] ,
. .

V n a ma s y a ( namasyati ) pay revere n ce . . n a v a ti j : ni ne ty [ 2 nhva ] . .

[ m 1 063 ,
n av a -
n i ta , a fresh butter .
[p erhaps .

n amu c i m Namuchi name of a demon

,
.
, ,

fresh brought, -

as we say

bring the but
foe of In dra, 97 ter, i . s . make it come ,

in chu ming ] .

[ leader, or f av ed a s, a rh w e ll kn owin g, cog ui

n aya n a ,
n . eye. gan o sen se n .
pe aps -

that leads,

V ui, 1 1 60 1 a . for mg , of . za n t of ( m)g e .
[ e n tly
appar fr . an a rma
Emma , gatra, ca rana , n etra. ] ti ve particle na an d v edas : see 1 296 3

n ara , m man, . etc .

; at 67 5
, the primal en d .
]
man -ste m fr i ga
or spiri t. [ tran si ti on n .
r
, V na n , n egda ; -
an agat ;
1209a .
] na ksyati nas ti ; ni
q yati ) . be
n a ra - ni ri , man an d woman .
[ l 263a ] mi ssi ng get lost van i sh perish, be
n a ra -
p a t i m lord of men ; kin g
. . ruin ed .
[ cf ven p63, dad
.

La t nez , -
.

n a ra -
v i ks n a, a . subst. havi ng men as

death ;

n ocre,

his team, drawn by men epi the t a nd i , ge t lost ; perish ; ca us

v . cause to di s
na me of Kuvera, god of w ealth na me appe ar; b r i ng to n ou ght,
of a kin g, successor of Cali vahana . 2 n a q ( ni ea ti , ts ; m aga ;- - ana t
n a ra v ah a n a - da tta, m Naravahanadat . attai n , reach, co me up to, w accha,.

ta, name kin g U dayan a

of a son of . draw hi ther, 7 [ see V 1 ag, re ach
: cf.

na ra v i h a n a d a t t a - cari ta , n . adven Lat . having reached ;

nac tus -
su m ,

a m
ture s of N . AS necib, comp near, su perl netihst, Eng
. . . .

n a ra v ah a n a d a t t a car
i ta ma ya 1 1 i a ,
-
, . n i h, nea r as com , M acbe th i i
g ( p . .

con taini ng the adven tures of N [ 1 226

. nex t AS geme'i , i t reaches,
.

es reicht, it
ma ya ] sufces e- noh, En g h
'

see .
g . e- nou
g ] .

n a ra v . h
y g ra
i m man .
-
ti ger, i . e . brave p ra , reach to , hi t ; fall upon, 78 3
.

an d n oble man .
[ cf nara .
gi rd la : 1 280b .
] n as j ! n ose [ no m dual, mi si . . : cf .

n a ra -
gard ul a ,
m man tiger i a
.
-
, . . best L at . na s-turciu m ,
n ose- teaser,
nasturtiu m
mong men [ci narav yi ghra : 1280b ]
AS
'

a . . . nar-es,
n ostri ls ; . nos u, Eng . nos e

n a ra gre sth a , a subst best of men

-
. . . nos-tril, nose-thri ll, nose
n a ra s n u
-
f dau g hter of the pri mal , .
p ron .
f m f
o l
or st
pers .
[ cf .

man or spirit . m , w e tw o
I
L at . nos,
 [ ]
1 81 [ V n i n d

orni l in cpds an d etur

r ns to heaven wi th r
e por om
ts fr
nasa, f
V nah ( n i hya ti [76l o]; naddh
bin d ; j oin. [ p te
des i naddha ( a n aray a na, m Ni ri yana son of the pri
.
,

poss. false formati on ), an d Avestsn na sda mal man .

[ p
sim ly a pa tronymi c of nara,

( Mo rph olog i sche U n ter suc hung en, ii i . see

p roba bly fo r s n a g h : cf L at n ea t ere, . .

-
n i v i j : shi p
, .
[ transfer-
form ( 1 209,
399)

u p a , tie on, lacs . n i ga , as loss ; . destruction . V

[ ng
u

be
n a h f , a dv . not, to be sure ; nahi ms i sti, missin g -d
to be sure, I ha ve no [ na + hi, 1 1 22a n i si , dual } : the two nostrils, the nose .

an d b
: acct of verb, 696d ] .
[ tran sfe rform -
( 399) fr nu ,
stron g . ni t ]
n ah u sa, m Kabusha
.
, name of an ancien t n i sik i , j 2 nostril ; dual, the tw o n ostrils
om [ i -i ,

king .
[ perhaps nei ghbor, fr ai hua, the nose . h 12220 L ]
and in that case a transfer-
form n i s ti ka, a . subst. atheist, in del, not be
n ah u s , vi . neighbor .
[ V nah ] lievin g the V edas and Puri nas .
[ fr .

n i ka m ,
. vault of heaven , rmament . na anti,

there is not, 1 31 4b

.
]
ni t i d i ra , a. n ot very far .
[ na + ati ni h u sa , m descendant of Kab usha
.
pa ,

dra, onymi c of Yayi ti

tr .
[ nhusq 1 20 8 a n d f ] .

V ni th
( i th
- ats ; ni thi ta ; nni thi tum ; u i , prep down ; i n, . into [ cf . l vl,

in

.

-
nthya ) tur n with suppli cation to . Eng ne ther, be nea4h ]
.
- -
.

i th a r efuge ; a s m pr otector; nik a near; nei ghborhood

n n ,
. .
t a ,
a . as n.

lord .
[ V ni th ] .
pre sen ce .
[ 1 246g .
]
ni d h i ta , a . ti n-learned. [ na adhi ta, n i k hi la , a . en tire; all. [ pe rhaps for

Vi : ni h khila,
-

wi thout a g p,
a ni s khila
n i h hi , j : 1 navel ; 2 or hub 1 306 2
en d
. . nave . .
]
[ cf. lap
Ads, L at - . u mb i li ons AS
-
,
.
f na -
ela , n i j a, a . own ; be long ing to ourparty, 24

Eng . na vel ; also AS . na j lu

, En g . na ve ] n ij o ripus, foe in on e s own ca

mp 37 ,
15

ni h hi -
v a rd h a n a , n . the cuttin g of the f
oten used as reflex ive possess i ve prom my ,

navel -string ( ) . own , his own , our own , etc , . or ra ther,

ni ma -
d h sy a , n . the n ame-gi vi ng, na m my his e tc.

in g, na me , [ ni mam] [perhaps in born, fr ui + i a

-

. .
]
n i ma n , n .
1 . di stin gui shin g character n i ny i , a. inner; hidden, as n . se cre t,

istic ; form ; 2 . na me , [ ni. j

ni ma grab , ( take i ) m
s.
. en tion the n i ty a , a. - 1 . own ( V edic ,
) - 2 . con

na me , 64 person al name ( e g dev a . . stant ; eternal, 67 ; 7

a m , a dv . constantly,

di stinguished from the gott a mg

datta ), as always, [ i n 1 , fr . ui,

in,
or fam i ly name ( e g ki gyapa, desceu 124


. . 6b, and so signifyin g inw ard, not
1
dant of 1 03 x ; a t end o
f .

cpds, ha vi ng as na me named ,
so 1 1 n i ty a m unin terrupted ti me ; am,
-
k i la, .
-

times, 3 ni ma adv [1 1 1 1b cumstan ce s

e.
g . .
] , .
, a d v alw ays un der all cir
.
, ,

by me so 1 9 ti mes e g
na , ,
. . n i ty a s n i y i n , a -
constan tly makin g .

also ni mn i w tterrogati ves pray , .

, , ed abluti ons.
sacr

[ origin un known : cf 84mm, L at . . V n i d or nind ( nin da ti ; nin i n da ; i ni ndi t

udtaen Eng na me blame
] , . . ni ndi ta - nindya ) . re proach .

n i ra 1 a human ; 2 as m man ;
,
- . . . .
[ cf .
'

bn tbos,
ni ri f w oman i d ri

'

etc ; wife f sleep [ V 2 dri sleep, ui. ]

-
, .
, . n , . .
,

[ r l 2o8b : formg 2 cf mi navm]

n , , . n i d h an a , m . n. end ; death, [ perhaps
a i ra d a m Narada name of an ancient
, .
, fr t . i + ni ,

pu t down or ou t of the
devan i ( see note to 1 w ho ofte n appears w ay,

make an end
on the earth to br
ing news om the gods, V
fr n i n d, see nid.
n i n daka ] [ ]
1 82

nin dak a , a . subst. scoer .

[ V ni d, ni n d ] n i r l a k sy a , a
- . not to be perceived,

ni b an dha n a ,
n . a bin din g, li gation, 69 avoidi n g notice .
[ see ni s 3]
.

that on which a thi ng is fastened or ni r - v a nga , a. wi thout family ; alone in

rests or depends, con dition , means 46 ,
7
the world .

{V bandh ni .
] n it - v i ta , a . w indless ; sheltered .

ni b hrta , a. ) ( borne e d, i e
down , lower . . ni r -
vi g e s a ,
a . without distin ction ; un dis
hi dden ; am ad v secre tly -
[ V bhr ni ] ,
. . . tingui she d ; alike ; lik e .

n i ma j j a n a n bathi n g [ V m ajj + ni ] ,
. . . ni rv i gs si k rti , a. havin g lik e appear

n i mi t t a n mark ( forshoo ti n g at) ; sign

,
.
,
a nce, lookin g j ust alik e. [Eh ti ] -

tok en ; occasion or cause ; am ena c d -

,
-
, n i v i ra , m . the w ardi ng off .
[ vr
V 1 ,

tanni mi ttam,

verbia lly, beca use of - ena,

cover, ui .
]
be cause of this, on accoun t of this . u lv i ta ppl
, h un g , i s drap ed .
, wi th han g . .

n i ms sa, at . closing or winkin g of the eyes . in gs, esp w ith the sacr
. e d cor d ; as n .

[ V mi s ui- J [1 1 76a
], the w earin g the sacre d cord about
ni yog a , m . a fastening on inj un ction , the n eck ; the sacre d cord i tself . V
[ vyi
mmi ssion ; busin ess
a n d so, co , [ V yuj ui- l
+ ni z for mg cf clicai inj ungere ,
. la borem, n ivr tt a , ppl - 1 turn ed away ; esp . . . of

fasten or impose a task on a an action w hich is turned aw ay, i s . . not

ni r, f or ni s before sona nts see Il a. i directed ( to any ulterior purpose or 01>

n ir - an t a ra , a . w i thou t in terval or free j ) f
cetre e from h
,o pe of rew ard in this
space ; co mpletely lled 63 , con tin u ous ; world or the n ext, di sin terested, opp . f
o
uni nterrupted, pravr tta , q v ; 2 ha vi n g turned a w ay . . .

n ir -
a pi y a ,
a. without failure or danger; from, a nd so abstaini ng from, [ V vr t
infalli ble or safe . ni . ]
n ir -
a p s k sa , a. wi thout regard or expec ni v ga n a , n . a goi n g in and se ttli n g down
ta tion ; regardless, not expectin g to r
est ; restin g place ; -
sleepi ng- place, bed,
anythin g from another, independen t, 31 dw elli n g, [ V vi g ni : for mg,
[ am s cf . bha v ana .
]
n ir i -
mi sagi n ,
a. not meat eatin g -
.
[ see 11 19 f . ni ght .
[ cf . ni kta]
nis ni i f ni ght [ cf ni
g nAk ta . ]
g , . . .
,

ni r i h ara ,
- a . wi thout food, abstaini n g n i gc a y a , m ( ascertainmen t determina
.
,

fro m food . tion, i . s .

) a x ed opini on or a rm resolve .

n ir - u k ta , a . spok en out ; loud ; clea r; [ poss . fr V 3 ci,
.

n otice, look, ni s ; but
a s n. explan ation ; ety mological in te rpre better, perhaps, fr V 1 ci nia, . an d so,

tati on of a w ord ; esp . Niruk ta, ti tle of a an un pilin g, i s di scriminati on, determi
-
. .

mmen tary to the ni ghantavas or V edi c

co

Glossary [ V v ac ni s ] . . ni g c a la , a . not movi n g .

[ ni s ca la : see

nir r t i f di ssolution ; destructi on [ V r

-
,
. . nis

ni s l 1 67 1 d ]
,
. . n i gc i t a , ppl determi ned, deci ded ; -um. .

n i r- u
g na , a . wi thout a strin g , void a dv deci dedly, sur
. ely [ see un der ni g .

of good q ua li ti es, w orthless, bad . caya .

]
a i r nama,
- m . contorti on, sin uosi ty . n i hgrs y a s a , a .

wi thout a superior, is
. .

[ V na m ni s .
] be st ; as n . nal beati tude .
[ ni s r
g y
e

n i r dha n a ,
-
a . wi thout money . asa : acct,

n i r b u ddhi ,
-
a . wi thou t wi t, stupid . n i hqv i sa , m . e athi n g
br out, expirati on ;
n i r- b h a ra , a. 1 . wi thout measure ,
si gh . V
[ gva s ni s .
]
much - a m , a dv . very ; -u m prasu t
p ,
a n i hgv i sa - r
p a
a ma , a . havi ng si ghs as

fas t aslee p ; - 2 full of

. . chi ef thi n g, much addicted to si ghing.

n ir -
ma l a ,
a. w ithout impurity ; pure ; [ 1 302b .
]
clear . ni sa d h a , m pl . the Nishadhans, na me of
 n dh an ab h n d ] [ ]
1 84
'

ni lasa r a

ni la s a md h i n bhi nda, n vat for the

a . n rmna ,
n. virtus, manliness , courage,

mixing ,
ie . . r
p p
e arin g of in di go . en gth
str .
[ i r . n r as virtue fr .

ni l i b h anda - svl mi n m ,
. in digo vat-
pro - vir.
]
p ri etor . a r-
ga ns a , man cursing ; malicious
a .
- .

n i v i ra , m . wild rice ; si ng. the plant ; pl . n e ta v y a , grdv to be carri e d [

. V ni ] .

for
'

the grains . n e t ra , n. eye. V ni , 1 1 86s :

ni lh , see ni d . mg , cf . nayana. ]
V nu ( n av ate ; nuni v a ; n i sh ; nuts ; u sd , a dv. lest, in orderthat not, to accented .

- mi tya ) . cry aloud ; shou t ; ex ult ; praise . verb ( 696d ) i n the sub uncti ve
j ( 681 c ),
+ p ra ,
murmur ; hum ; esp . utter the [ as i d,
sacred syllable e m . n edya , grdv to be blamed . .
[ V a i d, 963d .
]
1 1 11 , a dv .
1a . n ow , at once, te mporal ; 1b . ne mi j : , felly, rim .
[ na m , 1 166 ]
n ow , conti nua tive adhi nu, so now , n ai ru k t a , a .
pertainin g to the Nirukta
lo . n ow , introductory, 1d . so as m . an ety mologi st .
[ niruk ta, l 2o8f .
]
then , in encouraging or su mmoning le . ni i sa d h a , a. perta in i ng to Nishadha ; as

n ow , ra
p y ,
in questi ons , 7 61 m p
.rin ce o f the Nishadhans, i . e . Nala
78 " 2 asseverati ve : . naki r n u, surely i
[ s
n a dh l 20 8f m .

n o one or nothin g, mit li d, in order 11 6, ad v. an d no t, no cod, and if not,

ely n ot, 3 rela tives see cod. M

that sur . w .
[ u .
]
y i n u,
w ha tsoe v er, yi n n u, i e yi t
. .
n i u, see 491 .

[ often
n u, as lon g soeve r as, in V .
n i d [361 ]
a , f . boat ; shi p .
[ cf. ra ils, Lat .

nii : cf AS naca , ski

v6, viiv, L at Ger haps
'

navis, shi p

; per

. . nun c, -
. n u, n un, .

AS swimmer

nu, nit, Eng now see also n av a, rha

the V snii , cf V ania ]
. .
pe ps ,
.

n tana mi ni m ] , n y a g rb d h-a, m . Fi cus i n di es , banyan

n un bda, n unud

V nud ( n u dati , te owin g
down wards gr nyane
tree [
- -
.

an utta n ots yati , -

te ; nu tth, n un
( 1 24911 ) rodha .
]
uh ; push ; thrust .
n y ai i c
'
[409b ] ,
a . directed downwards .
[ ui

+ p a ri ,
thrust aw ay ; move from i ts s ite,

place .
n y ay a, m 1 . .
( that to whi ch a thin g

p r a , p
ush f orw ard ; set i n moti on .
g oe s ) m
back , i; 2 ( th at in . s. rule, nor .

v i , drive asun der or aw ay turn aw ay, which a thi ng goe s i e ) w ay ; 3 esp .

- . .
, .

esp from cares, like the Eng di vert ;

. .
-
the right w ay r
p p
o riet y [ V i n i , .
,

a muse .
[ for mg , cf . also dis port -
an d

s por
-
t] .
m right ; am n y ay y a , a . e gular
r , nor al, -
,

n uda dispellin g, in cpds [ V u d ]

,
a . . n adv r i ghtly ; pr
.
operly [ y y
n a . .

n ii t a n a , a of n ow ; r
. ecen t ; young [ nu n y as a m a putting down commi tment
.
,
,
.
, .

1245e
] V 2 ni, thr
[ ow

.
as
n n am , a dv . n ow .

ui [
'
370 ,
m man ; hero ; used .

also of of the Ma r 77 13
g ods : u ts, .

[ cf p.
M , ste m i np man ; Old L at nero ,

.
, 1 pi , vbl drinki ng, i n cpds
. V 1
[ pl , .

ste m nerti n,

manly strong ; Lat N ero ]

,
. . 2 p a, ubl keeping, keeper
.
, in cpd s V 2
[ pL .

n r - c ak sa s , a . men beholding -
.

V urt ( t n tyati , te ;
-
na ni rta ; i nartit ; p a k sa, m - 1 win g, 2 si de, of a . . .

nartisyati nr
tta narti tum n art dooror of the hai rof the head ; 3 half, .

itvi ) . dan ce . esp of a lunar

. month ,
27 67 f: kr
c sna o
,

n r ,
t i f . dan ce .
[ V nrt, gu kl; 4 side, i s party, . . .

n r -
, ppr
a otectorof men ,
ims pri n ce ,
. k i n g . . .
p a k sa - bala
, n str e n gth of win g . .

n r p h t i , m lor
- d of men , i e prin ce, king . . . .
p k
a si n ,
a wi n ed
g , . as 111 . bird,
[ acc t, 1267 a
] .
[sa k es -
1
 [ 1 85]

p k
a si m rg a t t , j : co n d i tion o f bird or V p a n ( p a n a ti ,
1 b a rg ain ; .

of beast [ i r p a ks in .
g s : 12 37 , b uy ; 2 b
. e t , w a ge, s ta ke ,
l
p ay [ pro b m . . .

for s pl in t cf wepn m
'
1262 ] t an d t a lki e, sell .

p a k si q i v a k a -
, at y o u n g of a bird ; G e r f eil,

fo r sa le,
. .

6, in i paua, market

birdling .
[ ] pa ksin

.

p s k a ,
n. mud mire , . v i , sell .

p a ii k t i , j : set or series or row of ve ; p a na , m 1 bargai n, stipulation, . .

row in general [p ieg .

-
2 wage, gage , prize ; 3 a certain . .

p a k t i - k ra ma , an order . of a row 47
coin , [ 11p m]
p a nt m , .
- 1
b argain er, w ho gives n ought
.

vp a c (pl u s a : a . peas [798 ] m withou t re turn ; cha er cr haggler, a nd so

m
. ,

spa ; w e s o ; pat tm ; pa : 2 niggard ; es

.
p o n e w ho is stin gy to .

tv i ) cook by baking or boilin g or

.
, w ards the gods, an impious per son ; - 3 a .

roasti n g ; r i pen [ cf t h a n, cook m aliciou s de m on V

[ p l
an- . . .

wi t w ,

-
-
ripe ; Lat cogno, cook ; bor p a ndi t a, a le arned ; as m learned . . . man ,

rowed AS n ou n cbc, Eng cook ] Anglo-I n dia n pandi t

'

. . . .

+ vi , cook thoroughly ; pa ss be brought p a ndi t a s a b h ii , f assembly of pan dits .

-
. .

to ma tu ri ty ; ripen ( of an acti on ), i s p any a , grdo to be bargain ed for or bar . . .

comc to i ts con seq uen ces or issue tered ; as n arti cle of trade V
[ pan, . . .

m ve [ A li
cf V ( a a
t te ; pe pi ta , petus [ 4
'

p ai c a nu . . eo c p
. a t wevre,
p s ,
-
7s ]
e ;

wi nc e, Lat quinque, . Goth j imj ; AS f; . .

Eng .
ve .
]
p a ii ca - t a n t ra , n. Pan cha tan tra, na me move sw iftly throu gh the air; 2 . de

of a collecti on of fables . ha ving ve scen d, let one s self down cas t on e s

di vi sion s or self at, 3 fall dow n, tumble down .

,

p a ti o n -
ta pa s , a. havin g ve r
e s, of an fall ( morally) ,
fall from one s

ascetic w ho si ts between four res, on e at caste ; fall down ( dea d) ; 4 fall . upon ,

dina l point, an d wi th the burnin g

each car be dir
ected to, 5 fa ll .
ge t in to, or

sun above .
- ca us . cause ,
to y ; hurl ( a curse ),

p a c a tv a , n . ven ess es
p . dissolution 49 n
.
[ cf . f i rop al ,
-
y ; rim rm, fall ;
-

of the bo dy in to the ve ele men ts ( earth ,

Lat peto, fall
.

upon , ma ke for seek , see

her, see bhii ta a nd als o pattra

w a te r, re, air, et ]
i death ; w gam, die
. e
.
U n i . . on, anu y after, pursu e .

an d , j
: -i havi n ( taken ) v ud, y up
p c a -
p a a , a g . e .

ste ps [ . acct, sa m - u d, y or spring up together,

p a n c a m f i ,
-
, a . fth .
[ panca, 3 0
, 8

p i n c a y ama ,
- a. havin g ve courses . ui, y down ; li ght, tumble into,
ca us ca use to fa ll ; ki ll, 32
[ acct, .

p a i c a -
gi ras ,
a. ve headed - .
[c n ,
tr an
-
sa mui
fall together,
- come
,

1 31 6a .
] together; ca us brin g to ge theror con vene, .

V p a t ( pi ti yati, split, slit.

u d, open ou t .
p a ri , y 03 ,

pa t a , m . woven stuff ; clo th ; garment ] .

p at a t ra ,
n. w in g . V
[ pa t, 1 1 86d .

p t
a a l a n v eil ; c,o ve r cf
[ p t ]
. a a p a t a t ri n ,
a wi n ge d ; as m b
.ird [p a ta . . . . .

p t ,
a u a l s h a rp; .a n d so 2 g t r
. a ] - . . .

( nea rly like E ng sh a rp) c lev e r p a t a n a

.
, n a n [ V p a t ] ,
. . . .

V p t a h p a thi t6 ; pa th p a t i [ 34 3b ], m 1 m a s te r p o sse ss or . .
,

it i h i l d
d r l 2 h lik E
v ; p t y
i h a t ) read a o u 66 lo r ; u e r . t e n ( e n
g l or d ) , , . .
,
7
r ecite 1 7 ; repeat to one s self study
11
,
husban d 9 [ ci 11 60 1 3 , , , , .
,

" husband ; L at i mpos stem i nt pot

22 ca us teac h to talk

.
,
not .
,
-
,
pa ti gh n i ] [ 1 86]
m as terof Go th .
f b a s in bruitfa in -
, bride exi stence be produced ; utpann am ah
;
nam , food ( n ot cook ed for the occasion ,
p a t i g h n i , a .
j : husband slaying -
.
[ for but) alr
eady on ha nd, 104 ; 1 u tpa nn e

m ally afe r
n to pa t i - ha n
, 402 ]. ki ryc, when the emergency has arisen,
t i t v a n conditi on of spouse ; w edlock 38 engen der 23 r du
p a ,
. . ca us , p o ce; .

et 42 "
g , .

p a ti - l ok i ,
m . husband s place,

abode of p ra t y - u d
, in ppl .
pratyutpanna,
the husban d in the future life . e ady or on hand to
r meet an e mergency .

pa ti -
a th i n a , n . husban d s place . upa , fall upon happen, ta ke place,
;
pa ti s th i n i ya, ; come to,
10
a. belon gin g to or in 1 00 ge t a t, reach ; upapanna,
the

husban d s place as m . husban d s

( ha ving gotten at [962 is
. .
) in posses
represe n tati ve [ pati sthi n .
m si on of, en dowed with, 1 2
ut t r 1 f th r wing ; 2 r t i 1 ste p to ; enterupon, 66 13
p a ,
n ea e ; . .
-
.
p a .
;
( plumage of a tree, i . s.
) leaf f or mg , f
c . -
2 get 1nto ( a condi ti on ),
.
ge t a t,

"
parna ; 3 leaf for writing e, attain, 98 agai n , 60 ;
1 7
get back
1
. a on a acqui r

written leaf, V
[ p t
a cf . n l
ep u, 3 .
go to meet ,
an d so ( like the Lot .

La t penna and Old La t pesno
wi n g ; . .
ac-c dere ) , accede, yi eld ; say yes to ; con

( for o
petna ),

wi n g ; Ger F ed-sr
, Eng . .
sen t, 48
v i , fa ll asun der,
co me to nou ght,

p a t t ra -
gi k a, n . leaf vegetable, -
a vegs
ge t i n to trouble .

table consi stin g chi ey of leaves .

sam ,
1 . turn out we ll, su cceed,

p at n i , f .
l . mi stress , lady ; 2 . then
pro s r
p ;
e 2 become, .
3 fall .

( like E n
g l a dy ),
wife . .
[ fe m to pati ,
.
j us t tog ether, be uni ted wi th ; sa mpanna , en
da m ]

as rdrma, lady, is to

i .
dowed wi th, 2
t an t a k gi lyin g at the fee t ad m foot
p a a
[V pad zcf mis a, Lat
-
p
. .
. . .
- .

t t a a dv at the fee t [ fr patsu d m E

p u s
f ]
'
a s e n oot
p e g
.
,
. . -
, .
,

loc pl of pad 1 098b ] d a 1 step, 2 foot

p a n -
. . .
, . .
, .

p a t h sa me as step ; 3 . foot 86 ,
4 . stan din g-place ,

p a th a f or path in cpds [l 31 6c] stead, lace home, stati on , i ti

p ; pos on
.
,
,

t h i me p n than 41 1
[ p
V d f 1 6 groun d
p a sa as a .
. a : c . 011, Lat .

p th i - r k si , rdi the p th op pedu m i d m

a a g ua n g a s
( r he
. . -
p
,
u op
, to w-
n , on or o ve t
[ pa n than , 1 249a : acct, eda , f r

A S
i f

p oot p n t ; a t, ste p .

t h ( rt i i t th w cour
p a y a , a pe a n n g o .e ay, se ,
g oin g, j ourn ey, w hence tia n, go for,
or progre ss of a thi n g , a nd so) suitable, En g etch
.
f .
]
w holesome ; pathyis, f pathw ay [ pa th d ma , m lo tus, Nelumbium speciosum
s
pa n
. .
. .

1 21 2d the plan t, but the ower

( not , w hi ch closes

p a d
(p y a te ; rp
a i ds . p od [79 4 l; at eveni ng ) .

apatta [882 ] patsy ate ,

-ti
pa n n a
p a d m a g a rb h a , a con tain i n g lo tuses ; - .

[96 7d ] p attu m a
p yd a pi dh ya ti ) Lotus-lled, n ame of a lake
-

[ see ga rbha .
.

1 go, ste p, tread, only w prepositions 2

i
- .
.
.

a nd in deri va ti ves ; 2 fall, si nk down n ri g s , having the color of a

.
p a t a - a.

( fro m fa ti gu e ) p
, e i
r s h .
[ connection be lotus ; as m . ruby .

tw ee n 1 an d 2 n ot clear: u n co mpoun ded p an t h a u m

road, path, way
.
[ cf . .

verb very rare see un der pad an d w ire s,

path L at pout e m, path, bridge

.
-

w ith ] Eng path an d Ger Pfad, if they belon g

. .

5, co me un to ; get into (a con di ti on ); here a t all, must be re gar

ded as very early
esp .
ge t in trouble . ee k rdros,
borrow ings, fr the Gr . or poss .

v y-a ,
fall aw ay, pe ris h ; ca us . destroy ; from the Scythi an ]
p an th i sa m e a s panthan .

+ u d , go forth or out of co me in to a
p y a s, n mi lk [ V pi ] . .
pa ri p a n th i n ] [ 1 88]

p a ri p a n t h i n a. bese tti n g the path ; as p arv a n a kn ot, j oin t.

l r
m
, , .
,

as. w aylayer .
[pa ri p al- m ,
1 31 0s

ll, 1 169 1 a : . of .
pt rua ]
an d c en d ] p ar u j 3 rib ; sickle
.

g , .

p a ri b h ii a. bein g aroun d, eu co m V p a l y (p
i i ya te ; p a l i yfui i ca b s ; apa
pa ssi n g .
[ V bh ar
p i, 15 m Pa li yi ti . te ; P i
y ts ; m -
m
p a ri -
v a t s a ra, m fu ll year
. a .
[ 1 289 ] pa layi tum ; p a la yy )a ee ; de a r
p t, cease, .

ri v a rt i n ,

p a a . turni n g roun d, circlin g, [ quasi-
root fr . V i,
go, pat i .

r

constan tly return in g i n to itse lf .
[ V v t
aw ay, see 1 087c and c : q ui te dieren t
pa rt ] is V pi la ya,
p a ri v ara , m . tha t w hich surro un ds, i e.
.
p a l i y a n a ,
a.
[ p rJ
V
i ghta i . -

in strumen t for pur

retinue .
[ V 1 v r
,
cover, pat i .
] p av a n a h . i fyin g ;
p a ri grf t , f l ( en closer,
i . s .
) one of the win nowmg fan -
. V
[ p ,
ii
little ston es by w hich the sacrici al altaris V 1 p a g orig spa; ( pagyati, te ; in V eda .
-

p s:

su rrou nded [ V gri ri l s83b ] rt l

pa , en c ose : . u
p p e ;
a pa s s a a ter .

p a ri s a mk h y a , j : co mplete tale or en u dadarga , 1 . see ; 2

percei ve.
;
meration su m .
[ V khyi .
pari sa -
m] . behold ; 3 . look ; 4 look on 39 ;
-
.
,
7

a knotty, rough, 13
p a ru s , a. harsh .
[ r
p us,
a gaze,
7
; 6 .
( see i e ) p
ex,er i e.n ce .
,

1 209b ] . 36 1
; 6 look . upon 21 40 ; con sider
1
,
5

p aru s , a . k n ot ; j oin t, of a pl an t or o f th e as ; -
7 . see w ith the spiritual eye ( as

fullness, V 1 pr

body [perhaps .

a ,

ll : seers an d poe ts ) , [ for the i ni ti al 11 ,

cf pArvan J
. see the perfect an d vi - spa s a : t cf . ar t i
m

p a rok sa , a . beyon d the eye, ou t of si ght,
ro - u,

look about ; L a t tpeci o, be hold.

Old Hi gh Ger spehon ,

in visible d be hi nd one s Ger spdhen,

-e a v . spy, .
, .

f r k i a + ak sa, o ugh Old F r
'

back .
[ or pa o sa, e . .
par s when ce, thr ench es
p ,
zer the

eye l 3l on ] . En g . esp
y ,
an d shorte ned spy ]
p a ro k ai rt h a , m . in vi sible thi ng, the an u , look along or spy out (e g . . a

in visible [ rtha ]
a . .
pa th for some on e, disclose or show ,

p a t k a ti , j : wa ved -
leaved g tree , Ficus
-
83 .
7

infectoria . v i, see in places apart, distin guish, see

p arna, n .
- 1 . w in g plu m e, fe at h er clearly vi spasta, clear .

2 leaf .
f or my , of p a ttr a V
[ p;as . 2 p a c, fasten , bin d, i n deri ve, see pagu,
"
( 1 1 77a ), see under V sphur: cf L ithuanian .
p c
a a .
[ cf . rda o ak os, ' '
s t ai - rg u m ; p g
e

Lat pac-u cor, bin d myse lf, agr

w in g ; Ger F a ra En g f er

spdr ee ; pa r,

na , . . n, so .

fern , cf ee ment, peace m

called ( li ke n epls,

. n d
ep v,

agr p a ng ere,

ak e f as t,
-

from i ts feather
y fronds .
] p oo tu m, agr

-
ee d upon G o th fa b a n, AS .
-
.

p a ry i l o ca n a , n . deliberati on ; -
i , f .
plan, j n, a
k c u, -

faste n on , tak e hold of ;
con siliu m .
[ V 100 r
p y
a -
i , 1 1 60 2a . Eng . verb f an
g , seize, n oun

f an
g , seizing
l of


r t consistin g k no ts tooth ; conn ection of r ( g p ,
r r
p a v a a ,
. a. or g
a e -
as e

ragged masses used of a mou n tain giri ; , , doubtful : cf . also Goth fayrs , .

as m 2 moun tai n 27
.
0 92 " hi ll ; .
, , ttin g, AS jr
y , E n g f a i

r; A S g g ,
e a n . a . .

3 clou d moun tain 702

.
4 rock or -
.

En g fay, Ger f aigen , t together, tran s

. .
, .

bow lder 6 Parv ats name of a

, .
-
, an d En g fa dge,

t together or agree ,
.

Rishi compani on of Narada

, [ fr . in trans ] .

parvan ,
cf . 1246c : cf . a w la (M arla
) , d
p g ,
a m . ca ttle, 90 3 a sin gle head or a

se . 1 6A , i . e . Hil herd ; domestic ani mal ( app . to u r

g a ,

p a rv a t a k a n d a ra , - n. moun tain cave -

.

wi ld 67 ; esp be ast forsacrice 2 .
,

p a rv a t a gi k h a ra , m n hill top
- . .
-
.
[p p
ro

tethe red V 2 p g,
a .

r t t k j m l d fasten cf Lat pee-u, Gcr Welt, cattlc

p a v a o p a y a a , i ou n ta in ow lan ,
-

. .
.
.

low lan d by a moun tain ran ge .

[ u pat AS feoh, .

cattle, ro
p p erty,

Eng .
f oo,

Y e t i ] orig . ro
p p y
ert ,
the n
 [ 1 89]
a
p cu -
g h u a , a . slayin g cattle ; as m . Sons ( cona ) an d Ganges, the nu toopa
cattl en s layer . of Ptolemy, 9
17 x .

p q
a u t p, -
r a. cattle stealin g .
[ vbl of p ata v a, n . sharpness ; cleverness .

V 2 trp ] q . v : . 1 208e .
]
p a gu - b a n d h t , m animal sacrice . .
[

bin d p i n t,
or . han d .
[ pro b for s
pa lui : cf . .

lm m A m m

in g of beast to sacrici al post .
] ca ), La t .
pa l a, S f o l , p a l ,
.

pa g m ant u , a. rich in ca ttle .

[ u
p g ,
a han d

: radi cally aki n is AS .
f
-
e a n, l En g .

1 235 and b .
] f ee l] .

p a g u -
ro ma n ,
n . a hair of an ani mal . a i
p n g r ah a ,
m h
-an d grasper,
i e .
-
.

p a
g u - va dha , m . sla ughter of ani mals .

89 s ) husban d . .

a
p g c a, a. hin der; la ter; west ; page, p an d a v a , m descen dan t . of Pi n du .
[p p
i m
as a dv .
[1 1 1 4c : 1 behin d
] after , .
d a , 120 8e ] .

2 . later, afterwards, 29 1 7
,
38
ther
e p i n di t y ,
a a . learnin g, erudi tion. [pan
upon, 39 1 7
,
4 01 9
; pacc it , as r
p p
e w . .

4 t th i du w hi ti h 3 l m P after 61 3
ndu ,
g en .
; o e p n ,
a s , p a e ; .a s i , . . .

w est of, 98 , 1 00 , 1 06
1 7 1 7
[p g
a ca is an nam e o f a prin c e o f the L u na r Race .

in organi c transfer-stem ( 1 209a ) fr pa gca, p i ndu n a n d a n i , m son of Pi n du .

-
. .

q ] . v .
p i n d u - v
a r n a , a pa le c o lore d .
-
.

p g
a c a ,
a dv . behi nd ; later; w est .
[ adver p i t a , m fa ll [V pat ] . . .

bially a
accen te d
p g e i , p i t a k a ,
a ca u si n g o n e o fall
in str instead
t ( f
.rom of - .

i a pas ( a pi , 1 1 1 2e
. . fr spas ai -
( 407 ) ca s te ) ; as n cri m e [ caus of V pa t ]
fr .
- m . . . . .

wi th pa s cf Lat pas terns, late r, e tc ] p i t r a , .n 1 in s tru m.e n t of drinki n g ,
-
. . .

p c
a c at ,
see
p g
a ca . cu p ; vesse l ; - 2 in general,
. utensil (f
c .

p a
c ma oi , a . last, 1
62 9 ; w esterly .
[ pagca bhi nda ), 1 02 1 1
; in E ng as .
( cf
cf . 1224a an d b .
] athi n a 6 ), a t vessel or w orthy person ,
V 1 p i ( pfba ti , te 749] pa pati , papa; 2 p i tri -
f sa cri ci al v e sse l 2 5 . .

pi t ; M i tt te ; pi p ist on ; [l i ,

d rin k ,

1 1 8 5
-s : o f 36 2b 9
] . .

p i tv a
p y a , i
py )
a drin k [ c f 1 ! p
- i d a , m 1 f oo t ; - le g ,
2. li mb . . . . .

t oo m1 ,

-

have drun k ; m , The B urn,

of a qu adr uped, i s q uar ter( a s conversely, m . .
,

The F oun tai n ; in E ng , quarter mea ns fourth part of a

Lat .
p tus,
-

drunk .

qua druped, includin g a

'

bzbo . c
p i b-O
,
-
then qu arter
a pi tum)
V 2 pi ti of 3
(p ; pi ait .
protect ; ( anythin gp qu arter of a ); . es .

or so ca lled f sed )
keep f ca us. , pi laya ( o ur ver sta nza v erse ; the n v er s e
- -
.
,

[ cf m ha v
.e k e t
p p
t, ot d
sse ss t
- ea u, -
a, -
( e e o a three versed sta nza ) 60 ;
v n f 1 2 -
,

herd ; L at pa se o, keep, pasture ; see 4 foo t of a heave n l
( b d i ) yr

y o y s a
- -
. . . .
, ,

o
s p
- i ] beam see 2 kara [ tran si ti on stem ( 399) .
-

p a ri , protect aroun d . fr pad, acc pi d am, to w hich, as if it

. .
-

1 pi , vbl dr inkin g, in cpds [l e pi d a m, is formed the nom pi da s,

. . i ] w er -
.
-

2 p a, keepin g , keeper, in cp ds [ V 2 pi ]
vbl . e tc ] . . .

p i n s u ,
m pl d us t .
p i d a p .a , m p la n t e s
.
p tree - .
, . .
[ li t .

drink
a k 1 o f ca lf o un 2 sim i n wi th i ts f oo t i
p a a a y g ; g
- . s . .
, . .
, ,

ple [ li t. s u ck i n g, l a ,
.
p i d a r a j a s , n fo o t d us t -
.
-
.

p ak a - d urv a, j : young mi llet gras s -

.
p i d i k a ,
a. a moun tin g to or lastin g one

[pi k a durv i : acct, 1 280 fourth ( of a time ) [p i da ] . .

pi t la , a a .
pale red as m . Bign on ia p i d u k i f , . shoe slipper .
[ cf . ad
p ,
su a ve olens .

p ata l i ,f : B ign on i a sua ve olen s or trumpe t p i na ,

1 . n . the drinkin g ( esp . of stron g

ow er [ cf patala j . drink ) ; -
2 perhaps. as vbl a d j . dren ch

pi t a li -
p u t ra , a . Pi talipu tra, capi tal of in g, i s.
. trilnk en d . V
[ p1 i ,
drink,
Magadha ,
at the old con u ence of the
pi n i ya ] [ 1 90]
i n i ya rdv to be drunk , for drinki n g ; p i nda m 1 lump ; ball ; lump ( of
p , g .
, . .

2 lump

as n . drink ; wa te r [l
. i ,

drink , 966 th
ear ) , 98 . es
p . or cake of

r
p p
o f r p i n a,. . 1 21 6b ] . meal ed
offer to the M an es ; -
3. mouth
p i n i y a - v
a r s a , m . wate rrain , -
down ful, 66 ; pindi , 5
f mea
. l c ak e -
.

pour of w ater .
p i t i ma h i , m . fathers

father, grand

p i n th a , m . w ayfarer; vii tor .

[ pan tha m father; great father .
[pi ti ( om s of
n . .

1 20811 2 en d .
] pi tt ) M , 1 31 4c a n d d ) .

i
p p i ,
a bad ; evil ;
. m bad fellow 46 ; as .
,
1 i
p tf
'
m
2 pl father
.
1 . father; -
. .

as n . tro uble ; harm evi l ( dee d ) , ,

an d his br o ther f: F rench pare nt, rela
s (c

27 9 .
6 1 ; - 3 pl the fathers, spiri ts
17 . .

i
p p a - k ar ma n ,
a. of evil deeds ; as m . of the forefathers, the M an es ,

villai n . e tc. [ ori gi n unk now n , see 1 1 82d : cf.

l having e vil as on e s n atur p, L at pa ter, En g f a tlaer.
]

i
p p a q i a , a - . e, ra r -
. .

pron e to e vi l .
p i t r ,
t a s a dv. on the fathers side . i
[p s
t
i i
p p y i ns a w o rse ; ver y ,
. b ad .
[p p ,
i a 1098b
] .

466 ] p i t r mi t ra
- n fa ther

s fri en d ,
. .

i
p p m i n m evi l ; sin, 93 1 1
,
.
[ p p ]
i a . cf . .
p i t ry j
a n a
- m sac ri ce to the M anes ,
. .

p i ri ,
n . the furtherbank orbo un d [ V 2 pr
, .

brin g p i trv ya , m fathers

.

b rother, pa truus .

p i ra m e gv a ra , a . of the supre me lord i

[p ht 1 228 0 : c f rdrpu s, L at pa tru us , AS . . .

(C l
i va [ pa-t a m arin d fwd era, fa th er

s

i

ru sy n harshn ess, esp of speech p i t ry a a. of on e s father of ( our)
p a ,
. . .
,

[m ; of
1 3
at ] fathers, 7 8 orbelon gi ng ed
to or sacr

p i r t h i v a ,
a . of orbe longin g to the earth to the M anes . i
[p ht 12 1 2b: cf . mi rpw s,
a s m k in g . .
[ pr th i vi, 1 208 d ] . L at pa trius,
. of one s

p i rt h i v a s u t i , j : kin g s dau ghter V p i n v ( pinv ati ; pi pinv a ; pin viti ) cause
. .

d ra , m most excellent of to swell or str eam V

[ p i 749 74
'

p i rt h i v en . i or p : ,
9b ,
.

kin gs .
[ i n dra .
]
p i rc i v ,
n .
1 . side ; an d so 2 . as in pi p i a i , j : desire to drin k, thi rst .
[ i r .

E ng .
,
immediate n ei ghborhood . i
[p gr m of V I pi ,

drink

:

rib,

12080 : so French cote; side or i
p p i l i , m .
[
an t.
pe rh aps for s i
pp i da.

ribbed part, M edieval L at

. costa tu m fr,
.
pressed i n or constr icted in the middle,

Lat costa , rib
. .

m 4 w

p i l a ,
.
pro tector . V
[ p2 i , protect, 11 i ( i
p e p e ti . 0 i
ve s. i i
pp e z
adorn .
[ cf . rout ines, AS ll , .

V p i l a y a ( pi li ) ya ti . be protector; pro many colored -

; L at pic tor, .
-

tee t keep [p ,i la . 1042f acct, 1 067 : i

p gi i g a ,
a V i
[ p e] . red di sh brown .

q ui te d i f fe ren t i s V p a li
y, go i
p c i c i m o ne of a class of.demon s (perha
ps

p a r i , p ro te c t a ro un d .
persomcations of the i gn is fatuus ); goblin .

p i v s k i ,
a p u r e ; c le ar ; bri g ht. . V
[ p ,
l
p g u n a , a backbi tin g, slan derous.
[ cf . .

1 1 81 b an d a : cf
gv i a
p ad ] p 3,

m
.

p i vana, a .
purifyi ng ; freein g from sin . V pi e (M ; r i i s
pi pis ; i r
V
[ pii , u ses] pek syi ti ; pies ; M um; pistvi ; wi s

i
p ca ,
on . bon d ; sn are ; trap . V 2
[ p g,
a ya ) . crush ; gri n d, 47 5
; m ill [ c f L at . . .

p insere, pi sere,

c ru sh : of d oub tfu l ki n

V p i , sa me a s pi ship loam,
'

. is poun d,

p i g ,
a a re ddis h b row n . . s a m, crush togetheror to pieces .

p i n g a l a ,
a re ddis h brown . . i
[p g ,
i a p i at i , ppl mi lled ; as n me al
. V
[ ppi : for . .

the mgs, of pi n, pista , and molars , mola ,

.

i
p jn i l a ,
n. tuft of stalk s ; gr
ass . with mill meal ] ,
.
pu ri ne ] [ 1 92]

p u r i n i , a forme r, belongin g to O ld p u. s ti g a , a fat-E mbe d . .

ti mes ; as n thi n gs of the past ; tale p u sti , j : . thrifty g rowth ; prosperity .

of old times, e a nd [ pu ri , [ V FW-l W

12 4 6d ] . p u s p a ,
n bloo m ; ow er . .
[ poss . for

p d ri sa , a . cru mblin g earth, as opp . to s pusha, q . v : cf

. . 1 201 end .
]
ui ds rubble ; loose earth . lli ngs or
p u sp a d a n t a , m Pushpadanta orFlower .

heaps,

fr V 1 pr
.
, i n the sense ll, i . s. tooth, name of an atten dant of i a, see
3
63 N .
heap : 1 1 97b .
]
p u ru,
a much many [ V 1 pr ll q v :
.
,
.
,

,

. .
p u sp i mo d a , fragrance of owers .

cf w ith A S fela
. much , .
,

,

p a ra t t i a dv i n many places [puru,

. .
, p u s t a k a , no n . . manuscript ; book .

p u r u a
s , m 1 m an ; 2 ( as i n E ng, .
- . . . i pi vi t ; pi ta; 1 . make clear

ma n, i s ) servant ; 3 the personal and

. . . or br ight ; purify ; xaa l ew ;
p pi ti , pure ;
li fe gi vin g principle in man and other
u 2. mid . clearitself, ow clear .
[ cf I . i i p,
-

bein gs, soul, spir

i t; then -
4 .
person i ed Eng .
re ( rb t ip a a lpes) w .
pi ti , cf .

The Supreme Spir

"
i t, Soul of the U ni L at pittas, clear i -
as .
, p n as,

verse , sa m , purify, clean .

p u ru s a k i ra , m dee d of a man, human p u , vbl purifying, in cpds

- . . .

eor t, as app to di i v a, fate

p g ,
u a m
. b ete l palm, Areca Ca tech u ; a s . .
-

p u ru sa s i nh a m m a n lio n, s tou t hearted n bete l nu t .

- -
. .

man . V p j ( pj yati . 40 ; piayiwi ti ; vi ii

p u r c i , a .
j ma:
n y , ab undan t ; long .
[ for
mally fem to . a ste m s puru - i c, di rected a bhi , do hon orto .

many
cf d [ p iL
V
'

abundan t : ij
pr h r d r
'

eachi n g in ani b

or r w ays, .
y a , gr v to e ono e . .

r ma going befor m pr
rj j 2 h r
'

p u o -
g a , a . e; as i . on o , .

ds 1 302c r
r d to [ p iL
V r
'

leader; at end of havin g p jy , be honored

'

cp a gr o . .

as leader, acco mpanied by [ p ras

u .
] 963d .
]
p u ro -
g av i , m fore bull
.
-
, a n d so, general Pi re i , PPI lled ; full [ V l m
ll.

ized ( see g 6 leader; puroga vi, f . leader 967b : cf Goth lls, Eng . . . a
p ] .

[ ma ] r
rr mi moon and the full
'

pu p n i - sa , at . full
p u r -h i t a , ppl set before or in charge moon sacrice . .

( p
es o f pr i es
. tly se rv i ce ) ; a s m p rie st,
p i t t a , pp l ll ed ; besto wed , fu llled ; as . .

house priest of a pr i n ce
-
[ see puras w i th n
[1 1 76a
], fu ll men t ; re wa r
.d ; m e r
it . .

[ pr
V 1 l l
, ,

p u l k a s a , at. on e of a despised mi xed p i rv a being befor

a. e in place or

cas te time : 1 cas t ( o :

f p ri c) ; 2 prior ;
m m
. . .

V p u s ( p m . 40 ; Spa preceding, r
rr tt r f rm r
'

p ; : p va u a a , o e

M ) .
1 . thrive ; bloom ; -
2 tra ns
. . latter, 21 3
ancient, 67 3 of old ti me,
cause to thrive ; develop ; unfold, display, rst spoken, w past pass
. .

78 l dr st pri rva, before ;

'

pp . a- seen

p u sk a , b loo m ,
a word assu med as proba ble pi r v a m , a dv b ef ore ; b efo r e h a n d, .

on a ccount f u
o p spa, bloom puskari

, , pr e vi ous ly, alread y, 7
,
2 6 1 7
; i n f ormer
blossom a n d pusk ali ti mes. 4

lotus [ V pus, 8 1 lon g rst,

, .
; ago,

1 1 86 1
] prvam u ttara m , rst last,
bloomin g, 3 a t en d

u
p sk a l i ,
a . abun dant. [prob .

.
of ( havi cpds,
n g as preced
fr s pu ska ,
. ing thing, i s ) accompani ed
. . by or

p st
u i , ppl ha v i n g thri ved ; . stron g ; fat . si mply with 31
8 . [ connected w pural .

Di m . 955 an d
pra .
]
 [ 1 99] [p g y
i l u n a

r k j : [1222d ] iki 1
preced V pr t h , collateralf orm of prath, in derive

p i v a a,
-
, a . . .

in g 2 . used like prva 3 .

[purva, pr t h i , m th e at of the ha n d , t i
. tan i c .

1 222c and 1 307 V

[ p rat h ,

p ii rv a -
j an m an , n . former birth, pre pt t h a k , a dv . separately, 1 06 1 severally,

64

vi ous s tate of existence 66 for one s self, 3
[ rh di

. .
pe aps

k r wi th the precedi n g le tter r

ected widely ( r
'

p r
i rv i sa a ,
a. . apart ) cf .
p th an d see

[ h an ]
t 1 1 1 1d ] .

p ii rv y i , a . ancient. [ pi n g 1 21 2c ] .
pr t h i v i j : the earth a s the wi de an d
,

p i si n [426a
], m Pirshan , a . V edic di vinity, broad [fem to pr thri 34
. 4 an d standi ng
9 .
, ,

kee perof ocks an d herds, and bringerof for pr thvi as the metre show s it is to be ,

p ros pe rity V
[ p s,
u 1 1 60 c ] . .
pr on o unced at for mg cf n ah i , . -
,

1 p : ( pr ni ti ; Pri ate ; ph i m [957b ]; sv n ib ]

. .

pa ss pi ryi
. te ; pi ri y a ti, 4 0 ; ll ; p rt h i v i k ai t a ea rth ru li n-
g ; as m ,
.
-
.

bestow abundantly sa te ; pryate , be prin ce .

co mes sated [see 761 b ] ; ca us ll ; .

p rt h i v i -
p a t i , m lord of the earth kin g
.
,
.

make a thi ng ( acc ) full of (gen 1 02 1 3 . . .

pr t h i v i -
p i la , m keeper of the earth
.
,

[ fo r tre atmen t of r
oo t v ow el see 242 : cf -
, . ki ng .

(w an p r , pl
-
Ere, ll o- ul
p p La t
as, p rt h u, j.: p r
th v i: a w i d e, bro a d V
[ p th,
ra

- . .

241 : cf a k a rte,

folk ; Eng f old: ( doubtful ) : see also .
-
wi de ak in ar e Old .

pi rni an d V pri ] E n g a k e, G e r F la d e n ,

b roa d , thin ca ke,

. .

p ra , intrans . r ii
p p y
a r ate , becomes Old Hi gh Ge r . ace . s .
a don , sacricial

sate d ca ke, w hence, throu gh French at

. a n,

a s. m , intra ns . sa mpryate , becomes cake,

co mes the En g .
a wn , a t cus ta rd
full ; sa mpiirna , full . or pie V prath has no con necti on w . AS .

2p : i
(P p s-r ; M i s ti . - to ; etc p .
a ss brdd, En g broad ] .

bri ng acr [ cf wepdw , p tg i kl d d l f k i

oss . .
pas s n , a sp ec e ; app e , es
p o . ne ; .

over, cross ' '

l dpos, pass a e
g , i . s . ford, as f Pr icui , mother of the M aruts
.
[ cf . .

Old Hi gh Ger

ferry, bridge ; Lat par-ta , ; Eng wepn vds, dark color
ed

.
gate . .

f are, get on

; f erry, f or-
d Avestan f orha na , w hen ce Ger F orelle, .

peretu, bridge,

an d Eb- ppd ms , the well prai d - i j y i , n. speckled bu tter, ghee
bridged ( strea m) also Edd -rope s an d clotte d with curds .
[pipant ]
pf sa n t, a . speckled .
[ 460c ] .

a t i , bring across .
prsth i , n .
- 1 . back, of an an i mal ; -
2 .

3p : ( ti s pr m; ri t
p v e;
a M i s ti ) the uppe rsi de, su rface ; 3 top, of . a hill
be busy ; only w i , see 773 . . a
'

palace .
[ cf . Ger Fi rst, ridge . of a

i . in i pr house ; AS rst lard}

ta, busied .
; ri d g pole
e-
oh .
-

in ri d se r ros has mgs 1 , 2, an d 3, that

ve that rr

v y i - vyi p yate ls b usie

m m; m ; anm
.
, ,

are ( pr
-
id. pr
i pupil- Lat tergum has mg s l an d 2, an d that
m
.

at. ter prktt ; r

p v
e i te ) a n; Eng ridge has mgs 1 and
.

mix ; p t
u in conn ecti on wi th .
[ perhap s prsth a t i s, a dv. a tergo, from behi n d
conn ected w . w i th the ba ck, wi th ave rte d face,

u pa , pu t one s self close to, be near .
[ 1 098c

p tt , j : ght, battle .
p rsth a -
mi ns a , n . back esh ; w -
. khi d ,
p tt a n i , f . battle .
[ cf .
ptt ] . in double sense, bi te the back esh -
a nd

V pr t a n i y a ( pr tan i yi ti ) . ght ; present back bi te -

.

ppl gh t
.in g ; a s sub st en emy . .
[ pr
tani , peya ,
n . a drin ki ng .
[l i ,

i nk ,"
dr
1 21 3c .
]
V p rt a n y a ( pr i : i, of the gob li n s [ g
'

ta nyi ti ) . ght ; attack ; p i g i c a , j - a . .

pi i c

p ent ppl
res ghti ng
. as subst . ene my l 2o8f ] .

[ pr i
tan 1 069d ] p i i gu n y ,
a n slan der i
[p gu n a 1 208f ]
-

, . .
, .
 [ 1 94]

p 6 ea m thriving developmen t ;
.
,
w elfare . sa m mid ,
. cons u lt w ith, con verse

[ p s]
V u talk w i th .

p i u my s a ,
n. manlin ess ; manly deed .
p ra j i , f .
1 .
procre a ti on ; -
2 . ospring,
2 children , descendan ts 3 creatures,
[ ir
pur s, 1 21 1 ] .

p i u ru si ,
n . man liness ; man ly deed . 67 ; esp 4 folk , subj ects, of a pr
1 . in ce, .

[p d ru sa ,
1 208f ] . 16 5
V
[ j.an o rj + pra,
i
V p y i ( pyi yate [761d 1 ] ; apyi si t p ra Ji mi - m desire for osprin g
ki , . .

pyi ta) . sw ell ; o ver ow .

[ a collateral
[p j
r a i + ki m a 1 264 : acct , ,

form of V pi, q . v .
] p r a j i k i m a
-
a p ssessin g praj i ki mi
o ,
.
,

i ,
b ecome full of or rich in . i s desirous of osprin g 93 1
. .
6 1 2
[ 1 296 , , .
,

p ri , prep . forw ard, on w ard, forth, for

e .

L at pro, later pro, j i p a ti , m 1 lord of

'

[ cf . t pd, b efore .
p ra - . . creatures ;

b efore ; Eng f ore : see also the follow 2 geni us r i di r procr
e ati on ,

. .
p es n g ov e

in g articles, an d puri s, puri , an d prv a ] 3 lord of crea tures, i s creator

. . .

ra k a ra na , n trea tmen t ; di scussion or Praj i pati, see note [ acct,

p . .

sub ect of j discussi on, w hat s bein g talked 1 267a .
]

about . V
[ gl l '
, do, pu t, pra ] p ra j i rt h e , a dv fo r
. th e . sake of offspring .

p ra k a rs a , m .
(pre fere nce, a dva n tage, [ ar t ha ,
1 1 1 6,
1 302 c 4 ] .

i

i ) i or
super i ty [ r
V k draw , r r j , f un der
stan di n g

.s . .
s, p a : p a ii . .

for mg , cf . En g .
p f
re- erence ; also Ger p ra j il i t a ,
.
ppl . w ell kn own
-
.
[ j
V i

V arrug, -
p re fe ren c e,
a dvanta ge, wi th pra-J
vor-rachen, draw forw ard, prefer

r m manifestati on of one s ai

'

.
p a n a y a ,
.

p r a k i i
c , a shi ni n g ou t, cle ar;
. open ; fection .
[ V ui pra : foru, see 192a .
]
- am a dv V k 1 a fetchi n ;
,
. open ly, aloud .
[ i g pra .
] p ra n y
a a n a, n .
g .

p ra k rt i , j : that w hi ch pr e su pp o
one se s means forfetching, -
vessel .
[ ]
do .

( vora us -
setzt ) ,
i . s . the or igin al or natural p ra na v a , m the . sacred syllable o m
.

form or con diti on ; na ture [ V 1 kr ,

d o, [ V.n u pra, q ]
v . .

se t,

pra .
] p ra n i ma m ,
. bow , reverent salutati on.

p ra k op a , m . a boiling w ith rage ; an ger

[ V nam pra ] .

[ V Imp p m] p ri ni t a , ppl . see V ui + pra ;

-
i s,
p ra g ,
e a dv . early in the mornin g . holy w ate r .

p ra c rtt a gi k h a ,
a - . wi th loosened p ra ni t i p ra n i y a n a , n the fetching - .

braids or ow in g hair .
[ gikhi ] of the holy w ater [ 1 260e ] . .

p ri ce ta s , a. k n owin g , w ise .
[ V ci t p ra t a ri m , a dv . further, longer .
[ pra ,

r
p ,
a cf. 1 1 61 2b . .
] 47 3 2
,
1 11 1 0 : cf . rpdrepov,

V p ra c h ( prcch i ti , te ; papraccha -
p ri t i ,
r
p p
e . e cti on, back to,
in re versed dir
i pri k sit ; prak syi ti ; pr ati ; pri stum back again st, a ga in st, in return ; - 1 to, .

pr stv i ; a sk ; as k afte r, i a tow ards, to . a cc .

,
2 23 1
2 with .

q u i re about ; ask so me one ( a cc.

) about reference to, in re spect to, w a cc , . .

so mething 61 7 .
[ true root form -
13 23 3 over a ainst, i s lik e ; 4 in
g . . . .

prag ( see 220, 241 , an d V vr

g ),
c orig . cp ds
[1 31 3s ] : before ; on , w idea o
.
f con
s
pr :
k cf . Geo - 03, aski n g the gods sta nt repetition ; at ; ( back is ) r
. eected ;
.

L at prec se, prayers, pros as ,
.
- -
suitor see the f ollow in
g w ords .
[ cf . t o
p ,rl '
to ;
Old High Gerf rdh n , Ger f rag e n,

.
- .
-

a sk La t por . s
port ) in porrigere, -
reach out

pr cchi ti i s
( ak eti ), a alt - for a tion m e
prk -

cf L at p oscit, sp ore-soft, Old High Ger p ra t i j i , f pr

. . omise . . .

f l J h-sl k f r

G r f h d i m d ( d d il
'

or cdt, co r t i h
s or l , as s o , e orsc t, p a n a ,
a v o n ea c ) ay, a y .
-
. .

in quires [ 1 313 a, 1 31 0s a n d d : c f p ra ty ah m ] .

p a ri , ask .
p ra ti p a t ti , j : the acqui ri ng . V
[ pad +
v i , nd ou t by i nquiry .
 [ 1 97] [ pra t
p y
a au v a n a

p ra qf s j mman d : co . V
[ ei l -
H ut , ing Romance ton gues ) ;
the neighbor cf.

cf 5 1m also ip ( sc GMAexvos ), the Common

9 ]
1 -2 i)
689, 225 : . xow .

p ra gra a
y , m respectful. demeanor . as Opp . to Doric, etc ] .

in clining forward, fr V gri r
p ]a . .
p ra g g ri v-
a , a h a v i n g t h e n ec k directed .

p ra s a v-
y a , a movi ng to the left ; .
-
am , eastw ar d [p ra c ( 1 2 4 911 ) griv a ]
. .

ad v to the left
f
o prada ksi nam .
p ri g - da k i
s n ,i a d v eas t-s
outher ly,
m
. . .

p ra s i da , ; m grace
p r.asi da favor ; south easter ly [ pri q l249a ]
- . .

kr , do fa v or , be gra c i o u s [ V an d p ro, p ri i g a n a , n fo r e-
c o u rt,
V o rh of ; cour t. .
-

q v .
] .
y ar d [ pr a a g a n a , 128 9 s , l 9 3 ] . .

p r i s i t i , j : c on ti nu a t i o n ; ext e n de d path p ra i m u k h a , j : i , a h a v in g t h e face di - -

.

or ex a m le [ V r d rd D r 4 9 4
( of lif e , f p ) a s p a , rec te eas tw a i. c , 12 s , 1 9 ,
.

p ra s i d d hfi , . succe ss ; celebrity being p raj il a, a w ise ;

; a . as m . wise man .
[pra

known ; ato me p ea ks . iti prasi ddhi s, j na, l 2o8s j .

e I am kn own as a i


Q f r i

efor
ther , o .
p r n c p c , a 1 . . directed fe n
p ra sid dha .
[ V 2 si dh, pra ] succee d,

. w ards ; w . verb o f m otion, onw ard, 86

m 1 stramen tum, straw ; Hindus in

'

p ra s t a ra , . . 2 . east, eas tern ( since the ,

2 . rock, [ r
V st ,

stre w ,

pr a na min g the cardinal points, be gan with
formg 1 , cf . Eng . straw w . strew : connec the east, as w e do wi th the nor th, and
ti on of mg 2 u nclean ] con cei v ed it as before them, as w e do the
in troducti on n orth ) i di h easter q uarte r,
'

p ra s t i va, at . be ginning, .
pri c g, t e n

[ V stu pm , 1 148 . 1 01 3 pri k , acc s n . . . . a s a dv befor e .

p ra s t u t a y j
a ii a , a havi n g on e - .

s sac i
( p
n lace ) be fore on e

s face , 26
( in ti me )
rice begun ; as m Prastu tayaj na , . na me formerly, 7
51 ; ( i n order ) befor
e, w .

of a Brahman .
[ V stu
pra ] . ab l. 59 7 .
[pra aile,

p ra s t h a , m moun tain . n . table lan d on a -

.
p ri j ali ,
a . hav in g an a ali j before
that w hich stan ds for th fr om the sur on e, i . s. in a postu re of reverent sai n ts?

roundi n g coun try i r V sthi ( 338) pra ] ,
. . ti on .
[ pra a ali , j
i d li i m breath ; vi tal breath, 60
p r s v a-
a s a ( t ha vi n g adv an ce d ,
. .
p ri n ,
.

agreeableness , hi ghly pleasin g . vi tal spir

i t, (then
like En
g br e ath ,
) .

[ 1 3051
] life ; esp in pl . .
pri ni s , life, 1 55
,
2 1 13
,

p ra h a ra , m . a stroke ( on a on
g g, an 29 8 .
[ V a n pra, l 92b .
j
n oun cin g the lapse of a w atc h ), a n d so p rani n ,
a . havin g life ; as m li vin g bein g
. .

a w atch ( of about three hours) .

[ V 1 hr [p ri nts 1 23 0
pm ] mornin g ;
r i t ar a d v 1 early in the
p , . .

p ra h a rt a v y a , grdv to be struck ; i mpers . . then -

2 .
( like the Ger . morgen a nd Eng .

on e must str ik e [ ]
do . . morrow ) on the n ex t morn in g on the ,

p ra h rst a -
m an as ,
a . having a deli ghted morrow tomorrow ,
. r
[p ,
a 1 1 09 : cf s pa - t,
.

heart . b
[ V xs p ]ra . Ger ith .
-
,

V p ri ( pri ti ; paprad ; apt i a pri p ri d d s , a dv . forth to v iew ; w as .

form of V l pr

a) . ll .
[ V edic colla teral , be vi sible, appear, reveal on e s se lf .

L at plemus,

ll, q v : cf aw i t a ra , lon g an d lonely road
'

. . . , .
p r n n. a .

5 , till . an advan ce d in terval or long distance,
p rk , see pri c .
p ra an ta ra ,

p ri k r ,
t a a natu ral ; ; mmon . usual co p ri p n y
a i a , grd o to b e b ro ught to . .

vulgar; as a the vul ar ( lan ua e

g g g ) la n .
, [ ca u s of V ap pra.
, 965 , l 92e ] .

ua
g g e of the v ulgus the Pr akrit [p r a , .
p rap t a k i l a ,
- m . arri ved time, favorable
krti 1 208d : for mg cf Ger deutsch Old
, , . .
,
momen t . V
[ p5 pra .
]
High Ger dint isle ( lan g uag )
e of th e .
-
, p ri p t a y au v a n a ,
-
posse ssin g at
a.

people ( dict) i a German ( as con trasted

, . . tained adolescen ce, having r eached a

wi th the L ati n of the Church an d wi th marria ge able age .

[ see 1 308 ]
p raptav ya ] [ 1 98]

p ri p t a v y a , grdv to be obtained, . abou t must have been

lovin g or loved, kin dly

to be got [ V i p + p r a. . tre ate d, spared ( an d so as is
ra t i , j
2 a re ac hi n g a rri vin g at V
[ pi shown by the Go th abstract tj a-bva , -

p p
. .
,

AS freod, love : for mg 1h, cf AS

'

pra ] .
. . .

m w oman
Old Hi gh Ger

f h f , cf also
'

ra s 1 o in ort or ou t ; rco
p y ,
- a g g . . . .

2 that w hi ch stick s ou t oris promi nen t ;

. F ria , The Lo vin g On e, i n ia tag, En g
-
.

the princi pal part of a thi n g ; the most F ri day, dies

-

part ; of a t end cp ds for p ri y a v ad i n , a sayin g pleasan t thi ngs

having - . .

the most part, ha vin g for i ts predomi p ri y i p ri y a, n comfort and discomfort . .

n an t characteristi c, like [ V i [ apri ya z 1253b ]

m
.

pra , 1 1 48 l a . .
] V p ri ( p si ti . pris r i
; p v te ; pi prya.
a

most i a r a
'

p r i y c
a a s ,
a dv . for the part . i
pp y r ; pri i si t ; pr i ta; p i tv ) 1 a .

0 i i d f r
'

[p y
ra g 1 1 6 ] r i
p n , g t lad en , sh o w a v o to, ro
p p i

p ray a s , a dv . for the most part, al most , ti ate ; p1h

ri ni ti , .ha ve ple as u r e in ;
50 22 .
[p p
r0 acc s n ( 1 1.1 1d ) of a n e uter. . . lo .
pri ni t, be g la d or con te n t ; -
2 .

n oun .praya , that w hi c

h is predomi r
p yi at e , b e g l ad or co n ten t ; h av e ple as ure

pm in ; love, be favorably in clined to ; 3

n ant ( see prays ), V i , 1 1 51 . .

p ri vi, a . atten tiv e, heedful, zealous .

p ri ta : gl ad , ple as e d, sa t i s ed lo ve d,

[ V av + pra, 1 1 56 3
, 355b e nd .
] dear .
[ cf . Goth .
f j n on,

love ; iionds,
ra n 1 the ea tin g 2 the AS frednd,
lovi n g, is

frien d, Eng
p c a a ,
n . .
; . . . . .

g ing
i v of food, feedi n g .
[ in mg 1 , fr .
friend ; also AS eo bo, .
-

a sparin g or

V 2 aq,
eat,

+ pra ; i n mg 2, fr . caus . of in dulgence, favor, grace, peace, Ger

.

the same

.
] F riede,
peace ; Goth F riba reiks ,
En g .
-
.

p ri i t
g f, m . eater . V
[ ag
2 ,

1 1 82a ] . se e also un derpriya ]

a 1 pleasure ; pri t i
'

p ra gi t r , n . the porti on of g he e to be p ri t i ,f .
y .
, wi th pleas
e ate n by a Brahman at a sacrice . ure, g ladly ; - 2 fri endship . . V r
[ p ]
L
that w hich be lon gs to the p ctr
ri i p ri t i v a c a s , - n frien dship talk, frien dly -
, .

1 208b .
] wor ds .

p ri gi t ra - h ara
n a , n . vessel rockin g, pitchi n g ; as m n
for bold p re k h i ,
a . . .

in g the pri c itra p gri it r
. a ho ldi n g , u n s tea dy b oa t, ski [ V i i kh pra ] -
. .

l 27 1 .
] p re t a , pp l g on e on w a r d ,
i s departe d,
. . .

p ras ad a , m . lofty seat ; buildin g on high dead ; as m - 1 dead man ; 2 ghost . . . .

foun dati on s, p alace,

20 1
[ V and r
p ,a [ V i .
pr a ] .

perha ps in the sense

sit forw ard or in a p r t y a , g rd after d i
y gn , i s in th e
. othe r . .

con spi cu ou s place see l o87b ] . w orld ( opp to iha ) [ V i r

p ,a
. .

a 1 a dear h 470 4 '

p ri y , a. ,
. be loved of,
p re st a , a ve ry ple a s a n t V
[ p r
. i , .

w .
(
ge29
n.6b ), 84 ; lb 13
. ri
p yi , f the serves as supe rl . to priya .
]
beloved, the w ife , 32 , 33
6 1 -
2a desired, p re sy a , grdo to be sent ;
. . as m . servan t .

pleasan t ; a g ree ab le, ri

p y a kr, [ V 2 i s. aen d.
m

pra -
l
do a favor, 3 ; 2b
2
. as n . that w hich is p rai sy a, n .
[ p sy
ser r
vi tude
e .
ml 2o8f ] .

desired, one s p r

o st h awish,
, 89 1 7
; -
3 .
( like Ho m ben ch or couch
. .

meric iAos) to w hich one is attached or p ro sth e ga y a, a lyi ng - . on a couch .

w onted, own , w on ted ; [ 1 250 c,

4 a lo vin g, de vote d to ; 4
. b as m p l a v a, a sw i mmin g as . . . m . swi mmer ,

friend V
[ p ri , v
q , . cf s
pi e s, n a m e of a kin d of du
.ck . . . V
[ plu : cf.

ge n tle

; Goth .
f reis, sec . 3 . m sj a na .
,
radar, n h oFor
, a

AS i Ger frei En g f ree

,
.
,
'
V p l u ( plavats, ti ; pupli v a, pupluv
. . althou gh the -

modern mg free 1 8 common also to the

aplosta ; plosyati, ts plut ; pl\i tya , - -

Go th an d AS w ords, yet the orig mg

. - l
p y )
t1 a oat throu
.
g h w ater or ai r: .
ba n dh a n a) [ 200]
bi u dh a n a , a. bindi ng ; as n. bon d or if so, cf .
, for the mg

, W 3, ibute, w
tr

bon ds [ V b dh ] wp
i b r bri

. an es, ea , ng .

bi n d hu , m . 1 . connecti on or relation b a li n , a. mighty , 1 3. ba

[ g
shi p ; 2 .
( concrete, a s in Eng .
) a conn ec b al i sth a , a . most mi ghty ; very strong.

e lati ve ;
tion , r frien d ; one w ho belongs [b a li n,

to ( a certain cas te, f or exa mple ) [ V bandh b a l o n ma tt a

.
, , a. frenzied or craz ed wi th

p o w e r [W .
M V mad + ud .
]
b a rb a ra , a stammering, balbu ti ens ; as V b a h , see ba nh
. .

m 1 pl for s , ol d Bapos, na me b a h i s k ar a ,
e ig ner rd t b t u t id
. . .
y g o o e pu o s e ,
- .

applie d by Ar yan s to n on Ary an fo lk s to b e ban ished [ba bi an d kr ,

do ,
-
.

( as Welsh an d Willsch by English a nd u

p ,t

Germa ns to f olks that speak a strange b a h i s- k rta , ppl .

pu t out, expelled .

tongue ) -
2 . si n
g . a man of
low est origin ; [ ba hi s kr
and , do, put, 1078

a wretched wi ght, wretch, [ cf . b ahi h -

p a ri d h f ,
ad v ou tside the . en

d apos, forei gn, ou tlan dish L at ba l . closure ( see pari dhi ) .

[ 1 310a .
)
bus,
sta mmering ,

whence Spanish bobo, b a hfs , ad v .
[l l l l d ], outsi de ; as re
p p . out

blockhe ad, En g booby ) side of, w . a bl

. . .

b a rh a , m n tai l feather . .
-
.
[p p
r
o .
pl
u ck b a h d , a mu ch, man y ; b alm ma n , . conside r

as much, thi nk much of, esteem

ings , pluck : V l lnh cf the n o less [ V ba nk
'
. .
,

ar bi trary specializati on of mg in En g orba h : cf . . t axi s,

plu ck, that w hi ch i s pluck ed out after b a h u d h i , dv

a . many ti mes .
[ bal m

ki llin g a beast i ts liver, lights, heart,,

an d, g .
,
b a h u mi na, m . estee m , r
e spect .
[V man

b a rh i na , m peacock, [ transi ti on . 68 9 . + bahu .

)
s tem fr barhi n , 1 223f, l 2o9c ]
. . b a h u mi na -
pura sa ra h m , a dv . wi th re
b a rh i n , m ( having . tai l-feathers, i . s. the spect [ 1 3
. 02c 2,

d
tail feathere d bi r
-
xa r 150x4
-
17 .) the pea b a h a l a, a 1 thick ; - 2 abun dant ; . . .

cock .
[ ba rha .
) much [ i
.n m g l , perhaps directly fr .

b a rh i s , grass or str aw o f Kn.n e grass,

e -
V ba h, 1 1 89, and in mg 2, fr bahu , .

spread over the sacri cial ground to serve b ah u l au sa d h i k a , a having ab un dan t .

as a place for the oblati on s an d as a seat herbs [ osadhi ,

.

forgods an d offe rers .

[p p
ro th a t w hich V b ad h
.

i dhate ; babi dh ; abi dhista ;
( br
is torn up, vulsu m , p luck i n gs ,

V l b h
s ,
'

te ar, p lu ck for mg , cf . En g . hay, -
bi dhya ) press hard ; dis tress ;
. bese t .

o m he w ,

cu ttin gs, fr [ see V v adh : cf L at de-f end-ere, . .

press

b al a , n. 1 . might , e n gth,
pow e r, str force ; or w ard off

ff
o en d-ere, press hard
bali t, forci bly ; 2 then , as in E ng . .
, force upon ,

( formakin g w ar) ; forces, troops, [ fo r u pri

e ss down h ea vi ly .

av a la : cf . Lat . valEre,
be str
on g, b i d h a, a distr essi ng ; as . m distr
e ss
. .

b ala di - a . str n
e gth-
gi v i n g .
[ V bi dh ) .

b al a v a n t , a. pow e rf ul .
[ l 233a .
] b an d h a v a , at .
( havi n g connecti on or

b a li dhi k a , a . supe ri or in stre n gth . relationship, i . e .

) a relative ; friend .

[ a dhik a z [bandhm
bali nv i ta , a . conn e cte d w i th pow er; bi la , a .
youn g, g row
n ot n ; as subst m . .

suggestiv e of auv - ita , Vi d di i uished f rom

po w e r .
[ .
) an
f . 1 . child ( st ng
b all , m .
-
1 . of- ferin g, tribu te ; 2 . esp .
Y an.
uv

y onn s man ,

boy ; girl ;
po rtion of a dai ly meal or sacrice oered

as trib u te to gods semi di vin e bein gs, chi ldi sh, puerile ) chi ld orbooby, w double
-
.
, ,

men , a ni ma ls , esp . b irds , an d e ven inan i mg 61,

91 .

ma te ob e cts, j 65 [ perhaps fr V bhr: b al a k . a , a .

youn g ; as a . child .
[bi lm]
 [ r
b h

b i l l p a ty a , n. youn g osprin g, of men - te ; bu ddh ; bbddhum ; bnddhv i

an d of animals me
apa tya b\idhya ) 1 be aw ak e 2
.
[ ] - .
; . co to

b i g p a , tn tea rs . .

b i sp i k u l a , a agi ta ted by tears . .

[ Sh ula ] heed to, w g 4 notice, i e
. en . , 76 1 . . .

b i h , or ar m; fore ar m; of be asts , er cei ve an d so, beco me ac uain ted wi th

p . es .
p ; q ;
the for
e leg, esp the upper par
- t thereof, . un derstan d ; 5 rarely, ( like Eng te . .

1 01 [ for abhi
g h : cf 7 1) xur,
D ori c . member a person ,
is . .
) pre sen t a person
mi xi n, m xvs,

fore - ar m AS bag, .

ar m wi th a thin g ( instr ) .
ca us 8a ca use . .

an d ar m of a bran ch, En g bough,

tre e, i . e.

. to noti ce or un derstan d ; 6b . teach ;
ar m of a

ee, Ge r B ug, shoulder
tr , hip
. ann oun ce to .

also Dutch boeg, Eng bow .

, shoulderof a [ for s bhudh, orig . be aw ak e,

cf .

shi p, bow -p

s rit, bow Church Slavoni c bud ti, -
be aw ake the
b i h u y u d d h a , n arm ght, wre stlin g
- .
-
. cogna te w ords of the related lan guages
b ab a l y a , n abun dance ; commonness, . agree closely i n form, bu t show cons ider

state of bein g usual ; concretely, usua l ab le diversity of mgs : mg 4 medi ates

der of thi n gs ;
or i t, from or in accord the tran siti on to the idea of the Gr
eek

an ce wi th the usual order of things, in V n o, w t, in als o

n d ou t

: mgs 5
a ll pr obabili ty, [bahu1a , and 6 form the bridge to the prin cipal
hi Germanic mgs, oer an d comman d :

at end

h y a , a bein g . outside, ex te rnal ;

of cpds, equi v. to E ng . ex tra at beg .

f
o cf . Goth . an a - biad -o
u, ( pro b .
gi
ve n o ti ce
cpds .
[ ba bi s , 1 21 1 : cf l208a en d . .
) to,

and so ) mman d

co ,

AS bead an , .
-

b i dal a , m cat oer comman d

. . an noun ce , , , En g . bid,
b i mb a , m n di sk . . of su n or moon . ann ou nce , offerin w ords, od er in
g eneral,

b i la , n . cleft ; hollow .
[ perha ps fr V bil . esp . a t an a uction , declare , proclaim, com
orbi d, collateral forms of bhi d, cleave .
) mand , in vite,

Ger biet en , od er ; ( from

.
-

b ij a , n . seed, of plan ts an d animals . an en tirely differen t root is Eng bi d, AS . .

illumin

b u d d h a, ppl . a w ak ened ; en bi dda n , Ge r bitten , pray , as in bid bea ds,
.

lighte ned ; esp ., as m The En lighte ned

.

ra
p y cf . also Eng . n oun bode,
Gau tama ment den om

One, epithet of of the Cakya ann oun ce ,
w hence . verb
tribe .
[ V budh z for bu dh ta -
the bode, for
ete ll for mg 5, obse rve the
formal eq ui va le n t of -
t v0 - '
ro in drum re
-
s, an alog y of Ger Jemand bedenken ,
.

re

no t havin g memberor tak e n oti ce of a pe rson es
p i n .

b u d d h i , fl 1 one s w i ll i s mak e a be q ues t

. insight, un derstan din g, ,
. .

in te llect ; min d ,
m
13 ; wi t, wi ts ; - 2 . ui , atten d to, 58 1 ; un de rstan d, kn ow ,
mind in the sense o f opini on ( as in
belief ; at end f
o p d s : v i
y g hra bu ddhyi ,
c -
+ p ra , co me forth ( from sleep) o
t con

w i th tigeb belief, ( mi stak enly ) thi n ki n g sciousn ess ; aw ak e , intra ns .

that it w as a ti ger, 34 15 3 . min d in the p ra t i , awak e, intra ns ; . awake , tra ns .

,

senseof purpose, resolve ( as i n Eng .

) 76 3 .

h kr
buddhi r , make up one s

mind, 58 bu dha , a. aw ake ; in te lli gen t ; wise ; as m .

b uddhim pra lq , mid , pu t a plan befor e wise man -

'
.
[ V b udh ) .

one s self, deci de, [ V bu dh, 1 1 57 b u b h u k si , f : de s ire to eat, hun ger .
[ fr .

the formal eq ui vale n t

for budh ti -
de si d . of V 2 bhuj , frui ,
6cm m r

of 1 oo V 1 brh, colla tera l f f
orV h pluck , q v


'

, n n , an o V ,
. .

b u d dhi li vin g by one s mind, ba bhrha ; br

V 2br
'
-
j ivin , a. h ( brnha ti , -te ; dha
e mployin g on e s

in tellige nce, intelli gent . ca us br nhyati ,
. be thick, great,
b u d d h i ma n t , a.
possessin g un derstan d stron g, in br
hant, ca us . make grea t,

stren gthen .

V b u d h ( bbdhati , te ; bddhyats ; bu b6dha, b f h , f prayer conceived as a swelling and

-
'
.
,

bubu dh ; abu ddha hhotsyati, llin g of the heart in devoti on 2 br

h)
'

. .
 ij ] [ 2043

d bha r

love, - ea us. cause to have a share, b h a ttl ra k a - v i ra , m lord s day, Sun

.

f
o person a nd
g en .
f
o thing, day .

[ cf . p ay si s ,
-
ge t one s porti on , eat, b h a d ra, a - 1 praise worthy, pleasi ng ; . .

w . a speci alization of mg like those seen g lad some, 76 4

, 901 7
; 2 good, happy, .

i n En g pa rtake and take as used with the

. roe .
f goo d l ad y,.
, bhadran ,
implied obj ect food or drink, in bha kta , a dv., w . hr or i p ca r, do w ell, 22 1 7
, 23
1 9
;
thi ng di vi ded, orti on food,

an d in 3 favorable, a uspicious, 86 ; as n 3
p ,
.

bhaks : akin ar
e the names of the tw o sing a nd pl . w elfare, pros perity, 20
16

food trees yieldi ng

-
es table n u ts ( acorn s,

buck mast) psych,-

m i s, oak ,

L at f agus, . b l
ess, [ l bha n d, 1 1 88a .
]

AS boc Eng buck

beech in b h a d ra k tt , gran ti ng w elfare ; bless
'

beech, ,
.
,
a.

buck ma st beech nuts

-
,
-
,
and buck-wheat ( so ing .

called from the lik eness of the kern els to tl bhan d (bhan date ) . r
eceive j ubilant

beech nuts ), AS bece, Eng beech wi th Me, pr ai se

'
- . .
.

beech, is ident boc, book, or ig run es b h t n d i sth a , most loudly
'

. . a . or best
scratched on bran ches of a frui t bearin g -

tr
ee,

see Taci tus, Germani a, x .
; su ch a hha yh, n. - 1 . fear, an xiety ; in nposi
cor

branch was called by a name w hich beca me tion to . the thing f ea red, 1 077,
i n Old Hi gh Ger puah-stap or batch-sta b, . fearof a thin g ( abl .
om
bhayi t, fr
an d mean t orig beech s ta b u t the .
-
fear, 2077
y
,
36 4, 41 77 ; then, as conversel

d came to be used for the

si gn i in Eng , fear ( orig danger, so Job 39 22)
w or


can t . . .

has come to mea n anx iety,

thi n g on the bran ch, the rune or letter, 2 dan ger, .

peril, 42 3-4 .
[ V bhi 1148 1 a : for .

5, a ct. , so metimes mid , deal out to, gi ve . mg 2, cf . sa md eha .

]
a pe rson ( a cc.
) a share in a thi ng b h a y i rt a , a stricken wi th fear [arts ] . .

v i , part asunder; di vide . b h ra , m 1 a bear i n g, carr i

y g;
. n 2 . .

p r a - v i
, di v i de . burden ; wei ght, 507
;
di vi de ( ti ty 4
s a sh - v i ,
-
1 . a thi n g a cc .
) .

w ith r i shar pondus, w ei ght, then a lso d

a pe so n g ve a e poun a
- 2 presen t
. a person ( a cc. ) w i th a thin g particular quan ti ty or measure , in nir

[ V bh;

d
pn : s, L at hcf
eif er .
m - - .

9 b h a i j ( bhaui kti ; babhi j a ; i bhi k

light bringing ; AS horn bore ,
-
horn .
-

bearin g, trumpe ter for mgs 24

i
s ;t bh a k syhti ; bhagn l [9 5 7c ] ; b h a iik , cf .

tv i ; bhaj ya )

break
-
[ op i n i on s are . . En g . weigh, orig .

bear up, lift, as in
di vi ded as to w hether Wbhaj ,
2 bhuj , weigh anchor, AS . wega n, carry, bear,

and bhi m ( see these ) ori g. began w bhr . an d weight, burden,

then mass
, then
bm the
'

cf gi ri bhrt -
,

th fr
breaking for denite
moun tain s if bhaiii does stan d for b h a ra t a, a to be su pported or mai n .

bhraiij then Lat g r b r k i d b k li b h e car

. ,a n e e ea t a ne e sp to e
. ep t a v e y t e , , .

na uf r ag a
-
shi p breaking
-

,
em estas
( p
t ) o f m en-
as epi th e t of th e g od A gni ; as a , , .

an d Ge r br echen En g br eak ar e akin ] Blu n ts , name of a patr

, . i archal hero .

b h a tti ra m lord [ a tr an,s i ti on s.te m [ t um .

-

( 399) f r b ha rh : corres po.n d i n g to th e b h b r'

g a s n r a dia n t li gh t ; g lory [ V bbrj , . .

stron g acc. s. form bharti r -a m , tak en as or bhri j , q . v .

,
21 6 . cf .
ph i ye r, n
- .
,

if i t w ere bharti ra-m, is made the nom .

a me ; Lat

. l
g ,ur
s bharti ra- s, etc .
; both transiti on to b h a rt r, m .
- 1 bearer; 2
. . supporte r,

the a declen si on, an d assi milati on of

-
rt maintainer; lord ; husban d, 1031 .
[ ii bh r ,

to tt are re g ulari n Prnk ritJ 1 1 82b : cf . La t .

f ertor,

b h a tti ra k a m lo rd M plied ,
.
, to go ds b h a v a, m . the co ming into existence .

an d learned men .
[ bhatti rg 1 2220 ' bhi
[l ]
 [ 205]
b h a v a t p urv a , a - . havi n g bhavant as tor
y or prohi bi tor
y,

notice ( of man
rst or precedin g ; -
a m ,
a d v. in a etc : cf
i s, bhi s ) . . t .

way having bhav ant rst, i . s . wi th the i , shine upon ; illumi ne .

voc s . . f . of bhav ant at the begi nnin g of u d shine out, become manifest,

beggin g formula forth from

one s . n i s, shine i
j g .

b h a v a d i h i ri rt h a m, adv for your .

+ p ra , shine forth ; begin to be light
food [ in a w ay havin g your food as

.
( of the n ight ) .

131 1 , 1 802c 4: bha vant + Shi ra

ob ect, j vi , shi ne faran d wide .

an d artha ] bhi g i , m part :.

- 1 . allotte d par
t,
b h a v a d u t t a ra m, a dv . w i th bha vant share, lot ; esp . happy lot ; -
2 in
.

as last ( word of one s

beggin g formula ) .
post- V edic, porti on ( not lot), 6422 -
3 .

[ acc s. n . . of ad j . s bhav ad- uttara, place, spot ( cf! Eng .

parts,

bha v a n s ,
n . dwellin g, abode, house .

b h i g u d h y a , n ( bestowal or allotment

[ pro p an ex i sti n
.
g,

pl ace of e xi s t then

- .

in g, dbhii , 1 1 50 1 a so Eng dwelling an d. of a par t, i s ) portion , 88 , esp bestow al
7 .
. . .

abode an d L a t ma n-sio mean t a wai tin g, of a goodly lot, blessi ng, [

. 1 2 1 3c ] .

an abidi n g, and then abidi n g-place

maison cf . a lso mandi ra and m ]

bh dv a n t lordly ; - used in re b h a g i ra t h a , of Bhagi ratha ; :
a . a. -
i,
.
j
spec tf ul a ddress as substitute
[ ]
51 4 f or the strea m (nadi ) of Bh , the Gan ges. .

h second person , a nd tr
p ro n oun o
f t e a ns

la ta ble by your honor, thou ( e g ye . . b h i g y a , n lot ; fate ; . esp . happy lot

( e g.
. 12 used in the pl o
f . a sin
g le luck ; bhi gyena, luckily .
[ bh i g ,
a

p erson to express
grea ter courtesy, 19 bh i j an a ,
n . vessel, di sh .
[ li t
r
e c
.ei ver,

28 5 5
; used in the sec s . . m ( bhav as,
. can il bha m
j g ,
2 : 1 1 50 l h . .
]
b h i nda , n 1 . . vessel, ot
p ; vat ; dish ;
a ddress , ( lord, master mi ster) , , sir,
lady .
2
ge
.n eralized ( like p tt a ),
i utensil ;

[p ob
r . a contracti on of bhAgavant : cf w ares or w are .

1
61 u .
] b h i nda - mi ly a , a. capital con sisti ng of

bha v a n ma d h y a a havi ng bhav ant as

-
war e s ; stock in tr ade,
. .

middle ( w ord ) ; um a dv wi th the b h ii n tl m li ght ; beam

-
, [ V bhi .
,
. .
,

v oc s f of bha vant as the middle w or

. . .
( d V b h i m ( bh i m i ti ) r a g e be an gr y .
, .

of on e s beggin g for mula ) [ g p
o ri e rha ps be a

gi tate d an d so a . .
, ,

, ,

b h a v i t a v y t grdo dese rvin g to become Prakritic form of bhram q v : for loss

,
.
, ,
. .

destin ed to be about to be ; i mpers of r se e un der tbha t

,
.
,

mayi bhavi tavyam se asti I must be b h i ma m rage fury [ t i m ] , .

, , .
,
.

23 ; bhavitavyam i t must be 27
13 1 b h i ri m burden [ l b h i
, n] , , . .

[ l b hii 964] ,
b h i r a t a a d esce n d e d f ro m Bhara ta ; , .

V b h a u ( btbhas ti chew , as m descen dan t from Bharata, epithet

.

bi te ; ; de vour, c cr
o u sh
n su m e ; bh a si ta, of Yudhi shthira, to whom Brihadacv a
con sumed to ashes [ cf a ds p, s pa s an, . . -
m -
tells the sto ry of Nala .
[b ha ra tg 1 208f .
]
barley gr
ea ts - w . the 3d pl bh ps ati b h i ri k a , m carrier [bhi ra ]
.
- - . .

cf . the collateral form psi an d

d n a Oo s, b h i ry b , g r do to be- s u ppo
-rted o r ma i n .

sand3 ] i , f wife ( tbsp, 963b ] - . . .

b h as ma n , n. ashes . cons umed see b h i ry i t v a , n con di ti on of be in g w ife .

V bha s ] . or a ( mon g mals ) ma te [bhi ryi ]

an i .

VI b h i ( bhi ti ; ba bhi d ; bhi syi ti ; bhi th) . bhi va , m 1 the becomi n g 61 ; exi st
.
3 .
,

15 1 3
; bein g ; in cpds, used as equ i v
be br
i ght, shine ; appear [ ci M p i, ence ,
. . -

L at .
ri ,
-
make appear, revea l, say

; to the sa j ir tv a or ti , con diti on of being
En g . ba n, public proclama ti on , manda 35 31
,
- 2 .
( y
wa of bein g, i . s .
) con
b h v i n ] [ 206]
di ti on 3 f b i i ) n atur r forth or Open
split
.
( y
w a o e n g,
. s . e ; p a , .

- 4 . dispositi on ; fee lin g ; 5

n atural . v i, spli t asun der break to pieces,
feelin gs ; heart, - 6 the existent ; . destroy .

[ V b h 1 48 b h i y as , fear [ V bh
'

existen t thing, ii, 1 . or

. . i, 1 1 51 2c . .
]
bhi vin , a . becomi ng, co ming into exist V b h i sa j ( bhi s r
ti ) heal . .

en ce ; about to be, destin ed to be, b h i shj a he aling ; as m healer . . . V

[ hisaj ,
b
fu ture, - i ni ,
j : a beautiful w oman .

[ V bhin 1 1 83 3 en d ] . V bhi ( V . bhi yate ; V . and later, bibhti ;

V b h i s ( bhi sate ; babhi s ; abhi si sta ;
bhetum ; bhishyate
'

ca us . fear;
[ for abhi sk, be afrai d of bhita, havin g feared,
'

speak ; talk ; say. pe rhaps

a sk -for mati on fr V bhi . : 1 82a .
] frightened ; ca us ar
i ght [ w bi bh ti ,
. . .
- -

cf Old High Ger bi-b-t, trembles, w hose

abhi , speak un to, address, w . acc .
, . .

speak , without ob ect

j . bi is syllable of r
e dupli ca tion , Ger bebt, .

r t i speak back, answ er AS beofa li, tre mbles the connection of

'

p a ,
. .

b h i sa , j : speech, language [ hi s ]
V b . . these w ords with oi B opau, am afeard, - -

b h i si t a , ppl spoken ; as n [1 1 76a ], w hat . . ee in fright, and Bar, fear, is still a

is spok en , the w ords [ V bb i s] . . moot poin t ] -

V bhi e ( bhi sati ,

-
te ; babhi s ; bhasith) b hi f fear . .
[ V bhi ,

shin e .
[ cf. V bhi ] b h i t a, ppl feared ; a s n [1 1 76a ], fear
. . .

+ p ra t i , shi ne over against, make a b h i m h , a fearful, terrible ; as m Bhi ma,

. .

show , appe ar we ll . na me of a V idarbhan kin g . V

[ bhi,
bhi s, n . li ght .
[ V bhi sz but cf . 1 1 66b .
]
b hi s -
, k a ri [ b h i m a p ma ri
. k r
the
a m h , m sun ter rible
.

makin g
lig ht

: - .

str e n gth or cour age [ 1264 , .

V b h i k s ( bhlksate ; bibhiksb ; bhik aisy ; b h i ma p a ri k ra ma , a possessi ng -

.

bhiksitum ; bhi k si tv i ) desire to have bhi ma pari k ram. [ 1 29 3 ] .

-

e for one s self , wi sh for; then like b h i ma mm m

a shar ( i n d r
g l a a , n co an o su - .

the Eng desire , .

e xpress a w ish re mons of Bhi ma .
[ 1 26 4,

q u e st ; be g ; esp .
go be gging for food . b h i ru, a timid [ V bhi , 1
. 1 92 ] .

[ old desid . of V b j , 08g end : cf

ha 1 7 . l bhu j ( bhuj hti ; bhu gn ; -
bhuj ya ) .

bhaka ] . ben d ; turn ; make crook ed .

[ so far a s
b h i k si , j i 1 . the act of beggin g, beg the meaning goes, the following w ords
i n
g g; 2 that w hich is .
got by beggin g, may w ell be taken as cognate : on ctr, e-

alms AS bi g a n ,

[ V bhik.
g w the re la ti on . of La t .
j ug-ere,

turn abo ut, ee ; .
-

1 to 2, cf . that of Eng g .
gettin ,

act of bend, turn abou t meti mes
so

getti ng, to getting, that w hich is also ee, Eng verb bow ( as in ,
. bow down )

V b h i d ( bhi nhtti , bhi ntte ; bibhda , bi ben d 3AS boga , En bow, arcus, el bow ,

.
-
.

bhi d i hhet [832] ra in-bow ; Ger bieg-sa m,

bhetsyati , te - .
pli a

ble , O ld Eng .

bhi nna [957d ] ; bhttum ; bhi ttvit bi h s um,

-
pli
able, yi eldin g ,

E n g buxom,
.

-bhi dya ) cleave , cu t asun der; br

. eak in lithe, li vely, vigorous but the Gen
tw ain , 1 02 smi te sore in 5
( battle ), 81 ; manic g raises pho ne ti c dilculti es w hi ch
poun d, bruise, crush ( as a reed ), are n o t yet satisfactor ily cleared up ] .

pierce [ or
ig split, cr V 2 b huj bh hkti bh kt bu bhbj a ,
'

. . ush : cf . L at .
( u n , uri ;

n do, cleave, perfect di ; Ger beissen, . bubhuj abhuj at bhoksyati , -
te
Eng bi te ;
. also bit, morsel ,

an dbi t, part

of a bridle ; bitter, used of a d, w a i V d h i h i ) h
sw or .
joy; n e a , ( ave use w t ,
s ave . .

trace of the or ig . mg , Beow ulf, 2705 ; the use of a thin g ( and so w .

ca us . ba it, in ba it a bea r, make

dogs bi te 2 i n la ter Sht like Ger geniessen , cf
. .
( .

him, let him

an d ba it a horse,
also bhoga a nd bhoj ana ), en oy esp j . food,
b h ii ] [ 208]
a bh i
,
-
sa ) b h mm i sth a , a ( li
standing on the gr
t oun d
. become un to, i s
. .
- . .

attai n ( e g a con diti on ) by a pr

. ocess of
.
[ st-ha ] t

chan ge , en ter into ( e g w ifehood ), 86

b h y i ns , a more ; greate r [ becomin g in

. . . .

be born u n to ( i mmortali ty ), 97 3 . a hi gherdegr

ee, increasin g, V bhii, 470

b h ir [351 a. a t end o
f cp ds, becomin g, b h r, the first of the three uttera nces
( see

bein g, exi ste n t ; as j : - 1 . a becomi ng, vyi hr

ti ), bhii r!, O ea rth .
[ crys ta llized
bein g ; 2 the place (f or mg, c -
f bha v o c
. sing of bhi ] . . .

v an a ) of bei ng , the w orld, space p l b h i

i r i , a ab u n dan t ; . . much . vb
[ ha 1 1 91
w orlds, spaces ( of bhuv as ) 3 the .

earth, as di sting uished from heaven and b h i ri k i l a , m lon g time

-
. .

at mosphere ; bha vi, on earth 4 . the b h dri s t h i t ra , a

-
havin g . many sta

land, lands .
[ V bhi, tions , being in place s many .

b h ii t h , ppl 1 become, been , i e pas t ;

. . . . b h ti rni , a stirr i ng, a nd so vigi lant, j ealous
.

real ; - 2 havi n g become, bei n g, used in

.
( o f a g od ) [ V bhur, 245b ]
. .

com a mma ti

p os i ti on w its predica te as a gr . v b h ii s ( bhli sati ; bhsayati

cal device to give the predica te a n a dj form . 1 bhsatt be busy for; 2 bhi
. .
sayati ,
w n umber a nd gender
. 6 ,
7
( m ak e r
e a dy for i s ) adorn ,
. . .

56 ; 3 as n ( that w hi ch has become, b h sa n a ,

75 . . n. orna ment .
[ V bhiig mg 2
i . s. ) a bei ng, di vi ne ( 901 9
) or hu man or

other; cr
e ature in genera l, 21 b k g ( bibharti bhhrati , -
te V .

0
eate d thing , 58 w orld,
1
cr

4 . as m . n . un ca nny being, ghost, gob

li n , 5 . as n . elemen t ; pa ca - bh ya ) .
f
bear ( c : the va rious senses
of
bhii ti ni , v e ele men ts ( earth , wate r, r
e, hearan E ng ) thus 1 hold, a nd so pos .
, .

w hich the body is composed 2 bear ( in the w omb ; abha rat,

ai r, e
ther, of sess ).

an d in to w hich it is dissolved ), she bare , 85 15

; 3 en du r
e ; - 4 ca rry, . .

so [ V bhir cf .
ea rl -
y, plan t,
con vey ; 5 .
( bea r,
i . e .
,
as in La timer)
w in ; 6 brin g.
( as an offering, c j i of- fer , )
b h ii t a -
g ri ma m , . sing . an d pl . co mmu 69 1 4
, 82 1 4
;

w . dhar, otter the breast,

n i ty of cr
ea tu r suckle, 78 3 7 r i ) su ppor
es .
; .
( be a ,
. s . t ;
b h ii t a b h i si , -
j : lan guage of the gob a nd so
( lik e E n g supp ort ), furni sh sus .

lin s or Pici chas ; main tain, RV x 1 25 1 ;

. ten ance to , 22 9 . . .

b h u ta la , -
n . earth-surface , g roun d , earth . so also, keep ( on hire ) 8 w ear ( as Ger
. .

[ cf . tala .
] tragen mea ns
bear

a nd w ear w .

b h ii ti , f bei ng , esp . w ell-bein g .

[ V bhd na khi ni , w ear the nai ls , keep them un

cf io rs, i mmed, 64 19
f Eng
'
bein g, ci
.
pr a tr .
[ .
p
c epu , L at . ero, .

b h ii p a , m pro tectorof the

- . earth or land, bea r,
bear in its

vari ous Ger ge mgs ,
.

k in g, prince . bdren,
bring forth 3 AS bea rn, En g .
-
.

b h ir p a ti , m lord
- . of the land, kin g, ba irn,
chi ld,

is an old ppl ,
li t tha t . .

p r i n ce . w hi ch is home orborn cf also o p, Lat

. .

b h ii b h i g a , m spot of the
-
. -
earth, p lac e .
r, carrier off, thief se e also u n der

b h ma n , n earth ; w orld . .
[ V bh, 1 1 68 . bha ra , bhartr
the deri ve, , an
d bh; ti ; - cf .

i d : formg, cf . bhir] . bhi ra and the fo llowi ng ] .

b h ii mi , j 21
earth,
17
57 ; groun d, .
a p a carry off, take aw ay, drool .

2 land ; 4
3 place , 23 ; esp t place,
1 beardown an assa ilin g w ea pon ),
. . . av a , (
ro
p p er v ess e l ( f sthi na,
o
pi tra ), 21 5,
2s t
[ V bh ii , 1
. 1 07 : for mg, cf n .s] . . in, bearun to, b rin g to .

b h ii mi -
p a t i , m . lord of the land, kin g, u pa , brin g un to .

prin ce .
u, i i n
pp lonly
,
n ibhr (
ta, born e down , .

b h mi b h i g a , m - . spot of groun d . lowere d, i s ) hi dden . . .

 [ b h rtr

+ p ra , act . br mi d
ing forward ; oer;
. i e the
. . use of bhos instead of a pers on s

prabhr,
ta brou ght forward, made ready . real na me .

bhos , excl. f a ddr thou, sirl, O i, ho

o ess.

halloo
o en repeated, e
g
. .
[ for ori
V b hrii ( r
bh ii ; In ; gi n , see bh a van t : for e uphonic co mbina
roast ; parch, esp grai n
.
[ w
cf h en, L.a t . . tion , see 1 76a ( in 2d ed , 809 .

g
i ere,

roas t ak in w V bhr i jJ . b h o h ga b d a , m the word bhos
- . .

bhrti , j : the suppor

ting, main tenance . V b h ra ng orbhrag
h;
b , 1 1 57 1 a . : cf . Ger Ge-bur-t
, En g . . abhraga t ; fall .

birtlc ] - . a pa , fall off ; see apabhra wa .

bhrty a , m .
( one w ho is to be main tained, b h ra nga , m fall ; [ V bhr an g]
. ru in ; loss .

is
. .
) servant .
[ grdv . of V bhr, 963b .
] V b h ra m ( bhramati , te ; bhri myati to -
,
-

bhrq ,
a a .
pow erful . 763
[ ] babh ri ma b hram i syati ; b hri n ta
b hrqa d u hk h i t a, - a .
( pow erfully, i . s.
)
exceedin gly pai n ed .

ed ; bhetavyam,
b h e t a v y a , grdv to be fear . un steadily or w itho ut ai m; wander; roam,
i mpers . timendum est, one should 36 19
,
23 5
; u tte r, of in sects, etc ;
2 . .

fear, na bhetavyam, never fear . move in a circle, r otate ; 3 g be w an . .

[ 4bhi , dering ( of the mi nd ) be agi ta ted or con

b h e d a, m ssure, split, bre ach ; . a creatin g fused .

of di visi ons V b
[ hi d ] .
[ the ori g . meanin gs see m to have ia
b h e aaj a, f -
i , a . healin g ; as n . healin g clu ded irregular and ai mless and rotary

[bhi s4j , 1 209i ] . moti on as applied to w ater,

wind an d
m
,

b h i i k sa , n . be gging ; bhi iksa car, go re, and also to have been transferred to

a-beggin g .
[ t 1208e ] . the soun d there of : cf . the deri v s bhtmi ,
b h i i ma , a . descen ded from Bhi ma ; j : -i, w hirlw indbhra m , w hirlin g dame and
Bhi ma

s daughter, Damayanti .
[bhi mg w hirlpool,

and bhramara, bee cf.

spi n -
cw , rage,

( m an d
roar

of stor

b h i i ra v a , a . fearful, i e . . awful ; as m . w ave ), MM !

rage roar ; La t ew ere
,
.
-
,

Terrible, na me of a hun te r .
[ bhi ri
l ,
'

rage, roar ;

Ger: brummen hum rum ,

,

ble ; AS brim, En g bri m,

.

surf, surge, .

bh o, see 1 76a ( in 2d ed .
, see 1 74h) .
p lace of surf , ed e
g , margin ; O ld En g

.

b h og a , m . en oy j men t ; use ; esp u se of . brim, ame, re, preserved in Eng

.

brimstone, r see also V bhi m )

food, i e eatin g [ bhuj enj oy 216
V 2
. . .
, , . e-stone .

l .
] p a ri , oun d
wanderar .

b hog i n , a . en oying or havin g en oy

j j ment ; sa m , be much conf used ; sambhri nta,
esp . en oyin g j food, w ell fed -
.
[ n ot di agitated, r
p p
e lexed,
in a utter .

rectly fr V 2 bhuj , but fr bhog a, . . on b h rij ( bhri j a te , t i ; babh ri j a ; ab h ri t -

accoun t of the g , 1 230c en d ] 0 b h j sy )

i t h i
.
[89 or ri a s s n e ; b e .

b h oj ana , n. the enj oyin g, esp . of food ; radiant ; ame g be radian t ( wi th

.

the eating ; then ( like E n

g . eating ) , food . beauty or glory ) .
[ cf an a m .e , ,

[ 42 bhuj,

enj oy , 1 1 50 l a j . . b urn ;

7 pa ,
A - .

dame ; La t a m ma

.
-
,

m ame

b h oj y i ,
rd
y a . to be eate n ; as n. food s
g a
a -
,
d
g re, shin e, li ghten ; -

'

supply of food [ V 2 bh j, j AS blac, shinin g, splen di d ( f r d
'

. u en oy, eat, . o es an

ames ), then

963d ] .

w hite ( of the dead ), En g .

b h o b h a v a t p i rv a k a , a accompani ed blea k, pale- bleach, .

[1 3020 2] y
b bh os or bh a v ant ; am, a ds v i , shin e - . .

wi th bhos orbhav an t b h ri t r m brother [ origin un . . .

l
b h o b h i v a , m the becomi n g bhos ; w
-
k nown cf 1 1 82d : cf p rnp, br
.

o ther, .
,
. .
-'

ni mni m, the becomi ng bhos of names,

esp on e of a br otherhood or clan, and .

14
bh ratrs th an a ] [ 21 0]
so, man clan s Lat .
j ri -ter, br
other [9570] may i tun ; sink under;

Eng brother] . . dip one

s se lf ; d i v e ; d u ck or su b-
merge,
b h ri t r a t h i n a i .m h
a.
( ha vin g s ) taki ng i ntra ns [ pe rh a p s ori g az g get
mg
- . . . .
, , ,

the brothers place ;

as m . representati v e in to

cf. madga ,

duck ; L a t

. er -ere,

duck ; merg as,

of a brother di ver bird : for the
-

.

b h ru v a , f or bhr a t end qf cpds, 1 31 50 .

phon e tic relati on s, cf . majj an Avestan ,

mazga

b h rtl j : bro w [ cf 6 pp
c 6 s,

eye . . - -
, Church Sla vo nic mozga ,
AS .

brow A S brii , .

eye-li d En g brow . .
] meu ry Eng ma rrow Ger M a rk, all mean
,
.
, .

in g
marrow ,

an d , as meaning originally
the i nmost part or pi th, prob from thi s

.

ms .
pron . root, see aha m .
[ cf .
p l, root : see rajj u .
]
L at me AS m Eng ma ] d, merge
'

.
,
.
,
. u e- .

V ma nh ( mankato ) make .
gre a t or ab u n d ui , si nk dow n ; dip one s se lf,

ba the .

an t a thin g ( a cc .
) for a person ma j j i o mann a s
, P ra krit f or -

gran t ab u n dan tly to .

[ for s magh , cf . a nd
f or ma j i r
j a s ( m y - -

magha g or
r ig
e a t,
. be

an d tran s . ma th a ra a perhaps persis tent ; a s m ,
.
.

make gre at or hi g h,

a n d esse ntially M atha ra name of a man ,
.

iden t . w . V mah : see u nder V mah : for ma ni m 1 pearl ; j ewel ;

, 2 wa ter
. . .

mg , cf . L at . la rgas ,
large, li beral,

w .
j ar .

la rgi ri,
gi ve libera lly,

an d Eng . la rge ma ni k a m large w aterj ar [maul ] ,
.
-
.

wi th la r
g ess .
] ma nda p a m n open hall or pa vilion ,
. . .

manh i sth a ,
a .
gra n tin g m ost ab un dan tly, ma nda p i k i j : small shed or shOp , .

most generous .
[ V m il k, [ m a nd apa 1 222 an d d ] ,
.

ma k si ra m the letterm [ Whi tney manda l a n disk circle rin g

- . . . .
, , , ,

ma k h a a j ocun d [cf V mah ) ma ndii k a m frog ; j : mandtiki [355b]

'

.
,
. . . .
, ,

ma g i d h a m pl Magadhans name of ,
. .
, a female fr 0g .

e
p po le Magadha ,
na me of the ircoun try, ma t i j : 1 ( thi nkin g upon i s like the
, .
,
. .
,

So u thern Behar . Ger An dacht see dhi 2) devotion ; pious

.
-
,

ma g a d h a -
dega, m the land . of Magadha . hymn or son g of praise 2 , .

V m a g h , see manh . thought ; thou ghts, 4 93

; u
p pr ose ,
73 6

ma g h a, n liberal gift ; boun ty . .

[ V ma h
g , min d ;in ten ti on ; 3 . opi n ion ; 4 . nu

i . s. mar
lin ] derstanding, in telligen ce .
[ V u an ,

ma g h d v a n a .
1 . abo un ding in q . v :
. cf . L a t mens, . ste m men ti -
,

mind ;

liberal gi fts, generous ; esp , a s m , gen er . . AS ge myn d .

- -
,

mind
, Eng mind . .
]
o us ( pa tron ), de signation of the rich lord ma t i -
p ra k a rsa , m w i t superi ori ty, i s .
-
. .

w ho i n sti tu tes a sacrice an d p y

a s the a ne dodge .

pri es ts, 88 1 0 f .
; sri app lied in pa rticula r mat s y a m sh the li vely one , . .
,

to I n dra, as Rew ard er ( of pri e s ts an d V mad ] .

singe rs ) , 71 5
,
2 in the . V ma t h or man th ( ma thn i ti mathni t ,

Epos, The Gen erous One , sta n din g epithet mantha ti ; matha ti mami tha, ma
of I n dra , m
[ g
a ha , mathlis ma manthus methus ; an ath , ,

ma g a l a ,
n .
1 . w elfare , lu ck ; 2 any .

thin g lucky , a u spici ou s, or of g oo d o men ; ita mathitum mathitv i -

m6thya ) .

3 . old or tradi tional u sa ge , 1 . sti ror w hirl; w agni m

p rod uce r
. e ,

ma i ga ly a , a . lucky , s u spicio u s, of good by w hirli n g the stick of attri ti on in a dry

o men .
[ ma ga la , 1 21 2d piece o f w ood ; 2 . shake, agi tate, dis
ma c c h i sy a m pupil of me my pupil
-
tress ,
.
, . .

[ ma d i
g ys a 1 59 p r a agi ta te, , ,
.

V n a j j ( mA jj a ti te ; ma maDa ; Amajj ;
i t V m a d ( mad at i ; mi dyati ;
, mami da ;
-

mai ksyati te ; n ajj isydti ; ma gn a i mi di t ; madi ta matta; mi ditum; mi d

,
-
,
mani si ] [ 21 2]
heart, mind mt n t u m counsel i s deliberation ; the.
[ V man cf .
pi n s,

, ,
.
, . .

Lat M inerca the goddess gifted l k E sult of deliber

spi rit ,
.
( i e n
g c oun se l ) re-
,
ati on

.
, ,

wi th un derstan din g p l an i n ten t [ V m an 1 1.6 l a ] ,

.
, .

ma n i si f 1 th o u g ht ;
,
u n derstan
. din g ; m6 n t r a . m 1 th ou g h t ; es
p thoug ht en ,
. . .

instr mani si a dv w ise ly ; 2 expre ssi on

. u tter
,
e d in for mal address in prayer or
. .
,

of thought and w isdo m in saw , pray er,

song of pr aise ( see dhi 2), or in pi ous tex t ;

an d hymn (f
c . dhi 2) .
[ V ma n ,
1 1 97b ] .
2 . usua l desi na tion o
g f the hy m n s an d
ma n i si n ,
a. 1 . ha vin g un derstandi ng, tex ts of the V edas ; 3
. la ter ( when
wi se ; 2 prayerful, devou t
. .
[m i ni these V edic tex ts ca me to be used as
l 230a .
] magic formulas ) spell charm ; 4 like , , .

man u ,
m 1 m an ; c ollectivel
.
y ( as i n . manta deli beration plan [ V man 1 1 85b :
, , .
,

E ng , a nd like Hebrew adam), man, man

. for mg 3 cf La t ca rmen solemn u tter ,
. .
,

kind, 2
( like H ebre w A dam ) Th e . an ce

( see V gans ) then magic spell

, ,

Man xor

lgoxr, M ann, father of man whence En g cha rm ] .

k ind ; M anu, as originator of prayer, ma n t ra d a a giving i s imparting the

-
, .
,
. .

praise ,
an d sacr i ce , 8 , M an n, as typ e 93 sacred texts, i .e .
, as m V eda -
teacher .

of piety an d maj esty, 1

1
; Man u, sup V ma n t ra y a ( mantrayats I -
.

osi ti t i ou s au th o r o f the la w boo k of the speak wi th solemn or for mal utterance ;

p
-

Mi navas [ cf Goth manna , Ger M a nn,

. . . .
2 deliber
. a te [ den om of ma ntr a . .

AS ma n , En g man : the noun is genera l

. . see i ts various mgs ] .

ised to a quasi pron oun in AS ma n, Ger a n n follow wi th a mantra accom an

. .
, p y ,

ma n, lik e Lat homo in French on, bu t . with a ed

sacr tex t, like La t .
prosequi

retains a di stin ct form as n oun in Ge r .

M a nn ( as homo does in Fre nch homme) + abhi , addr

ess a spell unto ; char m ar
cf also M a nnus, mythical ancesto rof the
. cdn ure. j
West Germans ( Tacitus
-
, Germania, ii .
) i , speak un to ; esp . bid far
ewell to,

perhaps related ar
e M in -
s and M in or,
mythical Greek forefathers : the deriva ui in vite [ for mg cf ( under V budh ) ,
.
, .

ti on of men u fr V man make formal announcement

thi nk is un obj ec Eng bid.
, ,
.
,

ti onable so far as the form goes ( 1 1 78b )

of an d then

sa m n i
, ,

but the usual explanation of manu as in vi te toge ther -

, ,

the thinker de es common sen se ]

ma n t ra v a n t a accompanied by sacred , .

ma n u j a m man -
[p p
r 0,
a d j M a
. n u t ex ts [ m a n.tr a 1 233 ] . .
,
.
,

born sprung from , ma n tra v a rna m the wording of a -

, .

ma n u j e n d ra m ( prince of men i e ) ,
.
,
. .

p r in c e ki n g 1 5 V l m a
. n d ( m a nd a ti ; mamanda ; Amand
l
, ,

ma n u sy b 1 a human ; 2 as m man , .i t) gladden 74

.
[ co ll a te ra f or m of
. . . .
,

[ m a n na 12 1 2d 1 : cf m i n u sa : fo r m g 2 V m a d ] .
,

se e mi na v a ] . V 2 ma n d or mad (mami tti ; mi dati ) .

ma n u sy a t v a n con diti on of being man ,tarr y l.oi ter [ amplication of em u. .

, .

[ m a n usy a , r e m a i n

t he c o n g e n e r o f p l y ea r Lat ,
-
, .

ma n n ay a d s v a m human god [1 280 ] - 1 man Ere , .

-
,

or m an god [1 280 b] or god among men ma n d a

- a 1 tarr yin g slow ; 2 ,
. .
,
-
.

i s Bra h m an 95.
1 .
( s lu g g i sh a n d s
,
o ) w e a k ;
. in s ig n i ca n t ; ,

ma n n ay a l o k a m w o rld o-f m en li tt le ; ,
3 ( like Eng colloq slow ) stupid
. . . . . .

mt n u s m man [ cf manu an d 1 1 54]

, .
[ V 2 .m a n d .
,

ma n o ra th a , m wish
-
[l i t hca rt

s m a n d a b h. i g y a ,
0 h a v.i n g li tt le luc k ,
.
- .

j y
o

m
, a n as + 2 ra th a ] u n lu c k y . .

ma n o h a ra a (heart-taking i s ) cap ma n d a ra , m Mandsra, a sacred moan

-
, .
, . . .

tivatin g .
 [ 2 1 3]
ma n d l d a ra , a.having little regard for ma ra k a t a , n . s maragd or e merald .
[ cf .

( w . loc , . careless about [ man da . apdpa'y80s, w hence m a ragdus, Old

La t .

French e m eralds ,
Fren ch emer a ude
] .

ma n d i ra m n l , ma ra na n death [ 41 min
. . . coral ee , Er
tr ythrin a , . .

indies ; 2 m used p er h ap-s as na me o f m

.a r i c i f . 1 m o te o r s pe ck , in th e air , , . .
,

a m a n, M andi ra illuminated by the sun ;

. 2 later beam -
.
,

ma n d i ra n dwelling ; house ; palace ,

of light
.
[ cf m a t ) .
. . .

[ V 2 m a n d tarry 1 1 88 e : prop a,
w ai t ma r
i c i m i l i j g
ar,la

n d of ra y s . -
,
.

ing an abidin g and then abi ding place ma ri c i mi l i n

, , a havin g a garland of -
, ,
.

ma nsion
cf Fi pa fold stable late r rays [.ma ri ci m i li 1 230a ]
-
,

, ,

.
,
.

monastery for mg observe that Lat ma ru m a waste ; desert [p er ha ps , th e .
, . .

ma nsio stem ma n si on ( fr ma n i re
,
dead and barr en p ar t w h e th e -
r o f la n-
d .
-
, ,

meant rst a tarrying and or water 4 1 mg Am

di e cf t '
pp ps
a o , , , . -
,

then a stoppin g-place , mansion

, French son Poseidon ; L a t mare,
of .

sea

; AS .

maison see also bha vana .

] mere, sea, lak e, sw amp, Eng

. mere ,

lake,
ma n m a th a , the god of love m . love ; .
pool,

Windermere -
,
user-
ma id AS m6r .
,

the agi tator,

distresse r, in tensi ve for Eng moor marshy w aste
.
,

,

mation fr V math or manth .

, ma n in pl the Maruts or gods of the
,
. .

l oo2b ] . storm wind In dra s companions selections

-
, ,

man ma n n thought ; esp ( like dhi 2) ,

. . xxx v .
, x iii ,
x lvii .
, lx vii .
[ perhaps

the

An dacht -
, devoti on, prayer or prai se . ashin g on es, as gods of the thun der

[ V ma n, 1 1 68 1 a ] . . stor m , and conn ecte d w . a l u nar seen

ma n mi nu s n my esh [ mad
- in pap pa la ce
, . .
,
-
,

ma n y m 1 mood i s temper of ma ru s t h a l i f desert land desert

,
. .
,
. . -
, .
-
, .

mind ; then 2 ( like E ng mood ) anger ma rt a v y a grdv moriendum ; imperso

. .
, ,
.

heat of temper [ V man 11 65a ] m 4

na ll 9 99 di 9 6
l ]

g see . e ,
.
,
.
, ,

mama see 491 a nd ma , mart y a fit like Eng a mortal i s a .

, . .
, . .

ma y a 1 called a deriva ti ve su z ( see

, . man ; as a mortal . .

1 225 but rea lly a nomen actionis ma rd a n a m crusher; g as in Eng

, ,
. .
,
.
,

meaning formati on make used as nal su bduer [ r

V m d 1 1 50 1 a ], , .
,
. .

elemen t of a c d
p h a vin g as i ts mak e ma rm a j i i a a kn o w,in g th e w e a k s pots ,
-
,
. .

made of consistin g of containi n g

[ ma rm a m ]
in itse lf 2 nomen agentis mak er marma n a mortal part vu ln erable or
.
, , ,
.
,

former; esp M aya The Former name of w eak spot lit a nd g

.
[ cf, 4 1 m , ,
. . .
,

an Asur a articer of the Dai tyas an d mary a a man esp youn g man ; pl ( like
, , ,
.
, . .

skilled in all magic [ fr m i w eak E n

g m e n Ger M a n n en ) ser va n,ts at .
, .
,
.
, ,

form ( cf 954 0 250) of V l mi measure tendants henchmen

. .
, , ,

ar range form 1 1 4 8 1 a an d b : so the ma rsa m pati en t enduran ce

, , [ m ]
U .
, . .

Eng deriv su x hood hea d Ger heit mal a n m smut ; impurity physi cal and
. .
-
,
-
,
.
-
, , . .
,

w as once an independent n oun see under moral [ci p i n cv dark L at male s , . . -

,
.
-
,

M
J
mb y a s n. e fr
in vigorati on, r eshmen t, cheer, ma l l a m
,
1 pl the M allas, a people ;
. . .

g ladn ess, j oy [p p
ro a buildin u
g p,
fr . . . 2 professi ona l boxerand wre stler; one
.

V 1 mi , estab lish, orfr the w eak form mi

. who e ngages in the t a yxpdrw r, pan or

a '

( cf . 9540, 250) of the kin dred an d partly tinat .

equi valent V1 mi , measure ,

arran ge, ma gak a , m . bitin g and stingi n g insect,
form, build, 1 151 1 a

. .
] gnat .

ma y o ma g i f bone black ; 2 ink, made

'
- b h ii a . being for or con duc , .
1 .
-
.

in g to mayas , i . s . refreshi n g, gla ddeni ng . of lac or of almond-char coal boiled in

ma ra m ,
. death .
[e ,

cow s urine.
masyabh v a] [ 21 4]
ma sy a b h av a m lack of
-
,
. ink . ma h i - dhan a, a. having gr
eat wealth,
V ma h ( mAhate ; mi ma h mahi ta very rich .

mahi tvi ; ca us W yatt .

,
orig . be ma h i -
pai k a, m . n .
( great , is . .
) deep
g rea t or hi h
g , a nd so 1 mid be
g la d, . . mire .

rej oice ; then ( tra ns ma ke great or hi gh, . ma h i -

p a ndi t a , a . ex ceeding ly learned
a nd so) 2 a ct elate ; gladden ; exalt . .

74 ; 3 - 3 . estee m hi ghly, honor . ma h i p a ri d h a , m . eat cr

gr ime . m
[ ahi
[ for m agh, V manh cf . ma gha , also + apari dha ]

ticipial adj mahA

for orig mg, cf pa r .nt, . . ma h i -
p raj il a , a . very wise

gre at

: for mgs 1 and 2, cf . American ma h i -
bi hn , a. grea med
t ar -

colloq high as . use of

hi gh in spirit,

elated, esp intoxi cate d

. ma h i -
b h ii ta , n. grosser elemen t, i s . .

wi th ori
g do n ag h i n the mgs be

. earth, air, r
e, water, or ether ( as dis
eat, mi ghty, i s power om a subtile men t orrudi

gr ful or able, trans . . ting ui shed fr ele

mak e able, help, cf p ox Ads, helping

.
-
mentary atoms) .

bar, lever ; x-ay , me ans ; Goth mag,

. ma h i ma n a s , a - .
g rea t min ded -
.

AS sw y, am able, Eng may

.

. ma h i mu n i a great sage
-
, . .

wi th the collateral form s ma , w hose

g ma h i y a j il a an great sacrice 59 s
-
, .
, .

deaspiration is prob In do European, cf .

-
. ma h i y a ga s a having great glory
-
, .
,

l
p y a s,
L a-
t ma
g
-nus
, AS mic cl, En g . .
-
.

mickle ,

great . ma h i -
raj a, a .
great pr
ince .
( raisi n.
mah f mahi , , a .
gre a t ; mi ht
g y, 78 3 1 31 5a .
]
stron g mahi , as subst the gr eat, i . . e. the ma h i -
great how l
ri v a , in . .

earth ; f or mg cf: pr
thi vi , .
[ cf. V mah : ma h i - v
i k ra ma , a ha vin g great might .

see 4 001
] orcour age ; as m Gr eat-might, na me of a .

ma h a a gre at [l main ]
, . . li on .

ma h an t [45Oh] f mahati , .
,
1 . a .
gr
e at ma h i -
v gr i ra,
eat her o n.
a .

( i n space, ti me, quan ti ty, or quality, an d ma h i - v ra t a

, n grea t vow . .

)
so , m
large, lon g,
i gh ty i m p ort an t ; si g v r a t a a h a v i n g a m a h a,v r a ta ma h i -
, .
,

; as m gr eat or noble man havi n g undertaken a great vow

nica nt 6 11 . .
, ,

19 91 2 m sc i tma n the in tel ma h a s i nh a m great li on

, ( ) . . .
,
-
, . .

lect 67,
1 7
[ ori g ppl o f n a h q v ]. ma h i a g r ea t [ h u s h ]
. .
,
. .
,
. .

ma h a rsi m great Rishi ,

. ma h i t v a n greatness mi ght [ 1239 ] .
, .
, .

mah a s n greatness ; mi ght ; glory ; glad ma h i man , as might ; instr mahi n a

, . . .
,

ness ; mahobhi s a dv : wi th power 79 13

; 4 2 5 e D, i n a h 1 1 68 2 b] .
,
.
, . .

j y
o f ully 7 3 1 3
[ V n a h see i
, ts v ari ous m g ]
s
. ma h i s a a m i h
g y t ; m a,h i s o u rg as , th e .
, .

ma h i used as priorme mberof a cpd instead

, p o w erfu l beas t i s b u al o B V ; as m

, , . .
, . .
,

q a han t 1 2 49h 35 5a [ l
V m a,h J w i th out mra
g ,bu a lo 5 5 3 . m a hi n i f , ,
-
, .

ma h i k a t h i j i great tale
-
[acct c
, f : th e p o w er f u l on e as d es ig .
, ,

ma h a k a v i m great poet
-
, nation : o .
f a w o m a n o f hi g h ran k ; of th e .

ma h i k u l a n ( great i s ) noble fami ly

-
, rst wife of a kin g I ; someti mes of any
.

,
. . .
,

ma h i g u ru a exceedingly reverend , q u ee n of a. kin g 5 0 1

D i n a h 1 1 97 b ] ,
.
, .

as ma h i
m person . w orthy of un usual , see un der mi ll .

honor . ma h i - k si t , m . earth-ruler, king .

ma h a t a p a s a ( havin g i e ) practi si ng ma h i
-
,
.
, . .
-
p a t i , at. earth-lord, kln g .

grea t a uste ri ty ; as m Great penance n ame ma h i .

-
,
-
pi la , m . earth-protector, ki ng .

of a sage . VI ma h i y a ( mahi yato) be glad happy .

, ,

ma h i t ma n , havi n g a ( great, i e ) noble

a. . . blessed [p rop be gre
.at high

den om .
, ,
.

nature, noble ; magu an imus [m a hi - . of mahi with the modication of

i tman .
) mg men tioned underV mah q v ] ,
. .
l mari a] [ 21 6]
1 mi n a, m .
; n. 1 mi y i n .a w il
opinion
y m
[ yi ]
i 2 .
( like the ,
. .

E ng opini on ) esti mation esp good esteem; mi y o b h a v y a

. n gladn ess happiness
, .
,
.
, .

3 honor [ V i na-
. n .
[ ym a obh i 12 1
, 1 cf 1 208e ] , . .

2 mi n a am like the Eng buildin g and mi ra

,
m a killin g murder [ mp
V.l , ,
.
, .

so str uctur e castle [ V 1 m i ,

m a k e .
. ,

build 1 1 50 l a ] , . mara k a t a j 2 i a smaragdin e emerald
.
,
-
,
.
,

3 m i n a m 1 like the obs Eng maker [marakatg l 2o8f ]

m
. . . . .
, ,

l s p o e t ,
2 a s n a m e o f A g as m i r a n a n . a killi n g ; w m ap inc ur , . .
,

tya s father Mi n a

d
[ ] o ,
kill i n g g e t kill
. e d [ ca u s o f V 1 mr die
.

, . .
, ,

mi n a d a a ( givin g i s ) showi ng honor 1 1 60 1 b ]

-
, .
,
. . . .

( to o th er s ) ; as m honorgi ver addr ess of m i r i t m a k a a ha v i n g m ur d

-
er as o ne s

m
.
.
, ,

a wom an to her lover natur e murderous

.
[mi n a ,
.

V mi n a y a ( mi ni yati ) honor [ den om . . .

of l mi na : cf . mi rg a a of or pertainin g to game or , .

mi n a v a 1 a human ; descen ded from deer; as ll track of wild animals slot ;

,
- . . .
,

man or Mann ( see mann ) ; 2 as as one then in general tr ack w ay path [ mu m . .

, , , , .

of the so ns of m e n a m an ; 3 m 1 208f ] , . . .

Mi n ava name of a school of the Yaj ur mi rj a a dj subst cleaning a cleaner in

,
s
, . .
, ,

veda [ m.A n u 1 208 c : fo r m gs 1 an d 2

,
c
pd s [ V n i j 6 27 1 4
] ,
.
,

obser ve tha t Old Hi gh Ge r m ennisch mi rj i ra m ca t the clean er

so .
, , . .
,

man homo, from its habi t

though prop . an ad j . fr .
,

an d called of cleanin g itself
meani ng humanus is used also as a often : fr mi r j a
, :

fo rm e d like ka rmara .
,

subst meanin g man

. and used in i ts Ger 1 226b ] ,
. .

form hl ensch man as subst only : cf mal a v a m Malw a name of a coun try in

. . .
, , , ,

also ni r a man naya th i n nes ] w es t central I n dia

'
-
, s .
,

mi n a v a d h a rma qi stra n law book of mi l a v a v i sa y a m the land of Malwa

-
, .
- -
, . .

the Man avas or Manava school mi l i f crown wreath garlan d -

.
,
.
, , .

mi n a s a a sprung from the mind ; of the mi l i n , a crowned wreathed [mi ll ]

,
. .
, .

mi nd [manna 1 208a ]
. mi l y a n crown wreath [ mi ]; .
,
.
, .

mi n u sa j 2 i a pertaining to man hu miss m 1 moo n see ca ndra mi s ;

-
. .
- .
-
, , , ,

man ; as m man ( c mi nav a ) [manna . then ( as in a moon i e mon th .

, . . .

1 208s end : cf m nusyt ] m V mi

. . h
t e easur er l 1 51 1 c : cf
1
, . . .

mi n u sa d i i v i k a a of men and of
-
p m m o o n ,
L a t M i n
. a m e n s truationis -
, .
,

na AS m m

g o ds . d ea ; G o t h are na E n g oo n .
, .
, .
,

mi n d ary a a descended from Man dara ; , . AS w i nce do g dies L un ae Eng M on

.
,

, .

as m descen dan t of M
.
[ m a nd i rm d a y a ls o u h r s te m .
p en L a t m e n s i s , , .
- q
,

mi n y a a descended from a poet or from

,
. mon th ; AS mona h prop a lunation
.
'

, .

,

M i na ; as m the poet s son or Mana s son Eng month ]

m
. . .

[ 3 m i n a , m i s a m 1 m o on see m ; 2 , .
- .
, .

mi ma a lit of mine ; vac s m as word month [ transiti on stem fr mi s

, . . . . .
, .
-
.
,

of addr ess o f a d o g to an ass u n cle m i s a t ra y a n m o n th tr ia d th r e e , .

-
, .
-
,

[ m a m a 1 2 0 6f ] m o n ths . .

mi y i j : 1 ( a workin g and so) a mi s a sa tk a ,

, . month ben ds six ,
- -
,

p ow e r ; esp i n V ed a su pe.rn a
,
tur al or m o n th s ,
.

w onder ful power; w il e; 2 la ter trick ; mi h i n a a glad blithe [ V i n a ] ; 1 1 7.7 b ] , , .

, . .

illusion [ V l m i. m a k e i s have cect V 1 m i ,( m in 6 tl m i n u te ; m i m i

, y a .
; m .i tt ; , ,

w or k 1 14

,9 cf ,
. mitya ) bui ld ; establish ; set up ( a post - .
,

may a k a p o t a m illusion pigeon

-
p,
illa r ) [ .c o lla te r a l fo r m ( 25 o s ) o-f V l m i . .
,

mi y ak a p o t a v apu s a having - make build q v : cf mit and Lat sueta

.

, , . . . .
-
,

the form of a phan tom pi geon m m

po s t ; il s -
.

-
,
 [ 21 7] [ V mi h

V 2 mi or mi ( mi ni ti mi nl ti , ; mimi ya mi t h u n a , , pair;
- 1 . a . e d,
pair formi ng a

2 m, la tern pair( consisti n g of a male

. . .

minish , lessen ; mi ni sh ,
bring low ; bring an d female ), pair of childr
en ; pai r ( of
to nought .
[ cf .
pu t -
o, Lat . mi nu o
- -
, anythi n g ) .
[ V mith , 1 1 77c ] .

lessen ; A S posi ti ve min, small ; Old

.

mi t h u y , adv false ly [ see
. . mi thn
Hi gh Ger comp minniro, sminv iro, Mi ddle
. .
- acct !]

High Ge r mi are, Ger minder, less

. . mi t h y i a dv , . wrongly, falsely .
[ y oun ger
less ; Lat min-or, less ;

p rio r, ( r,
sun- o .

p er- mi t is s- -
q
,
ruin fr AS r ain comes . . mi t h y o p a c ara m false service orsimu , .

perhaps Eng . minnow , ver

y s mall lated kindness [ mithyi upaci r a 1279 .
, ,

+ p ra , bring to n oug ht ; pass . co me to mithyi bein g used as a quasi adj ] -

.

nought, pe rish . mi l (mili ti ; n in ela ; mili syati y milit .

V n i g h, see mi h . mili tv i ; milya ) meet ; assemble [ cf-

. . .

mi t j ! post
, , pillar, pr
0p [ V l i ni , set up, .

L at mills . assemblage host thousan d
,

, , ,

383b :
3 for mg, cf En g post, Lat poetis, . . .
pl m
.il la , whence -
the borrowed Eng .

wi th W e, se t mile, a thousand

( paces ),
mi lia pas

mi t ra , m f ri en d co m
-ra de ( V ed
1ic . .
, suu m perhaps mi l its e
- -
, goin g in co m
only) ; esp 2 Mi tra name of an Adi tya ;

. .
, pan i es or troops and so, like En g troops, .

3 n frien dshi p ( rare an d V edic only)

. .

- 4 n friend ( commonest meaning and

. . mi g mix , , in the decid mi miks ( see
.

g en der ) . an d the deri v . mien or mi cla .

[ cf .

mi t ra b a n d h u h i n a , - a . desti tute of pi m p , p
s o ts - m m, Lat misoco .
, c mic sc se, - -

friends and r
elati ves . 1
[ 5,
26
mi x
; Old mis/sen Ger High Ger .
,
.

mi t ra l i b b a , - m . Frie d acq uisition, as

n -
mischen,
mix ; AS miscia n s mih se ia n

.
,
- -
,

title of the rst book of the Hitopadeca . w hen ce En g mi s for mid: ( like as for
.
,

mi t ri ti th i , m Mi trati thi , name of

. a merly good Engli sh for ask ) also Eng .

man . having Mi tra as his g uest

or mash mix ture esp of grains whence
,

.
,

else

g uest of the mg of the cpd ver b ma sh mi x and esp mak e in to a,

,
.

its ( see 1 302 and confused mass by

depends on accent 1

an d this is no t known : mitr + mi gra a mixed [ V micp

, . .

mi gri b h i v a m the becoming mix ed ,

.
,

mi t ri m da m Mi tra the mi nglin g m

- v arn ni , no . . . an d i
[ q n bh i ]
V aruna .
[ see 1255 and a, and Whitney mi cri b h i v akarman n ming lin g action , .
-
,

94a] .
pro ce ss of bec om in g mi x ed .

V mi t h ( methati ; mimbtha ; mi thi ta ; mi qri b h i become mi xed [ mi qrm ,

.

mithi tvi ) 1 meet togetheras fr i en ds

. .
, mi gl a sa me as mi gra
, .

associate with pair; 2 meet as r i vals , .

, V mi s ( mi ghti ; mi mosa ; tmi r ni sat ; misitd ;

dispute wrangle altercati , [ observ e th at , . rni sya )

-
Open the eyes have the eyes
.
,

Eng meet i s j ust such a vox medi a and

.

means both barmonize and have a

+ ni , close the eyes ; fall asleep ; wink .

V mi h ( mh
or n
ati ; am i k sati gh
; ma k
mi t h as , a dv. together, mutually , a mong sy i ti ; mi hi
d [ 222 ma k e w a te r [ fr . . .

each other; i n turns .

[ V mi th, 11 1 1 d ] . n igh ( 223 come ppl megha mi na and .
,

mi t h u , a. wron g ; false ; used only in the n oun megha

cloud : cf b i u x ta La t ,

.
- -
,
.

a dv . ace . s. n . mi thn ( l l l ld) , and instr . ming ers, AS mtg a n

- .
-
,

make w ater

orig .

s. f m ith
. u i
y ( 1 1 1 2s ) w ron l
gy fa lse ly , , . mg pour out
,

,

whence on the one hand

[ V m ith : fo r mg o b se rve that Ge r ve r , .

mingere and

on the other
rain , drip,
lcehren means both to turn the wrong w ay
drop

( cf . noun mi h ) ; then, g
dr
op .

fatness, bestow r

mi dh
'

and to associate wi th, whence V erkehr, ichly ( see un der

in ter
course}an d verlcehrt,
mih] [ 2 1 8]
mi h , f mi st . .
[ V mih z cf . b pix nu,
- -

mi st
; V mu d (moda te ; mumud ; modi syate
AS mist .
, s mig st Eng mist ]
-
,
. mu dita) be glad rej oice ; mudita glad
.
, , ,

mi dh v i ns a bestow ing richly bountiful ,

.
,
. happy [ cf V ms d and V
. l man d ] . .

[ said to be perfect ppl of V mih .

,
i in amoda
, .

79oh, 803 mti n i m 1 pressure the pressin g ou

m
. .
, ,

mi ans y a grdv to be called in questi on ,

. . w ar d impe tus 78,
7 2 a man driven on ,
.

i desid of V ma n 1 028 by in w ard pressu r e or impulse pe r son in

[ r . e .
, , ,

mi lh use see midhvi ns a nd Whi tn ey 54 ,

. a ( religi ous ) ecstasy en thusi ast ; la ter ,

mu k t a -
g i p a , a. havi n g a lai d asi de -
3
.
y di sti n gu
ani she d sage or seer or

curse , leaving his curse behind him . ascetic, esp one w ho has tak en a row . of

[ V mu c ] . silence (f mi
c una ); . hermit, etc .

mti k h a , n .
1 . mouth ,
51 19
; mu mii rsu ,
a. wi shi ng to di e, abo ut to die,
j a w s, 2 . v isage, coun tenan ce, moribun d .
[ i r de.si d . of Vl mr ,
1 028b,
face, sn ou t or face of an ani mal , ]
l 1 78f .

at end f
o cp ds, esp . w . an ad
j . V mu s ( mumi ti ; mumosa ; amosit ; mus
[1 298 ]
a , or a d ecti vel
j y used r
p p
e . ita; musi tvii ; m1i sya ) rob ; steal [ci -
. . .

or a dv .
[1 306 ] denoting direction : n da miis the thief i c mouse as mouse
,

,
. .

,

,

mukha , havi ng a n orthw ard face, turni n g a n d from the shape muscle Lat mils

,

, .
,

n orthw ard ; abhi - mukha ,

havi ng the face mouse w hen ce di mi n utive mus c ulus

,

-

tow ards ; 3 ( like E ng face ) surface, . .

muscle AS mils mouse and muscle
, .
,

,

4 like E n
( g he ad a n d like chi ef
. . En g mouse ; Ger M a ns
. mouse ( w hen ce
.
,

om den om ma usen

f r capu t ) the head, te . . chief, best, stea l .i n which w e are ,

,

most ex cellent, 51 brought back again to the orig mg of .

muk h y a ,
a .
( at the mou th or front, an d the primi ti ve ) an d also muscle of the ,

)
so chi ef, most ex cellent .
[ mdk ha , cf . thumb further p via enema L at mus ca ,

, , .
-
,

mg 4: 121 2a .
]

y

: see also mu sing ]
V mu c (muncati te mumboa n u mu sk a m 1 testicle ; 2 puden da ,
-
, ,
. . .

mu ce; amucat ; moksyati te ; mukta; mu li ebria [ from no un mus i s ( 383a )

2
,
-
.
,
. .

mok tum; muk tvti ; mticya ; mocayati mil s mouse : formgs see underV mus

-

, , ,

release ; fr
ee ; let go ; let cf p bo - xor vb M l yvraureiov p dptov
'

cior Ita
.
p
loose, lay aside ; release esp from . w . mush , cf . also Persi an mush/c En g ,
.

the bonds of sin ( 93 1 3

) or exi stence ; ( let musk ,

pe rfu me got fro m a bag behind
go, i . s . e mit or ) u tter, eg . . sounds ; shed the n avel of the musk
( te ars ); discharge ( phlegm, urine, ordure, mu sk a -
d e ga , m region . of the teste s,
s mells ) .
[ ori g mg ,

to free or clear

.
g roin .

specialized in Greek and Latin to clear mu sti st ,

.

the n ose, to snot

: cf . bro-p ea ce , s -
p vx -
j w, md s a l a m n pestle [ 1 81 c ] , . . . .

mung o p un ri m V mu h ( mdhyati te ; mumbha muke

L at . e -
sn ot ; -
, sn out ,

-

, ,
-
, n u

L at mi c as snot : for mg

cf

n ose ; .
-
, ,
.

relation of snout to the cognate verbs snot be confused ; err; lose one s senses ;
an d sn ite] m rdh f li h d b f l im l
'

. r a o o s an as su st oo s p e , ,
.
, ,

nis let out ; release , ton [ c f L a t m u g sr f al se . . . .

-
,

p r a l e t go for th f ro m , rele ase from mu h u s a d v su d de n ly ; i n a m o m e n t; , , ,

.

w a bl . . muhur muhus at one momen t at ,

v i loosen e g a bond ( acc ) fr om an other i e r epe atedly [ i b w ild r

, ,
. . h a e e .
,
. . .

in g way V muh 1 1 1 1 d ]

un tie ; free ; pass be fr e ed or sep .
, , .

ar ated fr om be depr i ve d of w a bl but mu h rt a m n

, 1 moment ; 2 thi r , . .
, ,
. .
-
. .

a lso r e in str [
. for la st m g cf ti eth o f a
. d ay a n h o ur ( o f 48 m i n u te s ) ,
.
, .

En g loose wi th lose ]
. .

mti ii j a m sedge ; esp Saccharum Munj a mi dh a see a h

,
. . .
, .
 [ 220]
[ ex ten sion of V 2 mr,

crush

: cf . a -

m a victi m
mal sacrice [ cf 4m id an i . .

mr un der m6da s ]

6m , destroy
g du so ft e . . a wall : w .
, , .

w eak

cf Lat mollis e molvis
,
m oldv i s
. .
, ,
- -
n e d b a s wi sdom in su n edbas [ eq u
,i v ,
-
. .

an d Bpa ws t M U S of medhi ]

soft w eak ,
slow , ,
-
,

( for m g c f G e r we ich soft ,

w E n g . .
,

,

. . me d h fs j : wi sdom ,
.

weak, and L at . loin is, -

soft,

w . len tus , -
me l a k a m assembly ; to kt assemble,
.
, .

mil , 1 1 8l .
]
w ith e d in hi ms -mardana, melting mo d a k a ,
m . s mall roun d co mt , sw ee t

might mpare meat V mu d

of the sn ow , we co p lABw, r
[p p g
o la
.d d en e r,
.

, 1 1 81 :

melt melt ; but the s of the col

,

En g . so En g cheer an d re f reshment. ar
e appli ed

late ral form smelt makes this doubtful esp to eats b les ]
. .

see also m adam] mi u ii j a, a . made of Munj a grass ; -

_

v i , destroy .
-
mekhali
i, se .
, gi r
d le of M u nj g
a ras s .

mtd f , . earth ; loam; clay ; moun d of [ mui ij m1 208f ] .

e arth, 62 1 3
[p p
ro . cru mbled .

earth, mau j i n i b a n d h a n a -
, n. li gati on of

t mr
d: similar speci alizations of
mg are the M unj a girdle -

m
.

frequen t : thus AS mol de crumblin g man n a, n si len ce [ 1 208d ]

sa .
-
,
. .
, .

earth dust Eng moi d come fr a \lma l mn a

, uncer
, ta in verbal mi nded ; assumed
.
-
,
.
, , .

the cognate of 42 m ,

crush, cru mble
on account o f su mni [ V mni ] . .

Ger Gran d,
. sa nd,

is fr the . same root V mn i ( mi na ti ; Amni sit ; m i tt ) . col

as Eng grind ; Ger Scholle, clod, an d

. .

lateral f orm of UM ,

be minded ,

l o8g .

zer-schellen
,

break to pieces, go back to [ se e 1
v m a n cf .
p pv
t-
d aw
-
,

k ee p in
the same r

oot ; log a and losta, clod,

are derivs of 4mra k s ( mi ll et-

Uruj , ti ; mi mr dkn
mrd u a soft ; w eak [ e tt q v ]
, . Amyak ) be xed i n or on ; be presen t
. . . . .

mrn may a a made of earth ; w gr , ha . s a m keep together 73

4 .
, , ,
.

house of clay the gr ave [ m i d l ma y a : m r,a d a s n softn ess

[ e a d co lla ter
. al -
,
. .
,

form of e d q v ] . . .

\l mr m
c ( r ti m a m m m; V m l mlii ti m m l d A l
'

ga te ; a n r ga a i ( y a ; a i ; n i eft ;
m
-

m
, ,

int; m ; M un : m tg ) n li na) wither [ c o ll a te ra l fo rm o f . .

1 touch mulcer )1 m

. e str oke ; gr asp take
, a die an d so , pe r i sh de cay , , , , ,

hold of ; 2 take hold of men tally .

,

consider [ f h H hi l r j h i i h r d r
'

c t e e sy c
. an Bpax ei r n i n a s a . a av n g a w t e e g a ,
-
, .

Vi ew , gr
asp, understan d L at . mulc land .

re, tl ml u c ( mloa ti ; mumloca ; mlukta) .

a b h i , touch .
go .

tl mr s ( mrsyate ti ; mamrsa mamr s ; a pa , g o 0 6-

r e tire ; a pa m luk ta, re , , ,

marsista mi sya ca us marsdyati ) ti r

-
ed hi dden
'

2 ( like E ng not m
. . . .
,

1 m l e c c h a m barbarian
forge t 92
.
; , [ l ecln] . .
,
. .

mind ) di sregard treat as of n o conse \l ml e c h ( mlochati ) speak un in telligibly

, .

qu en ce b ea r pa ti e n t ly, o r ba rbar ou sly [ roo t m l k : m lc ch a

. ti . c

me k a a se tting up in eu mka [ V l mi
, is foremlk aketi li ke pr , cchati q v for -
.
,
-
, ,
. .
,

s pr ksk eti : cf d ABMM si v UM er r

'

- -
.
, , ,

mek h a l a j : girdle see 69 3 3

, mi ss Bu t Batu 63

,
.
,
-
,

me g h a m cloud [ 4n i gh see mih ]

,
. .
,

med a s n fat ,[ V m i d or .med ( 76h ) .

,

mdyt ti be fatf ] ,

y a re la ti ve p ro n 1 w ho which . .
,

m d h a m l j uice of meat broth

, . som etim es following its cor
. rela tive : ,

2 sa p and stre n gth, essential pa rt 295 5 2 7 7 3 79

.
,
esp .
, ,

of the sacr
i ci al vi cti m; -
3 . sacrici al sva mbhii to vi dvi n , yas sa martha s ,
 [ 221 ] [ y j y
a i a ns

ta m doctus qu i p osa i t, 19 4 - 2 . but with which cf . b e, as but these co m

much q ener preceding its correla ti ve ya parison s are rej ected in toto by so me ]
ta 77 m 697 3 1 8 1 7 18
, 21 23 22,
4
, , , , .
m u
, V y a k s ( yaksate ) pe rha s
p an ex ten ded .

yi mi esi m 74 ;
,
3
yac m ucyate f orm o c ah s a h , stir
f y ( y g ) , mo ve qui ck ly

etsd i ls s yavacanam, and ( what is a nd so on the one ha nd,

pursue, esp purs ue .

sai d, ) is . . as for the sayi ng that is aveng mgly , aven ge, a nd on the other, da rt
; u

sts ] 18 5 swiftly ( as suddenly
[fa ta li sloth -
talk, ; 9. appearing light) .

- 3 . con vertin
g the sub ect or ob ect o
j f j a
[ see the follow ing three w ords and Voyah
l someti m ki nship of Ger
verb into a subs an i v j ag en pursu e, hun t, is

t t e c a use es , .
~
,

perha
p ,
s merely for metre : doubte d ]
but of f
ten or e mphas i s : ; y y a k sa, n spiri t or sprite or ghost ; as m
57 7 . .

pak si det
a ils , t j im ii ta abhav an, wha t a Yaksha, one of a class of fabulou s en u
g ,

were wi n gs, those be came clou ds, for t a tendan ts of Kuber

t a p [perhaps a rest

my
.

k
p s
a i abha van j i mii ti s, 93 3
; ay less one,

V yaks : for conn ecti on of mgs of

hbti , ki r u 35 ya masya , w ho this priest root an d deriv , . cf . the con verse relation

[ ]
is , is he also that of Yams , 88 1 0 so of irit orsprite to sprightly,
En g . sp

b risk ,

d d d a nd stirring, and cf Scott s restless
'

a
y , even w words of
z erent gen er .

m
.

nu ,
mber p j p
r a a ater v a staj j y st
as , e ha y a k si n , a a ven i
g gn . .
[V yaka]
m
toka , yat pdrvati s, of P that [was ] the y ak sma , m di sease . . .
[p erhaps , the sin

rst cre a tion , w hat the mountains are,

avengin g V aruna s aven ger, llya k s,
15
so 95 ,
1
92 19
; 97 ;
4 whi ch, w hat, as a dj pron agreein
g rj a ( w att M ; iri j a. ii6
m
. . .

w i ncor
.
p ora ted a ntecedent : mi i vi d
nav as dyi ksit. tr a ; yaksyti. 4 0 : ins

yut si sedha , n s y i n . miham akirad yas tu m ; i stvit ; ca us d

y j y ti )
a a honor . .

dhri duni m
ea, no t for him di d the light a g od 99 1 2
; w orship ; w orship
ning avai l, not w hat mist be scattered wi th prayer and oblation ( instr ) a nd . so

abroad, and hai l, 7 1 so 71 9 to

7 2 2
, 744
, con secrate, hallow , oer; sacrice ;
, 88 ; as 8
subs3
t 3
p rom ,
the a nte 7 . V eda , active, when one honors or sacr
i ces

cedent not be ing expressed, 741 9 i d ri ) an other

, as a pa p est on account f
o ,

5
y a in specia l connections
.
y ya a a nd middle ,
when one sacr ices on n
o e s

w hoever, w hichever, whatever ,

w ho ow n a ccount ;
yj ami na , a s m . one w ho
soever, etc ,
. 13 12
,
4 5 1 3
; so ya ka ca, in sti tutes orperforms a sacri ce an d pays
ya ks . ai d, 68 19
; y a ks . cans , the expenses of i t ; ca us cause or help .

ya ks . cid, anyone soe ver, no matterwho , or teach a person ( acc. ) shi p w i th

to w or

q ui libe t, ; ; 6
21 tw11
o or so ya ta, 18 4 . a certai n sacrice serve a person

more relatives in the sa me clause yo tti

as sacricin g p ri est [ drag,
ci . . w orship,

n
y y y
as ad i m i nsa m,
w hen ( w ho ) so m e sacred awe, expiator y sacri ce p o al ,

one eats the esh of ( w hom) someon e,

s hy j apan , stand i n awe of, e g gods
-

. .

66 13 ; 7 if ude,

shipped, hallow ed ; w
anybody, tit r w or y j
-
so .
ya, a .

si quis ( really an a n aco ut on l h ) : so y a , c o l en dus, cf 87 4
0 3 , to be w or .

- 8 ya, an d
. he, 9 f orf urther. shi pped, holy differen t i s h as , see

illustration, see 512, 51 1 ; for deri va tives,

51 0; for in uence on the a ccent o h a , get as re sult of sacrice thi ng
f t e verb, a

595 ; cf r ad. re m i t. yi t. rena ( a cc ) for.a pe rson ein e m e tw as

[ orig pri m a r
.i ly a an d
d e m o n st r ati v e er -
opfer n .

( lik e E

n g t ha t a n d G

e r der
.
)

cf b s, h e ,

y j
a a t t a , . . a. vener
able, holy .
ya j ,

in i 8 63, sai d he ; 8 3, so, in 068 s., 1 1 85d ]

'
.

not ;
even
seco n dar ily a re lats
i ve

y j y
a i i n s , a ex ce llen tly sacri cin g ,
ri gh t .

( l ike En g that an d G e r d er ).: cf 8 3, s o r c u n n in g in th e ar t

. of sacri ce y aj, . .

1 1 84

i) , b for 038 w ho w hich ; hence yat

. , , ,
y a u rv e da
j ] [ 222]

y a j a r -
v e d a, m . the V eda of sacricial prover bs motivating a
precedin
g sta te ment
tex ts, Yaj urveda .
[ see ya usj .
] or action, e.
g . 19 7
; yatua tens , si n ce

y j
a u sma n t ,
a .
( po ss e ssi n g, i . s .
) acco mpa therefore,
7
30 ; so
yatas atas , 36 ; 2

ni ed by sacrici al tex ts ; 2-
f
_
ma ti ( se .
yatas tad, f
c: tatss .
[pron . root
istaki ) , Yaj ushmati , na me appli ed to ya, 51 0,
certain bricks u se d i n buildin g the sacred 1 y at i pron . as many , q t
uo .
[pron .

re-pi le, an d so calle d because each ro ot ya, 51 0, 1 1 57

w as .

lai d wi th the recita tion of a special te x t 2 y at i m asce ti c, man w ho has restrained .

of i ts own .
[ ya u s, j hi s passi ons an d abandoned the w orld ;
1 e d aw e r hi 2 see i ran a a n d 65 11
3
y dj sacr w [ ri ver h

u s, n. .
; o s p; .
g s t , on e w o .

fro m himself,

sacricial te x t, as di stin gu ished takes pains, one w ho casti ga te s

sta nza ( r) e an d chan t ( si man ) ; 3 . the V ys t, 1 1 55 : its mg was perhaps shade d

collection of su ch tex ts, the Yaj u rveda -
. towards tha t of

a in er by a popu lar
restr

j y a ,
conn ecti on of the w or d with V] ya m,
y a j i a, m . w orshi p, devotion ( so in V eda ) 1 1 57 1
, cf . 954d .
]
later, es
p . act of w orship, sacrice , o erin g y a t n a , m . a strivin g after; e ort pai n s ;
( these the p reva ili ng mgs ) .
[ yj
V a , l l 77a, w . kr: ta ke pain s ; bestow e ort upon
have a thin g ( loc .
) at heart, 1 1s
;
y a j a -
k ra t u, m . sacri ce-cere mony , yata o kr
te, pains havin g been taken .

i . e
. rite .
[ 1 280b .
] V
[ y t,
a

j a c c h i m i ce- goat [ chi at dv w her 11 1 w hi ther;

'

y a g a ,
. sa cr .
y ra ,
a . e, g e . .

g ,
a correl. w . tatra , 24 , 85
4 1 w eni.
, 83 1

y aj na p i t ra, - n . sacricial u ten sil .

yatra yatra, w here soever; catuspathe,

y j
a i rt h a m, a dv . for a sacrice .
[ ar ya tra v i , at a quadrivi um, orsomew here
tham, 1 3020 ( else ), 1 04 21 .
[pron ro ot ya , 51 0,
.

1 w orth rel 1
y a j y ,
i a a y . . of w orshi p or
y ath i , . a dv. a nd con
j . . in w hi ch
sacrice, reveren d, holy, di vine 2 . w ay, as ; so meti mes f ollow ing its correlat ive :
acti ve or ski llful in sacri ce, pi ou s ; as m. tathi yathi , eva m
oerer .
[ ya j iia , yathi 2 but . much qener pre
m
,

y a j o p a v i td, a . the sacrice c ord, sacred ce ding its corre a tive : l tesi sash hanmo
cord w orn o ver the left shou lder .
[ upa

of them w e close the eyes, as ( e

w close )
y jd v a n ,
m w o rshi pp e r s a c ri c er .
[ VIyaj , , . this house, so, so 21 16- 1 9
,

1 1 69 1 a ] . . etc. ; yathit ova m , 18 1 9

, yathi
VI y a t ( ydtati, te ; yete ; hyatista ; -
ev a ( V edic), 86 11 18

y a t i sydti , te ; ya ti ta, y a tt a ; yatit -

um ; 3 . correla tive o mitted : buddhi m pra
a t 1 j i 2 kurusv a, yathU echs si, decide
y
-
ya ) a ct o n .
, tra ns . . . .
( so ), as

mid j oin .
,
i ntra ns .
, ran ge one s

se lf in thou w ishest, 9 1 1
; e tc .
; so with verbs
order, p r oce e d i n r ow s ,
3 mid . .
of g sa yin , etc. : tad brhi, yathi
try to j ,
oin st ri v e a fte r; ta ke pain s ; 4 . u pada dhi ma, this tell us ( vi z . the w ay )
ca us ( cause to attain, i s ) requite w ith
. . . in w hi ch we ar
e to put on
,
so

rew ard or
p uni sh men t .
[ pe rhaps or
ig . 88 8. 7
;

reach ou t af ter

an d akin V yam ]
w . .
4 without nite verb, as mere pa rticle
.

a, reach to, attain , ge t a foot hold . of co mp a ris on as lik e e g so

, en clitic , ,
. .

p ra , ( reach ou t, is . .
) mak e eort, take a t en d f
q a p i da 7 1 1 9 1 5 8 7 n 1 5 2 9
8 1 ,
1 :

, , , , ,

pa ins 43 4 in sole mn decla ra tions : yathi

m;
.

y at a s , a dv . from w hat ( ti me or place or tens sa tyen a , as surely as so, 13 a

reason ) : -
1 . w here, 2 . because , 5 . co mbina tions f?
(c ya 5) yathi
for, 38 5 ; es
p . co mmon as introducing ya thi tathi tathl , according as so,

a
p roverb or the rst ( only) of a series f
o the more the more , ya thi tathi .
y a d b h a v i sy a ] [ ]
224

perati ve, 10 has no nite verb, his sister Yami , consti tuted the rst
4 01
; 2 . w i n protas is a n d apo
. at human pai r, selection lx iii ; honored . as

dosis, 3 w pres opt in protasis

. . . . fatherof mankin d ( cf also mu m) an d . as

an d a odosis, 4 w no nite king of the spiri ts of the departed fathers

p . .

verb in protasis apodos is has i mperati ve, (pi tar as ), see 83 lt

.
; in later times, r
e

h ( yam)
1 9
32 1 7
,
has no nite verb, 27 , gar d ed as t e Restrai ner V or
a lternati ve conditions . vi , Pun isher,

an d rulerof death an d of the

ya di vi v; w hether or dead in the un derw orld, - 7 u

; ya mi j : ,

28 1 a
podosis introduced by M S Yami , twin sisterof Yams [ so Thomas
m
.

mm
, ,

( 9 6 ( 82 1 m Hebrew '
to m, means
w i thout ad v .
( e.
g .
[pron . root y ,
a y a mi -
ri j an , a . havi ng Yam as their
l 1 03d .
] ki ng ; as m subj ect of Yama [ 1 302a ]
. . .

y a d b h a v i sy a , a. w ho says yad bhavis y y

a i ti , m Yayi ti , a patr
. i arch of the
ya ti, ( tad ) bhavisyati or What will be, olden time , son of Nahusha .
[ pe rhaps

wi ll be; m f atalist ; Yadbha

v ishy a or asT he S tri ver V y
. a t, cf 1 1 55 2 c : o r fr om ,

. .

Whatw illb name of a sh [ 1 31 4b ]

Vlyi 1 1 57 l o ]
,
. .
, . .

VI y a m (y i e chs ti t e y y
a i m a y i v a , m o rig p ro b a ny, g rain -or c orn , . . .
,

y i eldi ng o u r; la ter b ar le y c om bar ley ,

-
,
.

[ ci .
( d
sa , a a f rd , -

hold hold up, sustain , support hold y a v a -

ma d h y a ma , a. havin g a barley
back , re strain hold ou t, oe r, gra n t, c orn mi ddle ,
is
. . big in the middle an d

furnish show ( the tee th ), 77 [ cf . s mall at the en ds, like a cr min

escen do-di

( nub .

re strain t, i . s. puni sh men t ]
u endo sign ; as n . the Yavamadhyama ,

i , hold out, i . s . ex ten d, an d so ( like na me of a ci ndri yana orlun ar penance .

E ng . ex ten d ) ,
len gthen ; i yata , exten ded [ 1297, 1 280b .
]
lon g .
yi vi sth a , a. youn gest ; esp . of a re j ust

ad, 1 . rai se ( the ar s, m w eapo n s ), born of the sticks of attrition or j ust set
2 like En i l to yuvan , q
.
( g tak e . up, . s .
) under on the altar .
[ super . . v .
, but
take or set abou t (a thi ng ) ; udyata, from the si mpler s yn ,
havin g un dertak en, w inf 28 0
av i h
st y , = a v i sth but lways at
. .
,
.
y a a
y a , . a

sa m - ud, like ud- ya m [lo77h] z the end o f a pi da and as di ia mbus .

raise ; 2 . set abou t ; samudyata , hav y i vi y i ns , a .

youn ger .
[ m p to co .

ing se t abou t, w . inf , yuv an, q . v but from the si mpler s yn ,

u pa , hold on to , tak e hold of ; esp . 468 ]

middle , tak e to w if e , marry , a
y c ,
a s n . fame, hon or .

+ ui hold, re strai n ;
, ni yata, havi n g te
y a gi s, a . honored, splen did .

stri cted one s self ( to a certain thin g ), a ll
y as ti , j : staff [pe rhap s

a . support, fr .

in ten t upon on e deni te ob ect j .

yacoh, quasi-
root of the presen t system

p ra , hold or reach out, otter, give ; give of yam : cf 220 ,

.

i n marriage ( as a father his da ughte r), V y a h , stir, move qui ckly, inf erred yaks, .

98 7 . v
q , a nd yahv a ,

con ti n ually movi n g, . .

p ra ti p ra ,
-
offerin turn, pass ( food ) r
estless .

w gen , 1 00
. .
v y i ( yi ti ; yayi ti ; i yi sit y y a
ss s
v i , hold asun der, stre tch ou t .
r ; r
i i m
tu m s y i tv i ; v i va ) .
1~

sa
, m
hold tog e ther, co hibre, hold in -
39 1
; yi ta s, ava sitasya, of hi m that
che ck ; san i yata, r estr ai ned .
j ourneys ( an d ) of him that rests, w .

y i m a ,
-
1 a h oldi n g , res trai ni n g
.
; 2 m . . . see asta m; 2
go to, w acc
.
, . .

( hol d e r, i s
) bri dle [ V y a m ] . . . w . dat .
3 go to, i s . . .

m i 1 , gem i nus ; as m
'

a pair d i a condi ti on devatvsn i yi ,

y a , e , tw n . . . attai n to ( ) : e.g .

a twi n ; 2 The Tw in , Ya ma, w ho, wi th . attain to godhead, ie . . become divi ne,

 [ 225] [ y i
V u

so e tc . ; 4 yi tu , let it go, y i
. v a y ad - d v e sa s , a. driving aw ay foes .

no matter , V
[ y2 u , k ee p off
: see

form 3rd pl yuvi n ti, mid

[ collateral of i i,
go, 1 08g : \l l yu (yi i
t ti . .

hence yi na, passa ge, w ay, w w hich cf . .
ynt yu v i ti , - te
te forms V ed ic
n i
.

L at j dn us , passa ge, archw ay, and the

onl
y;; yuti - i
y ya )
s . faste n, hold fast ;
d h f fr V yi comes also
J an us : draw to wards
'

go t ere o . one, attract ; j oin, uni te .

yi ma,
-

pe ri od

or w atch of the ni ght ; sa m , uni te ; saxhyu ta , con n ected with,

6 pa, time, i s havi n g referen ce to, 59 14

- Eng y a season , . ear, show . . .

developmen t of mg lik e that of yi ma, V 2 y u ( yu ybti ; yocha ti i yi usi t

q v , b.u t the
.ir co nn ecti on w V yi i s y u t ; v i : ca tw r r-
i ve i ti ) repel. .
m .

doubtful ( see keep o or separate, tra ns som eti mes .

a n u , go after, follow
k ee p 03 or separate, intra ns ; a V edic . .

i ,
co me hi theror to or on . word .

sa m -
i , co me hi ther together; asse m p ra , remove ; pra yucchan t, removin g
ble ; sa mi yi ta , co me . moving away, a nd so ( like E ng .

u d, go forth or out . absen t ) ,

heedless .

u pa , go or atta i n un to .
y u , root of 2d pers r
p noun
o .
f
c 494 . .
[ cf .

p+ra , g o f o r th ; se t out. basi s, L esbian than ,

ye k in ship of

vi e (y i ca ti . ys r ;
i etvi ciai s ;
En g ye, doubtful ] . .

yi ci tum i
yi ei sy yi ei ti yi ci tv y u k t i , f 1 a yok i n g ,
har nessin g ; . .

-
yi cya ) . make a req uest ; ask a person 2
yoke, team y j
a , 1 157 , 2 1 9 : cf . . .

( a cc .
) for a thing ask a ( t si es, e C ev-
y -c c-
s, a

of a r 55 21 i 1 k 2
thing ( acc .
) pe son .
y u g , n. .
yo e ; . co u ple , pa i r;
i
y t, a dv. as ; tempora lly, so lon g as, 7 9 1 3 .
3 . es
p w . . mi nusa , a human generati on

[ abl. of pr
on . root ya, 1 1 1 4s , 51 0: see ( as that w hich is un ited by common

underya .
] descen t), 7 1W : hrp m -
4 . a nd so, in

y i t a n i , f . req ui tal ; es
p .
punishmen t, a tem or
p a l sense , a n a ge of the world, see

pain s of he ll .
[ V yat 58 1
1 .
[ Vlyu j , q . v .
,
2 16 1 . : cf .

y i ti ,
m aven ger
. . tlyi , y u a
g p aptri
-
p t i , si m u lta n e o u s reach _

y i na, m way ; as . n. w a gon .

[ y
V i ,
in g or arri ving a t [ 1 2 7 9 a n d u ] . .

yi ma j l i a of or coming from Yama

,
-
,
. . u
y g pa a d , a dv s im u l ta n eo u s ly [ p
a . .

[yam 1 20 8f ] , .
pate n tly ace . s n . . of an ad j .
y g p d,
.u a-
a

y i m a m 1 co urse,or g o i n g . 2 as
- .
,
- .

pai rfoo te d, e-
v en-
foo te d , side by side, a

in Eng course ( of a feast) ; 3 w atch

.
, .
possessive form ( 1 301 ) of a de scripti ve
of the n ight 4
[ yi 1 1 66 : for mg 2 cf .
, ,
. cpd ( 1286b ) e u a- pad,
y g pa ir
repl -
obos,

way aroun d, circui t, course at y u g mi , a. pai r
e d, ev en ; as n. pair,
yaj for mg ,

dinner, an d Ger Gang, . course for co uple .
,
1 166 , of .

mg time of

couple, co ula , ula

3, cf . repiobos,

circui t . Lat .
p sco-a
p , V ap co

y i v a n t [ ]
5l 7 ,
1 .
gr
ae a t
.
, as as t or j oi n

many , as mu ch ; pr ecedin
g its V N i ( i n i . rnk t z yn yj a.
yn ri
n m
correl . ti v an t ; -
2 yi vat, a dv as lon g ,
. tr uk t-s yok systi. - te ; r
. hk t ; yktnm
while ; ti vat yi vat, so lon g as, yuk tv i yj ; v
ya ; yo yok e ; i
j y )
a ti .
1 .

4 2
yi v at ti v at : as long harness ; mak e ready for draug ht, used
as so lon g, as soon of w agon ( 1 01 1 7
) as w ell as of s tee d
as or the moment that then , then , genera lized, 2 make ready, -
. set to
22 7 3 yi v at,
. as quasi-
r
p p
e . w . acc w ork, apply ; use , e
g
. . the Soma pre ss -

duri ng ; up to ( i n space or ti me ) ; sarpa stones, yu k ta , e n ga ge d upon

vivara myi vat, as far as the serpent s

busied w i th, 62 u
; 3 . uni te ; middle,

hole, yuj i ni
39 13 adya t uni te one s se lf wi th i str ) in
; yi v a , u n til to-d ay, ( n .
,

[pron r
o ot y ,
a 51 7 . . cf . ti vant .
] co mpany wi th, 73 3
4 passive,
. be
 [ 22s]
uni te d w i th I f . become possesse d y u v a t i , servin g as a
femini ne to v
y an .

of, yu k ta : possessed of youn g w oman ; mai den . en d :

ha ving of
at d
p , en d c 65 1 3
; p haps
e r pr
e s ppl . . of V 1 yu,
5 or made r d a n d so u subst
.
p a ss . be j oi n ed e a y, y v a n a .
youn g ; as .
youn g
be tted, sui ted ; yuk ta , t, sui ta ble, man ( distinguished f rom bi la ,

chi ld,

right, prope r, yu k ta m ,
a dv . tly, y ou th ( u se d e ve n o f you thful

6 d )
rightly, etc , tij [p rh fr V l attr

yo aya go s e ap s
.
yu .
, act,

m
. .

n
Cy m 1 1 60:
'

apply ; lay on , 1 02 .
[ ci . d -yu
o , L at . su x an, n ot van , see ya vi yi ns,

j k h r j oi n w i y is tha, ti cf Lat j uncu-i-s ,

ung-o, o e a n ; u
y g a v yuv a :
y , ess,
.
, . .

yok e,

cf .
(W i s ,
L a t .
j g m Ger J
u u och, , .

y oun g

; w .
j u ren
cw s,

you n g,

cf . Ger
Eng yoke for euphony, see
. man ic syuvunga , yun a,
g En g youn
g ; also .

u d , mid mak e on e s self r

ea dy, . se t to Old En g yung be, .
-
Spen sers youngth, Eng .

t on e s self outh
w ork , ex er .
y ] .

u p a ,
mid harn ess, put t .
, apply, y u sm a, see 491 .

use .
y t h i , m . n . herd .
[ pre p .

a uni on ,

mid formg,

+ u i, .
1 fasten to ; 2
. .
pu t ( a V 1 yu, u n i te , 1 1 63 : of also . Ger .

task ) u pon , commission ; ca us . Ba nds ,

gan g or se t of men ,

and Eng .

set, lay, e
g
. . s nares,
'
24 17 .
[ for m 2
g , ba nd,
co mpany ,

both in di r
ectly fr the .

cf . ni yoga a lso En g . en- oin

j w . i ts L at roo t of bind .
]
predece ssor i j g
n un ers -
.
] y i t b a -
n i th a , m .
protector or leaderof
+ p ra ,
apply, use ; w . na maski ram the he rd:
e mploy , i . v . do adora ti on .
y t h a p a , m k eep
-er or protector of the .

sa m j oin , hyu lrta,

toge ther, un ite ; sar herd ; esp the elephan t tha t lea ds the .

at end f
o c
p d :
j oined w i th, i . s. en dow ed herd .

w i th, conn ecte d with, i . s. ha vin g y t h a p a t i , m lord of the herd ;

- . esp .

re feren ce to, 59 1
the elephan t that leads the herd .

u
y j [389,
2 1 9,
386b ],
1 . a .
y oke d to y il n a s 427 ,
see .

ge ther; as m yoke fellow ,

.
-
a nd so co mrade ,
y y i m see 491 ,
.

a dv 2
2 . a. pai red, ev en .
[ V yu j : see y e n a ,
.
-
1 . w herefor
e, yena .

tena , because therefor

e, 3 .

y aj y a , a . uni ted, co mbine d .

[ V yuj , tha t, ut, introduci ng a result a nd corre

1 21 3c ] . sponding to a

such or

so expresse d
y u d d h , ppl fou h
g t; .
[ 1 1 76 ]
a , g ht,
as n . or implied [pron . root ya,
b attle, con te st . V
[ yudh, 1 1 7 6 , 1 1 1 2a .
]
d d m t of

y u h a -
v a rn a , . a sor battle ; a
y sth a , p ronounced i
y s
a tha, a .
( be s t
battle, so to spe ak .
goi n g, is . .
) swiftest .
[V 311
V y u d h ( yddhyate ; i yuddhs ; y 6 g a , m 1 a setti n g to work ; use ; yudke; . .

y ots yi te ; y u d dhi ; yb ddh u m ; yudhya ) appli an ce ( act of applyi ng ) ; 2 appii - -

.

ght [ cf i
.m pl y, e b ptvn, . an ce
( thin g pp
a lied ),
a n d so means ; esp .

5 , ght against super n atur al mean s, magic, 56

. 3 the
( .

y d h f g h t V
[ y udh ]

applyin g one s self to a thi ng , a nd so )
. .

yu dhi -
sth i ra , m Y u dhi shthi ra , . son of pursuit or acqui si ti on ( of a thing ), qt:
Pan du an d Kun ti , to w hom Brihadacva ksema 4 conn ection , relation ; yogi t,
'

-
.

te lls the y of
s tor Nala ; see 1 N . rm a t en d f
o pc d, from conn ecti on w i th i s . .

in battle, yudh i ( 1250c ) athi ra -
.
] in consequ ence of [ V yuj ,

V y u p ( yuypa : y npi t ; yepi rati o

y g ya , a . of use, sui ted for use, t, t
set up an obstacle, barthe w ay ting [ y6ga, 1 212a ] b lock or . .

hi nder, thw a rt, 80 ; obstruct or clog, see y o d d h r, m ghter [ V yudh, 1 1 82,

1 0
. .

86 N .

y o d h i n , a a t end f
o cpds, ghti n g . .

y u v d , pron s te m, 2d pe rs d ua l, 491 .

[ V yudh, 1 1 83 . .
 the eal
e ther V ra n (rtns ti ; rartns ; i ri ni t)
spaces of beheaven ( rocani .

di va; or svar ),

w he re the lig ht ple ase d ; V edic [ i den t w V ram ] . . .

dwelleth, these being beyon d the raj as , ri p a s , n bodily i nj ury ; disease . .

j ust as the etch): i s b ey ond the hi p ra b h ( ri b ha te ; r eb h ; r a bdha ; rapa

7
used loosely in pl , the skie s, 71 ; the .

sky concei ved as divide d into an upper grasp ; take hold of .

[p b
ro . a colla teral

and a low er stratum, a nd so dua l, raj asi , form of V grabh, an d i den t w . . labh, see

v

a r V edi c ; these cf a spoils,
so f : . booty ;a,

-
2 post V edic like the Greek di p, the
. d-A m
p -a
. took Lat la b ar, undertakin g,
.
-

thi ck ai r, m , g
i st loom , d a rk nes s 3 .

labor ; perhaps ap- or, gat,
dust, e g 1 4 -
. 4 in the philosophical
. . i , 1 tak e hold upon ; touch, RV
. .

s ste m, dar k n ess ( cf th e sec on d of th e x. 2 tak e hold of, is un der

y . . . .
b

thre e quali ties ( see guns ), soul dar k en i n g -

ta k e, 1 4 ; w ya tna m, un dertak e an eor
0
t, .

pass i on (p p
o ula r ly conn ec te d w i th ri g ,a i e exert one s self, 1 1 ; 3 ( like Ger
. .
3
. .

an-fan gen and Lat . in c ipete )-

begin
[ since in di cated by
the orig . mg , as i rabhya : w . a b ., l beginning from or

usage, is
the clou dy ( region ), r egion of si mply from w . adya , from to
m om

g loo and dar k as di sti ngu ished fr day ou, 36 19 .

the e verlastin g light beyon d, the w ord is + auv -

a, take hold of from behind,
p rob to b e
. derived fr V raj in the se nse . hold on to .

be ( colore d, i e.
.
) n ot clear :

cogn a te ar
e + sa m -
auv - a, hold on to each other

l peBos,
- darkn ess, Erebus, an d Goth

.
( said of several ) sa m auv - - i rabdha.
riqis, neu t , darkness forconn ecti on of . touching .

mgs 2 a nd 3, cf . Ger Dunst, . vapor,

an d l a m -
i , un dertake ( see i - rabh) to
Eng dust ] . .
gether .

ri jj u , f . cord; rope .
[ V sras g p
, la i t
: cf. sa m , ta ke hold of each other ( for
L i thu ani an rezgis, plai ted w ork , basket dance , battle, hold together; take

L a t restis, oresctis, erezg ti s, rope : see hold ( of a thi ng ) toge ther
- -
. .

ra m m m

( ra a ti, -
te ; rartnna , e;
V ra i j , see raj . araxhsi t, t ra m ; ra msyat e ; rata ;
ri na , m pleasure , gladness .
[ V r an ] . . m
ra tum; rar
htv ; -
r6mya ; ri mi yati )
.

ra nv i , a pleasan t, lovely V 2 mid sto

[ r
. an , . 1 . a ct . stop, tra ns .
p,
i a . .

ri t i , j : 1 rest, q ui et ; 2 c om f ort, . . tra ns rest ; abide ;

. stay gladly with ;
pleasure .
[ V ra m, 1 1 57, cf 954d . .
] 3 mid .
( r
e st, take . one s

ease or com

ri t n a , g ift ;
n b le
. ss i n g -
, ri ch 1
es, . fort, a nd ) n d pleasure i n ; rats
so , as loc , . .

treasur e , a s something bestow ed or given or a t end

of cpds, ta king pleas ur e i n , d e

(fc : ra tn a- dhi ) ; so f a r V ed i c ; 2 p ost . voted to ; 4 ca us br ing to a stand s till, . .

-

V edic : precio us stone, j ewel, pearl ; j ig stay, 7 3 7
.
[ cf .
p - ep - a,

q uie tly ; Goth .

as in Eng j .
, ew e l, i . s. the most ei cellent of rtmis, qui e t ( papal, ( paras, pas
pas,
-

i ts k in d [.V l ri ,
'
p love, loves ; p J s,
-
rat,
-
a r-
-
lovely,
ra t n a - dhi a . bestowing bless formally ident w rata: for mgs 2 . . and 3,
i n g! cf V 2 m ]
.
g
1 rat h a , m . wagon , esp . the tw o-w heeled a b hi ,
mid .
1 . stop, intra ns . 2 nd
.

r d if r h h pleasure ; please, i ntra ns , 1 06

battle w ag on li h 1
-
( g te an sw t
e t an t e . .

arms , car or char i ot of gods 5 , a ct stop, tra ns . .

(72 as w ell as of men u pa , stop aparato, ceased, ( of

m for mg,

[ V r 1 1 63 cf L at currus, soun ds hushed
)

ov,
e : ,
. . .

chari o t, an d currere, run . v i, act . stop, intrans ; pause . .

2 ra t h a , m pleasur
e, .
j oy .
[ V ram, 1 1 63 ra m a ni y a , grd v enj oyable
.
, pleasant .

cf 954 d]
. .
[ V ram, 965 ,
 [ 229]
t a my a , grdo . en oyable,
j pleasant .
[ V ram, [ orig .
, perha p ,
s tw o distinct roots ,
90a) but no longer distin guished in form,
ra y i , m . w ealth, treasure .
[p p
r0 .

be and with the two se ts of mgs partly co

stowal

( cf . 76 1 1
) fr ri, . a w eak er form in ci dent : w ri j l , . cf Vl r
j.
, reach o u t ;

of V l ri , bestow,
cf . ratua an d w . raj 2, cf . V 3 ,
be br
ig ht, an d V raj
rat ] see un derr ij m] a

ra v i , m the sun . . +v i, - 1 become masterof,

. master(gem) ,

ra ea na, j : ; rein [ cf ra m
g Ji 81 ; 2
cord shin e ou t ; - ca us adom, 2
str 1
ap ; 1 7 . .
u . . .

ra qmi , m - 1 lin e, cord ; 2 g ( line, raj [nom ra

.
t], m king [ V ri j J
. . . . . .

i e ) ray, of light ; beam [ so Eng ray raj a , at en d of cp ds f or ri j an , 124

. . 9a . .

involves a me taphor, its L at pr edecessor raj a - k u l a , n 1 royal family ; in pl , . . . .

a dius
r meanin g ig
or .

staff

a nd then equivalent to prin ces ; 2 ( as . con versel y

spok e at] in Eng , The
cf . raqani the an d . Subli me Porte, lit . high
ras a , m gate, is used f or the Turkish go vern ment)

1 a the sap or j ui ce of plants
. .

a d esp of fr
n u its ; frui t syr
-
u p, 68 ;
1 the roya l palace .
[ 1280b ] . .

1b th e best or n est or str on ge s t ri j a d v ar a n ki n g

s door door f the
g o
.
- .
.
, ,

part of a thi ng, i ts essence or os, 4

4 7
, roya l palace .

g ui dlo
, li q ui d ; r
.i j a n
sap,, m - 1 k in g, p r i
enera lised,
nc e, e tc ; ap . . .

drink , 2a taste ( g
re a rd ed as t he p li e d al so to V aru n a ,. 83 1 9
-
,
3
75 , 76 ,17

chief char i stic of a li q ui d ) ;

acte r -
2b 78 , 80 ; to In dra,
1 9 1 to Yama, 83 134 , .

taste , i . e . relish for, - 20 . ob ec t of

j - 2 . equiv . to ri j anya, a ksatri ya
one s

taste, esp. that w hi ch pleases one s

or man of the military ca ste , 69 m
; 3 .

taste , g th
e.e b eau ti es ( of
. a story ) ,
at end f
o cpds : regula rly ri j a ; so meti mes
ra s h, 1 moisture ; 2 Rash, ri j an, V
[ jr 600 : cf Lat
f . . . a i , 1 1 . .

mythical m supposed to ow roun d strea ri g em,kin g ; Keltic stem rig

-

king

the earth and atmospher e [ cf ri se ] . . n from the Ke lti c was borrow ed ve ry early
ra s i k a a tasty ; as m conn oisseur [ rs-
, ea
. . .
, manic wi le ,
the Ger ruler of this, Goth .

AS rice, domi ni on ,

1 222 ] reiki , .

ar
e der
ive ; so

V ra h ( rahi ta; ri hitum) leave give up .

, , also Goth rei ks, AS rice, powerful, . .

En g rich : rice, domin ion, li ves in Eng

abandon

. . .

v i, abandon , separate from, in vi raha. bishop-ri m]

ra h a s , n . soli tude ; lonely place ; as a dv. raj an royal, princely ; a s m one of
a
y , a. .

[ l l l l b ], [ V r a h ] secre tly . . royal race, a noble, oldest des igna tion of

V u s ( rari te ; w as, rare; ari sta ; raw) . a man of the secon d caste ; see k sa triya .

g i ve , gran t,
be stow [ see r i i : cf rayL] . . ri
[ j an , 12 1 2d
v are ( ri yati bark bark at . raj a -
p u t ra, m ki n g s
.

son, prince .
[ acct,

[ cf . L a t i a ri re, .
- -
growl

demon iacal ; demo

ri k sa s a , a . as m . a rttj a- p u t ra hav in g princes as sons ;
, a .

niacal one, a Rakshas .

[ rk aaa q . v .
,
-
tri , f . mother of princes [ 1 302 z acct, .

1208a .
]
rag a , m - 1 color m g man, servan t of

in g, color; 2 aec
. . . rij a sa-
, kin
p u r
su .

tion , feeli n g, passion V

[ jra , 2 1 6 L ] . . a kin g, r oyal olcial .

ri g h a v a , m descendan t of Raghu, i s . . . raj a s a , j : i, a pe rtain in g to the secon d - .

Rama .
[ g
ra hu,
1 208e .
] of the three qualiti es ( see raj as pas

V ri j i t ar i j a rej [794 sionate, terminus technicus [ q

'

( j ,
r ati - . te ; , 0 as . r aa

l 2o8s .
j
- 1 . e ct ; rule ; be r
dir st ; be master raj en d ra , m best . or chi ef of kings .

or ki n g of, to .
gen .
;
2 . shi ne
; b e illus tri ous ; dis ti n gui sh ri j , f q
i ueen , p ri n ces s, A n
g I
lo- nd
ian .

one s

se lf ; ca us cause to shin e rann ee ; ruler [ ri j a
. 1 1 56 ] . .
m
 [ 230]
raj y a , n . kin gshi p V ri c ( rindk ; ricyate [761b ] ; rirca,
. ra
[ j,
ri t i , a re ady to give or b less ; gracious ;
. ri ri c ; arai kait, arik ta ; reksyati ; rik
as
f g ra c.e [ V l ra , . ta ; p as s ri cyate ; ca us r eca y a ti ) 1 . . . .

3 2
ri t ra , n f or ri tt i a t. en d qf p
c d s [ 1 1 5b ] le a v e ; le t g o, let fre e ; 3 v er y . . . .

ri t ri , la ter ra ts i, f night
-
[p e rh a p s f r ra r ely ( like E n
g collo q p art w i th ), se ll
mm
. . . . . .

V ram, u
[ w cf Lat linquit, leaves

. . .

V ri d h ( ri dhn oti ; rddhyate [761 a], ti ;

cf ( Jun left ; L at lie cl , it i s left, i e

- . - e, .
-
. .

rara dha aratsi t ratsyhti raddha pe r mi tte d

( Eng lea ve m ea ns .

permis
ri ddhv a; r5
.dh dh i 1 b sion AS leon, d ih a n, Ger leih en
'

r i t ) leave

e
y ;
a ya - - .
- .
-
. .
,

su cce ssfu l ; pr osper ,

ha v e lu ck ; be ha ppy, a thi ng to a person for a ti me, ein em
1 03 7 2 tra ns make successful or . . etw as ii berlasse n, i e lend AS ll n, . . .

happy ; gratify ; - cous acco . mplish ; make if

g , t loa n ,

En g n oun loa n, w hen ce den om
. .

happy, sa tisfy .
[ akin w . Vr
dh .
] ver b loan ; fr l n comes lE na n ,
gi ve, .

1
( f m h mark ) loan ,

O ld En g lEn en , pre te rit le n de,
'

+ a pa , . hi t aw ay ro t e ,
.
- -

mi ss ( the mark ) fail ; ,

2 . be at fault, w hose d has b ecome part of the r oot in

be to blame ; offen d , si n ; apari ddha, Eng . lend ( thou g h g d usage

oo has n ot

g uil ty to blame,
33 1
,
.
[ for 1, cf . the sancti oned ecisely si milar b lun der
the pr
si mple ver b succee d

,

,
i . e .

make a hi t

in drownd
for 2, cf . the re lation of Eng .
f a il an d + a ti , mid ( through pass . . sense he left
over sur
) pass ; p r e d om i na te ca us cause .

5, ca ns. make happy, sa ti sfy . to be in sur plu s ; ov erd o , 9 6 1 2

ri d h a s , V dh 1 smear stick
n .
gracio u s g i ft, b lessi n g [ ri ,
. ri p ( ri rpa ; ripta) ; . .

g ra tify for mg, cf Fren ch gratica titm, . smear , a nd so 2 a s i n Eng , dele ; . .

3
( w.ith the sa m e m eta p h o r a s i n the

ri m h , a . dark ; as m Rama hero .

, of the Ger . mieren ) cheat impose upon
an - sch , .

e po s Ramayan a ; c ri ghav a .
[ th e old form of V li p : see un der V lip ] .

ray a s p o sa , - m development
.
,
i . a . in ri p u m impostor cheat ; later foe [ V rip
, .
, .
,

cre ase of w ealth .

[ gen . s . of rai, 1 260d 1 1 78b ] .

1 71 ri p rh n delemen t ; impurity
,
. V
[ pri .
,

ri v a , m . cry ; yell ; how l [ V ru, . 1 1 88c ] .

ri gi , m . troop, host heap [ pe rhaps ri p ra v a h a , a carr i

y gn 06 . - . or r
e moving
akin w . ragn i, q v : for conn ecti on of . impurity .
[ a cc t,
.

mg ,
cf . En g line . an d Fr
e nch cordon, as V ri g ( ri gati, -
te ; ristd) .
1 .
pull ;
2 .

appli ed to soldi ers ] pu ll or bi te o, cr op [ older form of

m
.

ru n. kin gdom ; sover

ei gn ty [ V raj 1 V 1i g ]
m
. .
,

see 21 9 5
,
l 1 85a ] . V ri g ( rega ti ; ri syati , te [76 1 a
] ; ri ;
-

ri stri , j : dire ctrix , so ve rei gn .

[ V ri j 1 ca us. resi yati ; h i risat) be hurt ; r e .

5 1 1 82
see 21 9 , cei ve harm ; ca us . harm .

ri stri y a , a . b e lon ging to the sovere ign ty ; V ri , see ri .

as m . sovereign , [ astra,
r
ru ler . V ru ( rauti ruv ati ; ruri va hri vit
rah d , m The . Seizer, Rahu , who is sup ruta ; rotum) . cry y; ell ; how l ; hu m,

pose d to seize an d sw allow su n an d moon , 26 9

[. ci . i
a - pu- optu , i
how l ; L at

. mucus,
eamin g AS

an d thus cause eclipse s .
[prob fr V ra bh, . .

scr ,
hoar
se ; . f
i n,

a roar
1 1 78
V ri or ri ( ri ni ti ; riyate 1 . a ct . ra k n a, m . orna men t of gold ; as n .
go ld .

cause to run orstrea m , let loose ;

-
2 mid . .
[ V ru e,
1 1 66,
21 6 .

ow ; run ; di ssolve .
[ cf . L at . ri -
vus , V ru c ( t oento, ti ; ruruo, ruroca ; i ruoat, -

m Arcaista roci sydte ; ruci ta; rcitum)

strea ,
brook ; prov i nci al En g . run , .

brook,

i n B ull Run ; Ger rinnen, En g 1 shin e ; be bright or res lendent ; 2
as . . .
p .

also V li r appeari n splendor; 3 appe arbeautiful

run see p a ] . .
rii pap ti psaras ] [ 232]
ui 1 like Eng look in to tenta rau k ma , a. go lden, adorned wi th gold
m
.
, .

tively, i . s mvesti gate, seek , 29 [ ru 1208f .

]
sear
ch, 33 1 3 2 l k i success ully,
; oo n to.
f
i . s :
. nd out, 44 17
; disco ver, 3 .

act, see si mple verb . l a k eh, n .

1 . rarely, mark , to ken ; -
2 .

ri p aj i t i p s a ra
- s , a. surpassin g the a hundre d thousan d, an An glo Indian -

Apsarases in beauty . lac ; 3 ( like Eng mark ) mark whi ch

. .

r p a v a n t , a. like Eng shape ly a nd .

-
is aimed at V
[ gla ,

be fastened to,
.

Lo t formosus .
; beautiful, han dsome, l
4 . l 1 97s : for mg 1 , of connecti on of En g . .

[ rpa, verb tag, fasten, w . n oun tag , attach

ri p a s a mp a d , -
f . beauty of form, i . s. ment appendage
, ,

an d so, esp . as used

beauty . in modern shops , a mark or labe l ta -

g ;

ri p a s a mp a n n a ,
- a . en dow ed w i th for 2, the specialization of Eng ma re
cf . .

beauty, beautiful [ p
V ad .
] or mark as a weight ( of gold orsilver)
re , word qf a ddress . 0 ; ho .
[ cf are . .
] and as

a money of accoun t ;

also that

V rej ( rbj ati, te ) - .

1 . act . shak e, tra ns . of Eng . token as
a coin

and as

ten
2 . mid . shak e, emble
intra ns ; tr [ pe r q uires pri nte d on both . .

haps akin w V M 7 in L at Alec,

. caused to l a k sa nh , n 1 mark, token ;- . . charac

tremble , i stic ; attribute,

ter 66 n
; character 1 01 m; ,

re nd , m dus t . .
[ perhap s co nn ected w V ri , . essential characte ristic, 41 14
special

di sso lve, go

to pieces, j ust as Ger Sta ub, . mark ; esp . lucky mark , mark of excel

dust, w stieben, .

y asun der :

len ce, 62 7
, mark in the sense f
o
re v a,
f . Reva, a ri ver, the sa me as the dete rmin ant at 2
( like Eng .

Narmadi , q . v . designation ) na me , 57 1 3 . m,
for
rai [361 b ], m .
,
rarely] : possession s ; w ealth ; kind, 65 19 .
[ fr the . denom . laksaya
prosp er i ty [ ste m strictly ri : pro p . .

be ( 1 1 50 2
.a ), or rather fr . mpler
the si

rare form same denom

stow al, V l ri , see 361b an d rayi : w . ace . but very of the .

ri - m, cf Lat m V lak sa ]

. . no . re e , -

ro k a,m brightness li ght [ V ruc ] .

,
. . V l a k sa y a ( laksayati mark ,

rog a m inrmi ty disease

, [ j
V ru .
,
.
, n ote, n oti ce .
[lakay 1 053 : so Lat .

for mg see n oun rdj ] , . nota re fr . n ota .

]
ro o a n , a . shinin g , light as n li ght u pa , . mark , notice ; see ; pas s . appea r .

the place of the light, ethereal space or l a k sa s a mk h y a , a . having lacs ( see

s aces
p ,71
7
,
see raj as f or
f urther lak es ) as the ir n umber,
by nu mbered
description .
[ V m e, hun dred thousan ds
-
[lak sa sa xhk hy j
i .

ro c i snd , a shin i ng , b right ; g bloomin g . . . l a k smi j : 1 m a rk , s ig n ; 2 .

[ V ru c, 1 1 94a : o rra ther pe rhaps fr roofs,

. w ith or without pi pi, bad si gn men
or o ,

l l o4c .
] so mething omin ous , bad luck ; 3 enest
q .

ro c i s , n . brightne ss .
[ Jru c, a good sign, in the older language usua lly

rod a s i , dual j : the two worlds, i . e. heaven wi th punyi luck ; prosperity, 1 8

good
and earth . wealth, 4 9
6 ; ( royal) splen dor, 51 [ i r .

ro d h a , a .
gro w in g .
[ V 2 ru dh, lak e the q uasi r oot of la k -sa , -

t ops y s , see l o4 2e en d . w hi ch i s a deri v of V la g : for conn ection .

roma n , n . hair on the body of men an d of mg l w . V lug, see lak sa as for 2

beasts ( usua lly ex cludin g that of the and 3, observe tha t Eng luck . so meti mes
head an d heard an d that of the man e an d means
ba d luck ,

but oftener good
la terloma n , q v
tai l) . .

ro m an t a , m lor e , in hai rvi cini ty , i . .

- -
. e . l n k ay a , grdv to be . n oti ce d or seen ; to
on the hai ry s ide
( of the hand ) .
[ roma n be look ed u pon or ed
con sider as, 41 14 .

[ deri v ati on like tha t of lakaana ]

 [ 233]
i 13 8 ; W m [957c] ; p ra ,
-
l . seize ; take ; -
2 . dupe ;
lagitvit ; Jagya )

attach or fasten on e s . fool .
[ for 2, cf . En g . colloq . take in,

self to ; lagna , attached to, put u pon gu ll an d catch,

m m
.
,

[ cf - 1a
. 1 m : na g )
. av -
i p ra , fool, -
[ see V lahh pra ] .

l a g u da , m cudge l . . l a mb ( li mbate ; lalamb ; lambi syati ;

l a g h ti , younger form of raghti, a. - 1 .

swift, quick ; -
2 . li ght, i e . . not hea vy ; hang down ; 2 . sin k 3
han g upon, .

8 . li
( g ht, i e . .
) insignicant ; s mall ; hold on to ; clin g to ; a nd so 4
( like .

conte mptible ; low . Eng . stick ) tarry, lag .

[youn ger form
of V ramb,
hang down limp
: cf . As s-63,
l Aax- s, small, h dxw ros, smallest

cf lobe or d r ( of ear

. - '
pen en t pa t , li ver) ;
light ; Lat ll ms, li mbus,

Lithuanian lngvas , li b i ,
'

. L at .
-

sin k, fall ;
fringe,

Jeahe i-c l , l swift, 2 light, n ot heavy, border ; AS kappa ,
'
-
. . loosely han gin g .

8 insi gnicant,
. mall ( mgs quite paralle l s por

ti on, En g lap ( of coat, apron ) ; Eng . .

w . those of laghu ) ; AS lung re qui ckly .

-
, li mp, hangin g loosely, accid

lop e ars, -

Eng lungs, lights : kinship of AS leoh t,
'

. .
-

hangin g ears ( of a
+ a v a , 1 han g down ; 2

Eng light, not hea vy, lights, lungs, n ot
.

. . sin k ; -
3 .

tain :
cer for connecti on of mgs 1 and 2, han g upon , hold on to .

observe that sw i and light, j ust as i , lag, loiter [ see V lamb 4: formg,
v .

cf also En g hang, in ha ng r
. e
] .

associated for light,
not dark , see la l ( ii lati ,
-
te ; lali ta) . sport, daily,
drum] l
p y a ; b e hav e in an ar tlen an d ancon
l a g h u k ra ma , a havi n g a qui ck step
- str ained manner; lali ta , see s v
. . .

-a m a ds l a l i ta a forehead
, qui ckly . .
, . .

l a g h u c e t a s , a small minded
- l a l i t a , a artless, nai ve ; lov ely
.
[p p
-
ro . . . .

V l a g h ( la nghayati ; lai ghi t ; dangli unconstr ainedly beha ved, pp l of V lal, .

y a ) sprin g.ov er [ see V raith, an d un der 9 5 2 3 : so En g beh

.a ved has ra th er adj ec .

ti val than verba l color

in g .
)
m
V l a j j ( in ate ; lalajj ; lajj it ; ltjj itum) l a v a na, n . sa lt, esp . sea- salt ; as a . salt .

be ashamed . V la s ( Msa ti ; la li sa ; la s i ta) gleam, .

v i , be med asha .
g lan ce ori
[ g g la n ce
.
, .

but, lik e En g .

l aj j i , f shame .
( Hajj .
, gla nce, wi th the su bs i di ary n oti on ( see

l aj j i v a n t, a. havin g sha me ; e mbar lass ),

move q ui ckly hi ther an d thi ther,

teased an d play ( see the cpds w preps )

. so, . .

i sely, En g dull means

Q! lap u
( p ati ; lal pa ; la pis yati ; la pi ta,
conver slow , an d .

la pta ; lbptu m ; lbpya )

chatter; ta lk ; then, glancin g cf La t lasc i vus

-
. no t . .
-

lament L aw lamen tin g ; -cm

.
[ cf .

a ( thro ugh d a s s ),
hw i popal ,
lamen t perha ps La t 15 . + d
u , 1 .
glan ce ;
2 play ; 3
. . be
menta , over oyed, j
i , talk to, converse w ith . + v i, 1 .
glance ; 2 . l
p y;
a 3 . be
p ra , talk ou t heedlessly or lament j oyf ul or w an ton .

ingly . la sa, a. movin g q ui ckly hi ther an d

vi , utter unin telli gible or la men tin g thi ther; li vely .

[ V lam]
tones . li j l , m pl . .
parched or roasted grain .

+ sa m , talk wi th ; ca us .
( cause to talk [pe rhaps akin w . V bhr
jj .

wi th on e, ie
. .
) addre ss, 26 la b ha , m . the gettin g , acq uisi tion .
[ V labh .
]
V l a b h , younger form o hk i
h
f r ab h ( la bh a te ; V l i k h ( lik h t ti ; li l kh a ; a l s khi t ; s

lebh alahdha la psyi te ; la bdha y a ti ; likhi t ; li k hi tv a ; likh y )

a -
.

lahdhv i ; lbbhya ) 1 catch ; seize ; - scr atc h ; fu r row ; slit ; draw a lin e ; 2
. . .

- 2 b i d l
receive ; get
.
[ see un de r l u h ] w ri te ; w r te o w.n ; de in e a te [y ou n ge r . .
 [ 234]
form of V rikh : cf . l peix
- -
a,

furr
ow

V ln p ( lumpi ti lulpa ; lnptt

J l plx Oo , te ar e nd ;
, r

(x O r - -
a,

L a t ri ma , ma for mgs, ham ; 2 attack ; pounce upon ; 3

uric- sli t, crack

.
,
: . .

observe tha t En g . write is fr the sa .

m e rob , plun der [y o u nger form of V mp .

ru mpere, AS

root as Ger ritzen, . cf . L at . eak
br . ref-a n,

l i ng a , mark ( by w hich one know s or

n. break f,
ree spoil of battle, booty,
recogn izes a thin g ) Ke nn zeichen char ,
-
, ar orm
, etc
.
,
esp . clothin g, gar e n ts, m
Ger .

V l i Ra ub, robbery, booty AS rea

'

acte risti c [ con n e cte d w ag

. n the .
,
a n .

sa me w ay as la k sa q v ]

, . . despoil, rob, w hence Eng rea ve, ppl . .

refl, an d M a ss fr Old Hi gh Ger

l i ng a d h i ra na ,
- n . the wearing of one s . .

characte ri stic mark s . roubdn, rob ,

throug h Old French rober,
V l i p ( li mpati , -
te li lpa ; ali pat, rob,

co mes French ti e-rober, Eng . rob,
li pta ; li pt -
li pya ) . 1 besmea r or
. and fr Old . Hi gh Ger . robbery,
roab,
rub over a thi n g ( a cc .
) w i th a thi ng booty, pi llaged esp. garmen t,

in lik e
-
2 . s mear a thi ng ( a cc .
) over manner, French robe, garmen t,

Eng .

or on a thin g stick ( tra ns .

) on to ; robe ]
pas s . stick or sti ck to, intra ns . l u b d h a k a , m hun ter . .
[ lu bdha, V la bh] .

[ y oun g er form of V rip : orig . mg V i n b h lubhyati lulbha, lulubh

smear lubdhh ; lbbdhum) 1

, stick : cf . rb Alt os,

gr
ease .
go astray; .2 .

a Aelo a ,
- -

anoin t L at . lippus,
blear be lustful ; ha ve strong desir e ; lubdha ,

longing for [ cf 6) Mn) , d uo- s, longin g ;

eyed M rapds, greasy, shi ny
. .

Alt f om

further aki n are the following w ords, -

lon g for ; L at lab-cl, lib-ct,
r
.

b ut wi th cur ious divarication of mg is desired or agreeable libens , willin g,

m ploy, lik e En g

A

stick persist l d lib d d i S l f d
'

to, i e r o r
E . . .

; g a ; i o, es e ; e , ea ,
.

AS be lif a n, Goth bi leib an , Ger Hei b en,

.
- -
.
- -
.
- En g lief, dear, gladly ; Ge r lieb, dear ;

. .

( li t

s
.ti ck ,

i e )

rema i n

; AS li bba n ,
. . . also Eng lava ] .

En g . li ve, Ge r leben, .

be remain in g or V l u l ( llati ; move hither and
surv i vi n g , supe rstite m esse AS . lij ; thi ther .

Eng life ; . na lly A S ( i f . an ,

- Eng lea ve, . V I ii ( luni ti luli va ; li nt ) . cu t

( g g r h i r) cut off ; gnaw o [ ci

ca use to e. ass.
,
a . .

anu , s mearover , cov erw i th . Ala a , separ

-

ate , i . e . loose ; La t

. ao-lii-tus,

vi ,
be sme ar .

l i pi , j : 1 . a rubbing ov er; 2 w ritin g

. . le k ha , m . a w riti ng ; lette r .
[ V likh .
]
V
[ pli , 1 1 55 . lok ( lka te luloke ; 16ki tum ; ca us .

V li q li
( g hts ; egista ; Esta) lili es ; . lokayati lokith ; 16kya ; only
-

tear, br eak [y ou n ger fo rm of V ri

.
c] . ca us . f m or s are in co mmon use, and these

l i g a , tearin g, breakin g a nd so cutti n g, in , only w ith av a, a, an d vi ) .

get a look at ;
k u liga-
[ V li e ] . behold ; ca us .
1 look , look .

V l i ( Myate ; liyate ; lily ; esta ; linh on ; 2

get a look at, behold . .
[ on

liya )
- l clin
g t
.o ; 2 s tick ; 3 . . . accoun t of the g uttural k , prob . a sec

( stay, i . e . l) of birds
ight upon , an d insects, ondary root fr roka ( V rac, . for
si t upon ; 4 sli p in to ; disappear mg Au nt-

. . conn ecti on of , cf . i s, bright,
Rede em, i men,

+ n i , 1 cli n g to ; 2 li ght upon ( of
. . an d ck sux -
j w,

see ; L a t l .

birds ) ; 3

. sli p in to ; di sappear; hide .

light, then
eye ( see un der V r ac) ;

p r a , g o to d iss o lu ti on [ cf V ri ] . . . also loca na no connection w . Eng .

l i l i , j : - 1 play ; 2 ( like E ng child s

. . . look ]
l
p y)
a a cti on th a t c a n be d one w ithou t + a v a , ca us .
1 . look ; -
2 look . a t or

serious eor
t ; lilayi , wi thout any upon ; 3 behold, r i v
. see, pe ce e .

tro u ble .
+ 5, caus . 1 . look at ; - 2 . see, per
V l u th ( luthti ; lultha ; luthi t ) . roll . cei ve .
 [ ]
233

V v ac ( v hkti ; uvca, dens ( 784, 800e ]; v ao a s , n. - 1 . speech, etc .

; w ords
hvocat [847 en d, v ak syati , te ' -
w ord ; coun se l ; 2 . language, 54 11 - 3 .

a kt ; vi ktum ; uktv i ; ~
dcya ; u cyate ; ( like E ng . w ord) order; re q uest,
v acaya ti ) say or speak ( f er [ lv 1 1 51 1a : cf Fares,

. a
s. a ce. o
p ac,
. .

son, 1022
; or w . acc .
f
o p erson a nd ace .
f
o V v a j ( v aj hyati ) .
proba ble root,
wi th the

thing, ann oun ce or te ll, mea ning be stron g or li vely, inferred

-
ons

na me or call, 58 7
; puna r uv iica, replied, ug ra, '
6j as, vh j ,
ra v ij a ; see these words ;

19 1 ity uktv a, wi th sayin g so, i . s . w i th vi j y

h an t, h astenin g, of V v aj aya . .

the w ords saying 4 3

; [ cf i ly n
-i. s,

strong, healthy

AS wa c ol, .
-

so sayi n g,
as
19 , etc ;
. awake ; Eng . wake,
n ot to sleep ;
i mpers pa ss

uh t6, 1 . spok en, said ; . .
perhaps Lat tr
ig-i re, .

be li vely or strong,

[999 mi d . ki k en a v
ukta m , the crow sai d,

24 13
, e tc. ; uk ta ,
i n trom
d uci ng a p roverb,
v j ra , m . I ndra

s thun derbolt, 703
,

t is sai d, 20 , etc ; 2 spoken
15 . .
[ orig .
, perhaps, a mere epithet,

The
unto ; ev a m ukta, thus addr essed, 8 ,5 Mi ghty
( V Jis like M iblnir, The
etc . Crusher,

na me of Thors hammer]
.

- ca us. 1 . mid . cause or ask ( e

g
. . the v aj ra b i h u , - a. having the thun derbolt
Brahman s) to pronounce for one s

se lf on his ar m ( of I ndra ), li ghtning-armed .

2 0 4 2
e g a benedi cti on ), 1 01 1 6
( . .
, ; -
. ca se
u
( a written leaf ) to speak , i . s . read, va j ri n a. having the thun derbolt ( of

[ cf romj a, voice, rumor L at I ndra ) [ j r 1 230]

'
. Lo a a, '
e . . va g
ode-fi re, ; Ge r erw ah nen
, mcall
en ti on V v a n
e ( v ca ti v a cay ati. vailoit )- -

.

w v ac- a s, w ord, of ( w as, ste m crew ea ,

.

totter; go crookedly ; ca us ( cause to go.
- .

av ooam, astray, i e ) mislead, decei ve ; cheat

w ord, w labi alizati on w .
[ ci . . . . .

. a - v a - u c- u m ,
cf. l etrow,
-
s l- Fe sr-or, -

sai d L at . vacillare, totter, be unsteady ; AS

.

w . no m . v ik , sv ik -
s, ste m i
v i c,

voice ,

w6h, cr
ooked, w r

on g, w hence En g woo, .

of . L at . vox , s v6c-
s, voice, and be, for incli ne to on e s self, court .

a
,
i . s . Fan -
s, u p a , totterunto .

+ anu ,
- 1 . repeat or say ( sacrici al v a ca k a , m decei ver [ V vai iq
. . ca us .
]
prayers, etc .
) for so me one 2 . v a ca y i t a v y a , grdo to be deceived ; .

mid say . afte r ( the te acher), is . . learn, as n . a to be pr acti sed decei t, w ob

-
j ecti ve .

stu dy ; an ci n a, per .
f mi d . l
pp , . who g en .
( 296b 9
26 . [ V v a cJ
stu di es, stu died, learn cd -
. va t a, m .
f y g odha
Ficus i ndi ca ; c : n a -r .

+ a b hy -
anu , say wi th regard to or v a ni k -
p u t ra , m m erchan t

s son . .

w ith reference to so me thin g describe [ m in

( an occurrence ) in ( me tri ca l an d V edi c ) v a nij m m er chan t , V
[ ila-n . .
,

w ords . V v a t ( vi tati ; vi ti yati )

. only . w ith api.
n i s, spe ak ou t or clearly ; exp lain . understand ; ca us . ca use to un derstand or

p ra , pr ocla im ; tell,
- 1 . tell forth, kn ow, reveal, inspire ( de v oti on ) .
[ cf.

an noun ce, men tio n ; a nd so 2 i ta ]

( a s con . L at . vat-se,
wi se seer see underv

versely la udi re,

prais e,

com es to mea n v a t s , 111 .
young; esp .
youn g of a cow ,

men tion ) praise ; - 3 tell of,

. colloq. tell calf. [ p y
p ro ea rlin g, fr o m
.

a n o t q u ot

on , is . . be tray, - 4 . say, - 5 . able s v atas,

y ea r

w i th s v atus, cf .

declare to be ; name, 5
57 . Fi res, y ear, L at v a ns in oet us tu-c
, .
-

p ra t i , say i n re turn , answ er.

bej ahrt, in years, old : aki n are L at .

sa m , say together . vit u lu s,

- --

yearlin g,
i s . . calf,

and En g .

for mg,
1
v a ca n a , n . . speech ; words etc .
; teeth-er. cf l.a
xp p o r, go at, prop.

di ctum; 2 .
( like La t . e dictu m and Eng .

win te rling -

( see him ) : see v atsara ] .

edi ct a n d d)
w or co mman d ; inj un cti on , v a t s a rh , year; person ified , [ cf.

13
26 .
[ V v ac, vatsa ; also pari and sai - v atsara ]
 [ 237]
V l d (M i l. -
t0 ; W v ad h ri , a. whose testicles have been
crushed e masculated , opp .
of vu an .

[ V vadh,
1 . speak, say, etc . speak V van ( van bti , v anu t ; v av na, i vavn ;
to, w . acc .
,
or w . loc .
2 . co mmuni v at 1 . hold dear, love ; desire,

cats announ ce, RV x speak of ; seek , beseech, 2 get ; 8 wi n

; . . . . .

3 58 1
l cf f V T
udi ta, state d ( h ri i l ) [ Lat r h ven-i a,

au t o ta t ve y , ; . . av o ; en u e,
. e

tell, i s d
forete ll, pre i t,
. c. 1 0 8 1 3
; 4 . Lovely On e ; AS minna n, exert one s

.

desi gnate as, 55 5

; na me . self, str

i ve, Eng w in, gain by striving

.

abhi , speak to, sa lute ; signify, in AS wi n, . hope, expectati on , supposi tion ,

w hence wi n-a n, Eng ween, . suppose see

speak to ; salute. V vanchJ

+ p ra t y -
abhi ,
ca us. mid . salute in v h n a , n wood ; forest . .

v a n n ah desire .
[ V van ,

+ 5, spea k to ; vidatha m i - vad, gi ve v an a n v a n t , a . having desire, desir

i ng .

der
or s to ( the household ), rule ( as master [ perhaps fr . v anhnl , 1 288, w . irr
eg loss .

or mistress ) . of n al a: both mg an d derivation are

+ p ra , 1 . speak forth ; say ; 2 de . doubtfuL]

clare to be . vana -
p ra s t h a , m . n. for
est-plateau,

vi mid con tradi ct

,
. . w ooded table land .
[ 1280b .
]
+ s a m mid talk or ,
. take counsel wi th v a n s - v i sa ,
m . the livin g in a w ood
one s

self .
-
tas, owi n g to hi
( ) s fore st-life .

v hd a n a , n. -
1 . mouth ; 2 . face . v an a s p h t i , m - . tree . lord of the

organ of speaking, V vad, 1 1 50: for w ood : see 1 267 and a an d d: perha ps

mg , cf . n ayan a. ] v anas stands for van ar, a subsidiar

y
v a d i ta v y a , grd o . to be spoken . form of vana, cf . 1 71

[ V v ad ] . V van d ( vandate ; v avan d ; vandi th

v adya rdo to be spoken of, worthy of

, g .

and r i r h praise ; 2 salute reverentially

( favorable ) n otice, so p a sew o t y . . .
[ or
ig .

[ V vad,
968 c
3 .
] iden t w V vad, . .

a bhi make rever

ent salutation unto ;

- te ) .
- 1 . strik e ; harm; -
2 .
(j ust as salu te .

AS . mea nt rst strike and then v a n d i t t m praiser [ V v and ]

slean

, . . .

dh 4 1 m; i r

slay i s kill ) slay kill

,
.
[ see
. V b i : V l v o v( p . a ti t e u
: p ; v , t . -

cf ba ts
.
p u sh

: see v ad h a
,
r ]

y ati ) sh e a r ( h air b ear d ) ; tri m ( n ails ); . .
,

v a dh m 1 murderer;
,
2 weapon
. ca us
- cause .to be clipped or si m l
py
-
. .
,

of deat h es
p I n dra

s b o lt ;
,
3 slay in g, [ 1 04 1 .cli p . .

slau ghte r [ V v a d h ] . V 2 v a p ( p
v a ati , te ; a v isp a, ap [
e 78 4,
-

v hd h a r, n . w eapon of death, i e . . I ndra s
V dh ti pya ) 1 str
bolt [ v a
.
] .
- . . ew ; scatter, esp . seed,

v a d h a s n a, only instr pl in . . weapons sow ; - 2 .

( like xi v ) throw or heap up,

i e dam up

of death, ie . . I ndra s bolts .
[ vadha, . . .

1 1 95] a pa , cas t away i

j g destroy
. .

va d h , j .
-
1 . bride ; -
2 woman
. .
[prop . a b hi , bestrew .

the one fetched home by the bride a throw upon, strew .

g roo m, V v ah, q v ] . . + n i , throw down .

v a d h v a s t ra , n br - ide s garmen t

. . + n i s , throw out, esp . deal out ( from a

v d h y a , grdo -
1 to be struck, i s . . . . larger mass ) an oblati on to a god, dat .
,

p un ish ed ,
t o b e h arm e d ; 2 to be .

slain, 27 [ V v a dh , 968 'c ] . v ap t, f j: caul, o mentum .

v a pa s ] [ ]
238

v hpn s , a. -
1 . w on drous , ad mi rabilis v i ri v a s , n. breadth ; g free dom from .

2 .
( like E ng . ad mi rable ) exci ti n g w on der con strain t, ease , g la dn e ss,
w kr [b elong . .

mi xed w i th approb ati on, esp . w on drous in g to urn,

br
oad

: see 1 1 73 ,
3 4 67 1
]
fair; v h ri y i ns , a v er y b ro a d,
wi de . ex ten ded .

as n .
-
1 . a w on der; w on derful ap [ V 1 v r
, c ov er, ex te n d o ve r

see 467 2

pearance ; v apar d r g y
a e, a won derto see, an d 1 1 73

ibea Oat, -
2 beautiful
. appear vi ru na , m The . Encompasser of the
ance ; be auty,
-
3 . appearan ce ; form, Uni verse ), V aruna, na me of an Adi tya ;
[ for 2 an d 3, cf . the c on verse an
y . the su pre me god of the V eda ( see

tran si tion of mg i n rpa, 1 , selection xxx vii . a nd notes ) , an d so ca lled

v aya m ,
w e, see 491 [ cf G e r w.i r, En g . .
-
. ki ng as w ell as od
g , o mniscient
j udge w ho punishes sin an d sen ds si ck

1 v ay a s , n 1 fowl, collective ; 2 bir

d ness and death, selections x liii xliv xlv
. . . . .
, .
, .
;
[ see vi , la ter, god of the w ate rs, [ p
a e rsoni
food mea l [p p
r j y ca tion of the al l e mbracin g heaven,

2 v hy a s , n. . o e n o .
-

men t ,

V l vi ,
enj oy

: for analogies, see V l vr, cove r, enco mpass ,

11 77c cf .

Heaven

V 2 bhuj , e n oy, j an d V 1 vi .
] ob ay
p ls, heaven , an d O bpards, ,

8 v ay a s , 1 ength, of body an d of d
n . . str pe rsoni e as a god .
]
mind ; e h alth ;
2 the time . of stren gth, v h r t h a , n . cover; a nd so, as in Eng

you th ; ma rri a ge ab le a e
g ,
3
gen .
p rotec ti on .
[ V I vr,

cover,

1 163c .
]
era lized , any age or peri od of life ; years v a r t h y a, a .
prote ctin g .
[ v ari tha ,
( of li fe ) .
[ akin w vi ra, q v .
- . .
] 1 212d
v a y is , f : stren gthenin g . v are ny a , grdv to be desire d ; . a nd so,

ara , m [ V 2 vr

1 v . choice ; wi sh ; a thin g to be longed for, ex cellen t , . choose,

d f 121 7 L
chosen as if r r rd i , 966b ]
g t o ew a ,
a n so g t,
t e .

w ard ; v ara vr , w ish a wish, make a m v a rg a , m .

grou p .
[ V vr
j , separa te,

con di tion , 94 ; v ar
1
a di , give a choice, m for mg, of . En g di vision, .

a se pa

g ran t a wi s h, I
; prati v hra m or v 6 . ratin g in to parts,

and then
the part
ram it, [ vr

according to on e s wi sh . V 2 , separ ate d,

illumi n at


choose : cf . En g well, li t . .

accordi n g to v hrc a s , n. vi ta li ty, vi gor; the

one s in g power in re an d the sun ; a n d so,
2 v a ra, ( like E n
g ch
a. oi ce or se lect ) m os t . sple n dor; j ig glor
y [p aps s kin wi th
erh . .

excellen t or fair , b est, w gen or loc , 1 6 ,

9 . . . m e : cf v arpas wi th ri pen ]
.

8 91
; w . a bl .
,
most ex cellen t as di stin v h rna , m .
-
1 . outside ; ex tern al appear

guished from i . s. betterthan an ce ; color, mplexi on ;

36 1 9
, etc .
; co

v ara m us. ca the best thin g is -

2 ( color and so as in Eng ) kind
.
, , .
,

an d n ot i . s . i s betterthan species sor t 98 ; 3 ( sort of men i e )

,
9
, .
, . .

for mg, 4 letter sound

[ vr

V 2 ,

choose : cf . A S cyst,.

a cas te , ; ; vowel .
,

choice, an d then the best, with syllable ; w ord [ V 1 r
'

ceosa n, v co v er , , ,

1 1 77s : for mg 1 cf Eng coa ting an d ,

. .
,

v a ra na , n . a choosi ng .
[ V 2 vr,
coa t ( of pain t) an d L at color pre p , .
, .

v a rs -
v a rna , m most faircomplexi on
. . cove r or coa ti n g,

cogn ate w . oc-cul-e rs,

v a ra v a rni n , a. hav ing a fair co m cover

ple xi on ; - in i ,
j : fairfaced w oman - .
[ va V v a rna y a ( ) v arnayati .
1 . color,

ravarna, 1 230] i 2 like En paint), depict

pa n t ; g ( g
. . .

v a ri i gani , f : most ex cellen t woman . describe ; tell abou t ; pass . 12 3

[ arna ,
v .

[ g
ai ani ]
v a ri ro h a , a. having fair hips or but v a rt a n a , n. r
p p
o . an existin g, and so

tocks ; a m in o yes
-
[ i rohsn
] .
( like En
g li v i n g ).
, mean s of subsistence.

v a ri h h, m . boar .
[ r g
V v t, m s 3 , 5 : c f vytti ] .
t4v as ] [ 240]
stay over night, 100
( wi th ri tri m); v hs u -
grava s, a .
perhaps
[1298s
] ha v

dw ell, abide ; live .

[ cf . ha v e , t rad - 1 na, ing good fame, or else [ 1297 and 1 280b ]
dw elling place, town L at ver-na , one -
. having wea lth fame, i s famed for w ealth -
. . .

w ho li ves in the house, i e slave

or . . v asn -
sa mp i rna , a . treas ur
e lled .

[ pr

one who dwells in the land, i . s. na tive, V I ,

li ke En g domestic, se rvan t, domestic, V

an d v a s ii ( v asii yati
.
ya ) . cra ve goo d .
[ o
d

not for

eign ; AS wee a n, .
-

be

; Eng . no m . of v asu, 1058 1
,

was, were .
] v a s ii y is , j : desir
e for good ; longin g .

+ 8 , take up one s abode in ( a place ), [ V v a sii ya ,
occu py ; en ter upon , 62 v a s tr , m illuminer; or as a dj li ghting
. .
, ,

ud, ca us . ( cause to abide ou t, i s
. .
) up .
[ V l v a s ,

shi ne, 1 1 82,
re move from i ts place, 97 l
1 4'
. v as t ra , n .
gar en t,
m p ie ce of clothing
2 i h cloth V

+ u p a , 1 stay w i th ; w ai t ; .
-
.
( w t .
[ 2 v as, clothe, 1 1 85a ] .

a specialization of mg like that in Eng . v a s t ra - v e s ti t a ,

a . co vered with clothes,
absn tain,

hold o, esp . from food or well dressed .

drink

) w ait, a nd so stop ( ea ti n g ) ,
fas t . v a s t ri n ta , m border. of a gar en t.m
ui , dwell ( of men and of beasts ) .
[ an te ]
p ra t i , have one s

dwelli ng . V vah ( vahati , -
ts ; uv i ha i bb ; hvak ait,

4v a s ( vi sl yati ; vi si th) cu t [ cf . . . Lat . v aksyhti ; i dhh v bdhum; i dhvi

vbmis w oe mis vdmer plow shar ubya ; uhyhte ) 1

'

, e -
, ,
-
,
-
. . con duct,

u d , cu t aw ay or o, 97 1 carry, p es . the ob ati on , 85 , 93

l 1 94 1

v a s a n t a, m . sprin g .
[

the dawni n g or brin g wi th team, 73 , 81 , or car, 72 4,
n 1 4

lighti ng -
up

year-
ti me V I vas , ,
draw ( w ag on ), gui de ( horses ) ; - 2 .

see 1 va s : cf . lap, c red -
up, L at . ver, e ve-sr, intrans . travel ; procee d ( in a w agon ) ;
e ves-s r,
-
3 .
pass 4 ow ,
. be borne along ; .

v hs i most excellent best ; as m

sth a , a .
,
. carry wi th i tself ( of water) ; 5 ( like .

V asishtha name of one of the most ,

Ger hei mf ii hren ) brin g home to the
.

famous V edic seers 78 it

1
[ for me d as ,
.
groom s h ouse,
w ed

; 6 ca rry, 4
3 .

superl . to v asu, fr V l v as
. as a verbal be , 6
a r 2
car ry far an d wide, i e . .

the verb al havi ng the same tran s sprea d ( a poem, fr agr ance ),

ferred sense as the adj v asn , q v . . .
] [ for sva h :
g cf . bxos, s Fo o
x s,

w agon ;
v i su , a. e xce llent, good ;
-
1 . as m .
good bxi oya t, ride ; L at veh-ere,
.

carry

; vehi

m pl The Good culu m,

w agon ; AS weg a n,

of d ) 76 1 1
2 car bear,
( ry,

g o s , ; -
. as . . .
-

Ones, the V usua, a class of g ods, RV . x . w hence Eng weigh, lift ( as in weigh .

8 l oo d n. sing a nd a nchor),

n d w eight of by lifti n g ( cf
p g ,
. as . . .

g ood s,
w ealth [p p
ro s hin i n g , i s spl en . . . . bhara ) ; AS wc gn or wi n, En g wa in, . .

did, V l v aa, shine, bu t w a tran sfer of . Du tch wagen ( w he nce the b o r row e d En g .

mg like that in the Eng splendid as used . wagon ),

that w hi ch i s draw n , i s w ag on . .

by the vulgarfor excellent : connection

further, L at . vi-a , os-a , s ve h ia ,
-
that whi ch
w hi s, l bs, good, and eb, w ell, is im

.

is to be travelled over
,
w ay ;

AS . weg,

prob ab le , see i yu .
] Eng . wa y, that w hi ch carries one to a
v a su a. yi e ldi n g g ood ; v as u place ]
dhi f . th ; the lan d
the ear . 5 , bri n g hitheror to .

val u d h i d hi p a , m .
( lo d
r of the earth, + u d ,
I . hear or brin g up ; 2 . esp .

b ride fro m herfathers house ),

i . s .
) ki ng prince ,
.
[ adhi pa . ] lead ou t ( a

va su m d h a ra ,
-
a. holdin g good or w ed .

treasures ; -
i , j : the earth .
[ v asu m + p a ri ,
1 . lead abou t ; 2 .
p
es . lead
dhara, 1 2b0a we shou ld e x pect v asu abou t ( the bride or the weddi ng pr
ocetr

( aec . s. n e u te r, or ste m) , n ot v asn - m sion ) , w ed .

( masculine l) , r
p a, carry onward .
 24
[ ]1 [ V v i j a ya

+ vi , le ad aw ay, esp . the bri de from her

pare n ts

house, a nd so w ed, marry ; mid . vi api, ( vi o mitted ),
ge t married . vi , vi , 62 1
; nally
i
,

sa m , carry toge ther; carry . vi b api , ea, neithe

'
n or n or

vi h, vbl . carryin g, drawing, in cpds .

atha vi , tha 6 ; u ta v i , see
see a

[ V vah ] . uta ; 2 vi , -
.
f or ev a 59 m m ; 3 w i th
m
, .

v a h a t d , m w eddin g procession ; w eddi n g

. . rogatioes :
inter ki vi ,
w hat possibly,
[ V v ah, 1 1 6 l c . so 1 8 1 .
[ cf . La t .
-
se ,

or .

v a hy i , n .
portable bed, li tter .
[ V vah, v i kya, n 1 speech, w or ds ; - 2 a s
. . .

1 21 3 . for mg , cf . En g . bier an d ve rb techn ica l term, periphrasi s, e g vi rassnasya . .

bea n ] sutas f or vi r u sn a sutas [ V v ac ] -

. .

v a hy e i lying on litters [ v ahya , vi d o i t b r b d

g y
a a.
g s y o as a a conseq u e nce
.
-
,

l 250c : acct, of hi s voice, i s because he w as fool . .

V lvi ( vi ti ; vi vi d ; i vi si t vi a enough to let his voice be heard .

[ vi e

yi ti ; vi ti ; v i tun ; vi pi yati dosa ]

see .

blow .
[ cf . a m p , blow

; Go th . v i g h i t [like di aat, m . the pledg
Ger welt e n, AS wa wa n

ou-ia n, blow ;
'

.
- .

in g one , is . . in sti tu tor of a sacri ce, n ot

breeze ; Mp, i est, but the yaj ami na

iti - pa,

s i f np,
ai r L at . the pr .
[ perhaps
( p r i i pial form which has ski n ar 6x opa i , L at
'

vents -s a a t c e e - . vovre, s vo
gv- r
e e,

made a transiti on to the vow el declension -

cf vi san ti . and win d, En g

. v i i mi y a , a . consisti n g of voice or

wind ; AS . we-der, Eng . wea ther, win d

-
u tte ran ce .
[ vi a see 1 5
22 2 an d

( g
e i n.w ea thercock ,
.
) -
condi tion of the air

maya ] .

see v i ta and v i yti , v i e j ? 1 . speech, voice, word,

i , b low hi th er . utteran ce , sound ; v i ca mvy i - - hr
, u tte r

h i s, 1 blow .
( out, intra nsiti vely, i s . .
) w ords, 3 1
,
a nd v i e ah v ad, - speak w ords,
go out, be ex tingui shed ;
2 . intra ns . verb-phra ses, used like a si mple verb

(blow till one ge ts on e s br
eath, a nd so ) of sp ea ki n
g a nd con s trued w the ace of , . .

cool o ; - ca us. 1 . ex ti n guish ; -

2 . the person ( see 274 b ) ; perhaps ( utte ran ce ,

cool o , transitively, i . e
. refresh . i s ) sacred te x t 91 ; 2 person ied The
. .
3
, .
,

p a ri blow aw ay . W ord V i ch Ah os [V v ac, q v ]

, , . . .

my
,

p ra , blow or move forwar

d, intra ns . v i ca - a mi , a . estr
r ain i n g or holdi n g

vi , blow asun der,
is . . sca tte r to the one s voice , silent .
[ 1 250a, 1 270 an d
1 b .
]
wi nds . v i ca k a , a. speakin g ; as m . speak er .

2v i ( vi yati [76 l d 2]; uv i ya [ V vac ,

v ayisyi ti ; uti ; etu m ; yi te ) w eav e , . v i ci ka, a. verbal, consistin g of w ords .

interweave, both lit , a nd also ( like L a t . .

[vi c, l 222e j .

ser
er) g
e, ,
h ym ns a n d son gs ; p la. i t of . v i cy a ,
g rd o .
1 . to be spok en ; -
2 to .

[ g
ori i dea perha
.
p s w in d or pla i t be spoken to .
[ V v ac, 1 21 3a .
]
root-for ms are l , vi , and vi : cf irla, . vi j a , m .
-
1 . swiftness ; cou rage, es
p of . the
cFirea , willow l
o a os, osier Lat . vi Ere,
- horse ; 2 race, ; 3 prize of . struggle .

pla i t

vi-nten, plai ted w ork ai m, race or con test ; booty ; re w ard in general

vin e ;

l
o vos,

win e ; L at

. vi n mn,
wine ;

treasure , good [prob akin w V v a , q v :
j . . . . .

vi -tis, vine, Eng wi thy or withe, li orig strength and li velin ess, tha t in


.
p an t .

twi g,

Ger . Weide ,
withe, whi ch str
e ngth an d cou ra ge show them

enclitic i l ollowi ng its word 1 selves, an d then the re sult
vi , pa rt c e,
f . . of q ui ck
or; vi , vi , 501 1
, 64 10
,
a nd bra ve
vi , 77 s
,
24 , s 64 18
, V v i j a ya ( onl
y in ppl v i j ayi nt) .
. . crave

si mila rly ,
treasure ; seek good, f
o V vsj .

vi ,

f urther : [ den om . of v i j a 1 058 ] ,
V v i ch ] [ 242]
V vi ii c h ( i
vchati ; vi iichiti ) . wi sh .
[ for v i ya si , m 1 . . bird 2 . esp. crow ;

si , j : crow hen [ vi bird, 1 208a
'

nsk, i nchoative ( cf V I is) to 1 ]

ov i orig . .
- -
.
yas, .

V v an . q Y cf . Ger . Wunsch ,

a w ish ;

vi y li , m . wi nd .
[ V 1 v a,

blow ,
AS wi se, .

a w ish,

w hen ce verb wysca n, v i r, n. water .
[ cf. a tp o - -
v, orig .

water,

wi sh, w hence En g . verb w ish, w hence an d so, as in Eng , urin e ; Lat i riniiri, .

.

n oun w ish stay underw a ter , S
iri nc , urine ; U ria,
)
- -
.

vi n jy ,
i a n . merchan t s business, trade
. Watertown , a port in Apulia ; prob

-
.

[ vani j ,
s kin is A S wa r, .

v i ta , m .
1 win d ; air; 2 V i ta , god
. . 1 v i ra , m . ta il hai r,
-
esp . of a hor
se .

of the wi n d [ V l v i ,
.

b low a cct, [p rob ak in w oii
p ,
. .

1 1 760 : cf I celan di c
. 05 1 7112 A S
-
,
. Wad en -
, 2 v i ra , m 1 choice . . treasure ; 2 .

Old Hi gh Ger . Wuot a n -

, na mes of the moment chosen or determined for any

hi ghest Germanic god, Odi n : the n ame thin g, appoin ted ti me, turn; -
3 . ti me
still li ves in the En g ednes d a y, AS . W -
.
( as used w ith numerals ) ; vi ra m vi ram,
do g me Woden '
ti me an d agai n ; 4 the ti me turn
'

d n se-
so conn ect w -
. or

V vat, in spire, ( of one of the planets w hich rule in su c

v i ta -
sv i n i a, a . ha ving the roar of the cessi on the days of the w eek ), and so,

w in d, i . s. bluste ring, ex hibitin g noisy day of

the w eek, day [ V 2 vr, choose .

multuous i den tied by some w spa , time, season,

violen ce , tu . .

vi t i i k a b h a k sa , a. ha vin g wind as sole see un der V yi .

]
food, i s fastin g . . .
[ vi ta ekabhak sa .
] v i ra ni , a . w arding off ( those that attack
vi da m . speech, express i on , sta te men t . i t), an d so stron g n ab le
or un gover ( of
[ V v ad ] . wi ld beasts ) ; as m . e lephan t. [V l vr
,

v i d a y u dd ha n . speech-ght, i . e. con

cover,
w ard o, 1 1 50 l b . .
j
tro versy . v i ri na s i , j ? V i ri n as i , the modern
v i d a y u d d h a pradhi na , a devoted to -
. B e n ares .

con trover sy ; as m e minen t controver . v i ri , n . w ate r .

[ see v i r] .

sialist .
] v i ri - s th a , a. si tu ated i n the water, i . e.

vi di n , a . speaki ng .
[ V v ad, ( of the sun s di sk ) re ected i n the w ater .

v i n a p ra s t h a , m . a Brahman of the vi vi , p article, e mphas izing the word which

third order, w ho has passed through the it f ollows . su re ly, j ust .
[ for doub le

s tages of studen t an d householder ( see acct, see W hitney

ma )
i gri and 3
dwe lls in the w oods, 65 IL ; V vi i
g ( gyate v
[76 l j
e ; v a v i g e ; dvi
mit
her .
[ v ana prastha for mg , cf . v a at
g v i giti ; v i gi tv i ) bleat ; .

Jpny lrns, En g '

. hermit, an d ip m s a, l
soli low ; cr
y (
[ of birds ) . see va
gi ,
L at .

tu de, vacca ,

cow and v i ri
c J ,

v i n a ra , m monk ey
.
, ape . v i gri , a lowin g ( of kin e )
. .
[ M s
v i p i , j : oblon g pon d ; lak e [ V 2 v a p, . 1 1 88a ] .

heap up, dam up, and so, perhaps, orig m

. v i si ,
.
-
1 . ro
p p . a sta yin g ove rnight ;

dam dam,from xdw,

cf
(

2 an abidin g, l
32

a . 6
x , .
; 3 . abidin g- place ,

throw heap an d then, by me mg

or 23 20 V 3 for cf.
[ dwell

. v aa, : ,

to nymy,

the pon d made
by the
vi p i -
j a la , n . lak e -
water [ perhaps the . v i sa - bhi mi f2 dwelli ng place
,
-
.

rst element i s here to be ta ken i n its orig . vi si t i ,

1 in V eda as ad
.
j ,
. of the
dam, means

sen se of

so that the w hole dawn ; hlptos ; 2 . in classi ca l Skt , .

pr0p dam w ate r, masculine ( prop

.
-
an d so pon d neuter, u ed as subst , a lso
s .
,
.

v i m, see 491 . ti me of daw n, as di stinguished from

vi mi , a . lovely, pleasan t ; as n . a lovely ni ght,
) day ian d so
n
g e nera l .
[p p a
ro .

thi ng , j a oy .
[ V v an : cf
. dhi ma and secon dary der i v
( 1 1 88 d ) fr an . . obsolete
V l dhvam] ovas- a , r
dawn,

V l vas,
dawn : see
V 2 v id] 4
[ ]
2 4

ecognize
r me as R , know that I am NZ;
.
[ vidarbha does not stand in the rela
-
3 . min dfu l of 75
n oti ce ; be ,
1
be think ti on of a gen . of a el
pp lation : see
one s self 94

4 believe ; , . assu me ; v i d a rb h a p a t i , - m . lor
d or ki ng of

consider a per son ( a cc ) to be . V idarbha .

ppl vi dv i ns see s v .
, . . v i d a rb h a - ri j an , m ki ng of V i darbha
. .

[ wi th v da, v i d mi , cf . o lBa , new, AS . v i di ai n , a. becoming exhausted , drying

is wi t, w witon, I kn ow, we know ; Eng
'

. up .

I wot, gerun d to w it, n oun w it, under vi dy i ,f .

1 . knowledge ; a discipline or

standi n g : cf . also s law , h aw , saw

;

Lat . videre, see ; AS . wita n, see

; science orknow ledge of the holy word, as

hymn, sacricial formula, an d chan t, or

w hence wi t-ga, seer, soo thsayer wizard

,

the Ri gveda, Yaj urveda, an d Si maveda ;

( I celan dic vi t-
ki,
wizard w icca ,

wizard,
w iece, w i tch, En g witch,

. m ac . an d fem . : - 2 . esp . the science s ar
'
tgoxhv, i . s
. magic
v da is p re teri t
ano presen t, have old -
a magi c formula spell [ V l vid 1 21 3d , .
,

know see for mg 2 observe the equa lly arbitrary

seen cei ved, and so,
or per ,

V 2 vid : the forms of the other ten se specializati on in Eng . s ell,

p whi ch in AS .

syste ms are comparatively modern ] . meant a

a n u kn ow along i s fr
, om one end to ,
. . v i dy i - d h a ra , a. keepin g orpossessed of

the other,
know thorou ghly . knowledge or the magic art ; as m . a V id
+ ui, ca us. cause to know ; do to wi t ; yi dhara, on e of a class of ge n u ,
w ho are

announ ce ; co mmunicate . atten dan ts on G ,

i ve an d reputed to be
2v i d ( vindi ti , do vi v eda, vivid magician s .

v i dyi ma d a m -
,
. know ledge intoxicati on, -

i e infa tu ated pride in one
. . s learni n g .

; etc 74 ; .ob tai n ( chi ldr

get,
en ), 13 v i dyi v a y o v r ddh a , a -
.
grown old in
1 00 ; 2 get hold of, 80 3 pass
5-9
. . . know ledge an d y e ars, distin guished for
V idyi te : is foun d ; la ter, equiv to ther e is, . learnin g and age .
[ vi dyi 3 vayas,
there exi sts ; pp l v i di n a [6 1 9 foun d, . 1252 ]
73 3 )
pp l v i tta ,
see s v . . . vi d y li t , - 1 . a. li ghtening ; a nd so, as in

[ o ri g i de n t w
. V l v i d, of w hi ch t hi s.is . Eng , 2 f . . . li ghtnin g .
[ V dynt V i.
only an other aspect, namely tha t of see

in g esp . an ob ect j looked for, i s . . of vi d v aj -

j an a , m . wi se man .
[ vi dv i ng
nding

see l vid ] 1249s ,
anu ,
n d . v i d v i ns pp l k n ow in g ; wise, .

v i d, vbl . knowin g, a t end f

o cp ds. [ V 1 vi i ] e tc ; learn ed ; tv asti v i dv i n , a cunni ng
.

vi da , a. knowing, d of cpds at en .
[ ]
do .

vi d a t ra , a. n oticing, in cpds .
[ V l vid, cunnen, [ V 1 vi d,

kn ow ,
1 1 85d ] . 790a, 803 1 ]
vi d i th a , n . directi ons, orders .
( prep . V worshi p a god ( dat .
)

know ledge gi ven, i s.
. i nstructi ons, wi th honor ( acc .
) wi th
Vi vi d, 1 163b .
] [ cf. v adbu ]
v i d a rb h a , -
1 . m pl . . the V idarbhans, V 2v i d h ( vindhi te ) . lack or be without a

V i darbha, na me of a p p ,
e o le an d of their thing vi dui r
i be ber
eft or alone.

countr
y, which was south of the V in dhya [ see v i dha vi J
moun tains , an d is now called Berar; - 2 . V 3v i d h , see V vyadh .

m sing V idarbha,
. . ie . . a ki n g of V idarbha , v i dh, vbl . boring through, woundin g, at

[ for mg 2, cf .

N orway, un cle of en d f
o cpds. [ vidh
V 3 or vy adh, 252, of.

you n g Fortin bras ,

Hamlet, 1 . 2 .

v i d a rb h a - n a g a ri , f . city or capi tal v i d h i v i , j : w i dow [ V 2 vidh, be bereft, .

1 1 90: cf irlOsos, youth without a wife

.
 [ 245] [ v i b hi da ka

bachelor L at . viduus, vi dua , widow er, V 7 19 (m u te : v iv ip ; o rsts ;

i ve rt
w i dow AS
w idwe, w uduwe, Eng widow ]
. . .
ya ti ) embling
be in tr agi tati on ; tremb le
vi d hi , j : proporti on, meas ure ; w ay ; an d or shak e ; ca us . shak e, trans .
[ cf . L at .

from

cpds vi bri sha ke, brandish, ib ru s,
so kin d, sort ; esp . at end o f [ see re, sv - -

1 302c e.g . i
tr - vidha, of thr
ee kinds, w ip -ru-s,

shaking

; AS . ww e ( forme d
three fold [p p
ro di s posi ti.on , .
-
ar
range lik e ip m4 ),
sn movi ng thi s w ay an d
-

men t, order, method, see V 1 dhi

vi .
] tha t,

w hence Eng wa ver, Eng fr equen . .

vi d h i t a v y a , grdo to be shown . .
[ V l dhi tative white, veerabout, blow in g usts
vi . ms 5 whi e-tree, so om i ts constan t
called fr

v i dh i t t, m di s poser , arr
anger .
- .
[ V l dhi j erky motion -
tree means w ooden bar,

vi .
] see

vi dhi na, n . a dis-posi ti on, or di

dering, or vi p a n a , m . adin g-place,
tr shop ; - i, f .

nance ; vidhi natas, accordin g to ( estab shop .

[ V pan + vi,

lished ) ordinance . V
[ dhi
1 vi, vi p a t ti , f : a co min g to nought, destruo

vi d i
h , m 1 . . a di s positi on ,-
ordinance, tion . V
[ pa d + vi,

p r
esc ri pt i on , rule ( 65 method ;
2 v i ad,
p f : misfortun e, troub le [ V pad +
. .

( me th o d ,
i s . .
) way, proced ure ; 3 vi. 88s .

( the su pre me dispo s i ti on oror daining, i s ) v i p i k a , m the ripenin g, esp of the frui t
. . . .

1 1 55 2c, of d a nd so
destiny, fate [ V l dhi . vi , .
goo or bad deeds, the conse

for mg 3, cf L at desti nare, estab the issue, in general V

[ p
'

. .
quences ; . i e

lish, ordain, and Eng destiny ] . . vi,21 6 .

v i dhi v a t, a dv . din g
accor to rule ; equiv . v i p ra , 1 . a. agi tate d, inspired ; as subst .

to La t rite . .
[ vi dhi , he w ho gi ves utte rance to pious e moti on
v i d h li , a. lonely ( of the moon that at the altar , p o et, sin g e r, 74 11 . - 2 .

w anders alone a mong the star-

hosts ) a
(.in spi r
e d,
i s ) gif ted wi th . . super
i or
as m moon . .
[ prob fr V 2 v idh, . . insi ght, wise, of a od
g , 79 1 17
; 3 . as m .

vi d h u ra , a .
-
1 alone, bere ft ; 2
. . suf a Brahman, etc .
[ V v i p, 1 18811

ferin g lack, miserable ; 3 disagreeable ;

. mg 3 i s to e ctly fr
be tak en dir om L ]

n . tr
[p
ouble
r ob fr V 2 vidh, through . . . v i p ri y a , a. not dear, un pleasan t ; as n .

the intermedi ate v idhu , 1 1 88f ] . so methin g eeable,

disagr an oen se .
[ 2 v i
vi d h u ra - d a rqa n a , n . si ght of adversi ty . ri
p y ,a see vi and 1 31 0a en d ] .

vi d h e y a , grdo to be done . .
[ see V l dhi v i - b u d h a , a ver y wise ( vi i s intensive, .

+ vi , mg 5 : also 90
3 a] . as m . a god .

vi n a yi m 1 train in g breedin g i s
, . .
, ,
. . vi bu dh i n u c a ra , m . attendant of a god .

fo rm ati on o f m anne rs ; a n d s o 2 trans .

[ anueara ]
ed ( like the En b n g ) manner vi b u d h e qv a ra , m lord of the gods
f err g re edi s .
, , . a .

good bree di n g, poli teness [ V u i . vi .

] [ i sv m J -

v ini ,
r
p p
e w i thou t
.
, w instr o r a cc . . .
[ 1 127, v i bh a v a, m .
-
1 development or growth ;
.

2 h r w h i result
) of
.
( t eg o t , s po w er,
. .

vin i ti . j ? ( good eedin g,

br esp . ) modesty . a nd so lordshi p, maj esty, hi gh position ;
[ V ni + v i : see v i na y ]
a .
8 si n
g
. a nd
p l ( lik e .Ger V er mdg en ) . .

vi n ods , m ex actly like E ng di ver

. sion ; .
-
property, possessions .
[ V bhi vi : cf .

amusement [ see V nu d vi ] . .

V v i n d , see V 2 vi d . v i bhi van , f : - v ari, a . shi ni n g far and

vin dhy a , m . V indhya, na me of the wi de .
[ V bhi + vi . 1 1 69 1b . an d 2 2,
mountain range -
cr
ossing the I ndian pen 1 1 71 s ]
in sula an d separatin g Hindustan from v i b hi d a k a , m . n . the large tree Termi
theDeccan . n ali a Bellerica ; one of the n u ts of thi s

v i n d h y i ta v i , j ? the V indhya-for
e st . tree, whi ch w ere used for dicin g ; a die,
[ WM -J

dice .
[ perhaps the destroyer, fr V bhid .
v i bh u ] [ 246]
+ vi : if so , we must suppose that the v i v i h a, nu . fetching home of the br
i de,
na me was rst given to the di e as di e, weddin g, marriage .

an d applied secon da ri ly to n ut an d vivi ha -

ca tu st y , a a n . marriage q ua -

tree .
] ternion, i . s . the ma rryi ng of four w i ves .

vi b h u, a . i v i h i g n i , m weddin g dre
-
1 .
perv a di
[ g ]
anuL
g, farreachi n g ; - v .
-
.

u nlimi te , 74
d 2 2 v i v i dha , a havin g dierent ki n ds, i e .
pow er ful , mi h
g ty, . . .

2
; a s subst lord or ruler of di er en t sorts, var
i ous
of I ndr a, 5 1 15
[ 2 v i v i dhi, . . .

[ t ii v i , 35 4 : for 2, cf vi bha v a 1 33 4 3
, .

an d 2, an d v ibhti .
) v ivrddhi , f .
growth ; incr ease in size ;
v i b h ti , f 2 1 . developmen t or
grow th ; i n crease .
[e dh + vi , 1 157 1 d ] . .

-
2 .
( the resu lt of growth,
is
. .
) po w er,
v i v e k a, m . - 1 . a separati n g apart ; 2 .

esp . of a lord or ruler .

[ V bhii vi , 1 1 57d : discrimin ation, discernmen t, good j u dg
cf . vi bha va an d vi bhu .
) ment [ V vi o + vi ,
. for mg 2, cf .

vi ma n a s a ( ha vin g an
-
, . aw ay-r
e moved discri mination w L at disa i minare, sepa
-
. .

mi nd or heart i s ) out of ,
. .

on e s sen ses or rate, fr discri men of the same root as

.

dishearten ed . discernere, separate cf a lso. dispemment

vi ma rd a m , destru cti on ;
.
( of sleep ) di s w i th discernere .
]
turbance [e d + v i ] V vi ( t ti vi
te v iv i v i e a ik t
. .
e e , ; ca c ; v s a -
;
v i mi na, a. p traversi ng,
; es . the sky v eksyati , te ; vi sta; v estum ; w i gya
- -

as m . n . a palatial car of the gods that ve a

g y a ti ) se ttle dow n ; g o .in ; g o in to ,

moves throu gh the air, sk y

-
char
i ot . enter.
[ h
wi t v eca, hous e,

cf . l
o xos,

[ mi measure from

V 1 vi ,

, q . v : .

house ( analogous to entry enter )
imu k h a a havin g the face aw ay La t
se ttle men t vi llage,

when ce
'

v -
,
. . vi cus, ,

vi mukhi y i n ti they g o ( w i th av ert e d ,

the b orrow ed AS . wic, vi lla
ge ; Goth

.

fa ces i s ) homewards mall

, [ 1 305 .
] . . w ills,
village ; L at . villa , ev c i (
u )la ,

s

v i ra j a s
- a havin g dust aw ay dus tless
,
.
, ,
settle men t , farm see further vi
; an d

pu re [ 1 30 5 ] . ve
g
v i ra h a m 1 aban donmen t separ
, a ti on. .
, go in to, enter; pervade, RV x 1 25 6 ;
i , . . .

from ; 2 absence freedom from [ V rah .

,
. i vi sta : acti vely, havin g en te red ; passively,
vi ] . e nter ed by, lle d w i th ; caus ca use to .

v i ri ma m stop end pause [,V r am + v i ]

.
, ,
. .
g o i nto, pu t i n to, communi cate
v i ro d h i n , a. hi n derin g, di sturbin g . + u p a , se ttle dow n upon ; si t dow n ;
[ V ru dh vi, 1 1 83 upa vis a, seate d
t .

v i l i an ,m j oy . . + u i mid in ; go home ( to house or

,
.
go
v i v a t a m n openi ng ; hole ( of cr
, e atures . . nest) ; settle down to r est .

that li ve i n the groun d ) [ V l vr V i .

. + a b h i n i , settle down to ; be inclined
-

u n cover,
towar ds, gu, as in Eng ; be bent upon . .

vi - v a rn a , a. havi n g the color aw ay, + p ra , e n ter, ge t i n to ; to acc , 85 8 . .

colorless, l
p e
a .
[ 1 305 ] w . loc , . without expr essed
j
ob ect

v i v a rn a d a n a , a pale faced [ l 298a ] go home, 103

va enter o in , n
g
- . . .
,

v i v as v a n , a li ghtin g u p ; vi v asv abhi s,

.
pe n e tra t
pi
e,erce ; c a us ca use to en ter . .

as adv.
[ 1 1 1 2c], so that i t lights up ; as n .
, l a m- p ra , go in ; w gr ham, go home ; .

rh as h, spark. [ V l i, li ght u ni v ecanam, go to bed ; en ter I

pe ap ,
s v aa V a
s ce
p .
,
. .

up,

1 1 69b .
) sa m , en ter to ge ther, i e
. . make their
vi v a sv a n t, a . lighting u p ; as m V ivas. appearan ce together or come hi ther to
van t, na me of a god of the dawn in g day gether, 86 caus . cause to enter upon,

light mornin g sun father of the twi ns

ar -
, pu t or set upon .

Yama an d Yami an d of the Acvi ns ,

vi e( t vi ,
vi ga m ,
vi dbhls 1 . a

settlement
85 1 3 1 4
dw elling place an d so
[ V-
l v as vi li ght up
. see ,

, ,
i . s. -

1 233s ] . house ; - 2 . a settlement, i s the com . .

v i sa ] [ 243 ]
vi sa, i [prop the potent or vi sv a c directed in both ways or

n. o
p son . . a .

ailc, 4

powering,
over V vi e: no less arbitrar
y is pa rted as un der . vi
[ s a 07
the specialization in Eng poison , fr Lat v i s ar a n a , n j the lettin g go ; evacuation

m
. . . . .

potionem,

draug ht

: cf his, Ftaos, L at . .
[ i vi .
]
vi rus, v i spa s at , see V 1 paq + vi .

v i sa k u mb h a ,
- a .
j arof poison . v i s p a sti rt h a a havin g ,
. clear or in tel

vi sa y a , ro
p p m
w orki n g,
.an d-
so li gl
i ble
. mean in g [artha ] . . .

2 on e s v i s ma y a , m asto nishmen t

sphere of acti vity orin uen ce ; . . .

departmen t or line or peculi ar pro vince ; vis ma y i n v i t a a , . lled with astonish

a nd so,
gp
enr
er
oa lized
vi n ce, e ld,
3 . ment [ anvi ta V i
.
, ant ]
domain , empire, country 4 eld of . vi -
h a s ta , a .
1
havi n g the hands away,.

acti vi ty of on e of the sense or gans handless ; a nd so 2 ( like E n

g 1m . .

sound is the vi saya of the ear), a mer e handy ) awkw ar

d ; and so -
3 perplexed,
.

specialis ati on o m
f g 1; ob ect
j of sense,

v i hi
p lea s u re o f sen se ; 5 . obj ect in general . ri n , a. wanderin g about .
[ V l hr+
[ V v i s : b ut the fo rma tion of the stem is vi,

not clear ) .

vi sad a , m . despon dency, dej ection .

[ V aad seek eagerly ; - 2 . accept gladly ; en oy ; j
vi . ] 3 . strive to get ; 4. fa ll upon .

denom

vi su adv. on both sides [ cf . Lat . vnri, hunt, a of

mri
. .
,

vi su v a t -
saxi nti, j ! eq ui n ox-
passage ev Ena ,
-
hun t ; AS sod ii, hunt ; Old .
-

( of the sun from one zodiaca l si gn to the Hi gh Ger wei da, l the see ki ng, esp of
. . .

next ) ; the ti me of eq uinox-passage, the food, i s hun ti ng, shi n g, a nd then 2 place
. . .

for getting food, pastur

e, an d 3 . food,
v i su v an t , 1 . a. havin g or M ug part

fodder ; weida appears w . mg 1 in Ge r .

on both sides, i . s . keeping orbein g in the Wa id mann hunter ( also

-
,

as family
mi ddle ; m mi ddle day ( e g of a
-
2 . . . . name Wei dm a nn
, , an d w . mgs
long sacrice ) ; 3 m n mi ddle 2 an d 3 in Weide

esp . . . .
pasture ,

, food : per
haps 2 v i yas, food, q v , comes fr V vi

day between the solstices, the verna l or . . .

autu mnal eq uinox .

[ vi su , 1 233c an d in mg 1 , see k for, hun t, an d in thi s case

b end ] . the developmen t of mg is like that of

V vi st ( t s -ate ; vis tit ; w ar

t-ya ; S
v es - t we ida 3 and lik e that of L at . v
i m -e st
,

hun ti n g, ga me, w hence Eng

ya ti ) wi nd . one s self abou t ; ca us . win d . venison .
]
aroun d, envelope, wrap up, dr
ess . + u p a , seek after .

v i snu , m V ishnu, name of a god, whose

. 2v i , see vyi .

chief w ork in the V eda is the measuring v i ni , f : lute .

of the sky in three paces, and who became v i ta , see Vi i -

V i; also a ble to r
refer cols V I
on e of the Hindu h i ni ty
, and extr
e mely a nd v yi .

i mportan t in the later

secta rian de vel v i ta -
d a rp a , a . havi n g one s pride dc

op ment of India ; cf brahman 2 and .

p ted
ar ; hu mbled .
[V i + vi .
]
gi v [ prob
. the m i ht
g y w orker

V vis .
, ,
vi t a rag a , a havi n g one s passions de
- .

b

parte d, i s ha vi n g con quered o
. ne s p
.as

vi snu -
g ar ma n , m . V ishnu carman , si ons .
[ do .
]
na me of a sage . havi n g V . as hi s vi t a, m .
- 1 . man ; es
p . man of mi ght ,

protecti on

or else

the delight of hero ; in pl Mi n uet - 2 hero, applied . .

the mg of the cpd depends on i ts accent to gods ; 3 pl ( like Eng men ) r e . . .

( see 1 302 1 an d and this is n ot tain ers, M annen , 36 5

[ g
co nate w i th .

kn o wn ] 3 v ayas, str
ength cf . L at . vir, AS . aver,

vi snu g a r ma -
ni man , a. possessin g vis

mauly or heroic man
; Eng . were -wolf ;

pa cam an as n a me , na med V .
[ 12 49a man
 [ 249] [ vrksO pa ri

V vi t aya ( vi rdyats be a hero, ( cover

ed wi th, i s . .
) lled wi th, provided

show one s self brave .
[ vi ra, with, 66 1 .

vi rav a n t , a. havi n g or rich in men or sa m -

i , co ver; sa mi vr
ta , surrounded.
heroic sons .
[ vi r L 1 233a .
] n i, keep down , suppr
e ss, w ar
d off

vit a - s t i a. bringin g forth heroes ca us.

[ 1041 stop,

( as sons ) . + n i s, in ppl nirvr ta, .

pleased, con

v i ras e n a , a. possessin g a virascn or ten ted, free from car

e .
[ prop . un cov

hero army ; -
as subst. m V i rase na, kin g
. ed, not cover
er ed over,
ie
. . not dark or

of Nishadha, like the Greek HpJ ovpavos in

'
-
g loomy, an d so clear, bri ght

cf .

f orma tion and m g [ vi t a -send,

3343
, . V l vr+ vi, whi ch shows a similar meta
1297 : acct, phor ] .

vi ra s e n a - s u ta , m V i rasena s
.

son , p a ri , surround .

p ra , cover .

v i ra -
sen t , f j : hero army -
,
ar my of heroes . sa m -
p ra , mi d . coverco mplete ly .

[ vi ra sni , 1280b : acct ; 1 2801

] vi , uncover, ope
n make open ; or clear,

v i ry h , n. l . manliness , cour
age ; illume .
[ cf . V l vr+ nis ] .

strength 2 . concr
ete, heroic deed . + sa m ,
- 1 . cover over; - 2 keep to
.

[ vi ra, 121 2 d 4] .
ge ther or in order, and so put in order,
ha sta , vihasta, 13
52 . 26
vi f or q . v, .
g ather up,
2 v r( vr
ni t6 ; v avre; hvr
ta ; varisyate ;
V l vr( m oti , m ats ; v av i ra , vavr
; vrti vi a i tu al [

2 54 ] v ar i tv 5 ; ca
-
us 3 .

var tyati , ts [1 04 2b choose ; pr efer-

desire, wish ; choose for on e s self, make

- vi tya
'
vi ri ya ti ) . 1 . co ver, enclose,

mpass ; surround guard,

5 4
ti on , 70 , 36 ; var ani vr
'

enco , is . . one s por 1

, wish

2 .
f
o ens i vely kee p , in , hold back or a wish, make a conditi on, 94 ca us .

3 ds
capti ve r p
ta , e n t u ;
p, v . choose .

si vel , hold back, keep in check will ; Old En g wol, wul,
volo,
f [ cf. Lat
en y . .

ward o , hin der, restrain caus.
w ill, still li vin g i n I won t, I wol not ;
4 Ger Wahl, choice, selection ,

[ 1 0 1 keep back, hinde r, st0p . . w hence

[ cf i d h p i n s,
. enclose d an d - held in wahlen, select, C haucer

ian wa il, select ;
check ,

referred to stu , Aeolic ( M o, Ger wohl, En g well, accordin g to
. .

one s

sh it -
m ; elAap, s A ap,
-

co ver, defense ; w i sh ( see un der 1 v ars ) : perhaps s kin

L at . ver-
Eri,
be on one s

guar d, fear

; are Wh m o , s Boh vopa s, EpicBdh opa s,
vellus, ( cover, i . s. ) pe lt, eece vallu m , will,

and Bi h -
v spos, choicer, better,

def ense, palisaded rampart, wall, w hence

but this is disputed ]
the borr ow ed Eng wall En g wa re, wary, . .
+ 6 , choose, desire .

ing, harmin g, i n r

on on e s guard, cautious Ger wehren,
. v fk a ,
- l . a. tear a- v ka ;

check , w ard off

; Wehre , defense 2 . m ( the . tearer, i
. s .
) wolf [
. V evr
k or
dam,
rak, simpler form of e c : cf Ai m s,

wi th v i rtra,
stoppin g, an d then a .v ac .

cf Ger . Wehr AS wer Eng ,

.
,
. weir,

( w ater s l luntos, Chur
-

ch Slavoni c vlilkit, L at lupus, .

st0p, dar
n forother cognates, see an , En g wolf ] .

i m a, varuna : cf the . derive vala , r

tra,
v v rk k a , dua l in . the ki dneys .

v rk sh , as. tr
ee . that w hi ch is felled,
a n u , cover over .
c r
k ( 1 1 97 ) or evrak , si mpler form of

a pa uncover, open .
[ ci . the r
elation e acc: formg, cf barhla ] .

of Ger decken , . cover,
an d au f dec
-ksn, v rs
k a - t ra
ya, n. tr i ad, thr
ee tr ee tr
-
ee s .

v rk sa t ra y a t a l s ,
- un der thr
ee ( sepa

ab hi , cover . rate ) trees, see tala .

i v ta
+ 5, cover; r covered, con v rk s o p a ri , on the tr
ee .
[ upari z see
cealed ; enco mpassed , surrounded, 3
3 1 31 4
f .
]
e i] [ 250]
V v r
j ( r
nakti v
, v r
iik t ; v avar a j ; 5m k wo w orth the day), Ge r werden , .

become
v arksysti. 443; v rkt i ; tin ; fortran si tion of mg in En g . an d Ger, . cf .

v ar ayati j ) .
- 1 . turn ; twist off ; 2 . Eng turn, w hich al so
. mean s
beco me ( as

turn ; 3 ( turn
or set aside . aside , is . .
) in turn tra itor) cf . also En g .
ca rd , as

di-vert or keep aw ay oralien ate so mething in go south wa rd, i s turn ed to the sou th,
-
. .

from some one ; y p d

u wa r , ie -
directed up, e tc ( see . . .

ca us
[1 041 2
] 1 . .
( set aside, i . s.
) ac ) also Ger . Wirt -e l,
spi n dle rin g

aban don, shun ; avoi d, 2521

,
1 04 ; - 2 3 . Church Slavoni c vret eno, -
spindle

( set aside, take out, a nd so, like ex cipete ) -

further aki n prob , A S w ri t
is, i a n, . .

come : En g

ex cept ; v ar ayi tv i
j ,
wi th an ex cepti ng, tw ist, w hence w rithe ; AS . .

is . . w i th excepti on of, leave ou t, W E75,
a tw i sted ban d, En g w rea th , w rist .

ex clu de, separate . earlierha nd -

wrist, -
s wn

li st, hand tumer
a -

[ orig . bring ou t of
i ts origin al direction w i th vr
tt5, cf. Lat . vers us, tu rned,

or posi ti on,
by ben di ng or di verting or whence versii re, turn much for mgs
keeping in ( i hi l f rj a 36 of r
t cf L at versi ri, w hose

n t s as t sense , c v na, . v , . . se n ses

en closure, an d i -
spy- w
-
, shut in and are q ui
parallel, an d the En g phrase
te .

Vlrj in whom w e li ve an d move an d have ou r

so the Opposite of , stre tch or r
e ach

straight ou t, q . v . : cf also Lat ver
.
gere, . bei ng .

ben d, turn ; Eng wriclc, to twi st, and

. an u , roll after; follow ; a nd so, con

wriggle ; pr ob cogn ate is wr ing, tw i st . tinne .

also En g wr on ,
g tw isted, cr oo k.ed ( as in + 5, a ct. turn hi ther so a t

wrong -
nosed, Wyclif ) ,

bad, w hi ch

show s 74 11
( se . rhtha m v as,

your mid .

the sa me meta phoras vr j ina an d Fren ch turn roll back ,

En g . tort from L at torqure
,
.
,
u p aJ i , turn hithe r u n to,

v r
j e u a ,
n. enclosure, esp . en closed settle abhi -
p a ry - i , turn aroun d un to .

men t ,
an d so, either dw elling place -
( 74 13
) vy -
ii , tu rn away, intra ns .
, se parate

or the dw ellers .
[e j , q . v : . 1 1 50 . from or part wi th 96 22 .

v r
j i n a , a. cro oked, wron g, opp .
of u, l a m - ii , turn back to mee t ;
go home,

for the used esp of a
strai ght, right [e j 1 1 77b : reli gi ous preceptors pupil

. .
,

mg , see e j] . who has n ished his stu di es .

V v r(
t v i rtate,
- ti
; vav arta , v 5v r
t6 ud, turn ou t ( ce n trifu gally ) ,
intra ns .
,

y asun der; ca us burst asunderor open

m m
.

u : vi rtitnm ; W v arti yati . + n i, turn back ; 2 ee ;

1 . .

-
te ) .
1 . turn or roll or move as does a turn aw ay ; 4 turn from, abstain ; .

w heel ; in general, move or co me from v r

tta, see s v. .

2 .
( like Eng . take i ts p ra ti - n i , turn back from
course ) go on tak e place ; happen ; ski
,
n i s , roll ou t, intra ns .
,
an d so
( w ith a

pi yen a t, go wi th a diminution by-on e,

vr -
metaphor like tha t in the E ng . e- v olvc i tse lf
i s decrease
. . by one, 58 5
;
3 .
( move a nd Ger sich . ent-wi ckeln ) de velop, co me
from, i

on e s self about place ,
ain
nd a so ) abide, in to bein g, ca us . e volve . e .

exi st, be, be presen t ; m rdh ni v r,

t stan d create from 57 1

in importance, + p a ri , turn aroun d ; move in a circle

at the head, be chief 22 21
;
- 4 be i n. a certain condi ti on, case, occu + p r a ,
- 1 turn or mov e forward ; .

pati on be concerned wi th 1 05
; set ou t ; 3 be gin , -
. set abou t

- 5 li ve ; live by
. i s li ve . . upon , gage i n ; pravr tta, see s v . .
,

1 042
6 proceed, behave ; 7 . . a tten in motion .

ua te d in my om sen se 3 to that of a si mple + v i , turn ; par t w ith aw ay

co u a ,
p l be, - v r
tt5, see s. v. ca us . whi rl about, trans .

[ cf . L at . vert ere, -

turn

; AS . weorBa n ,'
m un i te i ntrans a nd so take
sa , ,
.
, shape,

become, En g worth, become, be to form i tself come in to beh g

( i

. n ,
.
v rs ab h a ] [ 252]
its strength ,and (
vi rlik
illtye La t q ua es tu s ) ge ttin1
g s, . man as 2 v d a s , n . .

opposed to a castr ated per son, 70 1 2 r

p po er ty c
, f v i tt a [ V 2 vi d. . . .

of ani ma sl : stalli o n ; b ull ; b o ar ; 3 of v s d i d h y a y a n a , n V e da s tu dy, sc r

i p . .
-

god s : m a n ly, m i h t
g y g, re a t ; o f In dra ,

of the Mar u ts, of the Sun or v d i , j : sacr icial bed, i s a spo t of ground . .

exca vated orthr inches an d covered

Sun horse, 7 - 97 .
[ r
V v a, q . v .
, l l 6oc : cf . tw o ee

Epo nr, s te m s Fapa sv ,

wi th straw and serv in
g as a kin d of altar .

v rsa b h t , essentia lly the sa me as vn an, v edi n ,

a . knowi ng .
[ V 1 vi d,

q . v : . esp. r l . hull ; with sabaata-g iiga , d i p a ri sa ,

vs - n. loose earth of the v edi .

the thousan d horned steer, i s the sun - . . or v od k t a , subst . ad

j . 1 wor.s hipperof the

77 1 4 the m 2 ba ll, as type of d worshipping, i d t d 2

( n
oo ; ) . go s, p ous, e vo e ; .

grea tn ess and mi ght ; most mi ghty one, genera lized, faithful, true, used of In dra,
m

of I n dra, [V [ V 1 v idh,

w orshi p a god, 1 151 .

v r sa l a,
m prop manik in i s li ttle man
. .
,
. .
,
2b .
]
a nd so, as term of contempt a low person , , v l i , f .
I . end-poin t limi t ; -
2 . esp .

esp . a Gudra .
[ vi as,
-
limit of time , poin t of ti me, hour .

V v r sa s y a ( rv sasy ati ) . desire the male , t

vsc , m 1 settler; n eighbor - 2
. . . .
( set
be lustful .
[ vi
-
ea ,
1 0590, tlement, i s
. .
) dwelli n g, house .
[ V vi e: cf .

V v rs y ( rs y )
i a v a i te act as a va n, i s : . . . l
o xos, house, Old La t . veicus , Lat . vicus,

show on e s manly strength or cour houses, quarterof a town, village hence

age

be lustful ; or si mply , be eager.

[ vi -
ea, the bor

row ed AS wic, town, as in q or .

Eng York, prop Ebert or

'

1 059b, wic, . .

v r ,
sti _ f2 rain .
[e s, Boartown, -
and perha ps in N orw ish, -

V v rh or b ( r ;
rh hh ti vav tr ha ; t v rksa tn v

vr h
d [a 224 a
] ; v thy )
a p lu ck , te ar -
. . v
gman ( se ttlement i e ) dwelling
, n .
, . .
,

s un , on r eed, esp bamboo r. eed .

-
. house abode cha mber [ V vi e 1 1 68 1 a ]
, ,
.
, . .

v d a , m .
1 . u n dersta ndin g, kn owledge ; v i i p p
ost os
,iti ve p ar ticle emphas izi n
g the ,

2 . esp . the sacred knowledge, han ded preceding word, e.

g. ra re in
down in triple form of r j e, ya us , an d the sar
hhi ti ,
4
103 ( in a quoted man
ma n, these, and r vi dyi excessive ly common in the bri hmana
'

see f
c ( t a i
y )
.
; tra ) ;
la ter, the well known -
collections called 93
3 0
, 94 5 1 s
, an d E?
Ri gveda, Yaj urveda, and Si maveda in bri hmana o ften ma rking
the holy scriptures, held to be a the precedi ng word as the rst of its cla use

revelati on an d so called
gruti, (f
c atha , near en d g q so

[ V 1 vi d ] an d i n the ex a m l j ust i ven ; qen

.
p es
g
v e d , m . tuft of stron g grass ( ku ga or used, esp . in Epos, as a mere expleti ve
muuj a ) tied so as to form a broom, [
see so a t end o
f a
pi da,
v ed a -
t ra y s , n . the thr
ee V edas .

v eda - nin da k a , m . one w ho scoffs at v i i c i t ry a, n . variety, si ty

diver .
[ vi ci
the V eda, indel . tra,
v ed a -
p u uy a , n . V eda - merit , san cti ty v i i n a v t , j ! i, - a . of ree d, esp. of bamboo .

acqui red by V eda-stu dy .

[ n 208e ]
v e u , 1 .

v s da b i hy a , a bein g outsi de of the v i i d a rb h ah

'
- .
- i, a. belon gin g to V ida r
V eda, i s ex tra V . .
-
edic, dierin g from or bha ; as m . the V i darbhan , i e
. . kin g of

coni cti n g wi th the V eda .

[ 1 265, v eda V .
; as
j ! the princess of V i e.
. Dama
bei ng in an abl r
e lati on ] 8 7
[ vida rbha, 1208f
'

. .
yan ti , , e tc . .
]
v eda - vi d a . V eda-kn owin g .
[ 1 269 ] vi idik a, a . V pre edi c,
scr ibe d by or co n

1 v d a s , kn owledge ; possi bly a dj n . .

, formable to the V edas [ v eda ,
1 22 2s .

knowi ng, cf : na- vedas [ V l vi d,

kn ow . v i i dy k , having to do wi th 1 . a . sci e nce,

cf . learned ; an d so 2 as m ( w ith . . a tro n

 [ 253] [W p
i i rasata

sition like that ve: La t doctor, teacher,

.

ate devotion to a thing ( w hethergood or

learned man ,

to
Chaucers doctour of bad, e
.
g . al ms giving -
, sa i ptureustudy,

phi sik h
)p y si cian, doctor .
[ vi dy i ga mbling ) ; hobby ; 2 . an overpow eri n g
v i i mi n i k a , a r iding in . a sky-travers pass ion, esp . for so mething bad vice,

i ng car called vi mi na , q . v. [ mivi

na , 20
3 .
( a throwi n g one s

self aw ay ,

1 222e i s
. .
) misfortune , adversi ty, 25
[ V 2 as

v i i v a sv a tt , a. descended from V i vas vi. ]

va n t as m . son of V .
, i . s . Yama .
[ viv ac v y i or vi ( vyayati, -
te [76 1 d 2] vi

v a n t, 1 208 and a and vyi ya vi vy ; vi ta ; - viya ) . mid .

vi i cy a , ad
j . su bst. man of the vi ; or folk envelope or hide one s self.

[ orig . wi n d

or thi rd i aroun d wi th robe or girdle, an d so a
caste , [ g
v u as

854a nd V v ac

v o c, quas i -
root, see . a doublet of V vi, i . e . V 2 vi , w eave,
v y ans a ,
a. having the shoulders apart, q . v .
]
i . s . bro ad-shouldered as m . V iausa, u p ,
a han g about, esp . w in d the sacred

Broad-s houlder, na me of a demon , slain cord over the left shou lder and un der the

by In dra .
[ vi ar
i aa, right arm ; upavita, see s v . .

V v y a c ( vi vyakti vi vy ca i u i , wi nd about, han g ( e.

g .
garland,

mbrace mpass ar d ( neck, shoulder i ta ,

'

e , enco , ex ten d oun d . cor ) about e g . . s ) ; n vi

[ ci . 1 087f
, 1 08g .
] see s v. .

v y 5 c a s , n. co mpa ss ex ten t , .
p a ri ,
a ct. envelope aroun d or co m
v
y a t i k a ra , m a mixin g confusing ;
.
, con plete ly ; mi d . win d so mething as cover

fusion , di saster .
[ V 3k r
, scatter,
vi .
] aroun d one s self, en velope on e s self in ;
V v y a th ( vyt thate vi vya th
[ ]
785 perhaps in sense o f act , .

i vyathi sta ; vyathi ta) . 1 . move to vyi k a ra na , n . the pu ttin g asun der,
an d
an d fro, rock , reel ; 2 .
g ( like Eng be
. . so an alysis, grammar .
[ V 1 kr do,
u
p ,t ,

restless ) be disturbed in mind, be pained . v y- i ]

vyt th i , j : feeli ng of painful unrest, v y i k h y i t r, m . explain er .

discomfort, sorrow . vy- i ]

V vya dh or v idh ( vidhyati ; vivy5dha v y a g h r , m . tiger like gi rdla a nd

[ ]
785 v etsyti
; vi ddhk v ddhu m ai nha , as type of n oble manli ness in cpds,
,

vi ddhv i ; vi dhya ) bore thr ough, pier-

ce, see uara - vyaghra. [ perhaps fr V 1 gbr
.
,

hi t ( wi th a w eapon ) [ akin w V v a dh . . besprinkle , vy- i , the sprinkle d or

cf . L at di vi d ere,
.
- -
part asunder, spotte d

vya p a d e ga , i
y g h rm
a . the makin g a false show v ma n -
ca r ,
n . tiger-
ski n .

of, an un au thorized referrin g to or u sin g v y i .g h ra t i , j : ti ge rhoo d co n di ti on o f ,

the name of ( a per son of hi gh positi on ) being a tiger .

[ 12 3 7 .

[ V di g v y- apa .
] v y i dh a m hun ter [ V vyadh ] , . .

v n
y y ,
a a .
going asun der or to pieces, v yi dhi as disease ,[ V l d ha p u t . .
,

,

perishin g, w a .
[ V i V i , 1 148 lb . .
] vy i 1 1 55 2e ]
-
,
. .

v y al k a gi , j : V ialka ca, a certai n plan t . v y i d h i ta a disease d [ yi dhi see

v ,
. .
,

v y a v a s i y ,
a m de termi nati on
.
, resolve l l 76b ] .

[V si v y i p i d a m destruction V
[ p d
v y- ava.
] a,
v y ii ]
. .
- .

v y a v a s i y i n , a. determined, resolute . v i
y p i d a y i t a v y , g
a rd v to be d e stroyed .

or killed [ cau s of V pa d vy i .
] .
-

v y a v a hi ra , m .
- 1 .
pro ced ur e, c o ndu c t, v y i p i ra ,
m 1 . . busin ess, i . s . occupa

of actin g 2 f i i h tion 2 in E ng ) bu si n ess, i s con

way ; .
( y
w a o ac t ng w t ( . as . . .

others, i . s .
) i ntercourse, 24 1 3.
[ V 1 hr cern, 30 ; 3 acti vi ty, exertion
4
[ pr
V 3 . .

vy- i , be

v y asa n a , n . ro
p p . a throwing one s se lf v i
y p i ra g a t a ,
- n . exerti on hundr
ed, -
a

aw ay ( upon a thin g ), an d so 1 .
passi on hun dred attempts .
vy a ma ] [ ]
254

v y i mt , m .
prop . a stretch-out, the di s pre sen t of VV pu sh an d mlech ,
whi ch see
e d by the str
tan ce cover etched-ou t arms, see 221 an d cf .

a fathom, abou t six feet .

[ for v i y i m a ,
-
v i, cut asun der or to pieces .

V yam vi : for mg , cf . the pr ecise ly

a thom AS l m the
r l Eng f

pa alle . w . .
,

m m fa thom,

ex ten ded ar s ; a i d, an d

bp m , str e tch F ren ch toise,

M edi ev al sca nsi t
cansisyAt ; casts
gastvi ; i
L at tesa, fathom, from L at tensa , ppl ig say in a lou d and solemn

or

. . . .

of tenders, way, a nd so :hymn 1 recite, esp

. . a sacred

vyi ma mi t ra -
, a . havi n g a fathom or text to a
go d b y w a y of p ra ise ; a nd
as i ts measure ,
see mi tri .
[ m5tri ,
so 2
generalized, p
. rai se ; ca sts , see s v , . .

334 ]
2 3 rarely,
. make a sole mn wish, w hether
v y 5h r ti f 1 ,
. u tteran ce ; - 2 . esp . blessin g or curse ( see
cans a ) , like i mpre
on e of the three sacred an d mysti cal cari ;
4 . ann ou nce ; communi ca te, 52 3 .

ex cla mations bhirr bhav an , , , an d svhr,

[ cf . L at . ca r en, m sea s -
men ,

an u tte rance

which see .
[ V 1 hr vy in mn measured or melo di ous w ay
sole , , ,

v yb ma n n heaven sky ,
.
,
. i s son g oracle magi c charm
. .
, Ca mna , ,

V i i t r j i t r r s ea s menj a n ame of the goddess of son g ;

v ra j ( vraj a t ; v a vrt j a ; v i ; v a j s ,

yt ti vro j ita ; v ra j it um v r aj i ty 5 cen s r e declare pass j udg men t on

-
,

AS , .

-vr6j ya ) march proceed go

.
, ,
. heria n, praise

.

,i hi the rco
, g o ume
n to .
+ 5, I wi sh, . in the noun high or
esp .

p r a t y i m ar ch or go back - . 69a
wish, ou

. . and so 2 hope in , put .

:
,

+ p a ri , mar 3 pron ounce a

ch r oun d abo u t ; wan der on e s trust in .

aroun d . b lessin g upon, w ish good to

+ p ra , march forth ; go un to ; w ander; [ mg 1 may be a mere speciali za ti on of

the mg speak solemnly un to ( cf V 955

leave on e s house to w an der abou t as

esp . .

an as ceti c, 65 2 . i ) and mg 2 a further development of

,

v ra t a, n. 1 . w i ll ; dev i ni m ati v rata m , mg 1 ; for mg 3 cf the simple verb , .

,

beyond the will of the gods,

2
88 c ms 3
b-rlp Ai bs ulnar ; decree, mmand or + p ra
co tell , forth ; prai se,

Gebot, statute ; a nd so 2
( as E n
g si mple v
.erb ] . .

co mman d is applied to the forces under

ga n sa m 1
, . . sole mn utterance ; - 2 im.

one s

mma nd ) that over whi ch one
co preca tio, blessin g or curse ; as a d
j 3

m
. .

command domain Gebiet [4

m
sin g
ex er ci ses , , cur ] .

f urth er ,
di rectly f rom the root a a in
g 3 .
g a l: ( A ca . h oti ; a. qekds [794e ];
choice, determin ation rm r
e soluti on , 493 k M th
y , 3 a sk -
p as

4 . esp . resolve ( to k eep a religious

or asce tic observan ce ) ; vow or holy w ork B desi d k t 030 0

qi sa
. e [1 , 1 8g
l en d ]; .

( eg
. . of chastity, fastin g, ca us f
o d es i
. d gik syati pa ss o f desi d . . .

5 religious duty, du ty d d i d ik t
. an o f ca us
o f es .
g y s e,
.

A si m

in general [ V 2 vr

wi ll, choose : for le ver b : 1 be strong ; be
, . .
p .

mg 2, observe that Ger G ebiet formerly . able, in pa ss

8 1 9
i mpersona lly, it is
mean t
co mman d a nd n ow means do p ossib le ; w it h i nfi n be ab le , by the .

i nstr u men tali ty of some per son or thin g

V v ra gc( v r
g ; r
chti kn a [9 57c ] ; v rstv i ;v to become the ob ect j of an

.vtgcya ) . hew o ; fell ( a tree ) ; cu t to action ; ma yi ni ti m gri h a yi tu mc k a

pie ce s [ g
ori . . form is v r
k, as in v tk -
a, y an te, they a re able to be caused by me
vrn, r
k a v k sa w hi ch sec : v rgc i s pr0 p to ge t hold of ni ti, 2 ra rel ( be
y
- -
. .
,

only a quasi r oot of the pr esen t stem str vi ceable or

-
ong for a person , i . s.
) be ser

vrgca , for s vrk sk a , f orm ed li k e the -

helpful, help, n.
a dat ; .
c abda
qastra] [ ]
256

g a bd a -
qi s t ra , n. w or
d theor
y, w ord [ n
gt
au presu p poses a root .
g or s
q],
-

mpen dium i s grammar

co , . . .

cover, p rotect

; w suc h a roo t agr ee .

V 1 9a m ( gdmyati ; caqam ; i gnmi sta ; well in for m and mg as derivsn gi rira,

get wear
y by w orki ng, w ork .

[ of n ip - w , get wear
y by further agree as cognates k M hut,
V 2 95 m ( ai myati i m M barn ; AS heal, Eng hall ; mi h- v5, husk,

sw

s 901 B . .

mat ; si n
tea- tan t rum ) be pod

; Ger H illle,

cover
ing

; Eng hull, . .

qui et or still or conten t ; stop ; r these coverin g grai n ; A S hel m of

, r
p teo
o .
-

senses, cf V ram.
; nta , see s v . .
; caus . tor

( used of Go d an d Ch rist ),

h e ad
qui et, still ; euphemistically kill , .
protector,
helm et, Ge r Helm, En g helm
. .

+ u pa , be quiet ; stop . Lat ao cul-ere, cover ; color, color ( see
.
-

+ p ra , co me to rest ; stop ; go ou t ; varna ; ) oi l-i re, Ger hehl-en, . Chaucers

hel en,
- later hele,
conceal ; further,
V 3 9a m ( gsmni t) harm . . x

Abt - v-a , cover, and

the iden t .
W 4 0, 5

V 49m ( ti nts ; s W m ratt si mb

ya ti ) used only with ni
. . observe ; per ga ra a
n g a t a , a . co me forrefu ge, seekin g

pro tec ti on w i th an y on e .
[ g
a atm]
gd u n . welfare; happiness ; bless qa r d , j : au tum n ; pl .
poetic j or years

in g .
lef m l
gh n a, a . word f
o doubtf ul mg at
Q ri va, s t ear t he ma
n dish . . .

perhaps tame ( cf V 2 m
g ,
a . ca us . ) or in dus
g a ri ra , n the b od y , as disti n
.
gu ished from
ious ( q V l 9am)
tr . the vi tal br eath or fr om the immor tal

ga r
n a y i t r m ,
. slayer .
[ V 2 qam, caus ] . soul ( so 96 31 -3
, and from the soft

q a mi f , . a fabaceous plan t, ei ther Prosopi s viscera an d inward uid e tions,

secr of

spici gera or Mi mosa Sums ; a tr

ee from m red
which thin gs the body, or the r
which the sti cks of attrition ( ar ) esh wi th the bones, forms i t were
'

ani were as

taken . the hollow cover ( 57 x

), tegumen t, or

g m
ai m t y a j i i a o f or m ad e of ,C am i -
,
. Hillle ; used also in pl , . body in
woo d [ see maya ]
. .
general : mrtu il a
t ri u m . corpse.
g a mi
g i k h -
i C am i br a nch , _
-
. so 844 .
[pr0p the .

corpor
e al teg umen t
a mi s u ma u n a j : C ami dower V er

of the soul, cover

q see
- -
, .
, e

ca m i s u m a n o m a l a j : garla nd o f -
, under car ana : for mg , cf the cognate .

Cami dowers - . Ger E ttlle ( u nder can na ) in sterbliche

.

gd my h
i s ta 1 02 , Hi lls , mortal en velope, i e body
. . cf .

l in sleepin g, at end f cpds. m

97 u ]
qaya, a y g, .
o .

[ c
V f 1 1 48 1 a] ga ri t a j a a. ( born of, is ) performed
-
. . . .
, ,

ga yan a , n . a lyi ng, sleepi ng.

[V gi
1 1 50 1 a . .
] ga ri ran t a k a ra , m destroyer
. of the

g a ya ni
y a ,
1 . a. servin g for lying bodies [ . ants - k m ]
2 n bed,
. . couch. (p m , gt ru, j 2 m issile , eitherspearor arrow . [ ct
ga yy i j , 21 . bed ; -
2 . a lying, sleep

ing V
[ g
.
i 1 2 1 3d c f 9 63 b ) ga rk a r a , a b ro w
, n su ga r .
[fr the P ra . . . .

qa rh m ,1 r eed esp of the S

.
-
a cchar u
.m , .

Sara d f r 2 arr r h A ll Medi e

r r w ow [ h h d th r bi d -
us e o, a o s ; o an ou g a c s o ea f an . .
,

serve that Lat ar undo means reed and val Lat zucar
. a the Eng suga r and on .
, .
,

the other ch xapov, Lat saccharum all .

,

cf Ha nds ]
'

ga ra nd 1 a pr
, o tec ti n g affordin g bor
.ro we d w or ds :.
, .

refuge 87 7 ; as n 2 shed, that gives V ga rd h ( gi rdha ti )

, . be str ong ordeant . . .

cover fr om the r ain ; mai d, hut ; 3 gard h a m troop host f G r H d

[ r -
c e e s, .
,
.
, . . .

protection ; refuge, 50 Eng herd ]

1 7 . .
.
 [ ]
257

garman, n .
1 . cover; p ro tecti on ; shel
ga s t ra - v rt ti , a . having w eapons as

comf or means

tcr ; refuge ; - 2 . t, j oy - 3 . one s of subsisten ce, li vin g by
co mm on at the en d of Brahman-names, mili tary servi ce .
[ 1 302a .
]
19 11 4
2 1 1
, ,
693 m [ see under a rana
g J gi k a, n . an edible herb ; vegetable food .

gar ma v a n t a ,
. con taining ( the ste m) gi k h a, f . branch .

garman [ 1 233 ] .
gat a y i tr, m . one who in pieces,
cuts

ca rv a, m . C arva ,
name of an arrow slay - destr
oy er, 97 1 9 .
[ caus . of V at, 1 1 82c ]
p .

in g god ; later, a common na me for the pan t s , a. q ui et ; sti ll ; sto pped .

[ ppl . of

go d Civa a rn ,
1 209, .
w cf . l 2o9g .
] V
be
a r h i t i :
'

ga rv a ra , a .
j g
: r
var
viegated ;
a i, t e
g n , j a ceasi n g , sto ppin g ; esp the .

night ( as vari egated wi th stars) [ cf absence of the evil results of some w ord . .

sebahu] orthin g of evil o men [ V 2 gai n,

.

be qui et,

g a rv a - v at ma n , i a. havi n g a as his cf . 955a .

]
prote cti on ; as m Qarvavarman
.
, na me of
gan ti -
k a rma n , mony foravert
n . a cere

a man . in g the results of somethi n g omin ous .

g a l t ,
m 1. . sta ; -
2.
prickle ( of a a
p p ,
a m . curse .
[ V 9ap ] .

hedge-hog ) .
[ cf .
(p r
a] . a
g p ad i , a. havin g the cu rse as i ts rst
l
c y ,
a a m . n .
poi n t of spear or arrow ; as n . curse an d so forth .
[ 1 802c

thorn pri ckle .

[ cf . al
g ,a c
a rt : cf .
qi p ad i c e sti t a , n c
-
urs e a n d so forth .
- - -

x e r, doin gs, i e adventu res inclu ding the curse
. .

gal y a k a , m hedge hog

.
- .
[ cf . al
c y x ] et ceter
a .
[ 1 280b .
]
q av as, n . i or
su per might ; heroic pow er; gi p i n t n end of the cur
a, a se or peri od .

a lso pl .
[ 9
V 1
1 1 1 51 1 a . .
] during w hi ch the curse has eect .

cav i sth a , a . most mighty .

[ V gi
e a ch , m . hare; the Hindu sees, n ot

a
gi y i n , a lyi ng, sleepin g V
[ ci . .

man in the moon ,

but rather, a hare ga ri rb ,
a cor po re al, of the body . .
[ gal in -
,

or a gazelle .
[ for sqa sa ( see
c s and l 208f .
]
v
g q
a u ra ) : cf Ger E ase, Eng ha re ]
. . . .
gi rd i l a, m . ti ger; at end f
o pds, li
cke

g q a ak a , m . hare, rabbi t [ 1 22 2b .
m ] . vyi ghra, the be st of
a aii k a ,
g g m . the moon [ prop ,
. . adj .
, 951 5 j : hu t,; house ; room ; stable .
[ see

i ts mark, gaga


ha vin g a rabbi t as un der
garana : cf . the der
i vs m aid an d

ak a, ] l 302a E n g ha ll , th e
.r e gi v en ] .

a i n , m the moon having ci l i n , a 1 i h 2

t
g g o n o u
- se s se
.
p s ss g .
; - a . . .

end f c ds, a tten ua ted in m

the ( picture of a ) rabbi t, gags , o p y so a s to sig
a
g g v a n t, a ever r epe atin g or renewin g n
ify
. m er el y p o ssess in g [ gi lt ]
l m a li Salmalia malabarica the silk
'

i tself .
9 f .
,

cotton tree .

a ) to pieces ; slau ghter [ i m the youn g of an ani mal [

sp cu t va
g see
g see

m
. . .
, .

ust-
tu ]
g
a s tt , praised, esteemed as good or gi v a k a , m the young of ani mal

q a. . an .

lu cky ; equiv to happy, cheerful, 52 1 1

. .

[ r l f V ] v a tt , a

p o p pp o
g u.n
a . i
g g . contin ual ; etern al .

a s t rt , n kn ife ; sw ord [ ih v an t, 1208s , ah ]

w eapon
g ; . .

stru ment a 1 1 85 :
q as-
a V gas or ig ( V edic,
of cu ttin g,
tr g ci sti , gi
sts [639] s,

is ident in form and mg w the L at stem

. V edic and Epic, gi sati gagi sa ; dgi sat . .

sea s tro,
-w hi ch appe ars in th e den om c a s [854 3
] c yh i s ati ,
-
te 958 i , ca cti , .
'

triire, prop . cut, and so, like Eng . cut,

g i sya , M a ) .
1 . chasten , cor
rect ;
g a s t ra -
p ani , a. havi ng a sword in the - 2 . in struct, te ach ; ect ; 3
di r .
( like

hand . Eng . dir

ect) gi ve order to, rule, g overn .

17
 s an a ] [
ga 258 ]
[ pe rh r
apse dupli cated form of gang 675 : V l ei s ( es -
t ; s i
ni
t n t ; gsk s sh ;
y ti .

for the w eak form gig cf .

-t
e ; gi g; gi stv i ; - i sya )
g l ea ve, lea ve .

+ 5 , mid wi sh or pray for, ( f i gi s

. an d

V ga s i make suppli cation, 73 1 1 ud e mai ning

leave r .

p ra , in struct ; dir
ect ; co mman d cf: , v i, ( leave apart or by sepa

si mple verb ,
an d pragis . rate , di stinguish ; vi i sta, ( separ
g a te d,
a nd

g san a , n .
1 .
g er
ov n ment way , of rul so, like Eng disti nguished
) emin en t, .
ex

in g ; 2 . co mmand . V
[ gi g ] cellen t.

g s i tr,
m . teacher .
[ V gi m]
V 2 gi p, subsidia ry f orm to V gi s, q v . .

gi s trh , n. - 1 instruction ; - 2 rule ; gi cy a , grdo to be taught ; as m pupil

. . . . .

theor
y compen di um ( of an art or V
[ ga s w eak form i
gg ]
m
,

sci ence ); a scientic or canoni cal w ork; v l ei(w [ i

tee s : s w i w e 628- 91.
science , 17 V
[ g ]
i g vr
a ie s ti ;

sts. t i w its ; 96

-
m
V gi k g, see 1 030 a nd V gak .
y i tan ; g y
a i tv a ; g yy )
- a
a 1 lie still ; . .

gi k h a ra , - 1 . a. peak ed ; - 2 m n peak
. . . . li e 2 slee
p [w g.
-
t
e , cf s ci u ,
. . . -

ikh
[g l s

li es cf also xol- rn,
. bedz ]
i k h 1 tuft braid of hair; a dhi lie in or on ; dwell in
g i , f . . or , .

- 2 .
( like Eng . crest ) top in general, an u , lie down after another .

peak . a, lie in .

gi t h i ra, a. loose ; accid ; unsteady, 93 ; 9

upa, lie by .

opp o f dp
.
dha , rm, hard .

[ perhaps sa m , be undecided or i n doubt .
[ li t .

li e toge ther : meta phorun clean ]

fr V grath, l 1 88e : for loss
. of r, cf .

V 2 gi , simplerf orm qf n a, q v
-
. .

gi b i ,
m . C ibi , na me of a king . l
Q , 61 lyin g [V gi ]

i r head [ cf. xdpa, head ; L at i t a . cold ; cold [ppl of
n i

g a s, n . . .
g ,
as n. . .

cerebru m , sceres-ru- m , brai n w the col .

lateral form girgLn, q v , cf Ger Him, cooL [ gi ta cf

'

. . . . a. .

Old High Ger hirn i, shirsn i, brai n : akin

.

is also l i t a la , cool [ gita

xpav ov,
g a . .
,

gi ri p ,
a m the tree Acaci a Sirissa ; . as n.
g i t i rt a, a. distr
essed with the cold .

the blossom .
[ W ]
gi r o - mu k h a , n head . and face .
[ 53b
12 .
] gi t i k i v a n t , a . cool .
[ as if from fem .

gi l i , j 2 stone ; crag . of gi taka : 1 233, cf. b .

]
i l i b h av a , m being stone ; gi p i l a , m n Blyxa octandr a, a common
con di tion of
g - . . .

-
am ap, tu r n in to stone w ater-plant . .

gi l i , f the b ea m .u n d er a d oor i
g pr t n , n he ad [ gi ro-
an i s to
gi ras . . .

- mu k h a
gi l i , m B lo ck s no ut, n ame of a (b
C V -
),
as i re-
ya.is to in s-
v i see-

bar
e . these ]
i l o c ca y a , m crag pile, i s cr hill i l 1 natur ed
al or acqui r way of
g a n. -
aggy
g
-
. . . .
.
,

[ u ccaya .
] being ; character,
habi t or ha bits,

gi v a, -
1
; friendly ; graci ou s ;
. a . ki nd, 909 in co mposition [1302] with that to
agreeable, lovely ; opp o fg hor a 2 m . . . which one is inclined or accustomed, 21
The Friendly One, n ame euphemistically 2 .
( character, is . .
, as in Eng .
)
appli ed to the hor i ble god Rudra, w ho
r good character, 98 7 .

under thi s n a ) b e c omes t he th ird gi v me ( i

a n , a l i
y g n V
[ gl i , 1 1 69 1aa ] . . . .

person of th e Hin du T rin i ty [ fo r m 2

g , g u k a , m p ar ro t [p p
r o th e b r i ght on e,

. . . .

.

m
cf Ei srfbes, The Gr aci ous Ones, i s the on accoun t of i ts gaudy color s, V guc . .

Furie s, an d na n di ] of 216 l ,
m
. . .

i m child [ V gtl, an d k v a t, dv like rr [g

'

g ga, .
y un g
o ; . see gu a a . a pa ot.

1 147b an d
 [ 260]
the w omb an d its frui t ; cf . i
ce
- u an d
go ni t a , n . blood ; also pl. [ gong 1 1 76d .
]

gi v a, ;

b
youn g
e r
p ge n an t ; L a t a beautiful [ V 2 gu bh, adorn,
s
n. . ,

.
go b h a n , . .

ia-cisas , pre gn an t ; ( 5) to strength and

1 1 50 2a ] . .

g row th i n gen eral ; c f gi r a,

m a n o f go b h i sth a , a m ost sw iftly m ovin g ou . .

mi ght 9a tw i st-ha . gu n s ; u se . w armd ar most beau if ul, 78 , a ccor

t 5 di n
g as

mi g ht ; nape , sw ell,

the word is ref erred to V 1 c ubh or to

gii d rt ,
m . a man of the fourth caste, a V c
2 u bh see these .

Gudra . V go a n d ( intens ppl cani qoada t . .

cdna , mptiness [ V 96 1 1 77a ]

n. e .
,
. shin e , glance
[ fo r cak andh : cf
go ods, . . -

ca n a mi ghty bo ld ; as m man of mi ght

, .
, w .
, go ld y ello w -
s no s, Doric nod apds, -

88 s pa r allel w clean , b
hero [ 9
V .11 1 1 0 :
c r a i . clear , p u re a s epos, coal -

ax v
p o- s m i g
- h t y

,
w h en ce vb

ip os L a t (ra n d ,
E re -
,
.
-
,

mi ght ( cf aiox p s w 1 2: ax ash]

.
g c a n d rt
'
-
a shini n
-
g . V
[ e al I
- n d 1 1 88 s : cf
-
,
. .
,
.

g rp a n a pl a
, i te d b a sk .e t f o r w i nn o w i n g
V go u t ( eootati ; ougcta ( cuecutat
V 1 9: ( an
m
ti s w e; hi n t
40 : amt [957b ] ; em wr i te ) g o u t v bl dr ipp g i n V
[ g cn t ] . , . . u

cr ush ; break ; tear [ cf E n g h a r m c m a

c i n h n t h
. e p l ace fo r b
. u r n in g t h e .
-
, ,
.

whi ch answers to a Sk t s c ar ma j cor pses and for bur . i

y g n th e -
bones,
v i pas s be br ,
ok en to pieces ; per . ish cemeter y ,
.

g m t c r u n b ear d
m m
. .
,

s a m br eak ( a bow ) ; like zusammen

, v or
a n ( i n t h e . [ 7 6 m 9 1 4 .
.

brechen .
ch a gy i n a ; qi y h t e ) f r eeze ; c o a g ula t e , . .

V 2 g see gri , boil

,

g y e n a . m e a g le ; f al c o n ; h a w k [ cf ,
. . .

t h r l
'

c i g a n o n . . x ri v o s -
'
-

m
, ,

r
o gi i n a h o r n e d ,; as m h o rn e.d b e a s t V g r a th (g ra t h n i t ; g g
a r.at h ; s w a ; .

qr t a see V r
, g i .
g rthi t a ) b e c o m e lo o se . .

ge v a a ki n d ; dear
,
.
[ cf g r t d i ndecl . m ea ni n
g p e r ha
p s or ig h e a r t ; ,
. .

1 m e main der 4

r r used to dha ( gr ant give V 1 dh 5 )

est
go pa ,
n . . .
, a ss ,
.
, ,

e like Ger im U ebr m

g en
2 a
,

re maini ng
ig en for the r

.
est

[ V 1 gia
.

.
a nd d ot
o f p e rson

dhatta ( your) heart to hi m give ye i e

th u s

,
g a
, d a i i ,

, ,
.
, ,
r ,
. .

trust ye hi m have fai th in him RV i i , , . .

e ff p r in t h o s e w h om one l r d d dh a t tr u t i t r t f u l
c s a s n o s g pp g a a s n g u s
. . .
-
, , , ,

leaves be hin d hi m on e s r

e li cts V 1 gi g, 9
26 ; of , , .

[ cf 93s , Hip. m p3 . Lat can sell

o k a , m pain, gr i ef [ V gu c 21 6 l ) cord-is, L ithuani an szirdis , Ger Hers , Eng
g , . . . . . .

o oh a - j a , a g ri ef born ; gokaj a .
-
m vi ri , hea rt : further, w .
grad dhi , cf L
- at . .

gri ef born w ater
-
, i . e . tears, cr dre,
so e r d-Jere,
trust : the reg ular

go k i rt a , a. sor i ck en
row str - .
[ tas ]
i r Sk t w ord for heart is bid ,
.

and this can

g o o f s- k e en , 0 . ha ving ame locks, with -

n ot be connected w the above w ords, .

locks of ame .
[ goci s, 1 87 : 1297, cf . since they r e i n the Bkt an initial ,
equir 9 .

1280b .
] o r
g d or r
g ad ) .

goo i sth a , a . most or bright ami ng .

gra d dh i , f . trust, fai th ; desire .
[see
grad :

ame ; beam ; Hi

g oofs , n . heat . ene,

gra d d h i v a, a . credi ble .
[graddhg
1 228a] .

o ona ,
1 . a. red, deep red - 2 . m Soue
. V gra m ( gramyati m a ; tera
Red Ri ver, aluen t of the Gange s mit ; granta be
'

or .
'
wear y
amecolored ( av

[p p
r cf tak e pain s se lf,

o . . . -
cc , esp . casti gate one s

burned, nus- p a ,
 [ ]
26 1

a, hermltage : self, upa

g
'
ita, ( leaned upon, equi v .

r
y one s self exceedin gly to) laid upo n or in , w . loc , . 799 .

ed of, di sgusted with . + p a ri , act . lay about ; enclose .

trin ess . [ vgram ] + p ra , lean forw ard .

cri j : 1 . beautiful appearance

wi th vi u t on d n beauty, 2 4 2 welfare ; 3
y .
p c e ce , . .

condin g, -
m
a , adv .
personi Q ri , goddess ed,
of beauty and w el

thout distrust or hesi tati on, fare, 2 m ; 4 as honoric prex to proper .

na mes, the famous or glor ious 54 3

[ cf
m
. .

n
a . ear; 2 n hearing ;
- . .
su sw aths -
J
V
[ gru, 1 150 1 a : formg 3, r
e n ( m ti mm m i
a n 9

m
.

m W

esp un der V . r
a ] grav ; t; .
-
to ; gruta
sounds ; esp . loud praise,
tra m : m t" its: a
f rm
t lory, fame .
[ V gr m d
g qraat e ; cri v tyati ) . 1 . act . he ar,
the r i i of kn ow by hearing ;
a: p ec se eq u v . as .
gen .
q erson,

fame : for mg,

kGF- ( S,

see listen ; gi ve heed to, hear (a
V ern ) teacher), is le arn, stu dy

m m
. . .
n
egruv ana,

491 -
t er
ri er
a or
su s. i te having studied, i . s. learned, 2 .

mid , in V eda ,. wi th pass sense, be heard of .

boil ; gr , cooked, done .

( as subj ect of talk ), i s , like La t cluere, . . .

qri d d h a , n an ablati on to the Manes, . l

be cal ed, be fam e d as , 75
l
;
acco mpani ed by a fun eral mea l an d 3
pa ss be hea
. rd ; gr ut : he ard. .

gifts to Brahm ans [ g ra ddhi l 208e . heard of, i mpera : gri yati m, let it
accor di ng to the Scholi as t, a thing of be heard, i e hea r ye ; sv a
. .
gri yate,
m
because the gift for the M anes

trus t, thus it is heard, there i s this sayin g,

matter of fact entrusted to am mayi

is as a
grut , I ve heard ( your story ) ,

ahmans
Br .
] - 4 . ca us. ca use ( eare rs,
h acc .
) to

gri n th, ppl wearied ;

. as n.
[1 1 76a ], w eari hea r( a thin g ), i . s .
proclai m to ; recite to,
ness . V
[ gr 955 m
a j . 54 9 - 5 deci d
. . be wi llin g to hear, a nd

gri n ti g a t a , a . wearied and arrived, i e

. . so ( of E ng obe di
.en t . an d La t . oh-o e di ens

arriving wearied .
[ i g ata z w ith andi re ), obey,

V sri (M i s ti 40 : att i re sie iy : ei .

'
[ w i th ern dhi,
- hea r thou,
cf . ska-0
4,

F i rst ;

m myti 40 ; r d : Wr itnm.
hear thou ; L a t clu ere, be called ;

.
-

rayi tv ss ; ri t 1 lean , tra ns cluens, cliens , w ho hears or obeys, i s a

q y )

a act
g
-
- . . .
; . .

lay agai nst or on ; rest on , trans 2 mid

dependen t , wi th ern ti ., heard, heard -

tM
. . .

i ntra ns ; rest upon , or, si mply, famed,

5i

lean cf Lat in clu tus ,

s hu -
u pon , . . s, .
- -

.
3 mid , famed, Old High Ger hlu d o in

be lyi ng or si tuated upon, . . nclitus, .
-

E lude-wig, Loud battle, Ger la u t, AS

act betake one s self to, esp for help or
. .
-
.
-
.

protecti on, 4 8 5 .
[ cf . xh l- m, lean hlii-d , Eng lou-d ; .

s e xAl a u,
- -
rest on

; Lat . clindre,

lean wi th the subsidiary for m eras, as i n
AS hlinia n, Eng lea n ; a li stenin g to, complian ce, of

- i
63, in cli ne, t

s k i -1 u n
. .
g , .

slope,

hi ll ; Lat cli vus, hi ll ; AS hiz w ,
.
-

. AS hIos n ia n, lis ten , hlgs t, the hearin g,
.

-

-

Eng Ja w, Jaw, hill, in M ood la w , w hence hlyst a n, En g listen for the mg

hldw , .
- - .

famed

la dder ; AS hl -der,

L a d low ; -
xAi

. of
gru ta , etc .
, cf .
grav ana , gra

Eng la dder ] . . m , and l

cok a .
]
i lean u pon, intrans ; seek . su pport + p ra t i ,
an swer, say ye s to ; make a

an dprotecti on wi th or from ; i gri ta p ro m i se t o [ prop , li k e En g hea r ,

. .

dependin g upon ( ano ther ); as m . a de

gi ve a he ari n g i n r
e tu rn to w hat i s sai d,

pen de n t or subordina te , 301 3 . i s
. .

n ot turn a deaf ear to, and so

+ u pa , mid . lean against ; brace one s

 [ 262]
vi , p ss
a . be heard of far and wide, be later, m ustubh s trophe the epic
esp . the -
,

famous ; r t k n own as, n amed, l k in w hi ch for ex ample h

vig u a, q o a , t e s to ry , ,

+ sa m ,
1 hear; 2 like Eng hear,
. . . of Nala is composed V
[ g m .
,

accede to the request of, make a pro mi se V cv a i c ( v i oate )

g ope n itself ; r ec e i ve .

to [ cf .
gm prati ) . in open arms ( as a mai d herlover) .

ru t h , ppl hear d ; heard of ; as n that + u d , Open i tself out, open , 87

g . .

w hi ch i s h e ard from th e te ac her, t h at gv n m d og [ c f s is sy , L a t ca n-i-s

,
. . . .

which i s learned ; lear nin g [ V A S hun d ,

En g hound, . .
-
.

gru t a v a n t , a po ss essin g lear n i ng , qv a q u r a , m fat

.her i n la w [ fo r sav i .
- -
.

learn cd [gr t ] ura : cf Church ta ups, L at sacer, socer

-
. u a n
g . . us,

qrd t i , j : 1 . a hear
i ng ; - 2 . car; 3 . Slavonic swekrit, AS swear, s sweohor, Ger . .

the thi n g heard ; sou nd Q report, Schwdher, fatherin law for Q in place - -

hearsay ; 5 . u tterance ; esp . a sacred of s, cf .

g g a s and V Qua]
u tteran ce han ded down by tradition, a
g v a rl
g i j m otherin law:[gri
a - -
.

religi ous pr escripti on , a sacred text, the c

a n , 355c : cf tavpd Lat fem sacras
.
, . .
,

1
V eda, 58 N ; 8 6 learnin g ; prob ia . . . AS . sweger, Ger Schwieger, . motherin -

correct f or gruta V
[ g r 1 1 57 1 a ] .
m . .

ra ti n learning ; pr
t, ob i V qv a s ( whaiti vh ati ; a vi aa ;
g an a .
possess n g .
q qg
rutav an t, q v
rect for c
incor [ gruti ] . .
qv asi sya ti ; e v as i ta , qvas th ; cv i s itu m ;
rd t worthy to be heard ( of vsya ; c v i h t i ) 1 b low , blus
a
g a y
- a -
g y ,
a a. . .

hymn ), goodly V
[ c m , 1 21 3a ] . . ter, w his tle , sn or t ; - 2 bre ath e ; - 3 . .

r d [ cf AS hweos, preterit to shwsa n

r (g y i n ) i sigh
r
g y
e a s a , f or g y
s as a s n c s
p , . . .
,

1 31 5c . Eng wheeze ] .

more beau tiful or become quiet ;

r
g y an s , a . fai rer; i , get one s breath,
excellen t ; better; as n ( the better t e ) .
, . . ca us .
qui et, co mfort .

w elf are pr osperi ty 35,

1
[ from an u n ,
. n i s , brea the out, si gh .

used root gri correspondi ng to the noun p ra , blow forth .

ri
c , Cf Keefe" , superi or, a b hi -
p ra , blow forth upon, acc , .

qr sth a, a . fairest ; most ex cellent ; 94 7

.

best : to. en 1 1 0 w loc , at end + vi have condence, be unsuspecn g ;

g .
,
. .
,

f
o pc d, 1 1 best as dis tinguished from ca us . inspire condence .

equi v . to bette r than , [ see

qv aa, a dv. to-morro w, on the next day ;

qva hc v as from day to day .

qri f h
st y a ,
n . supre macy , pre cede n ce .
gv a s h th a , m . a snorting [n . aa

w
reaths , 1 21 1 2
en d .
] 1 1 63b .
]
crot ra, n . ear;
g s ta n a , a
v . of morrow ;
the a n. t he

grot ri y ,
a a. studied, learned ( in morrow, 92 17 .
[ gi rd-s l245e ) , .

tradi tion ) ; as m a Brahman versed in q i p a d a m a beast of prey,

.
, .
[ to
sacred lore .
[groin a, 1 21 4c : for mg cf
-
on ounced gvapi da
be pr ( cf ,
. .
pi vahn,

V ern , mg 1, an d
gruta, s v . .
] l 1 81 s ) : prop , perhaps, having the fee t .

ql a k sna, a . sli ppe r

y ; s mooth .
[ cf .

of a dog, gv an + pi da ] .

1 1 95 ] v i v i d h [nom w i t], m por upine [ vt n

g c q . . .

V gl ag h li
(g g hate li
; g q g
a h li
; g g hi th ) . + vi dh,

dog
1 . have condence in - 2 talk con .

dently ; brag, praise one s self ; 3 .

praise .
sa -k n ,
t 1 . 0 . consisti ng of si x ; - 2 . as n.

l i h
g g y , a gr dv to b e pr a i sed , p rai se . a whole con sisting of six , a hexade .
[m
w orthy ; hon orable V l
[ gi t . 1222a, 226b .
]
l ok a, m - 1 ( thi h rd i ) u n d sat t ri nga t 1 2 si x an d thirty
g n g ea s so ; -
. . . . .
,

2 fame, f or my, cf V rn ; 3 s ophe ; [ n]

.
e . .
ca
s ak h q an a ] [ 264]
s a k h f
j a n a , as. ( fr
ien d-
persons,
collec after, seek , follow cf . Sr-oaas, aeco m
dp mv,

ti vely, is . .
) frien ds .
p y,
an i -
ar- followed L at . saga-ar,

l a k h y a, n. frien dship .
[ sakhi , 1 212c .
]

follow ; sec-undue, followin g, second

sh w ith h ir) r ( of at also i t h as, attendant, L at soc ins ,
-
g a na , a. ( t e t oops .
.
-

ten dants ) .
[ 2 u .
]

co mrade
: further, AS . se6n, cas h( m)an,
st g a ra , m .
- 1 . the mosphere L uft
at ,
En g . see, Ger . sch-en, ( seek , look for,
meer; 2 Sagara,
. name of a my thi cal follow with the eyes, i e ) . .

s a c i v a , m attendan t, suppor V
prin ce . te r . .
[ ane
aa mk a ta , - 1 . a . n arrow , strait ; 2 . m. 1 1 90, with uni on vowel i ] -

Slender, na me of a gan der,

37 -
3 . n. sa j -
osa s , ( lik e ple
a.asu re , i e )of
unan i . .

narrow passage, a strai t ; - 4 g . .

,
like mous , harmonious ; kindly disposed, 86 15 .

di culty, 52 1 dan ger, 254

Eng . strai t, a

[ cf. 1 245g ] su jj a , a. -
1 . as used of a bow, having i ts
sa mk alpt , m . a decision of the min d ; in g on , strun g,
str ready foruse ( the string
the will or wish or ur
p p ose procee d in g bein g w oun d aroun d the ho w when this

from such decisi on , a denite in tention . is )

not ; 2 genera lize d,
inrea dy ,
as use .

[ V kip sa m,
236] used of persons and thin gs [ fo r sa jy ,
a .

sa mk eta , m . agr
ee men t ; esp . a meetin g q . v .
, m i lawi th
ti on as i n saj yate assi ,

agreed upon w i th a lover, s ren dezv ou s . sanate see V sa j]

co in ten ti on , sam 1 make strung

r k eta ] s aj j i k r k aroti )
[ p
p o .
- - -
. .
,

sa m k ri n ti , f . an enterin g, esp. en terin g str in g ( a how ) ; 2 make ready 34 17 - .

,
.

of the sun u pon a new zodi acal sign .

[ jj
sa a 1 09 4 ] ,

[ V kram sa m , cf . 1 1 57 1 w 955a] . s aj y a a having i ts strin g on strung

,
.
,
.

sa mk hy i , f . the tale or nu mber [ t .

yi [ 2 e n 2 jy i b o w ,

sa m] s ar h c a y a m a pilin g together accumu , .

,

sa ii g a , m .
1 . a sti cki n g to or han gin g lation esp of w ealth ; supply ( of food )
,
. .

upon ; 2 .
g . an attach men t ( of the [ V I c i pi le u p

ear
, n]

,

min d ) to anythin g, desire for a thi n g ; sar h ca y a n a n the gather i n g ( of the , .

sai e
g , in case of desire, pl lu sts
. b ones of the dead ) [ o]
d .

V a j , sar
hc a y a v a n t , i
[ s a .
po ssess n g an accu

sa mg ma m a comin g together un ion

a , .
,
. mulati on ( of wealth ), rich ; with arthi ia,
V
[ g am ca m ] rich wi th money ,
i . s. ha ving capi tal .

sam g h m a n a j : i a subst causin g to - . .

[ ani nenya ]
m i ri
, ,

asse mble g a th er er [ ca us of V gam

,
. . sa c n ,
a. w an dering .
[ V en t + ean ,

1 1 83
aa mg m agree ment promise [ V l gr s a mc i ti f a pilin g ; pile [ V 1 ci pile
a ra, .
, .
, . .
,

sam chi me in sam]

,
up ,

samg h a m ( a combi n ati on i e

),com V s a i i j or s
.aj ( j
sh ati ; sasdiij a ; asi k sit ; , . .

n
p y,
a crow d .
[ V han ear
n, 333, cf . sakth ; shktu m; -
sa yaj ; pass saj ytte .

an d 402] or sa
jj ate ) . stick to, be attached to ;
V sac ( si sakti ; sacate ; g sa cir
g sa cds, sakth, attached ( of a g lan ce ) , i mmov
1 be wi th, be united w ith ; cf
. able .
[ . L at . se -nis,
g sti ck i ng , i e slow , . .

be together,
have in tercourse together,
2 accom an a erson a cc to
p y p ) .
( . + p ra , be attached to ; praaakta, ad

a thi ng i . e . help hi m to i t, di cted to .

3 be . attached to ;g fo llow ( a com . s a ta ta , only in ace . s. neut , .

-
m
a , a s a dv.

mandment) , follow up, i s atten d to, . . conti nu ou sly, con sta n tly, always .
[ for
82 17 . htata ,
sar see V tan + aa mz for mg , of .

[ orig .

acco mpany ,

i . s . 1 .
g at
o the L at . con-l nens , i con

side of, wi th help or favor, an d 2 an t kr t6

go see can
-
. .
,
 [ 265] [ aad aset

aa t k i ra , as .
good e atment,
tr esp . kind sad (sida, te
-
aaa da, se dda

recepti on of a guest, hospi tali ty .

[ aatk r
] [794e ; Landa t ;
] satayti ; aatta, aann h ;

a t tt a m a, a . best .
[ san k 471 ] sattu m; -
addya ; ai di yati, -
ts ) .
- 1 .

s a ttv a, - 1 . n. con di ti on of being, M ug sit ; seat one s

self ; 2 . settle down ,
sink beneath burden ; be overcome ;
a

condi ti on of being good, absolutely good get in to trouble ; be in a desperate pr

e

being, goodness, the hig hest of the three di camen t, 18 , despair

7
n ot know w ha t
66 3 do, be unable

qua li ti es ( see
g n )
u a , u ; as n . . . . to to help one s se lf ;
a living bein g, creature, 28 4
8 9.
[ formed
from san t j ust as the articia l I i -I Ni - i mi , cf .
K an
, s o t-2 8- 0, s ac

Lat . essent- ia , being-ness, that on w hich a sit, L at . std-ere, settle down cf . also

from

thing depends for bein g what i t is, sed-Ere, ; Eng sit, si t . caus . set sad- as ,

essens, a quas i-
ppl of esse .
] os, 381 m, Lat sella ,
- . ase d-la , AS . set-l,

s h t p a ti , m. strong r
uler; master [shut . .

Eng settle, a seat ]
pa t i, 1 280, c f l267 a j . . + a v a , sin k down, get into trouble, be
a a ty t , - 1 a real ; true ;
. . existi n g in
reality, truthful, trusty, faithful, I . sit upon 2 lie i n wait for,
; - .

2 . n . the real ; the true ; reali ty ; 3

get to, . each ( a place ) ; ann
r
truth, 95 end of lin e ; truthfulness, 21 na : approached ; near,
nei ghbor
ing, 33 1 0
;
95 near mid of li ne ; faithf ulness, 69 3 .
- ca us. -
1 . set upon ; -
2 get to, ar
. rive
satyena, as b y this at, each ; n d,
r obtain, i 23 1 1
-
a n

, g , ,

truth, as truly as so truly, 14 1 m; 3 i ai dya,.

often so atten ua ted i n mg a s

- 3 . n . vow , promise , oa th ; satyan brii, to be equiv to a mer e preposition : ni mittath

.

aatyath cik i r aami nas, kishci d i si dya, ( ha vin g obtained some

'

swear,

i ng to keep his promise,

desir 4 . cause or other i . s .
) by or in consequen ce

m
,

satyan , a d v truly, in deed, .

[ sa , of so me of V di
cause orother
g , . u d.

n i , 1 si t down ; take one s

1 212c : radi ca lly akin w . ( red s, -

true, . se at, esp .

but of differen t formati on , si nce the of the hot; at the sacr i ce, 2 .

Cyprian show s that i n ds stan ds for act . a nd mid . set, in stall as, trans l, .

s i ren caus . act a nd . mid . se t, install as ,

s a t y t - ri d h as, a . having real blessings,

bestow ing real blessin gs .
[ 1 298] + p ra , gbe favorable
raci ou s ; pr ap or

s a ty a - v i din, a . tru th-speak in g, tru th saun a, ki n dly disposed , 1 1 7

; ca us m ak e .

ful .
[ 75]
1 2 kin dly di sposed, propi ti ate, [behi nd
a a ty a - v ra t , n. v ow of truthfuln ess . the mg be gracious lies doubtless the

[ 1 264, acct h
p ysi ca l mg settle fo rw ard, in cli ne to

a a t y h v ra t a , a. having, i s keepi ng . . a wards, e g a su ppliant ] . .

+v i, sink , used
( like h
t e E ng . be de
acct 1 295] presse d ) of the spiri ts, be dej ected ; de
s a ty a - sa mg a ra , a. having, i s . . keep spond, co me to gri ef, 31 1
; visanna,
ing a true agree men t , i . e
. tr
ue to his dej ected .

p rom ise .
+ sa m , sit together .

hd h a ,
s a t y as a r a. having, i s keepin g . . a s ada di , a dv . always, [ cf aadi
.
]
true agr
ee ment is . . faithfu l .
[ satya s ad a n a , n . seat ; g ene ra lized, like E ng .

mdhi ]
,

sa se at and Lot . sdes, place ( 75 dwelli n g .

s u tv a ra , a. wi th haste ; o
a m , adv. qui ck [ V M ]
ly, immediately .
[ 2aa tv ari ] s da s , n . seat. [ V sad z of .

sa t s a-
mn i d h an a, n. a bein g n ear to s a d a aa t , n. existe n ce an d n on- xi s
e tence .

the good, i ntercourse wi th the good .

[ sa t asat, the subst used neu ter ste . ms
[ sant ] of a nt and asant, 1 252]
sa dasa d t ma ka]

i t ma k a ,

sadasad - a. havin g exi ste nce [presen t ppl . of Vl aa,

be, q . v :
. cf .

an d n on-e xi s ten ce as i ts na tu re, whose lv, ste m Jon

being ; L at a bsens , stem ,

.

being off ; sons , ste m sent, the

na tur it is to exi st an d also n ot ex i st a b s ent;

e to
at the sa me time .
[ sadasat ] meal doer,

the guilty on e ; D ani sh sa nd,
a hd i 1 1 03s AS so ,

En g sooth,

'

a dv alw ays [ f tru e, true, tru th

,
. . c . . . :

sa d ac i ra , m the
-
. co nduct or practi ce s for mg 2, cf . the mg of satya, of rtw

of the good .
[ san t .
] 86m : Julyer, -
the true story, and of

d tga , of lik e eq ual, En g sooth

sa - a . appearan ce ; . .
]
used ( 29Gb ) w ge n . . ah mt a ti , j : 1 . continua ti on ; 2 . esp .

me imme family, i s

s a d y as , a dv on the . sa day ; conti nuation of on e s race or . .

dia tely .
[ see 1 1 22f ] osprin g .

m
.

sa dha , a dv . e uw
q .
f
o l saith, see ap s , at .
- 1 . hea t ; 2 pai n, . sor

an dha -
mi da, m . co- re velry, r
ow .
[ Utap
-
i san
-
]
co mmon feast ; aadha mi dam mad , revel sa mt i p av an t, a. so ro wful
r .
[ 1233 J .

i n bli ss wi th, w instr . .

[ l 29o j . sa md f g , j i a beholdin g ; si ght. W
[ r
i e t -

sa dha -
s th a , n .
( ori g .
, pe rha s, co -place,
p su n. )
i e place
. . of un ion, but generalized to the sa md e h a , m .
1 . doubt ; i t, from b
( y
2 dan
r
eason of ) uncertain ty [291 .

adn a , a . old .
[ orig .

of lon g sta nding, er
g , 2015 .
[ Vl dih + sa m: for mg 2, cf.

lon g con tin ued cf . fro - s, old L at .

sen-ex ,

old man Goth . s in- is m ,

oldest

sa rh d h is, f 1 cov en an t, agr eement ; . .

AS sin veald, mely 2 pr omise a m : for

.
-

perpe tually or extre .
[ V l dh i

p t,
u .

cold

; AS . an d Old Eng . sin-
g ri ns ,

ever mg 1 , cf M am, covenant, and m

.

g ree n

En g sen -
g reen , (

ex tre mely g reen ow , the coun terpa rt of sa h
r dadhi mi ]
mdh i
.
, ,

ie . .
) house lee k -
from a n ot q u o table sa na, n . a pu tti n g toge ther, c lar

G o th . u inw kallcs, M edieval La t . i

s ni Oems , mixin g [
. 4l dhi , u
p ,t

a n

sca lcus ,

o lde st house-servan t, thr 1 1 60 l e ]

ou gh paroxyton e,
. .

in te rmediate Romance forms, co mes Eng . sa md h i , m 1 . . a putti n g together, mir

seneschal ; Ger Siindzut, .

si n- oo d,

is a occm ; 2 like . sa mdhi , co mpact alliance , ,

o
p pu lar i n te rpre ta ti on of Old Hi gh Ge r . 41 13
peace, 1 7 ; 3 the puttin g together
7
.

si n- eluot, the long contin ued ood, -

the of sou nds in w ord an d sente nce ( see
N oachian Whitney mbi nation 1 09b eu phoni c co ,

si n i ,
a dv . o f old, a lw a s
y .
[ i n str . of d un, 4 j un cti on ( of day and ni ght) i s
- . , . .

1 1 1 2c, n ot a.
) morni ng or evenin g tw ili ght [ V 1 dhi .
,

a n it ,
a d v. from of old, alw ays, fore v er
pu t

sam 1 1 55 2 e ] . .

mdhi
,

md h y
,

[ shu ts acct 1 1 1 4d .
] sa a, a. pertai ni ng to aa or

sa h at an a , a . e ve rlasting , eter
n al .
[ san i , j un cti on ; sa dhy f
a,
-
1 ti me of j un c m . .

1 245
0 4 ti on ( of day and ni ght), mornin g or ev en

sd n i la , a . having a co mmon n est or in g twili ght ; da . morning an d eveni n g

ori gin, a li ate d, un i ted. morni n g twili ght ( of a

twili ght ; 2 .

s an e mi ,
a dv . alw ays .
[ pe ap from
rh s
y g )
u a 58 3
[ sa mdhL cf 1 212b ] ,
. . .

aa m d h y i nq a m ( lit tw ilight poron ) ,

. .

s an t, - 1 .
ppl . bein g ; otiose see, eveni n g twi light of a yug a [ e ]
a b t .

ll
w as ; e x istin g ; - 2 . a . real genui ne ; s a m
, d h y i s a ma y a , m twili ght ti me q
.
-
,
'
tru e , good ; -
3 . oi people , good, nob le, evenin g .

ex celle n t, 19 9-29
, 28 ; 4 anti, j : a
1 1 . sa mn i d h an a , n .
( a puttin g down to
true , g ood, virtuous wife ( hence Anglo ge ther, j urta- positi on, a pproxi mati on ,
an d
I ndia n Suttee ) ; 5 . n . the ex iste n t ; so ) a bei ng near; con tigui ty ; presen ce ;
ex i ste nce ; 8 . sat-h r mak
, e good, tr
eat n e ighborhood, [ il l dhi ,

ut
p ,

w ell, recei ve kindly . h- ui ,

sar 1 1 50: cf . sa mni dhi ]
sa ml n k ta
a ar
'

r] [ 268 ]
ob e ct,j a nd so suitable ; capable ; able, sa mp ad j : , 1 . success ; -
2 .
( a fallin g
w . inf . toge ther, coi n ci ding, a nd so a tting of

sa m -
alar
ii krta , a . well adorned .
[ see the par ts to each other, i e ) corr ect pr o . .

a la m: sa m in tensi ve , 1 077b en d .
] porti on, beau ty [ V pod a n ] .

sa ma v a t t a - dh i ns , a . containi ng s a n p u ta , m hemispher ical bow l or di sh .

ga thered pi ece s .
[ se e 1 087e ] . roun d cask et ( forj ew els ); aa mpute lik h,
sa m a h a a ccentless ad v ,
. somehow ,
wri te a thing ( acc. ) in the strong box -
of a

[ 1 sa m a : cf 1 1 0 0 a and 1 1 0 4 .
person m
(g ) e , ie
. . edit
cr it to hi m .
[ m sa

s a m i g a ma m 1 a comi n g toge ther

t toge therfold, l 289a ]

pu s , a
- -
. . .
, ,

meeti ng ; 2 mee ti ng wi th i e in ter .

,
. .
sa mp ra ti adv 1 j ust opposi te ; and ,
. .

cour se [ g m
V a .+ sa m i ] - . so 2 ( to the same limi t) e ven ex actly ;
.
,

s a m an a f i a 1 lik e ; one and the - 3

( like E
. n
g ev en ) a t th e v e ry ti m e ; .

m
. .
,
.
,

same ,
am adv in the same w ay -
,
.
, a nd so j ust n ow [ a ( in te n si ve 1 07 7b .
,

2 common ( to dieren t persons

- . en d ) p rati 1 31 4a ] , .

or coun tr ies ) 98 ; uni ted

1 7
, , s i m p ri y a - a mutually dear [priya, ,
. .

[ 2 s am a 1 245 d ] ,
. 1 289a ] .

s a man a g ri ma m the same village

-
,
. . s a mb a n d h a m con necti on ; and so as ,
.
-
,

s a m i n a g ri mi y a a belon gin g to the ,

. in Eng , re lati ons hi p . .

same village [ sa m i na g ri ma .
-
, s a mb h a v a , an or igi n ; at end f
o ad j .

sa mas a , m .
1 . a pu ttin g together; an d cpds, havin g as i ts origin, i gi nati ng
or

so (g : L a t . con- trahere,

draw together,

in [ V bh sa m] .

then

abridge 2 . a con densati on ; sa mb h i v ya , grdo to be . supposed, sup

abridg ment ; -
ena a nd sa mi satas , suc posab le [ . ca us . of V bhu sa m] .

cinctly . V 2
[ as, s a mb h ra ma an ex tr e me agi tati on haste ,
.
,

sa mi d h , f ( l
.ike E n
g . kindli n gs ) fuel . arising from excite ment [ V hk r u m .

[ V i dh sa m , ear n ) .

s a mi p a ,
1 . a. near; 2 . as n . n ear a i m mi l a
c
-
a com m i x ed m i xed w,i th .
-
, ,

n e ss, neighborhood,
presen ce used like un i te d with [ 1 289 a ] . .

an tikaq 2a sm ip w gen or in . .
m . . s a m ri j i -
f com p le te i s so v er e
,i g n ,
. .

cpd, ( to the pr esen ce of, i e , si m l

p y) t o ,
. . ruler; mistress [ fo r sa m see 1 28 9 h .
,

w verbs o
.
f going, 44 ;
1 1
end, and 1 0771) end : for m instead of l it,
_
2b sw i pe, w gen or in cpd ( in the . . see

p re se n ce or neigh b orhood of, i e , si m l

p y) : . . as -
y a tu a , a .
( havin g, i e . . takin g pains
1 mfor ne ar hard by, i tr i inj i ; engaged in ,
e, , to, . e .
) y g
n to,
w .

by, [ p rcf
a ti pd j . w . in] :
s a mi p a -
s th a , a in cpd, . si tuate d in the sa ra, a. rm nh g, moving , going, i n cpds .

n e ighborhood of, n ear . V

[ n]
a

sa mu t s a rg a m an ej ecting discharge ,
.
, . s a ra na ,
a. runni ng ; as n . a

[ r
V a j sam u d 21 6 l ] -
,
. .
[ r
V s , 1 1 50 l a j . .

s a mu d ra m a gather ing of wate rs s sea V ( saranyati run, hasten

, .
, , sa ra ny a ) . .

V ud sam

a con n en ce l o59d
an ocean .
-
, , [ sa rana, .
j
1 1 88b ] . s a ra ny d , a . hastenin g, swift ; - il
y [ 3bbc
],
s a mu n n a t i f r i i l i i Saranyu, daughter of Twashtar, and
a s n g ; e e va t on, s .
,
. .
, f .

g distinction [ V nam sam ud 1 1 57

,
.
-
, spouse of V ivaswan t, to w hom she b are
and d ] . Yams an d Yami , [ V m anya,

s an g t i f ( a com, in g to ge t
.h er a nd so
) , 1 1 7811 : cf .

Epzn i -
s,

the swift

goddess of

col li sion
-
shock V
[ t s a m
, 1 1 67d : cf .
, . vengean ce ]
samar ana ] . s a ri ma f the bi tch of Indra or o, f the .

s a mp a t tl f success ; pr or mes

osper ity ; abnud
, .
god s ; f
c 83 1 7 s [ the runn er . .

an ce 1 7 , V
[ p a d sa m l l 57d ] , . sen ger

V ar cf , , .
 [ 269] [ sa v ayas

si ra s , n. lake, pool [ g
ori . .

uid, i s.
. whole, entire L at . sa lvus, whole, un
from V I r harmed,

uid us

wa ter, run , j ust w ell ; Oscan sollu-s, entir

, as e

from uere, ow , L at . ste m sollu in cpds, e g solli erreu m, . .

s a ra s -
t i ra , n. bank of a pool . all-iron soll enn is, of ever
-
y

t, 1 rich in water vati,
'

s ara s v a n . a . s; -
year, ann ual, use d of r
eli gi ous cere

f . 2 . Saraswati , na me of a mighty monies : no conn ecti on w . Eng .

( w)hole,

strea m probably the I n dus ; 3 Sara s . see also kalya .

]
m
,

wati , a small stre am in M adhyadeca, to s a rv a - s a ha , a. pa ti e n tly hearin g all

w hi ch the name an d a ttributes of the thin gs .

[ sarva m , 1 250a, 12 70b .
]
grea t stream w ere trans ferre d 4 . s a rv a -
g a t a ,
a .
( gon e to all, is . .
) uni

Saraswati , the goddess of voice and versally

p re va len t

(m
.

speech, learnin g and eloq uence. 1 sa rv at a s , a d v - 1 . . fro m all si des ; on

s a ri f t, . strea m .
[ r
V s ,

run, ow ,

all si des, 93 13 in every direction , 3 1 1
,

for mg , cf . Ger Flues, .

str
ea m ,

w . iessen , 1 01 1 2 . o mnino , altogether,

ow and Eng strea m un der V arm]

,
.
[ sarva, l o98h z acct, cf .

s h rg a m 1 shot ; 2 stream or spurt

,
. . . l a rv at ra , adv. 1 . e very her
w e or in all

or j et ; 3 a le tting loose ; 4 that .

- . cases, 21 1ll
; 2 . at all times ; always, un

which is let loose, esp . a herd let loose in terruptedly, [ strva , 1 099 : acct,

from the stall, 76 4

; 5 . chapter of an cf .

epic poe m ,
a g . use o
f the word in mg l s a rv a th i , a dv. l . in ever
y way ; 2 .

or 2 3
[ 41
V 2 1 6 L
.
] . by all means .
[ sarv a,
s a rp a, m ( lik e s erpen t om . serpere, s a rv a d i , a dv . alw ays ; constantly ; for
creep the cr
eeper k
, sn a e, serpent, 84 1
ever .
[ sarva ,

[V r
p
a , q . v .
] s a rv a d e v a , m pl
- . . all the gods .

s a rp i s , n. claried butter, ei ther warm s a rv a d e v a ma y a , a . con tai nin g in hi m

and still uid or cold an d hardened, an d self all the gods, i . s . re presentin g or bein g
so not dif ering m ghr
ta o ,

g he e .

[ orig . in the na me of all the gods, [ earva
-

uid b utter, or the sli ppery, fat dev a : see ma ya ] .

stu , from V sr
p,

creep, move ge n tly, s a rv a - d ra v y a , n .
pl . all thi n gs
sli p,

1 1 53 : see V sr
p and s r
pra : akin are sa rv a b h i - va ,
m . the w hole heart .

Hesychian ( Aw rv a b h ii t a ma y a ,

-
or
, oli ve oil, fat, an d sa a. con taini n g in
Ge r Salbe, AS hi mself
'

lac os, scal bei n gs, [ sarva- bhii ta :

- bu tter . .
f ,
all

En g . sa lve
] see maya ]
si rv a pron .
1 . en tire or co mplete , s a rv a -
y o si t, j : pl . all w omen .

salvus, in teger, nu s a rv a - l o k a, m the . en tire w orld .

harmed 2 . ad
j . all, e very;
2a . subs t. : s hrv a - v i ra , a. with un harmed heroes or
si ng . m .
, ev er on
y e ; sin
g . n ., everythi n g ; with all heroes, i . e. havi ng lost n on e .

l ll 2b mmon beg cpd

'

p ,
a .
; . co at .
qf
instea d of an ad
j . : thus su m -
m i l: s a rv a
ch s, a dv . wholly, altoge ther; all

k or m i ir snni ir yuk tu . 1 6 65
y u tu . f together, tog ether, [ sarva,

cf . so c
f . 101 5 w w 32 9 . .

51 22 w . si mila rly s a rv i n av adya, a. en tirely faultless .

etc 2o i dar
h . sarva m , 63 31
, see idam ; [ anavadyay

so
f or s a rv i n a v a d yi ii g a , a havi ng an en .

observe that both mgs ,

l an d 2, are tirely faultless body [ gg
t i .

co mmon to the post-

V edic literature tha t i n s av a n a , n . a pr e ssin g, esp of Soma . .

the oldest rt f the V eda sarva [ V 1 r

'

pa s
o , an , p e ss

onl i n m 1 2 h while f or mg a- v of lik e strength or age

y g , t e proper l ay a s, a .
;
V edic word is vi c
v a, q v ; but see 77 n x . . . m pl (like hm , hAutrG rar,
. .
'
equals in
[ i 8A , Epic abh or, ebM os, s ro s,
c . - age, co mrades )
co mrades .
[ 3 v a yas .
]
s av a rna ] [ 270]
s h - v a rn a , a. 1 . havin g the sa me ex have, had w . saha s, asa
g h as, cf th e -
.

ternal appe arance, exactly si milar ,

85 1 4
; Germa ni c ste m se
g
-
oz , as i t appea rs in
2 . of the same caste, 62 7 .
[ for mgs , Go th . ne u t . si
gis , AS rig or , prob . . n eu te r,

all meani n g vi ctory th e ste m appears

sa - v i ti na , a. havin g a canopy, w ith a also in Seges tes , name of a Cheruscan -

can opy .
prin ce ( Taci tus , Ann als ), an d in Sig is

sav i tf, '

m .
l .
( w ith the two mgs qf mund : cf . also AS . sige, Ger . Sieg ,

E ng qui ck ener) i mpeller, en li vener;

. 2 .

The Enliven er, Sa vita r, name of a god, + ud, 1 . hold ou t, endur

e ; 2 . be
selection xxxv i ; 3 the sun, . . able, inf ; kathalh sv i rtham ntanb e,
a
s.

[ V 2 su , how can I ( sc do, prosecu te ) my ow n .

na - v i n aya, a . wi th poli ten ess ; -

a m , adv . ob ect. j
politely . 1 s a h , 1 . a dv . to ge ther; saha na ctad,
sa -
v i ce sa , a .
possessin g distin cti on , ( lis p in co mmon ours ( )
is tha t, i . s . we ll

o wn

tin guished ; -
am ,
a dv. in a distin gui she d tha t together, 97 2 prep wi th, alon g
. .

w ay, especi ally . wi th, w . instr, .

[ cf 2 sa , an d .

sav a
y , a . left, 1 02 1 1
, as m . 1 104
the lef t hand [ prob f
oro r 2 s a h ,
foot,
a l p ow e r fu l ; 2 en dur
i n g, . . . .

os v
y ya
a ( as w o uld appe ar fr th e C hur ch p a ti en t ly be ar in g [ V sa h ] . . .

Slavonic form i nj , sinister and so per s a h a - c i ri n , 1 a goin g toge ther, a c . .

haps akin wi th ( mai ds ,

s ou rce- s, Lat . co mpanyi ng 2 . as m . co mrade .
[ fo r

sea sons, left . 2, cf . sahaya .
]
sav y a th a , a . wi th sorrow or trouble . s a ha j born toge 6,
th er,
a . con-nate, ln
born , n atural .

sav y av r,
t a. w i th a turn to the left, i . s . saha- b h a s ma n , a. wi th the ashes.

tu rn in g to the left .
[ i v r
t] s a h a- v a t s a ,
a . wi th the ca lf .
[ 1 304c ] .

eu -
g i s y a , a . w i th hi s pupils . sa ha - v ah a n a , a. ha vi n g their teams
V (
sa s sasti ) . slee p, slu mber . along, wi th their teams .
[ 1 304c .
]
sa s h m ,
. or n . herbs ; grass . s ah a s , n . su perior pow er; might , 75 11
;
sa sa hd hy a ,
r a wi th the
. morni ng twi vi ctory sahasi , a dv
( wi th vi olen ce .
,

li g ht .
[ hdhyi
sar a
] i . e
.
) suddenly, straightw ay [ see un der .

sa -
sa md h y anc a, a. w i th the eveni ng V sah ] .

tw i light . as - h a s ta , a . havin g han ds .

sa -
sa mb h ra ma ,
a . wi th exci ted haste . s a h n a y a, a .
pow erful [ d ha n 1 212d l ] . .

sa -
rp a , a wi th
sa . a se r
p e n t . s a h h a ra ,
n . a thousan d ; esp a thousan d .

s a s y a, a standi n g . crop ; pro duce of the kin e ; a thousan d, i n the sense

qf a gre a t

eld, grain [ cf sasa ] . . . many , 87 f or constructi ons, see 486 .

s a s y a k as t ra , n -
eld . of g rain .
[ p
pro . on e thousand, 3 sa hasra : w i th
s a sya -
ra k sa k a , m . kee per or watcher ha sra, cf .
-
xi Ao s xu h o, e
xs oh o ( in bend
of the stan di n g crop .
xi h oc ) ,
an d xfh tot,

V sa h ( sahate ; sa s i ha , sasah ; hsahista ; sa b aat a n i t-h a ,

a . havi n g a thousan d
sahi sydte ; so dhh sthi tu m , ao son gs, rich in son gs .
[ ha ,
ni t- 1 93, 1 300a .
]
dhum ; 1 . overpow er, s a h h s ra d a k si n a , a. having s thousan d
4 d ; a s m , sc
'

i ous, 78 ;
be victor - 2 hold . out again st, ki ne as hi s gift or as its rewar . .

wi thstand ; and so bear e n dure pati en tly, ya j ,

iia a sacr i ce at w hi ch such r ew ar d is
32 .
7
given , 87 of person s w ho oer su ch

[ orig .

be pow erful, wi thstand, hold gi fts, 91 [ dak si ni , 1 300a .
]
back, hold cf . the collateral V u gh, s a h h s ra - dv i r [388 ]
c , a . thousan d

take on one s

self, be ar

: cf . fa xes, cm doored .

hold back ( xv , L a x- cv, hold or s a h h ara

qr g ,
i a thousand horned
'
cx-a ,
- a .
-
.
si marthya] [ 272]
si ma rth y a ,
n. ability ; m m kr
,
do one s

pour out ; spri nkle,
2 . esp . se ma
ut most ; stren gth, 41 4 .
[
samsrthm inf undere femi nae 3 .
( like E n
g foun d ) .

s i ma - v ed a, m . the V eda of s i man or asii ican, they cast the foam into ( the

shape of 97 13 cf.
cha nts, ) a thunderbolt, .
[
mp ra t a of n ow , - am a dv. ln pds, AS seon, moisture ;

mih-an


si , a. pre se n t ; ,
- .
,

at prese n t, n ow .
[ sampra t i ,
1 2 08d ] .

lter, ow, Ger seih-en, strain . Church
s am y a , n. equa li ty .
[ 2 sam , Slavoni c stoa ti, Ger . seich-e n, min gere

s an t i f con dition of equali ty orlik e cf also Swedish sila , sa ih la , strain,
y a .
-
.
,

n ess .
[ my ]
si
a . whence En g . sile , drain, strai n,

whence
si h
y , n. 1 . a turning in, goin g to rest ; sil-t, drainin gs, sedi ment ]

2. evenin g ; y i m, a dv at e veni n g
si . .
+ a bhi , l .
pour u pon, sprinkle ; - 2 .

s i ya k a , a . suita ble for hur ling, missile . sprink le in token of consecration, and so

[ V 2 : i , hu rl,
1 1 81
a .
] ( like E ng . anoin t ) consecrate.

s ara ii g a , a. dappled ; as m . an te lope . av a , pouru pon .

s i ra me y a, m descendant
. of the bi tch i pou r into .

Sarama, n ame of certain dogs, 77 , 83

4 1 7 .
+ u i , pour down or in ; se men infun dere
[ m i n i l 21 6a .
] femin ae .

si rd h a , half ; dve c
a . ats si rdhe,
wi th a s i c , j : hem of a gar en t or m
robe.
tw o hundre d an d fty ; si rdhhm, a dv , . si ddha , a. perfecte d ; as m pl . . the Sid

g eneralized, together; as r
p p
e . alon g wi th, dhas, demi gods, w ith super
a class of -

w . instr .
[ ardha : the gen eralizati on of natural powers, esp that of yi n g through .

mg is paralle led by that seen in gi li n J the air .

[ see V 2 sidh, succeed

]
s i v i t ri f i a belon in
g g ,
.
-
,
. to Savitar; si ddhi , j I 1 . success, 36 10 acco mplish
w ith or without r e, a verse to Savi tar,
es
p . ment ( of a wish ), successfu l per
Ri gveda iii 62 1 0 . . 74 regarded as forman ce , 57 attain ment of an ob ect, j
the m ost sacred ( i n the V ) m ag i c po w er e da, an d called 52 u
; 2 .
perfecti on ,
ie
. . .

also gi yatr i 60 [ sav i tiy 1 208b ] [ p ro

, p t he reac h i ng a n aim
V 2 si dh .
.
, ,

s i gru a tearfu l ; saqru adv

,
.
[ 1 1 1 1 c ] hi t the m ar k

1 1 5 7 1 a ] , .
, ,
. .

fu lly w ith te ars in ( their) eyes 54 s i d d h i ma n t a posse ssin g magic power

tear 1 .
, , , .

[m ] o
[ 1 235
s i sta n g a p a t a a havi ng or with an V l a i d h ( sdhati ; aisdha ; , . setsyi

asti gapata q v a m a d v w i th p r o siddh, a ; s dd .

hu m ;
. sfd hy )a -
d ri ve
, off ; . -
.

foun dest obeisan ce . scare away .

s as ii y a , a . wi th impatience ; - am ,
a dv V 2 s i d h ( sidhyati , te ; aisbdha ; setsydti , -

i mpati en tly .
[ asii yi ] te ; si ddha)
- 1 r es ch au ai m, hi t the . .

si ha s r , a. consi stin g of a thousan d, mark ; 2 . su cceed, 18 1 7

be aeco m
mi lliarius .
[ sahhsrss ] plished, be come reali zed, 18 be
si hi yy a , n . c m cc of attendant, a n d so of advan tage , boo t, avail, si ddha,
( like E ng atten dan ce ) servi ce, aid havin g reached one s

hi
( g hest ) ai m hav
m
. .
,

[ m in g attain ed perfection ; esp perfect i n .

V l s i , bin d, see V si . the sense o f having attai ned supernatural

V 2 s i , hurl, in darting alon g, pri

sita

or magic ow r m Siddha, q v
, p e s ; as . a . .

sityaka, missile, and sni , w eapon

[ cf V si dh

]

. .

s i nh h , m li on ; at end qf cpds, the best of succeed asi ddha, !

.
+ p ra , ; f
known , c
n oble or brave cf v i
y g hra the . .

khyayi , I go by the name of M , 47 31

pow erful beast, V sah ] . . .

V si c ( siii c ti
sisbca , sisi ce ; s i n d h u , 1
, te in V , m stream ; - 2 i n V
-
. . . . .

dsicat, -ata ; ssk syhti, te ; si kta; abk a nd la ter , f The Stream, i s the I n dus -
. . .

tum ; siktvr

si cya ; si cyats ) 1 i ll S d
t ;
( n co a in u ll t Pli ny l; 3
-
a app e a us - . . .
 [ 273] [ 1 s u ta

the lan d on the I ndu s an d i ts inhabi tants su - k ft ,'

a. well-doin g, righte ous ; as m pl . .

[ cf the Old Persi an form hi ndu the righteous

. ones xar 1&t is . . the

( in an inscr
i pti on of Darius Hystaspis at departed fathers who e n oy j the
Persepoli s), as na me of the lan d on the rew ar d of theirworks in the world of the
I ndus : hence, w loss of aspirati on, the i suk ti m u lok 8411
.
p ous t , .

classical form lvBJ s ; hence also Persian krth,

'
su -
good dee d, good w orks,
n. a
-

Hind,
I n dia,

and Hin d u sta n ( stan - - sukr
thaya lokA, w orld of righteous
sthi na,

abode, ness, modernized substitute f or the old
si s rk su , a . desirous to cr
e ate .
[ fr .
phra se snkfti
'
m n loki .
[ 88
1 2 and b :

desi d . of V sr
j , 1 038, 1 1 78f : euphony, acct, 1 284a ] .

1 84c su -
k e gi n ta , a. fairlocked -
.
[ 1 304b .
]
V i s vyati sytd i
'

si v ( ; ; - s vya ) . sew . eu - k sa t ra, a. having a good or kind

[p p
ro dd
a cf .V si , s i, bi n d,
.

sli rule ; as m ki n d or graci ous ruler . . k
[ an
ead, shei, trb, 1 304

tra, thr

needle : cf s ac . - ado , b] .

w ars -o a , v sew down, sti tch toge ther, su - k s t ra , n . faireld . k

[ stra , 1 288b .
]

cobb le L at . su-ere, sew, i t or,
su shoe V su k se t ri y a ( san ksstri yati ) . to desire

m ; AS si w ia n, seow ia n, En g sew
ak er

.
-
. fair elds denom, .
f oun d only in the f ol

AS sedm Eng sea m Ger Sa um, he m

.

, .
, . lowing word .
[ snk ae trab 1 059c and

su k se t ri y i , f . desire for fair e lds .

V 1 su ( sun 6ti , sun ut ; sna v a i ; savi syati , [ V suk setu iy ,

a
'

soaytti ; anti ; -
sti ty a ) .
press ou t, ex s u k h a, a pleasan t; . co mf ortable ; as n .

tract, esp . the Soma or ext act ; r su nv dn t, l

p easure ; co mfort ; j oy ; bliss, 58 1
66 ;
7
,
1

asm the Soma presser

. an ti ex tr acted ; p
,
sukha m ,
- en a , ad verbially, pleasan tly,
as m the ex tract.i e Soma j ui ce ,
. .
-
,
with pleasure, in co mf ort happily , ,
w ell
draught of Soma, or easily, etc .
[ cf d
. u kh
h a) .

V 2su or ad ( suv hti ; susuv ; h i vi t ; su k h a d u hk h a ,

- n. w eal or w oe .

sut, si ts - sdtya ) . impel, set in [ 1253b .

]
motion bring abou t occasion gi ve sa k hlu , a. havin g co mfort , bein g i n co m
au thorizati on to ; w loc , perhaps set, a t
. . fort .
[ sukhat ]
RV . x . 125 7 . .
[ cf . Ida , e o s F dtv,
let go, - su k h o ci t a , a. accusto med to ease .

per mi t
; a lps a i ro,
-

the blood shot or [ uci ta, V no ] .

su k h ody a , a. easily pron oun ceable .

u d, impel upw ards ; se t a- goin g, be gin m

[ re J
i -

su k h O p a v i sta , a . co mfortably sea ted.

p a ri , drive aw ay .
[ n pavi s ta Wis ]
V 3 a n , ge nerate, be ar, see V ad . havin g the goin g or approach su - h
g , a.

ad , l a dv [l 1 2l d], w ell ; wi th athi

. .
, stand e asy; easy to attai n ; as n go od path . .

well, i . s. rmly, asseverati ve or em e u g a ta a well con di ti one d, i s havin g - .

-
. .

ph ati c, an d to be rendered i ousl

va r
y . we had a good ti me .

r
p y,
a ui an sva pa, sleep in peace l n -
g at u y i , f . desire for welf ar
e .
[ pr e

wi th u,
n ow , j ust n ow , right soon, 80 ,
1 su pposes . a n oun e cu-
g i tu , w el far e -

74 11
; - 2 i nsepara ble prex
.
( gi
see tu ),
w hen ce t he d e n om . verb-ste m

w ith either a dv. or a d es u i tuya, desir elfar w hence

f orce
f
o
j .
,
w e ll or g e w e

good ; so meti mes i ntens ive ,

as, su - du stara, thi s n oun

ver
y bad to-cross -
.

[ no prob . connecti on su - c i ra , a . very lon g ; - a m , a dv . ver
y

w . well ; see Syd ]
s , h lon g .

s u k u mi ra , a very deli cate . .

[ cf. ku su j an i ma n h avin g good pr odu cti ons a.

mi ra ] orcr eati on s ; skillf ully fashionin g .

s u k u mi ri i g a , j : i, - a . havi n g very 1 a n t i , ppl extracte d ; as m extract ; . .

delicate limbs

h
[ g ]
i h . see V1 an , ex trct .
2 s u ta ] [ 274]
2 su ta , m . son ; su ti , j 1 daughter .
[p p
r0 . eu - b a d d h , a. well or fast bound .

1284


en era te d born, ppl of V 3 su , see V 8 6 [ 1 288b an d a ]
g ,
. .

for mg, cf . sii n d, and Eng ba irn .

( un der s n - b u d d hi , havin g good wi ts ; a s
a. m
.

Bright wits, -
Good w i ts, name of a crow -
.

eu - ti p,
'
a. easily satise d. [ vb] . fr su - b h ag a , a. having a g oodly porti on ,

V 1 tr
p] . fortunate, happy ; esp loved ( by one s .

a u d a rga n a ,
- a . havin g a be au tiful ap husband), 89 1
charmin g ; a miable, 61 1 9 .

pe aran ce ,
han dsome, s ir
-
m ar) l as m Su .
[ bhag a , 1 304b .
]
darcan u, na me of a ki ng, Ebpdw n . s uma k h a , a .
j ocund .
[ perhaps ad

eu - di ma n ,
a . ha ving good gifts , bestow makhaJ
in g blessi n gs ; as m . cloud, as source of su ma g al a f
-
, .
-
g a l i [355b] , a. havin g
rain a nd there w ith conn ecte d blessings, or bringin g good lu ck .
[ m i gal z acct
b lessed rain -
clou d . irregular, cf 1 304b end
2
. .
]
su - d fn a , a . v ery b right or cle a r; as n eu -
ma d h y a ma ,
a . fairw aisted -
.

( like La t . se ren u m) clear w eather . eu -

m n a s a ,
. 1 .
g ood-
hearted, w ell
d i n a t v a, like La t ser i as ) clear disposed, k i d 903
2 ( ha ving good,
su n .
( en t .
; n ; .

w eather; g . s u spi cious or blessed ti me , i a happy fee li ngs, i s ) chee rful ; glad,
. . . .

a lways in the phra se - tv ahni m , in der 78 1 3 -

3 a s j : pl ( the cheerful ones,. .

Glii ckszeit der Tags, i n the happy days . i . e .

) the ow ers; in cpd, 19 [ cf . the

[ 1 239 ] secon d r
p t
a of f
e f- p 0 4 , ste m
GtI -p G'GS,

eu - d i ti , j : be autiful amin g or ame . well

eu - du s t a ra , a. very hard tocross, hard v s u ma n a s y a ,
-
i n ppl sama ns a only .

to get o ve r; ( of a promi se ) ha rd to per ymi na , be in g chee rf u l ; j oyous [ su .

form . manas, 1 063]

1 su d h h, j : ( g ood p lace or posi tion , i . e .
) e u ma h a n t
-
[450b ] , 0 . very great or

w ell bein g-
.
[ ati 1 dhi ] impo rtan t .
[ l 288b .
]
2 su dhi , f ( .
good drink , i . s.
) drink of the su ma h i k a k sa a havin g very great , .
-

g o ds, n e cta r .
[ ati 2 dha] n
( e n closu res i s ) h a lls or rooms ,[ au . . .

su - nk si b h ru v a , a having beau ti
i si . mahi k aksi 1298s 334 , ,

ful n ose s an d c yes and brow s [ f r s n m k a h i i

o u
-
i - - -
. . - a
( a v n g a go
,od se tt ng pu.
-
,

si k si bhr 131 5c), i s . . ni si aksi bhrii i . s.

) rmly stablished .

1 253 ] eu -
n e d b as , a . ha vin g good in sight or

su -
ni gc a y a ,
a. havin g a very rm re w isdom, w ise .

s olv e, ver
y resolu te . su mn a , favor, grace ; w elfare
n .
[ per .

d a ra , i, b eau tiful haps neu ter of an adj eu mna , kindly

j :
su n -
a. . .
-

su n v a , a. Soma pre ssin g -

.
[ V 1 eu ,

press minded
see mna : bu t cf 1224c ] . .

se e an d a ura m ,
. a g od [ p
a e n dan t to asnra
.
,

su p at n i ,
a .
f . havin g a good husb an d . formed by o
p p u lar e tym o logy from
[ pa ti , in the fe m form, since ra, as i f this w er n on-g od
b a - aura ,

an ut . asu - e

the masc . w ou ld n ot be u sed : l 3o4h z cf se e a m a. ]

au -
ra k si t a , a . w ell guarded -
.

'

su- p a rn a, a . w ith good wi ngs ; as m bird

. eu - rat n a , a . havin g goodly treasures .

of prey ; eagle, vulture ; mythical bird .

[ ri tn a, 1 304b .
]
[w .
1 304b sa ra b h i , a. sw eete s mellin g fragrant , .

sn -
p u t ra, a . havin g good son s .
[ pu tt h, su ra b h i s ra g - d h a ra , a . w earin g fra
1 304b .
] gran t garlands .
[ sa rabhi - ara j] .

sd- r t i th i t ro
p p yer l t u s u ra - s a t t a ma , m pl the best of the gods
p a s a , a. se p . . . .

i [355b ] a ura

su -
p ri v ,
a . very zea lo u s [ 1 288b . .
] .
f . spiritu ous, and es
p . distilled,
ad -
p ri t a , a . w e ll pleased .
[ l 288b an d liquor; brandy ; liquor .
[ V 1 an ,

express

12841 - cf 1 ants. and soma ]

. .
 [ 27 s]
a ri , a .
( ro
p p . impeller, inciter, i s . .
) he + u d, - 1 . cast ; hurl ( a bolt) ; -
2 pour
.

w ho en gages pri ests to perform a sacrice out, 3 . cast o ; lay down ( a

for his own benet and pays them forit, corpse ) ; 4 let .
go, 3 5

a sacrice- master; the sa me as maghavan sa m

d , let go , discharge u .

and the later y j

a ami n a [ V 2 eu .
, + u p a , ( hurl at, and so) plag ue, dis
i mpel,


tress, vex ; adi tya upaar stas, se ri huni , .

l ry a , in the sun selection xl ; the Sun

.
,
.
, the sun vexed by Bahu, i . s . ecli psed.

p ersoni ed selection xxx iii si r

,y j, : 1 .
-
. + vi, I . throw away, 2 dis .

m go from the hand, i s ) lay

l 2 h
the Sun pe r s on i ed as,
a f e a e ; t e . charge ; ( let . .

hymn of Suryi s w eddin g RV x 85, selec

,
. . down, mid , w v i cam, let go the
.

tion lviii [ i r s v ar ( a
.i r ), . voice, ie . . br
eak silence by sayin g
s ut yi - v i d, a. kn owi n g the Surya hymn, 1 003
; 3 . create , f57 3
, o . s i m le ver
p b .

BV . x . 85 . sa m ( let go , together) mix .

, uni te .

V s r( ai sarti ; m ila -
snare; k arat ; sa a r
j vbl. creating Wild )
m
. .
, ,

;
risyi ti ; r t han ; W i ; r ; s st 4an ) ( M rpati . m i t pt ; -
r
ai rayati , te) o
. run swiftly, gli d e ,
ow ;
ca us act. set in moti on [ cf 6p
-
p i)

ru sh sr p t v i ; -s
tp ya ; d arp sati ) c reep crawl ;
m
. . .
, , ,

ous moti on

onset, sprin g, w hence cp , rush on g li de ; u se d of ge n tle an d ca u ti .

0 444, spring N e w , spr

i ng alt-vs , [ cf. c m
p ,

creep, go

; L at .
psa er
-
e,


leaped L at . sali re, spring cf aaras,
.

cr
eep ; repere, rep ere, -
cree p, rep ti lis, - -

pool,

sarit,
strea m ,

and, for the root
creepi ng

; AS . seal ] ; En g . salve, so

wi th l, sal -
ila,
owing

an d

ni d, i . s . named from i ts sli pperin ess , lik e aarpi s
and sr
pra see these ; cf a lso , . tps - -
e n s an i d
an u, run or go afte r . Lat . ser
p ens , snake no connecti on w .

a pa , go o ca us remove ; tak e . ou t . En g . sli

p] .

av a g o down , in s v asat a . + ud, creep out or up ; r

ise ; desid wish .

i , run un to ; run . to rise .

u p ,
a go un to , a pproach . u pa , go gen tly un to, approach ge n tly .

n i a, go ou t ; ca us . drive out or aw ay .
+v i, 1 . move asun der, di sperse ; -
2 .

+ p ra , go forth ; ca us stretch . forth orou t . move about .

+ sa m ,
1 . ow together; - 2 .
go sr p r h a slip, p e r
y fa t
.t y ; sm o o th i
[ ip
v s -
, .
,

abou t, w ander, sa m intensi ve, 1 077b en d ; 1 1 88s ) .

esp . wan derfrom one existence to an other 1 s n i f a , m i ss il e ; w ea.

po n [ 7 2 st .

( of the soul ) . hurl l 1 77a ] ,
.

a r ,
k a as .
perh p
a s missile , lance . 2 s n i f li n e
, of b attle ; . ac i es ; ar m y .

rg l m j ackal [ i f

a
'

a i aki n w i th a t i u r ro w ai pa rt in g

m
,
. .
, , ,

4v i ( Br i 4 0 ; m i sf i t lm ai ; h i k o f th e ha ir

: f r om th e se a ro ot on d ra w

m
. . ,

i t t m ti 4 0 ; I n t- 6 ; stu n ; . a str ai ght li ne may per

haps be in fer red ] ,

mt ; rv i a jy a ; a i s r
-
k s a t i ) 1 le t lo o se s e r sy ,a a w i th j ea l o us y ; a.m a ds w i th . .
-
, .

( fro m th e ha n d ) d a rt h u r l ; th ro w ; 2 j e
, alo u sy [ sa ,ir sy ]i . .

let go pourout ( streams rain ), discharge ; VI s e v ( svate ; sisv a, siaev ; aevi syati ;
, ,

3 let loose ( herds ; 4 spin or twist

.
) - .

( co rd or gar la n d ) ; 5 ( di s ch a rg e f ro m s ta y yb - th e a
pp o yqi
.
f t ;
2 sta y . .

one s self c f 5 7 1
, an d , s o ) p roc re. at e , e n b y a nd s o ( li k e E n
g w ai t u p )
o n serve or ,
.

ge nder; create . en ce, 30
rever 3 . devote on e s self
1
+ av a, . shoot o ( arrows ) ; throw or to ; practi ce, [ no connec

put in, -
2 . let loose ( strea ms ) ; tion w a lBop ac, . reverence,

see V tyaiJ
loose ( from a bon d ), 78 deliver over, u p ,
a reverence ; be devoted to .

84 ; 3 ( like E ng colloq let slide ) let

1 9 . . . ui be devoted to, i s cohabi t wi th . . .

pas s unnoticed, for i v

g e, sa m , practice .
 [ i at
v i gh

s ov a n a , n .
practice [ h em ] .

as v a, f . a ever
serving or r encing .
(i n v, down scald , ca d-la ,
d h a, m shoulder sk an . .

s ai n i k a , a belonging to an ar
. my ; as m s k a n d h a - d e ga , m region of the . .

soldi er; champi on or ghter [ 2 sea t , shoul der, i e sho ulder . . . .

1 222s 2 ] . s k an d h a s , n ramica ti on ; branches of .

ab d a k a, a . wi th w ater, con taini ng w ater .

[ udaka, 1 304
c .
] s t an a , . east of a w oman
m the br .

ab n a , nu .
- 1 . extract, esp . of certain sta b d h a , a . immovable, rigid, sti .

speci es of the As clepi as fami ly, see 705 m; [ V stabb , 954,

Soma, both literally, and also personied as sta bdh a - l o ca n a , a. having i mmovable,
a god ; as pl Soma draught 2 the .
-
. i . s. unwinki n g eyes.

moon, see 70 1
5
[ V I -
n , . sta b d hi - kr, make rigid or stiff ( as if
l o ma -
p i a. Soma drinkin g ; -
as m . dead ) .
[ stabdhg

Soma drinker - . sta bb or sta mbh ( stabhni ti ; tasti n

a o ma -

p y ,
a n. a drinkin g of Soma ; do t .

in or
derto drin k the Soma, see 1 21 30, 982 .

[ acct, l272a .
j mak e rm or steady prop or uphold ,

a o my a ,
a. having to do w ith Soma, i . s
.
, ( hea ve n or ear t h ) ; 2 m i d becom e . .

as i n. Soma oerer; pl the M an es, 84

-
.
13 . rm or immovable or rigid ; sta bdha ,

[ masb , 121 2c ] . i mmov able r i gid [ cf av ly vh ov olives , . .

-
,

l au d a ma n i f li ghtnin g ; prop f qf an
, . .
, .
p resse d ha rd oil ca k e " ( pB euv m a l ,
- -
,

sai udEm m of a rei eu stamp

ad
j of the rain clou d tre at collateral for

. ana ,
-
, ,
-
,

clo n} a nd mp

ud bor -
to be taken in its ad j on , ead ; En g
tr . sta . for conn ecti on

sense, as epi thet o f vi dyut, at

[ see ofmgs cf ,
. lps lba ,
make steady or rm,
su di mau and 1208a .
] x rm ,

ai ub h a g a , n . happiness .
[ subhtgg ud, prop up .

1 208f ] . + vi ,
- 1 r
p p
o asu.n der, 7 8 1 - 2.

s au b h a g a t v a, n. condition of happi ( mak e immovable, i s ) bring to . . a stan d

n ess ; w eal and blessin g .

[ ai ubhagg still, stop, 6 ill

1 239 ] sta mb h a , on . r
p p,
o P ,
0 colu mn .

a aub h ag y a , n . happiness, esp . con ugal j

felici ty, 89 char min gness , 2 5 .
[ au i eta ( ati ynt) . be stealthy .
[ see stout ,

bhtsa ( 1 21 1 , 1 204
c) see its mgs ] .

a au my a a 1 of or relatin g to Soma ; at i y u m thief

,
.
-

. ob i 1 1 65 : c f t i d , . .
, .

Soma 2 ( moon lik e i s ) havi ng V at i h sti i n dti

g ( ) p.r ocee d s tr id e ; e sp
-
,
. . .
, .

a mild and kindly in u ence on senses and pro cee d a g ai nst a ttac k [ c f s lxo ,
. .
,

feelin gs a nd so mild gentle ; , 3 mo pr oc ee d m a rch g o in lin e

r
, ar e ly
-
. .
, , ,

sing ai m ya m m
. 0 gentle sir 61 M o u n t, u p C h urc h S la vo ni c st ig gn ti , , ,

has ten oot is wi de-spr

the r ead in Ger

manic bu t often show s a specializati on of

,

mg proceed upw ard ascen d climb cf

, , ,
.

AS sag a n whi ch often means simply

.
-
,

a au v a rna , a. golden .
[ suvarna, l 2o8f .
] proceed, go , b u t also ascen dere, an d

V ak a n d ( akAndati ; caakanda ; i nn i t ; even descen dere Ge r steig-en , mount

.

wy s r a step to climb by,

up AS . s -
,

dya ) intrans dart, spr

. in g, spurt ; dr op, . En g . sta ir; AS stigel .
,

step or steps for
be spilled ; fall [ cf a xd vb a h o v, t rap . .
-
cli mbing over a fence, En g stile , AS

. .

stick

G F ll f
mountin g rope, Eng

'

( cf er a s , tr ap p
, i t . all, w .
- d ig rap,
- sti-rap,
-
.

f n a en, and stu mblingblock

; L at . stirrup ; Ger Stag res] ; .
-
stirrup

; AS .
 [ 27s]
AM P, stem Gra sp,

stigend, rising or sty, En g stg, sw ellin g ver r i of

.
y un ce ta n : .

( on eye for chan ge of gh to i in Avestan star, L at stella , asterla , Ger .

-
.

presen t, cf 1 61 .
1 an d Stern , AS steorra, Eng sta r see also . .

p ra , get ahead in attacking, succeed ti ri ]

in one s attacks, -1 1
. s te n m thi ef [ V ail ]
a, . .

v s t u ( stauti sta te ; tustsva, tn a t o k a, 1 m drop ; 2 . . . as a dj . s mall ,

st a v e ; astauai t , astosta ; astavi t ; insi gnican t .

[ aki n with stdki ,

tuft
stavi syati, -
te ; stosyati , - te stuta from these, a roo t sa tu , drop, dribble,
stotu m; stu tv i ; -
stutya, - st ya ; sti run together, he compacted in to a round
yate ) p rai se ; e
.x to l ( g ) ; stuvan t,
a od mass, may perhaps be inferred : for mg

( prais in g,
as su bst ) w o rsh ipp er . . 2, cf. En g dribble w driblet ]. . .

+ p r a ,
1 p ra i se ;
2 brin g forward. . s to t f m ,
.
p ra i se r ( of a go d ),
w orshi pp ,
e r
as ob ect of j mention or sub ect of j con sin ger .
[ V stu , 1 1 82 a ] .

versa ti on (f : La t lau dare r

, p op p raise, c ma m praise song of praise stu
. .

s to , .
, .
,

but also men ti on

a nd so - 3
gen eral 1 1 66a ] . .

ised, in troduce, begin s t o ma v rd h a n a a delighti n g in

.
-
, .

at uk i f lock or tuft
(,of w ool or.hair) p r ai se [ acct .
,

[ se e st ok a ] a.t ri f w om a n fe m a le in di vi dual .
, ,

a t ; ( str ai ti stupi te in mg 1 in V eda m 4

'

w i fe pp o
o
f p u
'
i na e
g 1 0 9
[ p ob
r

m
, , , ,
.
, . . . .

eta statute, in mg 2 ; tastin g , ta for out , gen eratrix ,

t sin, 1 1 82
atar ; astari t 0
[ ]
9 0 starisyate ; st r
ta, s tr i k ama
-
, a . e for female
havin g desi r
s rna [957b ]; st r a,
tv stirtv i ; '
tya,
- st r ( children ) .

at irya ) . 1 . strew, esp . the sacricial at h , in cpds

- 1 . obl
stan di n g ; a nd so, .

88 1 7 spread 2 lik L a lized like E ng sta n d, b i d

str ( ner (

aw , ; ou t ; . e a t .
ge e s tu a te .

sternere ) overthrow ( an ene my ) . si tua ted, staying, being 2 . so meti mes ,

[ cf . av dp vv m,
-L at -
. ster-
n -ere, strew , perhaps, su bsta ntivel ,
y p la ce ( li ke E n
g n oun .

spread ou t ; pa g e , ( li k e Eng p
s rea d) . stand, in g st ,
o- ha aa dha - stha .

beddi n g,

pap py i) , -

bed, L at strd men ,

.
-
[ V athi 333 : meti mes stha
so -
,

straw ,

storea , straw mat ,

torus, aste r-u-s, s th t la , n. dry lan d ( a s app . to w ater),

bed AS . strea - w , streo-w- ia n, Eng stra w, . terra rma, Fest-lan d ; sthali ,

j p
: lace .

sthi

str v ds, L at [pr b akin tha t w hich sta nds

e ad ; w
'

ew ; strei-tus, bespr o
v
'
o -
. . .
,

( via ) stra ta ,
( w ay ) be spread wi th stones,
i . s.

pav ed,

whence borrowed AS . strat, ath i i ra , a 1
v rm, . . thi ck, massy ,

En g . .
street Old L at . stlii -
tus, L at . latus, sturdy ; 2 full grown , .
-
old ; as m . old

spread ou t, spreadin g, a nd so broad, man .

[ from athu, collate ral form of

wi de ;

see also un dern oun st i ] n V sthi , 1 1 88e : for mg 1 , cf . En g y, . stea d

anu , co ver o ver . cognate w . sta n d, and cf . athi ra ; for 2,

i , spread ou t . cf En g o
.
f lon g s ta n
.d in
g] .

u pa , spre ad u pon , spr

e ad as a cover; s th i ti
( st ha ti , te
[6 7 1 , 749 -
4 ; tasthi d,
as techni ca l ter m of the ritua l ,
with or wi th ta sth ; batbat, as thi ta sthi syati,

out aj ya, pour the sacricial butter over -

te ; athi th ; ath i tum ; sthi tv i ; -
sth 5ya ;
( g
e t
.he han.d ) so as to mak e a coati n g, sthi yhte ; sthapayati , te -

1 stan d, . 807
,
87 5
,

p ra , sprea d out . stan d still, 701 9 21

; remain stan d

at t[37 1 12
, ti raa, at fbhi a], m plura l only .
,
. in g ; 2 . stand by ( a frien d ) ; hold out

the sta rs .
[ if fr . V atr
, w e may i n terpret faithfully, 2 5 5
,
63 1 3 1 4
; 3 re mai n , .

the na me
meanin g ei ther ( a ) the as

w ai t, abi de , 39 pa ss .
,
i mpers

li ght strew ers or ( b) the scattere d on es
-
,

, sarvai h sthi yati m , let all remain , 24 1

those that are

spread ou t

over the v a u lt atra athi yati m , stay here , 3931
; 4 .

of e main
heaven ; but the
con n ecti on w . vst ris r or be in a condi ti on, con tinue in
athav arata j [ 280]
s t h i v a ra t a, f . con di tion of bei ng a

plan t . stan d, is . . standin g- place, and in Ger .

a t h i t a, 1 standing
a. .
( as app . to goin g,
lying ), 2
( of an i ma te an d ina n i . V an ( i ti ; sasn i u;
i su sni syati, -
tc ;
mate beings ) standi ng in a place ; abi d math ; sni tum ; ani tv ; n i ya ) bathe ; .

ing ; athitaa ( supply, as is often necessa ry, perfor m a relig ious abla tion, esp . at the
so me f orm qf V as , was abidin g, i s . . end of reli gious stu den tshi p or of a

abode, situa te d bhi ta la sthi ta m , vow .

[ orig . uni or an d ( so nth ; athii )
being on the earth, t.e .
,
si mply , on the of . V m in ( " casual m ; Lat -0 7 6 4 7,

swa

.

earth, i mpera : athi ta m , it was nd re swim : see also underni t ]

-

,

wai te d by i s ( he ) wai ted, . . a n t a k a a who has per formed the , .

3 existin g ; presen t, 6
. ab la ti on customary at the end of relig ious
- 4 bein g or remainin g in a situation
.

or con di ti on ( f
c : V athi which is ex sn i n a , n. a bathing, religious ablati on .

pressed : by an ad j . i n the sa me case, 1 3 1 K alli ,

by a n ad v ; tathi , ; kah athito tra, i n a - ci l a , (

26 1 h i b
.

I n a . av n g athin g as a

w ho ( is ) bein g here, i . s who i s her

. e, 49 ;
7

[ l 3o2 ] .

afte rconcealin g himself ( w as) re maini ng, sn i yi n , mi ng religious ablutions

a. perfor .

i s
. . kept hi dden , so Nani , 268 ]
upa vi sthi ti a, w aite d si ttin g, 43 an i y a f a l si ne w 25 7
[ perh aps
-
g ya , . . .
,
.

li gament from h i or si


hind ligt r, e ,

, ,

mahi n , wi th w hi ch the in tellect, pervad q v if

. s o it
. . i s formed fr om the pr esen t
,

in g all beings, stan ds , i s wi th w hi ch it . . ste m sini ( see 1 1 48 8b an d cf san va ) . .

,

constan tly pervades all bei ngs, abbr e via te d to mi wi th su x u ( l l 78b ) ,

[ppl . of V athi , 954c: cf . w a- v d s, L at

- . an d in ter
p osed y cf Old Hi gh .

sta - tu -s
,

stan ding, set for mgs above, Ger seamed , Ger Selina, AS sins , Eng
. . . .

cf . V athi ] sinew , w hi ch poin t to a Go th n am es .

at h i ti , f .
1 . a stan di ng ; 2 a re main . that M and its older eq ui v. sun-v an

in g by a thing ; a nd so 3 devoti on to. e vi ated

e abbr
ar forms ( for sinS w ould
15 ; 4 ( like La t
1 7
. . statu s ) con appear fro m the Germanic cognate s ] .

dition ; an d so 5 way, method of pro

. sn i yu han dha, -
as. sinew-hand, i .e . bow
cedure, 7
26 . Kathi , 1 157 1 a, cf 954c ] . . . strin g .

K migdha)
'

at h i n , cb . l standi ng, in cpds. athi , V an i h ( sni hyati ; .

- 1 . be
supple, greasy, moist ; an d so 2 stick .

s th i r , a. steady ; steadf ast, rm ; to, is, . . as in Eng , be attached to, be .

als o
f
o persons, 99 ; 7
en during ( mi ght) of , fond of .

[ V athi ,
1
1 1 88 , cf . e z formg cf
954 , an d , n . colla teral
f m qf si
o lm . surface.
sn eha ,
m .
- l . sti cki ness ; 2 vi scid . an d

V ath i l form qf athi ,

, assu med a s colla tera s mooth stu ; oil ; fat ; 8 . attach men t ,

cf athvira,
.a nd see under V ans

[ V snih z for connecti on . love, frien dshi p .

a t h dna, 1 1 post, pillar [forostul na, fr of 1 and 8, see mih ] .

- .

V astul or s atal, an ex te n ded form of V s p a g, oldsr f om qf i l pag q v u

V esta, Skt sthi : cf Ger Stolle ( n ), Old V s p rdh ( spat dilate ; paspr
.
-
dhb ; spar . .

Hi gh Ger stollo, astol no, prop, post .

-

av iiA- os, pillar these w or ds , lik epost, ceden ce a mong one another; e mulate ;
M an, Doric " 4M , prop, post, presup

strive.
pose the root in ca usal mgs, cause to l pt d h . f rival 3 opponen t ;
stan d, ( ) k ee p fr

om fa i
lli n rs
e
g p p a

V -
[ ps ldh
m m
. . o
,

up, an d ( b) se t up, as a pi llar: the r

oot V 8p
m ( mew . 40 ; su ;
 [ ]
281 [ itan :

spri ksit, u pr
ksat u praksyt ti ; spr st ; tion, hand down see the i mportant word
sprastum spr stv i ; -s
pfgya ) tou ch . . an tti
+ u p a ,
- 1 to u c h, r
eac h to, .

RV 1 25 7 ; - 2 no apas, touch water,

. x . . . . handed down by smr ti or taught by
techn ical term for symboli cal puricati on, tradi ti on ; and so - 3 declared to be .

by di ppin g the hand in a dish, by rinsin g passing for re garded by tra

the mouth, or by w ashi ng, 1 04 word di ti on as to be va riously para
f or wa ter to be understoo
'
d, phrase d ; m i r o
g y a m r
t a s, thi s i s,
w e

m
s p ra s t av ya , grdo . to be touched . are tau h
g t, the path, 21 ; called, 22 ,
7 5

[4em . 241 -1 57 0 .

V r or sphr( sphurati , - te ; dspha r memorable works

sphn it; [ cf p i p-p ap a

. (ry,
e

sphurit make a qui ck or j erky .

ai m anxi ous thought, care d
ap W P, -

motion : dart, trans ; wi th the foot,

- 1 . . emember
r er,
witness p i xel s, car
e for
kick ; 2 dart, intrans ; twi tch ( of the
. .
m ild ew , hesitate, delay, be goin g to
eye, arm) ; - 3 ( of the li ghtni ng ) ash . . do ;

L at . ue-mar,
r
mindful
; memoria,
[ for es
pr q
, u i ver, j erk, ki ck , utter memory mara -
, hesi tation,
cf d o ralp o ,
. str uggle convulsi vely
- '
(-
as vi , forget .

a sh j ust out of w ater ) ; L at spe mere,

. s mrt i , f .
- 1 . emembr
r ance ; -
2 tra
.

lam;


ki ck aw ay, rej ect ; Eng spur, goad

. di ti on ( see w adi ti on w hi ch is
tr

with the heel ; spat n,
-
kick away : see han ded down and accepte d as authorita
also underpar a h ] . ti ve ( ex cept
qruti , dened, see

p ra , shake, tremble . note a w ork based on such tradi ti on ; a

s p h y a, m . wooden splin ter, shape d lik e a law book -

.
{V m in]
knife and as long as the arm, for use at s mrt i qi l a -
, dual n. tr
adi ti on an d habits
( h abi ts i n collective sense, ie
. . usage ) .

s ma , encliti c and slightly asseverative pa r [ 53a ]

1 2 .

ti cle, 79 1 7
, 6 8
; acco mpanying a verb which ay i [499a], pron t
f y i . that ; c . .

is in the present tense but has the value of a VI a y a n d or syad ( sydndate ; sasyand6

p ast, 12 31
; esp la i ned at 7781) yi n ; m m Gy m
and b . syi n ttu m; syattv i ; run ( of

i smi ( m 6yate ; sis miy ; asmayista ; ani mate beings an d of ui ds ) ; ow .

smi ta; smitv i ; -

s mi tya ) . smile ; smile abhi , ow unto .

bashf ully ; blush . ci

[ u\ o
.
msst84
)s -
,

fon d p ra , ow forth or aw ay .

of s miles ,

ste m a m bu , as in Hesychian sy on a, a. soft ; mild ; tender .

m it es, s mile m sti a c, s mile L at . s r k v a , m . cornerof the mouth ; mouth ,

"ai m mi rdri

, w onderful, , w on der f
( or j aw s .

mg smaya,
, cf . w onder Mi ddle High s ra g v in, a. wearin g a wreath .
[ araj ,

Ger smi e-r-en.

, s mie l en, - -
s mile Eng . 1 232 ]
s mile ,
s mirk ] s ra j , w rea thf
, garl
.an d ajj ,
mg 4,
.
H
v i be astoni shed .

twi st, j ust as AS e B, Eng wrea th, fr .
'
. .

s mi t a a s miling ; as n
[1 1 76a], a s mile AS wri lia n, Eng writhe, twist ( under

mm
.
, . . . .

[ ppl of V ault ] .

s mi t a - p urv a , previ ously smilin g, s rav a n t i owin g str m

a. , f .
( water), ea .

wi th a s mile . f
[ or irreg order, see .
[ ppl . of 4arm]
V s ru ( sri v ati ; susrtva i ; tari vi t ; sravis
4am: ( amarati ; sasmra ; smarisyati ; yati ; an ti ) .
1 . ow , stre am ; 2 .

smr t ; m artum ; smr tv i ; ow or trickle aw ay, waste aw ay, become

1 re member both keep in mi nd and
.
, lost, [ cf . i
p ,c p rw, L i thuani an
ta e -

call to min d ; 2 call to mind i s han d ish sruth, stream

ic, ow, Ir cf
-
.
, . . sra v-
j e .

down by memory han d down by tradi , also Church Slavonic stru- a ,j str
ea m ,

 Ger Stro m, En g strea m, wi th t between
.
- . sva - d h a rma , m . own du ty .

s an d r ( see u n der uara an d s vasr ): 1 av a dhi , j : - 1 . w on t, habit, cu sto m ,

further p e ap a , strea m L at Ric mo, 7 6 7

; ru le ; lacs ; -
2 l accu sto med
p ac e
- -
. .
,

The Ri ver,
old n a me of the Tiber: w . home, M os ; - 3 .
( w on te d con diti on ,
i a
) . .

a srav
- -
a - t, cf . Fppee, cl - a eF- e- T
p J comfort ; j oy ; bliss ,
83 12
; pleasure, 73
s rd c , j : one of the large sacri cial ladles svadhi m anu n as , accordi n g to o ur

( as long as the arm), of w hi ch there are pleasu re, i . s . exactly to our w i sh, 73 1 8
;
thr
ee, j uhii , u pabh r,
t an d dhruv it, see sv adhayi and svadh bhi s : in won te d
1 02 11
1 1 . used for pourin g ghee in the wise ; w i th pleasu r e , gladly ; ( gladly, i a ) . .

ee ly, 84 m
r
e .
[ aki n lsru ]
w s . . willi n gly , fr 12
[ cf ( Ga s,

custo ,
. .

ara v a m . . a s mall sacricial lad le ( a cu bit M os,

w onted place, haun t, d

-
a O a, -

a m se
long ), for dippin g fro m the pot
u sed an d custo med AS si du Ger Sitte,
.
,
.

pourin g in to the m e [ a ki n w i sm . . .
) 2 sv a d h d, f sw eet drin k ; esp . a li ba ti on
s rb t a s , n strea m U m ,
1 1 52a ] . . . of ghee to the M anes [ pe rha ps f
.o r
sv a - 1 .
pron . ad
j . ow n ; my own , 2 su dhi : for the e tymology, cf sv a .

7 3 1 9
, 78 13 2)
thy ow n, his dhi adhayat, he dran k the s w ee t

own or hi s, 4 17
, etc .
; her, thei r drink s,

RV .
]
1 4 ; i ndefi, on e s i

o wn or each ( ) his own , 3 sv adh van t, a. -
1 .
( ha v in g his w on t,

own , 5 8 as
, ften a t the beginning
very o i . s .
) k eepin g to his cu sto m faithful , ,
con

of c
p ds: my , his, etc . sta n t ; -
2 .
( havi n g b li ss, i . e .
) blesse d,
thei r,
9
27 ; ou r, e
tc .
,
see f ollowin
g words ; [ 1 sv adhi , 1233 : see mgs l
-
2 . m kin sman , friend ; - 3 ( like
. . an d

i tman ) ad h i t i , m f
2
on e s self, see 51 3 one s n atural sv . . ax e .

self or condi tion ; - 4 . a .

( like Goth . sves ) V sv an ( sv anati, -
te ; saav na i ; As van it,
possessions, property .
[ cf . 663, w eir d -
s, As vi ni t ; sv ani td ) mou
. n d , resound, roar .

and 8s, ll, by , and a tpds, own ; Old L a t [ cf L at ; Old L at soun d son- it,

. . . sonus , .

sovo s, L at: sun s,

-
s, A S
ow n ; G oth sve

-
. .

soun ds

; AS swi ns ia n, soun d ;

.

En g .

sw s,

own

; also i, a pi , L a t . s, Goth . swa n, so na med from i ts son g ; si mi larly
si-k, Ger si oh, .
-
in Ger the . cock is ca lled Hahn ,
a na me

sv a ka, a. own ; hi s own, etc .

; equi v . to akin w L at . . ca n-e re,

sin g

ci . Ha mle t
sv a . [ sv a , 1 222a ] . i 1 1 60,
. . the bird of daw n i ng
sv a- k sa t ra , a .
( havi n g self-rule, i . e .
) sv a n a, m . soun d ; roar ( of wi nd ) .

free .
[ V sv an .
]
sv a -
c ch a n da , m . ow n wi ll .
[ chan da , sv an as ,
n . roar .
[ ]
do .

V n p a ( m pi ti su v ri ve
s v a c ch a n ( by i ts own da - v an a j i ta, a . ds vapsi t ; s vapsyati ; su pta
[954b ];
w i ll, i s ) spon ta neously wood grown , i s
. .
-
. . sv aptu m ; a
p y at i ) sle e p; suptv i ; sv i

g ro w i n g w ild i n the w oo d . fall asleep ; sa pta, sleepin g ; ca us pu t .

V av a j ( sv a ate j ; sasv a j ; svaj i sydte ; to sleep [ cf L a t so or,

p

sl eep . w . .
-
.

cf

L at sbp ir slee p

caus .
, . . e, pu t to se e

e mbrace . also un dersvapna .

]
+ p a ri , e mbrace . u i , go to sleep ; ca us .
pu t to sleep .

V av a d ( svadati, te ; sasvad ; evi tta;

-
p ra , fall a sleep ; prasupta, fallen
sv adayati, av i dayati ) 1 act mak e . . . asleep, asleep, sunk in sleep .

sa v ory, season ; g . make agreeable ; sv ap a s , a . havin g good w orks, i s w on der . .

2 . mid . be savor
y, relish, intra ns ; .
- 3 . ki n g
w or .
[ ad + apa s, I SOt
-
h ] .

mid . re lish, tra ns ; . tak e plea sure in .

[ ci . sv a p ii f .
perhaps besom .
[ perhaps

ii,

cl - a Fad

dab dy es, p es se, aor
l i st s oabe, for cleani ng w ell for in
'
-
e, su - p : va

please d

; 580ml,

rej oice ; see also place of n, cf . 2 svadhi : for mg , cf .

un der sv i du .
] pav ana .
]
sv asth a ] [ 2343
tainin g the w ord sv asti, 1 06 3 .
[ svasti na tin
g that the author agrees with the vi ew

ayana : acct, 1 271 : wi th -a

yana, cf. f are or method mentioned 1 01 1 03 1 5 1 0
,
5
,

ver common at end o hal laim 7 15

y f fc ;
-
,
4
sv a - s th a ,
a. bein g in one s n atural con esp aftera 3d sing per
.
j ! 9 10 ; 3 .
,

di ti on, self-con tain ed, healthy, w ell . so iti ha, co mbinati ons iti
av i das, n. agreeableness, in pt t -av i das . hev i ca, he sai d, 61 18
; so hev i ca ,

w ad, cf. i des ( sic), Doric hocus, 95 13

, 96 [ thi s w ord appea rs
hbos, also as g ha in the V ed a : cf.
7 0, Doric 1 a ,
sv i d d , a. tastin g good, savor
y; sw eet . encli tic asseverati ves ] .

w a d, q v ,
1 1 78a : . . cf . Doric h a ns a, m goose, gan der; perhaps applied
.

W FdBv s, L at sviivis, -
. os va dv- i-s, AS swte, . a lso to the sw an an d lik e w aterfow l .

Eng . sweet. ] [ prob a c on so na n.ta l s tem , tran sferre d

sv i d h y i y a, m . the r
eadin g or r
e peat ( 399) to th e a dec l en si on , an d so or ig -
.

ing to one s self, stu dy of the V eda ) . e
gba he : cf .
xiw, Lat . a ns-er, Li thuani an
[ bri n ] i gei-s, I rish goss, Ger Guns, . AS gds, .

sv mi
i - k i ry a , n masters busin ess .

. En g goose : even the s of agha ns may b e
.

s v tt mi k u mi ra , m the L ord Kumi ra, derivati onal ; cf AS ga n d ra , aga n ra ,

- .
- - -
. .

n ame of Skanda, god of w ar, see ki rtti En g ga nder; Old Hi gh Ger ga n a zzo,
. .
-

gan der ; AS gawe t, Eng ga nnet,
. . se a

sv mi g u na m rulervi rtu e
i -
,
.
-
.

s v i mi n m own er proprietor master

, .
, , ,
h a t a, see 954d .

lord ; opp of servan t subj ect w i fe [ s va .

, , .
, h a ty a , n . slayi n g .
[ V ha n , 12 1 3c an d a

own ,

( mi ddle ) , cf . 954
d .
]
sv i mi -
sev i , j : the servin g on e s

mas ha n ( han ti j agh n a i [794d ]
ter . hani ayati ha th [954d] ; hantum; ha tvii ;
av i mi - hi ta , n . mas ters welfare
.
.
hhtya ; han yte ; j ighi nsa ti
sv i rt h a , m . own aairor cause .
[ artha . ] 1 . strike ; strik e down ; s mi te or slay,

v i hi ex cl . used when making oblations, 7 09

, etc . kill, 28 5
, etc .
; me ;
o verco

hail, w dat , the end invoca 2 destro , brin g to

. . at f
o an y . n ou ght ;
( o f
ti on, like Amen , 99 1 3 . darkn ess ) di spel, - desi d . w ish to
V av ( id svdate ; svi dyati , -
te ; si evid ; smite or a i ct,

svi nn a) . sw ea t .
[ svi dyi mi ibis ,
sw eat

; ha ta, 1 . s mi tten , slai n , killed,
m

cf lbos, lb p s, sweat, 18 in ,
. sw eat - - 2 . destroyed, ruin ed ; lost, 27
L at si d re, sweat, den om of osild a-s,

-
Q 1
; 3 po un d ed
j
. . .
.

sw eat

; si d or,
-

sweat

; L ettish sw i drs, [ w ith M mm i,
cf Galvan, . so - ,

smi te


sweat ; AS . n oun swat, En g . swea t w .
j a- ghn - us, cf . Lars slew w .

observe that though there is a word for hath, egbe ta, cf cpards, slai n w ghan h, . .

sw eat

co mmon to most In de-European q v .
, a sla i
y g
.n ,

cf My e r,

sla u g hte r

; w . .

ton gues, there is no such common w ord ha ti, -

a s mi tin g , slayi ng,

cfOld Hi gh
.

for be
Ger gun d, AS gi li, igun ii, ba ttle

AS

- -
. . .

s v e c ch i j 2 own will ; svecchayi siS a na , Old High Ge r un df a no, battle

g f
'

accord i
g
-
.
, ,

ag ; fr the last form ( n ot fr the

i n g to on e s inclin ati on , at will .
[ lechiu ] . .

sv d a , m . sweat . through the Fr en ch, comes Eng gonf a non , .

a lon , for mg of gi li, cf Ger schlagen ,

g f

on . .

s mite , slay,

wi th Schlacht,
battle for
ha, encli tic and sli htl assever
g y ati ve part icle, sen ses un der 1, observe that AS . sleds

in the V eda , 78 15, 7 91 2

, 92 13
; in the ( w hen ce En g . s a l y) means
mi te
s

an d

B riihma nas, a nd ver

y q en ( so
p g a es then a lso

95 1 03 15 ( quotation om a B ri hman a ) ; ava , strik e down ; br in g to n ought .

in the Sittras, to be sur e , of course, desig i , strik e u pon ; hurl ( a belt) upon ( lac .
 [ ]
285

so. adhi ); mid . ik e

str ( one s

thi gh with lord of the coursers, i s . . I ndra, see hari .

one s han d ) .
[ hs. lza&1
u d, force up ; uddhata r
aised . h a rmy t , n. a strong building ; dwellin g .

u i , strik e down ; slay. h a rsa , m .

j oy. [ r
V h s] .

+ p a ri , strik e ar
ound ; m n a certain deadly poison enco mpass . h a l i h a la , . . .

+ p ra t i ik e back at strike k b v a at call [V hr

'

str , a] , . .

ansx to broach ( ou a h a v a n j , f m
'

agai n st so as to tr sacricial ladle [p p

ro fe , . . . .

lan ce ,
of a substanti val nomen agen tis ha v ana , ,

+ s a m s trike ,tog ether; ( f the eyes )

o V hu l 1 60d the sacrici ng instrumen t ]

. ,

close ; uni te combine ,

h a v i sma n t, a havin g an oblation ; as m
. . .

hi m vbl . slaying, slayer, in cpds .

[ V ha m] hav i s n. oblati on, w hi ch, as gift for the

h an t a , inter j ecti on come ! go to ! .

gods, is o er ed w holly or par tly in the
h a n t a v y a , grdv to be slain , occidendus . . re ; generally, grain ( parched, boiled, as
[ V ha m porridge, or as baked cake ), milk in
h a u t t, m slayer, destroyer [ V ham]
. of all . divers forms, fat, and best
V h a r ( hi rya ti ,
-te
) be grati ed, tak e So m a [ t , 1 1.53 ] .

p le asu re ; tak e p lea sure i n a nd so, k a v y a , n obla ti on [p p g

ro r d v . . .

rendum, t , 1 21 3 ]

desire, long for [ perhaps a transfer ( see .

761 9 and b ) from the yh-class, wi th h i v y a , grdv invocandus

.
[ V IIIl , 1 2 m ] . .
-
. m
chan ge of r
p p y
o erl a n h a v y s v ah
accen t, a andcar rying the offer
so - .

irregular pass to V l hr ,

take ( reg i n g ( . to t h e g o d s ) ; a s m o b lati on bearer . .
-

hriyate ) ; for the mg, cf Eng be taken, ( us e d o f A g )

n i , se le ctio ns lvi , lx vi . . . .

i e be charmed, an d hara 2 : some take V ; j ahsg j ahas ; basi s

- te

. .

V har as representi ng I ndo European sghel y a ti ; ha si th ; hasitu m; hasi tv i ;

-

(ghwel), an d conn ect it w . also ,
will, laugh .

Eng wi ll ; cf
. . also V 2 vr] .
p ra , laugh out, laugh .

+ p ra t i , long for, enti ce . v i , laugh out .

h a ra , a .
-
1 . taking, recei vin g ; 2 ( like h i
. ss , m laughter
. . V h
[ as .
)
the Eng . carrying away, taking ) cha m hi s t a , as. hand ; ( of an elephan t ) trunk ;
ing ; 3 . carryi ng off, removing, destroy ( of a ti ger) paw ; at end of c
pds
[1 303 5
l

i ng as m Hara, the Destroyer,

. a na me en d ]
, having in the han d .

of Civs , 5531 .
[ V l hr, see i ts mgs ] . h a s t a - g th y a , grd taki n g by the hand . .

h i ra na , a holdin g [ hr
V 1 ,
. . h a s t a - g ri b h , a grasping the hand . .

h ara s , n grip ; esp the seizing or devour

.
[ acc t ,
.

in g power of re [ V 1 h r , h a s t i n , a havin g han ds ; so mr

.
g i . t h e . .

h i ri , a fallow, pale yellow, yellowish ;

. beast wi th the han d, i s trunk, V edic . .

g reeni sh ; as m da ( of E ng p air of bay s, d

. es i gn a ti.o n o f th e e le
.
p ha n t ; as m e
. le .

i s bay horses ) the fallow steeds, esp of

. .
p h a n t ; H as t in , n am e o f an a nci en t ki n g . .

I ndra, his coursers [ g r r

V s h , sh , be
[ h a s t e q -V -
J .

yellow,

is inferrible, but quotable : h a s t i n ap u ra , n
not Hasti ni pura, a town .

cf .
x AD ds, p gre enish yellow xadn , o n t
-
h e Ga n e
g ,s home of the Ra m s, sai d
verdure L at . helas or holes or olus, to have been foun ded by ki n g Has tin .

gr
eens, vegetables helm , grayish [ p
cf un -
J
yellow

; AS geolo, Eng . .
yellow ; also h a s t i r i -
j a, m . elephan t kin g, leader of

gal-
d ( cf . a herd of elephants .

h a ri t, fallow , yellowish ;
a. as j : fallow h a s t i - sn i n a , n abluti on of an elephan t
. .

mare, esp of the Sun-god . .

[ g r h:
V s h s V l hi (j ibi to j ahb ; i hi sta ; hi s
un derha ri : 383d yte ; hi nt ; hi tum) . move, intrans , .

h i ri v a n t , a. having fallow steeds ; as m . run away, yield .

v2 h a] [ ]
286

V 2 h a (j hi ti j ahi d ; ahi si t tar

y; - 3 . as n. welfare, safety .
[ V l dhi
hi syhti ; hi ni
'

[957a] ; h istum ; hi tv i ;

put,

954
c : - dhi ta i n V eda : cf . an ds,
N yato, hiyate ) I leave, i s : . . . .

q ui t ; lea ve i n the lu rch,

82 1
; d esert, h i t a k a m a ,
-
a. wi shin g one s

w elfar
e,

86 ; leave be hin d,
1 3 aban don , cas t w ell w ishing -
.
[ see ki n a J
o ; lay asi de, reli nquish ; - 2 . h i t e c ch a, j : desire for the w elfare ( of
hi yate, be forsak en or lef t behind ; fall another ) .
[ cchi ]
i
short or b e decient ; become deci ent, h i t o p a d e qa , m . salu tar
y i nstruction ;
e ase ; dete r
decr ed,
i orate, be lower Hi topadeca , na me of a collection of

hi n 1 . forsaken ; 2 ( like Eng . . fables .

[ upade a
g ]
aban don ed ) vicious, low , low li ved, -
h i ma, m . the cold ; winter .
[ the ste r
n

-
3 . at end f
o c
p ds, aban doned by s xqua,

win ter, appears in xiy a po s, li t - - .

i . e . desti tute of free from [ cf . w in terlin g, i -

. e . a one wi n terold or
-
y ea r -

ling goat, named xipapos precisely as i s

i
x pi aq , (
-
forsak en ) desti tute ,
x pa -
,

widow ; La t fa mes,


.
-

lack, the dia lectic Ger E in w inter, a on e w in ter .
- -

+ p a ri , - 1 . forsake ; 2 .
pass . be old goat

; cf. t
x paapa,

she- goat, chi me ra
;
lacking, decrease ; co me to an en d, see see si milarnames un dervatsa : cf . further
-
xqso in baa Xm a s, ver y w in try
-
L a t
"
.

v i , leave ; v ihi y ,
a passing over .
-
himu in bi mas , ebi himu s, of tw o Wi n te rs - -

ment mv

hi , excl. f
o pa in or a stonish .
[ 1 1 35a .
] or years ; also xc v,

sn ow , x
'

b i ry a , grdv to be taken away or stolen win te r ; L at hiems,

. .

[ V l hr, seize ,

963 3b ] . b i t a ny a , n go ld [ ak i n w ha ri , q v ] . . . . .

h as i n , a laughing [ V lvas ,
. . h i ra ny a g a rb h a, m frui t or sci on
- . or

h as y a , grdo to he laughed at ; as n child of the ld i of

. .
go
( . e . the g olde n

laughter; ridi cule [ V has, 963 c ] . . egg, 57 Hi ranyagarb ha or Go ld scion , -

V h i ( hin ti , hin ut ; j i ghi ya ; Abi isi t ; na me of a cos mogon ic pow er the persona l ,

hesyati hi ta) . set in moti on , drive, Brahman , 91

impel . V h i d ( V edic f orms [Whi tn ey 54, 24 03
]
p ra , send 03 or aw ay ; deli verover . hlan t. hlnmi na : j ibi la , j ihi l ; hi lita
h f, p article . 1 . asse vera tive surely, Epi c, hlami na ) be . an gr
y ; be incon
veri ly, in deed, 23 91
, 28 1 5
,
si derate or careless .

35 31
,
83 1
, etc .
; -
2
.
gi vin
g a reason h i n a, V 2 hi
see .

because ; for, etc .

, 53 , 70 ;
2 1 1 -
3 w . . hu (j u h b ti , j akute ; j uhi v a , j a hv e
interroga tives, pray, 1 1 1
, 13 1 4
; -
n ite verb shi u si t ; hosyati ; huta; hbtum ; hutv i )
hi [595d], 7 ; hi h r
l l3 r i in to the re ; and
accented w . 2 never a t beg .
pou n to t e e, cast

of sentence . so oer make ob lation even of thi n gs

V h i ns ( hi nhsti Jr hi nsa ; thi nsi t; n ot cast into the re ; huta: offered ; as

hisi syati ; hi nsi ta; hih situm ; hinsi tv il ; n . oblation .

- bi naya ) . hurt, harm, slay .

[ perha ps, [ orig . s
gh u : cf x ,i v . axe ras,-

pour ;

orig .
, desi d . of V han , see 696 ] xv-A
d s,
o

liquid, j ui ce w . hu -
ta, cf .

harming, inj urin g

h i s as , j : a .
[ V hi s, xv - rJ s,-

poure d w . i hu - ti , cf .
XlI
'
-
U t S,-

l l4

9] .

a pourin g,
L at . ti
- -s
,

w aten po t
h i ns ra, a . harmin g ; as m . a savage or further, f ons, stem f ont f
s ov-ont , , pour
cru el man .
[ V bi ns , l 1 88a .
] in g , i e

. .

foun tain

h i t a, pi ,
ad
j 1 p u t.
, se t ; p lac ed ; an d
. . wi th the ex te n ded form aghud, cf L at . .

so 2 r
p ge n an tly ( lik. e E n
g i n plac e ,
i s . . . Vf ad in f und-ere,

po ur, A S ge6t d a , Ge r .
-
.

in the right place, a nd Ger gelegen, .
gi essen , pour prov incial En g .
g ut,

lyi ng ari ght, i s t, con . . w atercourse -
an d En g gut, w . . li k e
v enien t, agreeable ; yadi tatra te hitam, sense, in Gut of Canso ] .

if i t sui ts thee e ; advan ta ge ous, salu

ther 5, oer in abut-a : o er
ed ; lai d
h rsita s ragraj ch i n a] [ ]
288

antly, gladden .
[ for ghrs : cf . Lat horr . sacr
ice ; observe that the older word is

Ere, a ltars ere, -

bristle, shudder ; hirsi tus, ahu ti . V h
[ u,
bri stly, rough herdeans, -
Ger Gers-te, h ra d t ,
. m .
pool, lake .
[ cf . V hli d ]
barley, so called from its bristly

caus. ] h ra s ( hras ati, -
te ; hrss itt , hrast .

become less ; caus dimin

+ p ra , give one s self up to j oy e xult hri sayati )
m
.
,

r h r d li h t d l d ish [ w hrb -i i n l f l

p a e g e . g a . s y s, .ess,
c xs o
p ,v .

for the mg,

hrsi t a s ra g j
ra oh i na , a having . unwith exipej w , worse, an d

ed gar lan ds an d free from dust [hr

sita cf L at detero,
dEterior,
'

er lessen,
-
. . .

w .

ara j rsj o- hi na ,
u
het , m 1 . . ro
p p . an impeller
, and so h rad ( h ri date ; h r i dit a ; h rsd s y a ti ) .

occasi oner, cau ser, occasi on , ca hates,

use ; soun d ( of dr ums ) ; r attle ( of st o n es or

lik L cause) on a ccoun t of ; tri dr b [ f r h r d f df

( e a t . en .
y on es ) o s
g a .: c s a x a o , .

hetos, from fear; 2 r eason, ar gum en t,

. se a -
xM Bj ,
a -
soun d ( of li qui ds , breakers,
p r oof ; 3 means, [ V hi.
, l 1 61 a
] . rain ), ne xu s-
6s,
resoun din g

( son g of

h e t u gas tre , n reason book, rati onal

- .
-
vi ctor
y ) ; AS grBt a n, .
-
obsolete En g greet, .

isti c w ork ; di alecti cs cr lamen t db-pa, n oisy moun tain

.
y, xcp
h e ma or hema n, n. g d
ol . torren t see hri duni ]
h e ma n t a, m wi n ter . .
+ s a m, strik e ( intra ns .
) togetherso as to
h e l a, j : carelessness ; levity .
[ for heli , rattle ; caus. cause to rattle .

from V hi d, q v ] . . h rad un i , j ! hail-stones, hail .

[ so called

h ai ma , a golden . .
[hema, 1 208f ] . from i ts rattlin g soun d, V hri d : xdha fa,
cf .

h ot r, m . 1 pr
.iest,
chi ef pri est, w hose s
xahaB-
a, j Church Slavon ic grad , L at .

assistant in oldest times w as the adhv ar ra ndo, ste mgra n d-i a

g ,

yu ; Agni ,
as the chi efest hotr
, 693
,
V hli d ( hli date ; hli day ,
ati te ) -
. cool

-2 in the highly developed ritual, the rst
. o, intra ns , refresh on e s self ; ca us
. . cool

of the fo ur chi ef pr iests, see rtv ii [prop orr efr es h, tr a ns . . .

offer er ,

from V hu , o e r b u t the sense h l a d a k a , j
: - ik i
,
a . coolin g, refreshi ng .

of in voker, na turally suggested by his V hl d 8 d l
]
[ 1 1 1

i ,
a n a

function i n the ritua l, w as popularly asso h l i d i k i v a n t , a rich in coolin g [ from . .

fem of hli da ka , substan ti vely t]

ci ated with it an d the wor d thus conn ected .

wi th V hii , v h v r ( hvhrati, te ; shvi rt ; hvr tl ; -

h o t ra, n oerin g, sacr

. i ce, both the action hvi rayati ) g o crook edly ; ben d ov er, .

a nd the thi ng oered V i

.
[ n , 1 185a .
] fall .

ns , m
h or . a pouring into the re ; oblation ; tur
+ v i , fall ; caus over n. .
 EXPLANAT
IONS AND ABBREV IAT
IONS .

CI TATI ON 8 .

All nu mbers efer to the tex t of this Reader

below 1 07 r , w hi ch is ci ted by page and

line ; thus, 7 99 mean s page 79, li ne 2 When still more preci se reference is needed, the
.

line i s designated by
of a an d the secon d by b
rst half .

All numbers above 1 07 refer to the secti ons of Whi tn ey s Gramma r

. Observe,
efer
however, that r en ce is occasion ally made to grammar-
section s pr
e cedi n g 5 07,
1 an d

that the word

Whitneyis then prex ed to the nu mber to show that the Grammar is
meant The.
grammar-secti on s sometimes ha ve sub di vi si ons un marked by letters or
n umbers In r
. efer ring to these, a s mall super
ior n u mbe r is used, an d desi gn ates the

r
( yp g p
t o a hi ca l) p ar a ra
g p h as coun te d from the last lettered or n u mbered subsecti on .

Thus 330 refers to the paragraph begin ni ng PL : n om voc .

-
. 371 1 b
egi ns wi th
From sti come

1222 wi th
The accent of derivatives l 222c 2 , wi th
I n the

SI GN S .

The root sign ( V ) i s prexed

- to roots and quasi roots to -
catch the eye or as an
abbrevi ati on . I t is also set before denomina ti ve verb-ste ms , although these are of

course in no sense roots .

The plus sign -

is before prep ositions with w hi ch
se t v erbs appear in co mpositi on
an d befor
e certain other e lemen ts used as pr exes .

A star ( ) t
a si gni e s tha t the w ord or ste m or root to w hi ch it is pr
e xed does not

actually occur in that form .

A half pa re n thesis
-
on its side ( ) v
is used to show that two v ow els, w hi ch, for
the sake of clearness, ar ri n te d wi th hi tus in vi ola ti on of the rules of euphonic
e p a

co mbinati on , sho uld be combined accor di ng to those rules .

A hyphen i s so meti mes u se d to avoi d the repetition of an ele ment of a co mpound ;

thus in the ar loka , p 285, para stan ds for para -loka
ti cle . .

I n Greek w ords, the old palatal spirant yod is represen ted by j , pron oun ced of course
as En glis h
y A very. few Sla vi c an d L i thua ni an w ords occur,
i n w hi ch the ac tu al or
ori ginal nasalins ti on of a vowel is den oted by an inverted comma, thus , , An glo-Saxon
39.

s: has the soun d of a in ma n .

ABBREV I ATI ONS .

I t is hoped that most of these, if not all will be found self-explaining To preclude .

any misunder stan din g, how ever m l te h t f th abbrevi ation s i s gi v en be low p 293
, a co p e s o e ,
. .

But certain abbr eviations an d w or ds are used in an arbitrary way and requi r e

more explan ati on

than i s gi ven in the list .

When both the letters, m and n , follow a . . ste m , they mean that it shows both
masculine an d n euter case -for s. m 0
 [ 290]
An
e tc . followi n g a efer
r en ce that stan ds a fter a certain deni tion signi es that

the w ord is of co mmon occurr

ence in that meani ng .

The e vi ati on
abbr [do .
] is used to avoi d epeti ti on
r of identical items in the square

brack ets at the en d of articles ; for ex amples, see the three w ords followi ng abhi vi da ,

P 1 1 9 .

The ety mological cogn ates are usually introduced by the conventional cf. this

impli es that the w ords w hich the r compar are akin The fact

e ader i s hi dden to e .

tha t tw o related w ords are co mpared i mplies as a rule only that they ar
e radically akin,

an d n ot that theirforma ti ve su xes are identi cal . Thus wi th anta is co mpared English
end, although this cor i ctly only
re spon ds str to the Sanskrit secon dar
y derivati ve antya.

So asthan , barley, an d as are radi cally i denti cal, though not of en tirely paralle l formati on .

On the othe r hand, where i t is desired to call a tte n ti on, not to radi ca lly kin dred

w ords, b ut to w ords ana logous only in metaphor or in . transfer of meani ng , the brief

p h rase,
for m g , is u se d ; an d thi s i s to be un derstood as sta n di n g for the phrase ,

for a paralleli sm in the developmen t of meanin g, compare,

or , for an analogous
in stan ce of transition of meaning, compare

.

Specially i mportan t refere nces to the Gr a mmar ar e mar k ed by the w ord see

thus un der ni ri yana ( p special atte ntion i s ca lle d to 5 1 21 9, w hi ch show s that

.

this w ord i s a si mple patro n c of nara, an d is not w hat the text ( at says it is, a

compound of ni ri . ( yams .

GENERAL ARRAN GEMEN T OF THE V OCABU L ARY .

The orderof the articles is strictly an d solely a lphabeti cal ( see below ) . Respectin g
w ords w hose alphabetic place chan ges w i th theirinection , the follow i ng remarks may be
made forb eginn ers .

All noun s, w hether they be substan ti ves oradj ectives, are given un der the ste m . In
order to k now the ste m, a pre limin ary s tu dy o f the more importan t paradigms and rules
of euphon i c co mbin ation is necessar y T hu s the . no m sin g ri j a mus t be look ed for
. .

un derri j an , an d the ace . sin g . ni ma un derni man ( Whi tn ey , b ut nalo, as stan din g

for na la -
s ( 1 75amust be look ed for un dernala The stems in rorarare en tered
, .

i n the form r The stems of the perf act ppl an d of the primary comparati v es are
. . . .

g i v e n a s en d i n g i n v ans an d yi s The ste m s i n at or an t are gi ve n i

.n the fuller form ,

ant an d si milar
,
ly those in man t an d vant and the femi nines of these and of the i n ste ms -

e n ot gi ven sin ce they ar e alw ays made in an ti or ati ma ti v ati i ni

'

ar , , , , .

All verb forms mus t be sou ght un derthe root Thus i si t will be den ed on ly un der
'
-
.

the root 1 as an d n ot in the alphabe ti c place w hi ch the au gmen t gi ves i t un der ,

lon g 5 L ik ewise preposi ti onal compoun ds of verbs wi ll be found un der the roots ( see
.

and not place in the

un der t h e alphabe ti c
r
p p
e osi ti on T h e be g inn er is a dv ised .

to mak e himself thoroughly familia rwi th the li st of prepositi on s ( 1 077 ) at the ou tse t .

Of the verbal adj ecti ves an d n ouns ( Whi tn ey, chapte r x iii , p 307 on ly the . .

gerun di v es ( i n y a, tav ys , an d ani ya ) have been gi ven regularly i n alphabeti c place .

The parti ci pl e s i n t a an d u s are

gi ve n un derth e root s ; bu t i n som
u su ally
e cases, w here
they have assumed a di stinctly adj ectiv al or substan ti val color in g or have an incon
v eni ently large variety of meani n gs and us es, they ar e trea ted at len gth in alphabeti c

place ; such, for example, are r ta, hrta , gata, j ata, ni vr

tta, bhi ta , sthi ta, hi ts , etc .

Gerun ds wi th a or su ( e g a- citva) are of course treated i n alphabetic place

. . .

Such adverbs as are merely case- for s m of su bstan ti v e or ad ecti ve j ste ms , ar

e

ge nerall t
y o be sought for un derthose stems . Those from pronominal stems ( e g ki m, . .

tad, yad ) recei ve separate treatmen t .

 [ 292]
Meanings which ar
e synony mous or nearly so, ar
e ated
separ by co mmas ; those

dashes and g u r
es The colon is often used to show that several meanings

t h m i b f r r h rd b d b r

''

on p 268
.
, un der can apa , t e ean ngs e o e , ne a , a y, an y a e

co-ordinate, and are equivalent to in the pr ese nce or neighbor hood of cf a w are-a . .

The arrangemen t formatterin heavy bu ckets at the en d of articles is : i n the case

allied la nguages ; and third, words showin g a develop ment of meaning analogous to that
shown by the Sanskr i t word or illustrati ve of i t If the derivation of a simple word is .

not given, i t is because i t is un kn own or too uncer tain to be worth men ti oning I n the .

case of secondary derivati ves, the primar

y is gi ven,
w i th a reference to the secti on showin g
i ts treatmen t . The analysi s of compoun ds is ofte n indi cated by a hyphen ; but i f one
member en ds an d the n ext begins with a vowel or di phthong, the la tter memberis gi ven
in square bracke ts at the en d of the article ; cf nalopi khyi na . .

Where w ords of dierent languages are given together, separated only by commas,
the denition given after the last applies to the m all ; or ,
if n o den i ti on is gi ven , the

English w ord in i talics at the end is both a cognate and a deniti on of all at the same
time ; forexamples, see ( k sa asta, rna .

The references to the Grammar may see m too nu merous ; but they ar
e r
eally a

device foravoiding the fr eq uen t repe ti ti on of exp lanati ons w hich w ould otherwise have
to be giv en in full I t would tak e half
. a doze n lines to explain the etymology of
manmatha ,
for instance but the referenw s to an d 1 002b make this needless
cf the
. references un derdaridra, i u
gg , sunv a .

I t often happens that the sta te men t in the secti on r efer red to does n ot dir
ectly cover

the poi nt ai med at in ci tin g i t ; b ut a momen t s thou ght w ill show what is mean t Thus

.

un dersashk ri nti, efer

the two r mpared mean that the derivative su x is
en ces to be co

ti an d that befor
, e i t the r oot vow el sners the sa me peculi ar chan ge that is seen in the

p ast p a rti ci p le U
. n der sa rhyaton driya r eferen ce i s made to 1298 whi ch states that ,

po ssess i ve d es c rip ti v es ar e very much mor e common than [simple ] descr ipti ves of the
same for m
. The real point of the reference is plainly not to brin g out this fact but to , ,

show the begin ner in w hat catego ry o f co mpoun ds thi s w ord belongs So 1290 states .

that other compoun ds wi th adver bia l prior member s ar e qui te irr ly accented
egular

but the secti on is ci te d, e .

g.
, un der sa dha- mi da , to i ndicate that thi s is a descr
i ptive
compound ( see the headi ng of the precedi ng right hand page 441 ) in which the rst -
,

me mbe ris an adverbial e lemen t wi th the function ( of 1289) of an adj ective Many roots . .

form verb-ste ms in aya but wi thout causati ve signica ti on ; this is briey indicated by
,

the re feren ce 1 041 9 I n the case of secon dary derivatives i n v ant, mant ti and h a. a
.
, ,

st aple reference to one of the sections trea ting of these endi ngs ( 1233, 1235, 1237, 1239)
 L I ST O F AB B RE V I A TI O N S .

ve .
o s s s i nn iti ve .

in tens . intensi ve .

accent
mm
.

active, acti vely.

ad ecti ve, ad ecti vel .
j y j irre gularly, irr e gular .

adverb, adverbisl. Latin .

lite rally, literal .

loca ti ve .

0 0 0 0 0 asseverati ve.
metaphorically metaphor , .

meaning meanin gs , .

no te .

no mi nati ve .

n umeral .

relative.
cor opposed, opposi te.
compoun d , co mpounds . Optati ve .

dati ve . ori gin ally, ori ginal.

denomin ati ve passi ve, passively
v
a
. .

deriv , der
. i derivative, derivati ves . parti cle .

desi d . desi derati ve .

pe rfect .

forex ample .
per so n , personal .

encl. encliti c .
plural .

English .
po ss i b ly .

equi valen t .
pa rti ci ple .

especi ally, es eci al

p . preposi ti on .

an d so for th . r
p sent
e .

exclamati on .
probably, probable .

femi nin e .

an d the followin g .

guratively, gurative . whi ch see .

from . regularly, regular .

future . Ri gveda .

Sutra .

i
sub stan t ve, substan tive
ly
.

superlative .

sub voce .

impe rfect . tran si tive, transiti vely .

impe rson ally , impersonal . U f . . u nco mbined form or forms .

i mperati ve . vb l . verbal .

i ndica ti ve . V . V e dic, V eda.

i ndee lin able . v oe voca ti ve.
indeni te . w wi th .
 [ 292]
M eanings e syn onymous
which ar or nearly so, ar
e separated by co mmas ; those
which di er considerably from each other e separ
, ar
ated by se mi colons or by full-faced
dashes gures
an d The colon is often used to show that several meanings
w hi ch follow i t an d ar a ted
e separ by semicolons are co-ordin ate wi th each other. Thus
on p 268 .
, un der aam i pa 2b , the meanin gs be for e, nea
.r, hard by, and by are

co-ordin ate, an d are equi valent to in the presen ce or neighborhood of cf suvareas . .

The arrangemen t formatterin heavy brack ets at the en d of arti cles is : in the case
of pri ma ry deri v ati v es rst th e r oo t from w hi ch t he w o r
d com es, wi th refere n ce, if
m
, ,

n ecessar y, to th e se c ti on g i vi n g th e su x of d e ri v ation ; second, cognate wor ds f rom

alli ed lan guages ; an d thir d, w or ds showin g a development of meaning analogous to that
shown by the Sanskr i t w ord or illustrati ve of i t If the der ivation of a si mple w ord is.

n ot given, i t is because i t is unkn own or too uncer tai n to be worth men tioning I n the .

case of secon dary derivati ves, the primar

y i s gi ven ,
wi th a r
e ference to the secti on show in g
e atmen t
i ts tr The analysis of compoun ds is often indicated by a hyphen ; but if one
memberen ds an d the next begins wi th a vow el or di phthon g, the lattermemberis given
in squ are brackets at the end of the arti cle ; cf naIOpi . khyi na .

Where w ords of different lan guages ar

gei ven toge the r, separa ted onl b
y y com es,

thedeni ti on gi v en after the last appli es to them all ; or, if no deni tion is given , the
Engli sh w ord in i talics at the end is both a cognate an d a den ition of all at the same

time ; forexamples, see ( k sa asta, rna .

The references to the Gr ammar may seem too numerous ; but they are e ally
r a

device for avoidi ng the frequen t repetiti on of exp lanations whi ch w ould otherwise have
to be gi ven in full I t would take half a dozen li nes to explain the etymology of
.

manmatha ,
for instance ; but the referen ces to 1 148 4 an d 1 002b . mak e this needless ;
cf . the referen ces un derdaridra, i u
qe , sa nv a .

I t often happens that the state men t in the section r efer ectly cover
red to does not dir
the poi n t ai med at in citin g i t ; b u t a momen t s thought will show what is meant Thus

.

un dersar hkri nti, the two references to be compared mean that the derivative su x i s
ti , an d that before i t the root vowel suers the same peculiar chan ge that is seen in the
past partici l
pe . Un der sar
ir
y a ten dri ya refer
ence is made to 1298, w hich states that
possessi ve descr
i ptives ar
e very much more co mmon than [
simple] descripti ves of the

sa me form .

The real poin t of the reference is plainly, n ot i n g out thi s fact, but to
to br
show the beginn er in w hat category of compoun ds this word belongs So 1290 states .

tha t other compoun ds wi th adverhial prior member

s are qui te irregular ly accented
bu t the secti on is ci ted, e g , u nder sadha mi da , to indicate that thi s is a descripti ve
. . -

compoun d ( see the headin g of the pr eceding ri ght han d page, 4 41 ) in which the rst
memberis an adverbial ele men t wi th the fun ction ( cf
. 1 289) of an ad ective
j . Many roots
form verb stems in -
aya, b ut without causative signication ; thi s is briey indicated by
the reference 1 041 9 . I n the case of secon dary derivati ves in v ant, mant , ti , an d tva, a

si mple reference to one of the secti on s treating of these en dings ( 1233 , 1235, 1237, 1239)
is put in stead of a repeti ti on of i mi tive
the pr .
 [ 292]
Meanings which are synonymous or n early so, ar
e separated by commas ; those

whi ch di er consi derably from each other, ar

e separated by se micolonsby full-faced
or

dashes and gures The colon is often used to al meanings

show that sever

w hich follow i t an d are separated by se mi colons are co-ordi n ate wi th each other. Thus
on p 268, un
. der sam i pa - 2b t he meanin gs before, near, hard by, an d by are

co-ordin ate, an d are eq uivalen t to in the presence or neighborhood of cf suvareas . .

The arrangemen t formatteri n heavy brackets at the en d of articles is : in the case

of pri mary deri vati ves rst th e r oo t from w hi ch the w o r
d com e s, wi th r
e fere n ce, if
m
, ,

necessar y, to th e se ct i on g i vi n g th e su x of d e ri vation ; second, cognate wor ds f rom

a lli ed lan guages ; an d thir d, w or ds showing a development of mean ing analogous to that
shown by the Sanskr i t w ord or illustrati ve of i t If the derivati on of a si mple w ord is
.

n ot given , i t is becau se i t is un kn ow n or t oo u n ce r
ta i n to be w or th m en ti on in g I n t he .

ca se of secon dar y de riv at i ves , the p rim ar y i s gi ven ,

wi th a referen ce to th e se ct i on sho w in g
i ts treatmen t . The ana lysis of co mpoun ds
indicated by a hyphen ; but if one
is often

memberends an d the n ext begins with a vowel or di phthong, the lattermemberis gi ven
i n square brackets at the en d of the article ; of nalopi khyi na . .

Wherew ords of dierent lan guages ar e gi ven together , separated only by com es,

the deni ti on gi ven after the last appli es to the m all ; or, if n o deni ti on is given , the
Engli sh word in i talics at the en d is both a cognate an d a deni ti on of all at the sa me
ti me ; forexamples, see ( k en asta, urna .

The references to the Gr ammar may see m too nu merous ; but they ar
e really a

devi ce foravoidi ng the freq uen t repeti ti on of explanati on s w hich w ould otherwi se have
to be given i n full I t w ould tak e half
. a dozen li nes to exp lai n the ety mology of

manma tha ,
for instance ; b ut the references to 1 1 48 4 an d 1002b . make thi s needless ;
cf the references un derdaridra , i u sunv a
.
cg , .

I t ofte n happe n s that the sta temen t in the secti on r

eferred to does n ot directly cover
the poin t aimed at in ci ti n g i t ; b ut a moment s thought will show what is mean t Thus

.

hkri nti , the two

un der sar mpared mean that the derivati ve su x is
referen ces to be co

ti an d that before i t the root vowel suffers the same peculi ar change that is seen in the
,
-

past parti ci ple Under sar

. hyatendriya r e feren ce is made to 1298 w hich states that ,

p os ses s i ve d escri pti ves a re v y much more common than [simple] descripti ves of the
er

same for m .

The real poin t of the reference is plainly not to br i ng out this fact but to , ,

show the begin ner i n w hat categor y of compoun ds this w ord belongs So 1290 states .

that other compoun ds wi th adver bia l prior member

s ar
e qui te ir regularly accented
bu t the secti on i s ci ted e g un der sadha mi da to indicate that this is a descr
,
. .
,
-
ipti ve
,

compoun d ( see the headin g of the pr ecedin g ri ght hand page 4 41 ) in whi ch the rst -
,

memberis an adverbial elemen t wi th the functi on ( cf 1 289) of an adj ecti ve Many roots . .

form verb-ste ms in aya bu t wi thout causative signi cati on ; this i s briey in dicated by
,

th e re fe ren ce 10 41 9 I n the case of secon dary derivatives in v ant mant ti an d tva a

.
, , , ,

simple reference to on e of the section s trea ti ng of these endin gs

( 1233, 1235, 1237, 1239)
is put instead of a repe tition of i mi tive
the pr .
 L I ST O F A B B REV I ATI O N S .

0 0 0 0 . i nn iti ve .

instrumen tal .

s o s s o o s inu nl i ve .

accen t . interrogative .

acti ve, actively. intransi ti ve, in tran si tively .

ad ecti ve, ad ectively.

j j
adverb, adverbial.
adverbially .

aorist .

metaphorically metaphor , .

meaning meanings , .

. oompare . n ote .

neu ter .

comparati ve . nominati ve .

conj un cti on . numeral .

correlative. opposed, opposi te .

compoun d , co mpounds .
optative .

dati ve . originally, original.

denomina ti ve .
passi ve, passively .

derivative, derivatives . particle .

desi d . desiderative . pe rfect .

forexample .
person , personal .

81101 . a s o a en cli ti c .
p lu r al .

s s 0 English .
possibly .

equi valen t .
pa rtic i ple .

esp . e speci ally, es eci al

p . pr e p o s i ti on .

an d so for th . pr e se n t .

exclamati on . probably, probable .

f , fem
. .
pr o n o u n , pron ominal .

an d the followin g . properly .

gurati vely, gurati ve . whi ch see .

from .

future .

substanti ve, substan tive

b .

superlati ve .
s o 0 .uh 7 009 .

impe rfect . transi tive, transitively.

impe rsonally , imper
sonal . u nco mbined form or forms .

i mperative . verbal .

i ndi cati ve . V edic, V eda.

i ndeclinable . v oc. vocati ve.
i nden ite . w wi th .

For abbrevi ati ons of titles , see n ex t p g .

a e
 [ ]
292

Meanin gs which are synonymous or n early so, ar

e separated by co mmas ; those
which di ffer consi derably from each other, are separated by semi colon s or by full faced -

dashes an d g ures The colon is often used to show that several meanings
w hi ch follow i t and ar e sepa ra te d by semi colons are co-ordi n a te wi th each other Thus .

on p 268, un dersami pa 2b , the meani ngs befor

near hard by, and by ar
'

. e, .
, e

co-or dina te, an d are eq uivalen t to in the presence or neighborhood of cf mm .

The arrange men t formatterin heavy br

ackets at the en d of articles is : in the case
of p rim ary deri vati ves ,
rs t, t he r oo t from w hi ch the w o rd com es, wi th r
e fere n ce, if
necessar y, to th e sec tio n g iv in g th e su fx of d e ri vation ; second, cognate w or ds f rom
allie d languages ; an d thir d, words showing a developmen t of mean ing analogous to that
show n by the Sanskrit w ord or illustrati ve of i t If the derivation of a simple word is .

n ot given , i t is because i t is unk nown or too uncer tain to be worth mentioning I n the .

case of se con dar y deri v ati v es, the pri mary is gi ven,
w i th a r
e ference to the secti on sho w i n g
i ts treatmen t . The analysis of co mpounds in di cated by a hyphen ; bu t if one
is often

memberen ds an d the n ex t begin s with a vowel or diphthong, the lattermemberis given

in square brack ets at the en d of the arti cle ; cf . n alopi khyi na .

Where w ords of g i ven toge ther

dierent lan guage s
, separa te d onl b
y y com
arem as,

the deni ti on gi ven after the last appli es to them all ; or, if no deni tion i s given, the
English w ord in itali cs at the en d is both a cogna te an d a den i ti on of all at the same
ti me ; forex amples, see an . asta, iirna .

The references to the Grammar may seem too numerous ; bu t they ar

e r
eally a

devi ce for avoiding the frequent repetition of explan ati ons w hi ch w ould otherwise have
to be given i n full I t w ould tak e half
. a dozen lines to explain the etymology of

manmatha ,
for i nstance ; but the r e n ces to 1 1 4
efer 8 . 4 and l oo2b make this needless ;

cf the
. references un derdaridra, i
qc,u sun v a .

I t often happens that the sta te men t in the secti on referr ed to does not directly cover

the poin t ai med at in citin g i t ; b u t a moment s thought will show w hat i s meant Thus

.

un dersani kri nti, the two references to be compared mean that the derivative su mi z s

ti, an d that be for

e i t the root-vowel su ers the sa me peculi ar change that is seen in the
pas t parti ci ple. Under sar
iryatondri ya r
e fere nce is made to 1298, w hi ch states that
possessi ve descr
i ptives are ver
y much more co mmon than [ msi
ple] descripti ves of the
sa me form .

The real poi n t of the reference is plainly, n ot to bring ou t this fact, but to
show the beginn er in w hat mpounds this word belongs So 1290 states
category of co .

that other compoun ds wi th adverbia l prior member

s ar regularly accented
e qui te i r

but the secti on is ci ted e g under sa dka mi da to indicate that this is a descr
,
. .
, i ptive
-
,

compoun d ( see the headin g of the pr ecedin g ri ght hand page 4 41 ) in which the rst -
,

memberi s an adverb ial elemen t wi th the fun ction ( of 1 289) of an adj ecti ve Many roots . .

form verb ste ms in aya b ut withou t causati ve sign i ca ti on ; this i s briey indi cated by
-
,

e n ce 1 04
the refer 1 9 . I n the case of secon dary derivatives in v an t, mant , tv a, a
ti ,
an d

simple reference to one of the secti on s treatin g of these en dings ( 1233, 1 235, 1237, 1239)

is put instead of a r
e peti ti on of the pri mi ti ve .
 [ 292]
Meanings which are synonymous or nearly so, ar
e separated by co mmas ; those
whi ch differ consi derably from each other, are separa ted by se mi colons
by full faced
or -

dashes gures
an d The colon is often use d to show that several mean ings

w hi ch follow i t an d are separa te d by semicolons are co-ordinate wi th each other . Thus

0 d m 2b h m i b f r r h rd b d b

ar
'

on p 2 8,
.un er sa i pa , t e ean n gs e o e,
n ea , a .
y, an y e

co-ordinate, an d are equiv alent to in the presen ce or neighborhood of cf mm .

The arrangemen t formatterin heavy brack ets at the en d of articles is : in the case

of prima ry deri vati v es ,

rst , t h e r oo t from w hi ch the w o rd com es , wi th r
e fere n ce , if
necessary, to th e sec ti on g iv i n g th e su fx of d e r
i vation ; secon d, cognate w or ds fro m
allied languages ; an d third, w ords show in g a development of meani ng analogous to that
show n by the Sanskr i t word or illustrative of i t If the derivation of a simple w ord is .

n ot given , i t is because i t i s unk nown or too uncertain to be w orth men ti onin g I n the .

case of secon dar

y derivati ves, the primar
y is gi ven ,
wi th a refere nce to the secti on showi n g
i ts treatmen t . The analysis of compoun ds is often indicated by a hyphen ; but if one
memberen ds and the n ext begin s wi th a vowel or diphthong, the lattermemberis given
in square brack ets at the end of the arti cle ; of n alopi khyi na . .

Where w ords of di ere n t language s g iven toge ther,

separate d onl b
y y com m
are as,

the deni ti on gi ven after the la st applies to them all ; or, if no deni tion is given , the
English w ord in i tali cs at the end is both a cogna te an d a denition of all at the same
ti me ; forexamples, see i ksa asta, iirna .

The referen ces to the Grammar may see m too nu merous ; but they ar
e really a

device foravoidi n g the frequen t repeti ti on of explana ti ons which w ould otherwi se have
to be gi ven i n full I t w ould tak e half . a dozen lin es to explain the etymology of

manmatha ,
for i nstance ; but the referen ces to 1 14
8 . 4 an d 1002b make this needless ;
cf . the referen ces un derdaridra, i
gc,u sun v a .

I t often happen s that the state ment in the section referred to does n ot directly cover
the po in t ai med at i n ci tin g i t ; b ut a momen t

s thou ght will show w hat is meant Thus

mi
.

un dersaahh i nti, the tw o references to be

'
co mpared mean that the derivative su x s

ti , an d that before i t the root

vowel sners the same peculi ar change that i s seen in the

past parti ci l
pe . m
Un der sa yatendriya refer
e nce is made to 1 298, w hi ch states that

posse ssi ve descripti ves are very much more co mmon than [ m
siple ] descripti ves of the
me form

sa . The real poin t of the reference is plainly, not to bring out this fact, but to
show the beginn er in w hat mpounds this w ord belongs So 1290 states
categor
y of co .

that other compoun ds wi th adverbia l prior member

s are qui te irre gularly accented ;
bu t the secti on is cited e g under sa dka mi da to indicate that this is a descr
,
. .
, i pti ve
-
,

compoun d ( see the heading of the pr ecedin g ri ghthan d page 4 41 ) in w hi ch the rst ,

memberis an adverbial element wi th the fun ction ( cf 1289) of an adj ecti ve Many roots . .

form verb ste ms in aya but without ca usative signi cati on ; this is briey indi cated by
-
,

h
t e refere n ce 1 041 3 . I n the ca se of secon dary deri vati ves in v an t, mant ti , an d tva, a
,

simple reference to one of the secti on s treatin g of these endings ( 1233, 1235, 1237, 1239)
is put instead of a epeti tion
r of the primitive .
 L I ST O F A B B REV I ATI O N S .

intensive .

interr o ative
g .

intransi ti ve, in transi tively .

irr egular ly, irregular .

Latin .

li terally, liter al .

locati ve .

masculine .

Mahi bharata .

Bri hmana . metaphorically, metaphor .

meanin g, meanings .

causative. middle .

note .

comparative . nomina ti ve .

conj uncti on . numeral .

correlative. opposed, opposi te.

compound , co mpounds .
opta ti ve .

da ti ve . i gin ally, original.

or
denominative . pass ive, passi vely .

deriv ati ve, deri vatives . p rticle.

a

desid
. desiderati ve . perfect.

forex ample . person , personal .

encli tic .
p lu ra l .

English . possibly .

equi valen t . pa rti ci pel .

e speci ally, especial . preposi ti on .

an d so for th . presen t .

ex clamati on . p obably, probable

r .

pr on oun, pr on ominal .

an d followin g
the . r
p po e r ly .

gurati vely, gurati ve .

w hi ch see .

from . regularly, regular .

future . Rigveda .

Sutra .

substan tive, substantive

h .

su pe rlati ve.
that i s . sub voce.
i mpe rfect . transitive, tran sitively .

i mpe rsona lly, imper

sonal . unco mbined form or forms
i mpera tive . verbal .

i ndica ti ve . V edic, V eda.

i ndeclinable . v ocative.
in deni te . wi th .
 A B B R E V I A TI O N S O F TI TL E S .

See a lso p ges

a 31 5 1 6, 332, 34
-
0, 359, 398, 4
02 .

Rigveda Sa hita m . Aitareya Brahmans .

Samaveda Q ata pa tha

Atharvaveda Paii cavi nca orTandys B r .

Taittiriya Amnyaka
_

M i i trayani .

Ti i tti riya Acvalayana Gr hya sr

rtr
'

a -
.

V aj asaneyi ai k hayan
Kathaks . arask ar a

Journal of the Asiatic Socie ty of Ben gal .

Journal Asia tiq ue .

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society .

Journal of the American Orienta l Society .

Proceedings
Z ei tschrift der Deu tschen M orgenlandischen Gesellschaft .

American Journal of Phi lology ed B L Gildersleeve . . . .

I n dian Anti quary cd James Burgess . .

I n dische Stu di en cd Albrecht We ber . .

Ze i tschrift fiirvergleichen de Sprachforschung e d A Ku hn . . .

History of Ancient Sanskrit Literatur

e by Max M uller , .

Bibliotheca I ndica publ by the Asi atic Society of Bengal . .

Bdhtlin gk an d Roth s Sansk rit W6rterbuch see B rief L ist p xviii , no 5

-
. . . .

G e ldn r
e , Kas g i , a nd Roth

s Siebe n zi g Li eder see p x i x , n o 1 5 . . .

History of I ndia n Li tera ture , Weber see p xx , no 21 . . .

I ndische Alterthumsk unde, by Christian Lasse n .

I ndien s Li tera tur und Cultur, Schroeder see p 359, 51 00 . .

Orien tal and L i n g uistic Studies, W hi tney see p 359 1 00 - .

. .

Bombay tex t ; orWilson s translation , e 1 ored 2 ( F Hall)

V isnu Puri na . . .

SBE . Sacred Books of the East ious scholars and ed F

ansi by var
tr . . . Max M uller .

V ol V ol
U U
. .

1 nisads. 1 xv alands 2
gz Y
. . . . .

mba
_

ii 1 A asta xxiii A sta 2 ash ts, etc.

g
. . .
. , .

iv . A ves ta 1
. . end ldii d . xxv. M an n .

Brah ma a 2
g
vi i . L aw s
. V is n u . atapatha . .

x. D hammapada , e tc .
rhya sutras 1 GS , -
. . . AGS . P08 . .

xi i . tapatha B r ahmans 1 See p 356, n o . . . . . Gr b ya-sntr

as 2 . .

xi v. ws 2
. V as lgtha, Baud hayana
. . xxxi . A vesta 8. Yasns etc. . .

Bergaigne La reli gi on vdique see p 359, 51 00 . .

Kas gi DerRig veda see p 352 70 .

, .

Ludwi g D er R i g veda see p 359, 51 00 . .

M uir Origi nal Sanskri t Tex ts see p xx , n o 28 -

. . .

Siyu ki
- -
B uddhist Records of the Weste rn World Trans] by S Beal, Lon don, 1 884 . . . .

Zi mmer . Alti ndi sches Le ben see p . xx, n o . 22 .

The V ocabu lar

y will often serve as an index to the Notes .
 [ ]
297

nr
ssunscr usI .

Tu r
n Sro nv
'
or N AL A AN D Da u a vm f .

5 1 . The trend of Aryan migration in I n dia has been from the extre me north
west to the sou tthe region drain ed by the I n dus an d i ts aluen ts, an d
h-
east, across

called the Panj ab or Lan d of th e Fi ve Rivers ; an d again sou th-

east, dow n the v alleys

of the Ju mna an d Ganges . One promi nen t group of Aryan i mmigrant tribes w as
that of